diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:17:32 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:17:32 -0700 |
| commit | 39db54769b8a06adfd674c06abf5707e9b4fdb83 (patch) | |
| tree | 1982c8b2b9d37dbff610ba563f307cf2371e061f | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 1652-0.txt | 6164 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 1652-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 121429 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 1652-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 128001 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 1652-h/1652-h.htm | 7551 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 1652.txt | 6163 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 1652.zip | bin | 0 -> 121002 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/tsotc10.txt | 6489 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/tsotc10.zip | bin | 0 -> 119167 bytes |
11 files changed, 26383 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/1652-0.txt b/1652-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7959d39 --- /dev/null +++ b/1652-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6164 @@ +Project Gutenberg’s The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Survivors of the Chancellor + +Author: Jules Verne + +Posting Date: November 20, 2008 [EBook #1652] +Release Date: February, 1999 +Last Updated: October 13, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR *** + + + + +Produced by An Anonymous Volunteer + + + + + +THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR. + +DIARY OF J.R.KAZALLON, PASSENGER. + + +By Jules Verne + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +CHARLESTON, SEPTEMBER 27th, 1869.--It is high tide, and three o’clock +in the afternoon when we leave the Battery-quay; the ebb carries us off +shore, and as Captain Huntly has hoisted both main and top sails, the +northerly breeze drives the “Chancellor” briskly across the bay. Fort +Sumter ere long is doubled, the sweeping batteries of the mainland on +our left are soon passed, and by four o’clock the rapid current of the +ebbing tide has carried us through the harbour-mouth. + +But as yet we have not reached the open sea; we have still to thread our +way through the narrow channels which the surge has hollowed out amongst +the sand-banks. The captain takes a south-west course, rounding the +lighthouse at the corner of the fort; the sails are closely trimmed; the +last sandy point is safely coasted, and at length, at seven o’clock in +the evening; we are out free upon the wide Atlantic. + +The “Chancellor” is a fine square-rigged three-master, of 900 tons +burden, and belongs to the wealthy Liverpool firm of Laird Brothers. She +is two years old, is sheathed and secured with copper, her decks being +of teak, and the base of all her masts, except the mizzen, with all their +fittings, being of iron. She is registered first class A I, and is now +on her third voyage between Charleston and Liverpool. As she wended her +way through the channels of Charleston harbour, it was the British flag +that was lowered from her mast-head; but without colours at all, +no sailor could have hesitated for a moment in telling her +nationality,--for English she was, and nothing but English from her +water-line upwards to the truck of her masts. + +I must now relate how it happens that I have taken my passage on board +the “Chancellor” on her return voyage to England. At present there is no +direct steamship service between South Carolina and Great Britain, +and all who wish to cross must go either northwards to New York or +southwards to New Orleans. It is quite true that if I had chosen to +start from New York I might have found plenty of vessels belonging to +English, French, or Hamburg lines, any of which would have conveyed me +by a rapid voyage to my destination; and it is equally true that if I +had selected New Orleans for my embarkation I could readily have reached +Europe by one of the vessels of the National Steam Navigation Company, +which join the French Transatlantic line of Colon and Aspinwall. But it +was fated to be otherwise. + +One day, as I was loitering about the Charleston quays, my eye lighted +upon this vessel. There was something about the “Chancellor” that +pleased me, and a kind of involuntary impulse took me on board, where I +found the internal arrangements perfectly comfortable. Yielding to the +idea that a voyage in a sailing vessel had certain charms beyond the +transit in a steamer, and reckoning that with wind and wave in my +favour there would be little material difference in time; considering, +moreover, that in these low latitudes the weather in early autumn is +fine and unbroken, I came to my decision, and proceeded forthwith to +secure my passage by this route to Europe. + +Have I done right or wrong? Whether I shall have reason to regret my +determination is a problem to be solved in the future. However, I will +begin to record the incidents of our daily experience, dubious as I feel +whether the lines of my chronicle will ever find a reader. + + + +CHAPTER II. + +SEPTEMBER 28th.--John Silas Huntly, the captain of the “Chancellor,” has +the reputation of being an experienced navigator of the Atlantic. He is +a Scotchman, a native of Dundee, and is about fifty years of age. He is +of middle height and slight build, and has a small head, which he has a +habit of holding a little over his left shoulder. I do not pretend to be +much of a physiognomist, but I am inclined to believe that my few hours’ +acquaintance with our captain has given me considerable insight into +his character. That he is a good seaman and thoroughly understands his +duties I could not for a moment venture to deny; but that he is a man +of resolute temperament, or that he possesses the amount of courage +that would render him, physically or morally, capable of coping with +any great emergency, I confess I cannot believe. I observe a certain +heaviness and dejection about his whole carriage. His wavering glances, +the listless motions of his hands, and his slow, unsteady gait, all seem +to me to indicate a weak and sluggish disposition. He does not appear +as though he could be energetic enough ever to be stubborn; he never +frowns, sets his teeth, or clenches his fist. There is something +enigmatical about him; however, I shall study him closely and do what +I can to understand the man who, as commander of a vessel, should be to +those around him “second only to God.” + +Unless I am greatly mistaken there is another man on board who, +if circumstances should require it, would take the more prominent +position--I mean the mate. I have hitherto, however, had such little +opportunity of observing his character, that I must defer saying more +about him at present. + +Besides the captain and this mate, whose name is Robert Curtis, our crew +consists of Walter, the lieutenant, the boatswain, and fourteen sailors, +all English or Scotch, making eighteen altogether, a number quite +sufficient for working a vessel of 900 tons burden. Up to this time my +sole experience of their capabilities is, that under the command of the +mate, they brought us skillfully enough through the narrow channels of +Charleston; and I have no reason to doubt but that they are well up to +their work. + +My list of the ship’s officials is incomplete unless I mention Hobart, +the steward, and Jynxstrop, the negro cook. + +In addition to these, the “Chancellor” carries eight passengers, +including myself. Hitherto, the bustle of embarkation, the arrangement +of cabins, and all the variety of preparations inseparable from starting +on a voyage for at least twenty or five-and-twenty days have precluded +the formation of any acquaintanceships; but the monotony of the voyage, +the close proximity into which we must be thrown, and the natural +curiosity to know something of each other’s affairs, will doubtless lead +us in due time to an interchange of ideas. Two days have elapsed and +I have not even seen all the passengers. Probably sea-sickness has +prevented some of them from making their appearance at the common +table. One thing, however, I do know; namely, that there are two ladies +occupying the stern-cabins, the windows of which are in the aft-board of +the vessel. + +I have seen the ship’s list and subjoin a list of the passengers. They +are as follow:--Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Americans, of Buffalo. Miss Herbey, +a young English lady, companion to Mrs. Kear. M. Letourneur and his son +Andre, Frenchmen, of Havre. William Falsten, a Manchester engineer. John +Ruby, a Cardiff merchant; and myself, J. R. Kazallon, of London. + + + +CHAPTER III. + +SEPTEMBER 29th.--Captain Huntly’s bill of lading, that is to say, the +document that describes the “Chancellor’s” cargo and the conditions of +transport, is couched in the following terms:-- + +“BRONSFIELD AND CO., AGENTS, CHARLESTON. + +“I, John Silas Huntly, of Dundee, Scotland, commander of the ship +‘Chancellor,’ of about 900 tons burden, now at Charleston, do purpose, +by the blessing of God, at the earliest convenient season, and by the +direct route, to sail for the port of Liverpool, where I shall obtain +my discharge. I do hereby acknowledge that I have received from you, +Messrs. Bronsfield and Co., Commission Agents, Charleston, and have +placed the same under the gun-deck of the aforesaid ship, seventeen +hundred bales of cotton, of the estimated value of 26,000l., all in +good condition, marked and numbered as in the margin; which goods I do +undertake to transport to Liverpool, and there to deliver, free from +injury (save only such injury as shall have been caused by the chances +of the sea), to Messrs. Laird Brothers, or to their order, or to their +representative, who shall on due delivery of the said freight pay me the +sum of 2000l. inclusive, according to the charter-party and damages in +addition, according to the usages and customs of the sea. + +“And for the fulfillment of the above covenant, I have pledged and do +pledge my person, my property, and my interest in the vessel aforesaid, +with all its appurtenances. In witness whereof, I have signed three +agreements, all of the same purport; on the condition that when the +terms of one are accomplished, the other two shall be absolutely null +and void. + +“Given at Charleston, September 13th, 1869, + +“J. S. HUNTLY.” + + +From the foregoing document it will be understood that the “Chancellor” + is conveying 1700 bales of cotton to Liverpool; that the shippers are +Bronsfield, of Charleston, and the consignees are Laird Brothers, of +Liverpool. The ship was constructed with the especial design of carrying +cotton, and the entire hold, with the exception of a very limited space +reserved for passengers’ luggage, is closely packed with the bales, The +lading was performed with the utmost care, each bale being pressed into +its proper place by the aid of screw-jacks, so that the whole freight +forms one solid and compact mass; not an inch of space is wasted, and +the vessel is thus made capable of carrying her full complement of +cargo. + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +SEPTEMBER 30th to OCTOBER 6th.--The “Chancellor” is a rapid sailer, and +more than a match for many a vessel of the same dimensions. She scuds +along merrily in the freshening breeze, leaving in her wake, far as the +eye can reach, a long white line of foam as well defined as a delicate +strip of lace stretched upon an azure ground. + +The Atlantic is not visited by many gales, and I have every reason to +believe that the rolling and pitching of the vessel no longer incommode +any of the passengers, who are all more or less accustomed to the sea. +A vacant seat at our table is now very rare; we are beginning to know +something about each other, and our daily life, in consequence, is +becoming somewhat less monotonous. + +M. Letourneur, our French fellow-passenger, often has a chat with me. +He is a fine tall man, about fifty years of age, with white hair and a +grizzly beard. To say the truth, he looks older than he really is: his +drooping head, his dejected manner, and his eye, ever and again suffused +with tears, indicate that he is haunted by some deep and abiding sorrow. +He never laughs; he rarely even smiles, and then only on his son: +his countenance ordinarily bearing a look of bitterness tempered by +affection, while his general expression is one of caressing tenderness. +It excites an involuntary commiseration to learn that M. Letourneur is +consuming himself by exaggerated reproaches on account of the infirmity +of an afflicted son. + +Andre Letourneur is about twenty years of age, with a gentle, +interesting countenance, but, to the irrepressible grief of his father, +is a hopeless cripple. His left leg is miserably deformed, and he is +quite unable to walk without the assistance of a stick. It is obvious +that the father’s life is bound up with that of his son; his devotion +is unceasing; every thought, every glance is for Andre; he seems to +anticipate his most trifling wish, watches his slightest movement, and +his arm is ever ready to support or otherwise assist the child whose +sufferings he more than shares. + +M. Letourneur seems to have taken a peculiar fancy to myself, +and constantly talks about Andre. This morning, in the course of +conversation, I said,-- + +“You have a good son, M. Letourneur. I have just been talking to him. He +is a most intelligent young man.” + +“Yes, Mr. Kazallon,” replied M. Letourneur, brightening up into a smile, +“his afflicted frame contains a noble mind. He is like his mother, who +died at his birth.” + +“He is full of reverence and love for you, sir,” I remarked. + +“Dear boy!” muttered the father half to himself. “Ah, Mr. Kazallon,” + he continued, “you do not know what it is to a father to have a son a +cripple, beyond hope of cure.” + +“M. Letourneur,” I answered, “you take more than your share of the +affliction which has fallen upon you and your son. That M. Andre is +entitled to the very greatest commiseration no one can deny; but you +should remember, that after all a physical infirmity is not so hard to +bear as mental grief. Now, I have watched your son pretty closely, and +unless I am much mistaken there is nothing, that troubles him so much as +the sight of your own sorrow.” + +“But I never let him see it,” he broke in hastily. “My sole thought +is how to divert him. I have discovered, that in spite of his physical +weakness, he delights in travelling; so for the last few years we have +been constantly on the move. We first went all over Europe, and are now +returning from visiting the principal places in the United States. +I never allowed my son to go to college, but instructed him entirely +myself, and these travels, I hope, will serve to complete his education. +He is very intelligent, and has a lively imagination, and I am sometimes +tempted to hope that in contemplating the wonders of nature he forgets +his own infirmity.” + +“Yes, sir, of course he does,” I assented. + +“But,” continued M. Letourneur, taking my hand, “although, perhaps, HE +may forget, I can never forget. Ah, sir, do you suppose that Andre can +ever forgive his parents for bringing him into the world a cripple?” + +The remorse of the unhappy father was very distressing, and I was +about to say a few kind words of sympathy when Andre himself made his +appearance. M. Letourneur hastened toward him and assisted him up the +few steep steps that led to the poop. + +As soon as Andre was comfortably seated on one of the benches, and his +father had taken his place by his side, I joined them, and we fell into +conversation upon ordinary topics, discussing the various points of +the “Chancellor,” the probable length of the passage, and the different +details of our life on board. I find that M. Letourneur’s estimate of +Captain Huntly’s character very much coincided with my own, and that, +like me, he is impressed with the man’s undecided manner and sluggish +appearance. Like me, too, he has formed a very favourable opinion of +Robert Curtis, the mate, a man of about thirty years of age, of great +muscular power, with a frame and a will that seem ever ready for action. + +Whilst we were still talking of him, Curtis himself came on deck, and as +I watched his movements I could not help being struck with his physical +development; his erect and easy carriage, his fearless glance and +slightly contracted brow all betokened a man of energy, thoroughly +endowed with the calmness and courage that are indispensable to the +true sailor. He seems a kind-hearted fellow, too, and is always ready +to assist and amuse young Letourneur, who evidently enjoys his company. +After he had scanned the weather and examined the trim of the sails, he +joined our party and proceeded to give us some information about those +of our fellow-passengers with whom at present we have made but slight +acquaintance. + +Mr. Kear, the American, who is accompanied by his wife, has made a large +fortune in the petroleum springs in the United States. He is a man of +about fifty, a most uninteresting companion, being overwhelmed with +a sense of his own wealth and importance, and consequently supremely +indifferent to all around him. His hands are always in his pockets, +and the chink of money seems to follow him wherever he goes. Vain and +conceited, a fool as well as an egotist, he struts about like a peacock +showing its plumage, and to borrow the words of the physiognomist +Gratiolet, “il se flaire, il se savoure, il se goute.” Why he should +have taken his passage on board a mere merchant vessel instead of +enjoying the luxuries of a Transatlantic steamer, I am altogether at a +loss to explain. + +The wife is an insignificant, insipid woman, of about forty years of +age. She never reads, never talks, and I believe I am not wrong in +saying, never thinks. She seems to look without seeing, and listen +without hearing, and her sole occupation consists in giving her orders +to her companion, Miss Herbey, a young English girl of about twenty. + +Miss Herbey is extremely pretty. Her complexion is fair and her eyes +deep blue, whilst her pleasing countenance is altogether free from +that insignificance of feature which is not unfrequently alleged to be +characteristic of English beauty. Her mouth would be charming if she +ever smiled, but exposed as she is to the ridiculous whims and fancies +of a capricious mistress, her lips rarely relax from their ordinary +grave expression. Yet humiliating as her position must be, she never +utters a word of open complaint, but quietly and gracefully performs her +duties accepting without a murmur the paltry salary which the bumptious +petroleum-merchant condescends to allow her. + +The Manchester engineer, William Falsten, looks like a thorough +Englishman. He has the management of some extensive hydraulic works in +South Carolina, and is now on his way to Europe to obtain some improved +apparatus, and more especially to visit the mines worked by centrifugal +force, belonging to the firm of Messrs. Cail. He is forty-five years of +age, with all his interests so entirely absorbed by his machinery that +he seems to have neither a thought nor a care beyond his mechanical +calculations. Once let him engage you in conversation, and there is no +chance of escape; you have no help for it but to listen as patiently as +you can until he has completed the explanation of his designs. + +The last of our fellow-passengers, Mr. Ruby, is the type of a vulgar +tradesman. Without any originality or magnanimity in his composition, he +has spent twenty years of his life in mere buying and selling, and as +he has generally contrived to do business at a profit, he has realized a +considerable fortune. What he is going to do with the money, he does +not seem able to say: his ideas do not go beyond retail trade, his mind +having been so long closed to all other impressions that it appears +incapable of thought or reflection on any subject besides. Pascal says, +“L’homme est visiblement fait pour penser. C’est toute sa dignite +et tout-son merite;” but to Mr. Ruby the phrase seems altogether +inapplicable. + + + +CHAPTER V. + +OCTOBER 7th.--This is the tenth day since we left Charleston, and I +should think our progress has been very rapid. Robert Curtis, the mate, +with whom I continue to have many a friendly chat, informed me that we +could not be far off Cape Hatteras in the Bermudas; the ship’s bearings, +he said were lat. 32deg. 20min. N. and long. 64deg. 50min. W., so that +he had every reason to believe that we should sight St. George’s Island +before night. + +“The Bermudas!” I exclaimed. “But how is it we are off the Bermudas? I +should have thought that a vessel sailing from Charleston to Liverpool, +would have kept northwards, and have followed the track of the Gulf +Stream.” + +“Yes, indeed; sir,” replied Curtis, “that is the usual course; but you +see that this time the captain hasn’t chosen to take it.” + +“But why not?” I persisted. + +“That’s not for me to say, sir; he ordered us eastwards, and eastwards +we go.” + +“Haven’t you called his attention to it?” I inquired. + +Curtis acknowledged that he had already pointed out what an unusual +route they were taking, but that the captain had said that he was quite +aware what he was about. The mate made no further remark; but the knit +of his brow, as he passed his hand mechanically across his forehead, +made me fancy that he was inclined to speak out more strongly. + +“All very well, Curtis,” I said, “but I don’t know what to think about +trying new routes. Here we are at the 7th of October, and if we are to +reach Europe before the bad weather sets in, I should suppose there is +not a day to be lost.” + +“Right, sir, quite right; there is not a day to be lost.” + +Struck by his manner, I ventured to add, “Do you mind, Mr. Curtis giving +me your honest opinion of Captain Huntly?” + +He hesitated a moment, and then replied shortly, “He is my captain, +sir.” + +This evasive answer of course put an end to any further interrogation on +my part, but it only set me thinking the more. + +Curtis was not mistaken. At about three o’clock the lookout man sung out +that there was land to windward, and descried what seemed as if it might +be a line of smoke in the north-east horizon. At six, I went on deck +with M. Letourneur and his son, and we could then distinctly make out +the low group of the Bermudas, encircled by their formidable chain of +breakers. + +“There,” said Andre Letourneur to me, as we stood gazing at the distant +land, “there lies the enchanted Archipelago, sung by your poet Moore. +The exile Waller, too, as long ago as 1643, wrote an enthusiastic +panegyric on the islands, and I have been told that at one time English +ladies would wear no other bonnets than such as were made of the leaves +of the Bermuda palm.” + +“Yes,” I replied, “the Bermudas were all the rage in the seventeenth +century, although latterly they have fallen into comparative oblivion.” + +“But let me tell you, M. Andre,” interposed Curtis, who had as usual +joined our party, “that although poets may rave, and be as enthusiastic +as they like about these islands, sailors will tell a different tale. +The hidden reefs that lie in a semicircle about two or three leagues +from shore make the attempt to land a very dangerous piece of business. +And another thing, I know. Let the natives boast as they will about +their splendid climate, they, are visited by the most frightful +hurricanes. They get the fag-end of the storms that rage over the +Antilles; and the fag-end of a storm is like the tail of a whale; +it’s just the strongest bit of it. I don’t think you’ll find a sailor +listening much to your poets,--your Moores, and your Wallers.” + +“No, doubt you are right, Mr. Curtis,” said Andre, smiling, “but poets +are like proverbs; you can always find one to contradict another. +Although Waller and Moore have chosen to sing the praises of the +Bermudas, it has been supposed that Shakspeare was depicting them in the +terrible scenes that are found in ‘The Tempest.’” + +The whole vicinity of these islands is beyond a question extremely +perilous to mariners. Situated between the Antilles and Nova Scotia, the +Bermudas have ever since their discovery belonged to the English, +who have mainly used them for a military station. But this little +archipelago, comprising some hundred and fifty different isles and +islets, is destined to increase, and that, perhaps, on a larger scale +than has yet been anticipated. Beneath the waves there are madrepores, +in infinity of number, silently but ceaselessly pursuing their labours; +and with time, that fundamental element in nature’s workings, who shall +tell whether these may not gradually build up island after island, which +shall unite and form another continent? + +I may mention that there was not another of our fellow-passengers who +took the trouble to come on deck and give a glance at this strange +cluster of islands. Miss Herbey, it is true, was making an attempt to +join us, but she had barely reached the poop, when Mrs. Kear’s languid +voice was heard recalling her for some trifling service to her side. + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +OCTOBER 8th to OCTOBER 13th.--The wind is blowing hard from the +north-east; and the “Chancellor” under low-reefed top-sail and +fore-sail, and labouring against a heavy sea, has been obliged to be +brought ahull. The joists and girders all creak again until one’s teeth +are set on edge. I am the only passenger not remaining below; but I +prefer being on deck notwithstanding the driving rain, fine as dust, +which penetrates to my very skin. We have been driven along in this +fashion for the best part of two days; the “stiffish breeze” has +gradually freshened into “a gale;” the top-gallants have been lowered, +and, as I write, the wind is blowing with a velocity of fifty or sixty +miles an hour. Although the “Chancellor” has many good points, her drift +is considerable, and we have been carried far to the south we can +only guess at our precise position, as the cloudy atmosphere entirely +precludes us from taking the sun’s altitude. + +All along throughout this period, my fellow-passengers are totally +ignorant of the extraordinary course that we are taking England lies +to the NORTH-EAST, yet we are sailing directly SOUTH-EAST, and Robert +Curtis owns that he is quite bewildered; he cannot comprehend why the +captain, ever since this north-easterly gale has been blowing, should +persist in allowing the ship to drive to the south, instead of tacking +to the north-west until she gets into better quarters. + +I was alone with Curtis to-day upon the poop, and could not help saying +to him “Curtis, is your captain mad?” + +“Perhaps, sir, I might be allowed to ask what YOU think upon that +matter,” was his cautious reply. + +“Well to say the truth,” I answered, “I can hardly tell; but I confess +there is every now and then a wandering in his eye, and an odd look on +his face that I do not like. Have you ever sailed with him before?” + +“No; this is our first voyage together. Again last night I spoke to him +about the route we were taking, but he only said he knew all about it, +and that it was all right.” + +“What do Lieutenant Walter and your boatswain think of it all?” I +inquired. + +“Think; why they think just the same as I do,” replied the mate; “but +if the captain chooses to take the ship to China we should obey his +orders.” + +“But surely,” I exclaimed, “there must be some limit to your obedience! +Suppose the man is actually mad, what then?” + +“If he should be mad enough, Mr. Kazallon, to bring the vessel into any +real danger, I shall know what to do.” + +With this assurance I am forced to be content. Matters, however, have +taken a different turn to what I bargained for when I took my passage +on board the “Chancellor.” The weather has become worse and worse. As I +have already said, the ship under her large low-reefed top-sail and fore +stay-sail has been brought ahull, that is to say, she copes directly +with the wind, by presenting her broad bows to the sea; and so we go on +still drift, drift, continually to the south. + +How southerly our course has been is very apparent; for upon the night +of the 11th we fairly entered upon that portion of the Atlantic which +is known as the Sargassos Sea. An extensive tract of water is this, +enclosed by the warm current of the Gulf Stream, and thickly covered +with the wrack, called by the Spaniards “sargasso,” the abundance of +which so seriously impeded the progress of Columbus’s vessels on his +first voyage across the ocean. + +Each morning at daybreak the Atlantic has presented an aspect so +remarkable, that at my solicitation, M. Letourneur and his son have +ventured upon deck to witness the unusual spectacle. The squally gusts +make the metal shrouds vibrate like harp-strings; and unless we were +on our guard to keep our clothes wrapped tightly to us, they would have +been torn off our backs in shreds. The scene presented to our eyes is +one of strangest interest. The sea, carpeted thickly with masses of +prolific fucus, is a vast unbroken plain of vegetation, through which +the vessel makes her way as a plough. Long strips of seaweed caught up +by the wind become entangled in the rigging, and hang between the masts +in festoons of verdure; whilst others, varying from two to three hundred +feet in length, twine themselves up to the very mast-heads, from whence +they float like streaming pendants. For many hours now, the “Chancellor” + has been contending with this formidable accumulation of algae; her +masts are circled with hydrophytes; her rigging is wreathed everywhere +with creepers, fantastic as the untrammelled tendrils of a vine, and as +she works her arduous course, there are times when I can only compare +her to an animated grove of verdure making its mysterious way over some +illimitable prairie. + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +OCTOBER 14th.--At last we are free from the sea of vegetation, the +boisterous gale has moderated into a steady breeze, the sun is shining +brightly, the weather is warm and genial, and thus, two reefs in her +top-sails, briskly and merrily sails the “Chancellor.” + +Under conditions so favourable, we have been able to take the ship’s +bearings: our latitude, we find, is 21deg. 33min. N., our longitude +50deg. 17min. W. + +Incomprehensible altogether is the conduct of Captain Huntly. Here we +are, already more than ten degrees south of the point from which, we +started, and yet still we are persistently following a south-easterly +course! I cannot bring myself to the conclusion that the man is mad. I +have had various conversations with him: he has always spoken rationally +and sensibly. He shows no tokens of insanity. Perhaps his case is one +of those in which insanity is partial, and where the mania is of +a character which extends only to the matters connected with his +profession. Yet it is unaccountable. + +I can get nothing out of Curtis; he listens coldly whenever I allude +to the subject, and only repeats what he has said before, that nothing +short of an overt act of madness on the part of the captain could induce +him to supersede the captain’s authority and that the imminent peril of +the ship could alone justify him in taking so decided a measure. + +Last evening I went to my cabin about eight o’clock, and after an hour’s +reading by the light of my cabin-lamp, I retired to my berth and was +soon asleep. Some hours later I was aroused by an unaccustomed noise on +deck. There were heavy footsteps hurrying to and fro, and the voices +of the men were loud and eager, as if the crew were agitated by some +strange disturbance. My first impression was, that some tacking had been +ordered which rendered it needful to fathom the yards; but the vessel +continuing to lie to starboard convinced me that this was not the origin +of the commotion, I was curious to know the truth, and made all haste +I could to go on deck; but before I was ready, the noise had ceased. +I heard Captain Huntly return to his cabin, and accordingly I retired +again to my own berth. Whatever may have been the meaning of the +manoeuvre, I cannot tell; it did not seem to have resulted in any +improvement in the ship’s pace; still it must be owned there was not +much wind to speed us along. + +At six o’clock this morning I mounted the poop and made as keen a +scrutiny as I could of everything on board. Everything appeared as +usual. The “Chancellor” was running on the larboard tack, and carried +low-sails, top-sails, and gallant-sails. Well braced she was; and under +a fresh, but not uneasy breeze, was making no less than eleven knots an +hour. + +Shortly afterwards M. Letourneur and Andre came an deck. The young man +enjoyed the early morning air, laden with its briny fragrance, and I +assisted him to mount the poop. In answer to my inquiry as to whether +they had been disturbed by any bustle in the night, Andre replied that +he did not wake at all, and had heard nothing. + +“I am glad, my boy,” said his father, “that you have slept so soundly. I +heard the noise of which Mr. Kazallon speaks. It must have; been about +three o’clock this morning, and it seemed to me as though they were +shouting. I thought I heard them say, ‘Here, quick, look to the +hatches!’ but as nobody was called up, I presumed that nothing serious +was the matter.” + +As he spoke I cast my eye at the panel-slides, which fore and aft of the +main-mast open into the hold. They seemed to be all close as usual, +but I now observed for the first time that they were covered with heavy +tarpauling. Wondering; in my own mind what could be the reason for +these extra precautions I did not say anything to M. Letourneur, but +determined to wait until the mate should come on watch, when he would +doubtless give me, I thought, an explanation of the mystery. + +The sun rose gloriously, with every promise of a fine dry day. The +waning moon was yet above the western horizon, for as it still wants +three days to her last quarter she does not set until 10.57 am. On +consulting my almanac, I find that there will be a new moon on the 24th, +and that on that day, little as it may affect us here in mid ocean, the +phenomenon of the high sygyzian tides will take place on the shores of +every continent and island. + +At the breakfast hour M. Letourneur and Andre went below for a cup of +tea, and I remained on the poop alone. As I expected, Curtis appeared, +that he might relieve Lieutenant Walter of the watch. I advanced to meet +him, but before he even wished me good morning, I saw him cast a quick +and searching glance upon the deck, and then, with a slightly contracted +brow, proceed to examine the state of the weather and the trim of the +sails. + +“Where is Captain Huntly?” he said to Walter. + +“I have seen nothing of him,” answered the lieutenant “is there anything +fresh up?” + +“Nothing, whatever,” was the curt reply. + +They then conversed for a few moments in an undertone, and I could see +that Walter by his gesture gave a negative answer to some question which +the mate had asked him. “Send me the boatswain, Walter,” said Curtis +aloud as the lieutenant moved away. + +The boatswain immediately appeared, and another conversation was carried +on in whispers. The man repeatedly shook his head as he replied to +Curtis’s inquiries, and then, in obedience to orders, called the men +who were on watch, and made them plentifully water the tarpauling that +covered the great hatchway. + +Curious to fathom the mystery I went up to Curtis and began to talk to +him upon ordinary topics, hoping that he would himself introduce the +subject that was uppermost in my mind; finding, however, that he did not +allude to it; I asked him point blank. + +“What was the matter in the night, Curtis?” + +He looked at me steadily, but made no reply. + +“What was it?” I repeated. “M. Letourneur and myself were both of us +disturbed by a very unusual commotion overhead.” + +“Oh, a mere nothing,” he said at length; “the man at the helm had made a +false move, and we had to pipe hands to brace the ship a bit; but it was +soon all put to rights. It was nothing, nothing at all.” + +I said no more; but I cannot resist the impression that Robert Curtis +has not acted with me in his usual straightforward manner. + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +OCTOBER 15th to OCTOBER 18th.--The wind is still in the north-east. +There is no change in the “Chancellor’s” course, and to an unprejudiced +eye all would appear to be going on as usual. But I have an uneasy +consciousness that something is not quite right. Why should the +hatchways be so hermetically closed as though a mutinous crew was +imprisoned between decks? I cannot help thinking too that there is +something in the sailors so constantly standing in groups and breaking +off their talk so suddenly whenever we approach; and several times I +have caught the word “hatches” which arrested M. Letourneur’s attention +on the night of the disturbance. + +On the 15th, while I was walking on the forecastle, I overheard one of +the sailors, a man named Owen say to his mates,-- + +“Now I just give you all warning that I am not going to wait until the +last minute. Every one for himself, say I.” + +“Why, what do you mean to do?” asked Jynxstrop, the cook. + +“Pshaw!” said Owen, “do you suppose that longboats were only made for +porpoises?” + +Something at that moment occurred to interrupt the conversation, and I +heard no more. It occurred to me whether there was not some conspiracy +among the crew, of which probably Curtis had already detected the +symptoms. I am quite aware that some sailors are most rebelliously +disposed, and require to be ruled with a rod of iron. + +Yesterday and to-day I have observed Curtis remonstrating somewhat +vehemently with Captain Huntly, but there is no obvious result arising +from their interviews; the Captain apparently being bent upon some +purpose, of which it is only too manifest that the mate decidedly +disapproves. + +Captain Huntly is undoubtedly labouring under strong nervous excitement; +and M. Letourneur has more than once remarked how silent he has become +at meal-times; for although Curtis continually endeavours to start some +subject of general interest, yet neither Mr. Falsten, Mr. Kear, nor Mr. +Ruby are the men to take it up, and consequently the conversation flags +hopelessly, and soon drops. The passengers too are now, with good cause, +beginning to murmur at the length of the voyage, and Mr. Kear, who +considers that the very elements ought to yield to his convenience, lets +the captain know by his consequential and haughty manner that he holds +him responsible for the delay. + +During the course of yesterday the mate gave repeated orders for the +deck to be watered again and again, and although as a general rule this +is a business which is done, once for all, in the early morning, the +crew did not utter a word of complaint at the additional work thus +imposed upon them. The tarpaulins on the hatches have thus been kept +continually wet, so that their close and heavy texture is rendered quite +impervious to the air, The “Chancellor’s” pumps afford a copious supply +of water, so that I should not suppose that even the daintiest and most +luxurious craft belonging to an aristocratic yacht-club was ever subject +to a more thorough scouring. I tried to reconcile myself to the belief +that it was the high temperature of the tropical regions upon which +we are entering, that rendered such extra sousings a necessity, and +recalled to my recollection how, during the night of the 13th, I had +found the atmosphere below deck so stifling that in spite of the heavy +swell I was obliged to open the porthole of my cabin, on the starboard +side, to get a breath of air. + +This morning at daybreak I went on deck. The sun had scarcely risen, and +the air was fresh and cool, in strange contrast to the heat which below +the poop had been quite oppressive. The sailors as usual were washing +the deck, A great sheet of water, supplied continuously by the pumps was +rolling in tiny wavelets, and escaping now to starboard, now to larboard +through the scupper-holes. After watching the men for a while as they +ran about bare-footed, I could not resist the desire to join them, so +taking off my shoes and stockings I proceeded to dabble in the flowing +water. + +Great was my amazement to find the deck perfectly hot to my feet! Curtis +heard my exclamation of surprise, and before I could put my thoughts +into words, said,-- + +“Yes! there is fire on board!” + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +OCTOBER 19th.--Everything, then, is clear. The uneasiness of the crew, +their frequent conferences, Owen’s mysterious words, the constant +scourings of the deck and the oppressive heat of the cabins which had +been noticed even by my fellow-passengers, all are explained. + +After his grave communication, Curtis remained silent. I shivered with a +thrill of horror; a calamity the most terrible that can befall a voyager +stared me in the face, and it was some seconds before I could recover +sufficient composure to inquire when the fire was first discovered. + +“Six days ago,” replied the mate. + +“Six days ago!” I exclaimed; “why, then, it was that night.” + +“Yes,” he said, interrupting me; “it was the night you heard the +disturbance upon deck. The men on watch noticed a slight smoke issuing +from the large hatchway and immediately called Captain Huntly and +myself. We found beyond all doubt, that the cargo was on fire, and what +was worse, that there was no possibility of getting at the seat of the +combustion. What could we do? Why; we took the only precaution that +was practicable under the circumstances, and resolved most carefully +to exclude every breath of air from penetrating into the hold, For some +time I hoped that we had been successful. I thought that the fire was +stifled; but during the last three days there is every reason to make us +know that it has been gaining strength. Do what we will, the deck gets +hotter and hotter, and unless it were kept constantly wet, it would be +unbearable to the feet. But I am glad, Mr. Kazallon,” he added; “that +you have made the discovery. It is better that you should know it.” + +I listened in silence, I was now fully aroused to the gravity of the +situation and thoroughly comprehended how we were in the very face of a +calamity which it seemed that no human power could avert. + +“Do you know what has caused the fire?” I presently inquired. + +“It probably arose,” he answered, “from the spontaneous combustion of +the cotton. The case is rare, but it is far from unknown. Unless the +cotton is perfectly dry when it is shipped, its confinement in a damp +or ill-ventilated hold will sometimes cause it to ignite; and I have no +doubt it is this that has brought about our misfortune.” + +“But after all,” I said, “the cause matters very little. Is there no +remedy? Is there nothing to be done?” + +“Nothing; Mr. Kazallon,” he said. “As I told you before, we have adopted +the only possible measure within our power to check the fire. At one +time I thought of knocking a hole in the ship’s timbers just on +her waterline, and letting in just as much water as the pumps could +afterwards get rid of again; but we found the combustion was right +in the middle of the cargo and that we should be obliged to flood +the entire hold before we could get at the right place. That scheme +consequently was no good. During the night, I had the deck bored in +various places and water poured down through the holes; but that again +seemed all of no use. There is only one thing that can be done; we must +persevere in excluding most carefully every breath of outer air, so that +perhaps the conflagration deprived of oxygen may smoulder itself out. +That is our only hope.” + +“But, you say the fire is increasing?” + +“Yes; and that shows that in spite of all our care there is some +aperture which we have not been able to discover, by which, somehow or +other, air gets into the hold.” + +“Have you ever heard of a vessel surviving such circumstances?” I asked. + +“Yes, Mr. Kazallon,” said Curtis; “it is not at all an unusual thing for +ships laden with cotton to arrive at Liverpool or Havre with a portion +of their cargo consumed; and I have myself known more than one captain +run into port with his deck scorching his very feet, and who, to save +his vessel and the remainder of his freight has been compelled to unload +with the utmost expedition. But, in such cases, of course the fire has +been more or less under control throughout the voyage; with us, it +is increasing day by day, and I tell you I am convinced there is an +aperture somewhere which has escaped our notice.” + +“But would it not be advisable for us to retrace our course, and make +for the nearest land?” + +“Perhaps it would,” he answered. “Walter and I, and the boatswain, are +going to talk the matter over seriously with the captain to-day. But, +between ourselves, I have taken the responsibility upon myself; I have +already changed the tack to the south-west; we are now straight before +the wind, and consequently we are sailing towards the coast.” + +“I need hardly ask,” I added; “whether any of the other passengers are +at all aware of the imminent danger in which we are placed.” + +“None of them,” he said; “not in the least; and I hope you will not +enlighten them. We don’t want terrified women and cowardly men to add to +our embarrassment; the crew are under orders to keep a strict silence on +the subject. Silence is indispensable.” + +I promised to keep the matter a profound secret, as I fully entered into +Curtis’s views as to the absolute necessity for concealment. + + + +CHAPTER X. + +OCTOBER 20th AND 21st.--The “Chancellor” is now crowded with all the +canvas she can carry, and at times her top-masts threaten to snap with +the pressure. But Curtis is ever on the alert; he never leaves his post +beside the man at the helm, and without compromising the safety of the +vessel, he contrives by tacking to the breeze, to urge her on at her +utmost speed. + +All day long on the 20th, the passengers were assembled on the poop. +Evidently they found the heat of the cabins painfully oppressive, and +most of them lay stretched upon benches and quietly enjoyed the gentle +rolling of the vessel. The increasing heat of the deck did not reveal +itself to their well-shod feet and the constant scouring of the boards +did not excite any suspicion in their torpid minds. M. Letourneur, it +is true, did express his surprise that the crew of an ordinary merchant +vessel should be distinguished by such extraordinary cleanliness, but as +I replied to him in a very casual tone, he passed no further remark. I +could not help regretting that I had given Curtis my pledge of silence, +and longed intensely to communicate the melancholy secret to +the energetic Frenchman; for at times when I reflect upon the +eight-and-twenty victims who may probably, only too soon, be a prey to +the relentless flames, my heart seems ready to burst. + +The important consultation between captain, mate, lieutenant, and +boatswain has taken place. Curtis has confided the result to me. He says +that Huntly, the captain, is completely demoralized; he has lost all +power and energy; and practically leaves the command of the ship to him. +It is now certain the fire is beyond control, and that sooner or +later it will burst out in full violence The temperature of the crew’s +quarters has already become almost unbearable. One solitary hope +remained; it is that we may reach the shore before the final catastrophe +occurs. The Lesser Antilles are the nearest land; and although they +are some five or six hundred miles away, if the wind remains north-east +there is yet a chance of reaching them in time. + +Carrying royals and studding-sails, the “Chancellor” during the last +four-and-twenty hours has held a steady course. M. Letourneur is the +only one of all the passengers who has remarked the change of tack; +Curtis however, has set all speculation on his part to rest by telling +him that he wanted to get ahead of the wind, and that he was tacking to +the west to catch a favourable current. + +To-day, the 21st, all has gone on as usual; and as far as the +observation of the passengers has reached, the ordinary routine has been +undisturbed. Curtis indulges the hope even yet that by excluding the +air, the fire may be stifled before it ignites the general cargo; he has +hermetically closed every accessible aperture, and has even taken the +precaution of plugging the orifices of the pumps, under the impression +that their suction-tubes, running as they do to the bottom of the +hold, may possibly be channels for conveying some molecules of air. +Altogether, he considers it a good sign that the combustion has not +betrayed itself by some external issue of smoke. + +The day would have passed without any incident worth recording if I had +not chanced to overhear a fragment of a conversation which demonstrated +that our situation hitherto precarious enough, had now become most +appalling. + +As I was sitting on the poop, two of my fellow-passengers, Falsten, +the engineer, and Ruby, the merchant whom I had observed to be often in +company, were engaged in conversation almost close to me. What they said +was evidently not intended for my hearing, but my attention was directed +towards them by some very emphatic gestures of dissatisfaction on the +part of Falsten, and I could not forbear listening to what followed. + +“Preposterous! shameful!” exclaimed Falsten; “nothing could be more +imprudent.” + +“Pooh! pooh!” replied Ruby; “it’s all right; it is not the first time I +have done it.” + +“But don’t you know that any shock at any time might cause an +explosion?” + +“Oh, it’s all properly secured,” said Ruby, “tight enough; I have no +fears on that score, Mr. Falsten.” + +“But why,” asked Falsten, “did you not inform the captain?” + +“Just because if I had informed him, he would not have taken the case on +board.” + +The wind dropped for a few seconds; and for a brief interval I could +not catch what passed; but I could see that Falsten continued to +remonstrate, whilst Ruby answered by shrugging his shoulders. At length +I heard Falsten say,-- + +“Well, at any rate the captain must be informed of this, and the package +shall be thrown overboard. I don’t want, to be blown up.” + +I started. To what could the engineer be alluding? Evidently he had not +the remotest suspicion that the cargo was already on fire. In another +moment the words “picrate of potash” brought me to my feet? and with an +involuntary impulse I rushed up to Ruby, and seized him by the shoulder. + +“Is there picrate of potash on board?” I almost shrieked. + +“Yes,” said Falsten, “a case containing thirty pounds.” + +“Where is it?” I cried. + +“Down in the hold, with the cargo.” + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +What my feelings were I cannot describe; but it was hardly in terror so +much as with a kind of resignation that I made my way to Curtis on +the forecastle, and made him aware that the alarming character of our +situation was now complete, as there was enough explosive matter on +board to blow up a mountain. Curtis received the information as coolly +as it was delivered, and after I had made him acquainted with all the +particulars said,-- + +“Not a word of this must be mentioned to any one else, Mr. Kazallon, +where is Ruby now?” + +“On the poop,” I said. + +“Will you then come with me, sir?” + +Ruby and Falsten were sitting just as I had left them. Curtis walked +straight up to Ruby, and asked him whether what he had been told was +true. + +“Yes, quite true,” said Ruby, complacently, thinking that the worst +that could befall him would be that he might be convicted of a little +smuggling. + +I observed that Curtis was obliged for a moment or two to clasp his +hands tightly together behind his back to prevent himself from +seizing the unfortunate passenger by the throat; but suppressing his +indignation, he proceeded quietly, though sternly, to interrogate him +about the facts of the case. Ruby only confirmed what I had already told +him. With characteristic Anglo-Saxon incautiousness he had brought +on board with the rest of his baggage, a case containing no less than +thirty pounds of picrate, and had allowed the explosive matter to be +stowed in the hold with as little compunction as a Frenchman would feel +in smuggling a single bottle of wine. He had not informed the captain +of the dangerous nature of the contents of the package, because he was +perfectly aware that he would have been refused permission to bring the +package on board. + +“Any way,” he said, with a shrug of his shoulders, “you can’t hang me +for it; and if the package gives you so much concern, you are quite at +liberty to throw it into the sea. My luggage is insured.” + +I was beside myself with fury, and not being endowed with Curtis’s +reticence and self-control, before he could interfere to stop me, I +cried out,-- + +“You fool! don’t you know that there is fire on board?” + +In an instant I regretted my words. Most earnestly I wished them +unuttered, But it was too late: their effect upon Ruby was electrical. +He was paralyzed with terror his limbs stiffened convulsively; his eye +was dilated; he gasped for breath, and was speechless. All of a +sudden he threw up his arms and, as though he momentarily expected an +explosion, he darted down from the poop, and paced frantically up and down +the deck, gesticulating like a madman, and shouting,-- + +“Fire on board! Fire! Fire!” + +On hearing the outcry, all the crew, supposing that the fire had now +in reality broken out, rushed on deck; the rest of the passengers soon +joined them, and the scene that ensued was one of the utmost confusion. +Mrs. Kear fell down senseless on the deck, and her husband, occupied in +looking after himself, left her to the tender mercies of Miss Herbey. +Curtis endeavoured to silence Ruby’s ravings, whilst I, in as few words +as I could, made M. Letourneur aware of the extent to which the cargo +was on fire. The father’s first thought was for Andre but the young +man preserved an admirable composure, and begged his father not to be +alarmed, as the danger was not immediate. Meanwhile the sailors had +loosened all the tacklings of the long-boat; and were preparing to +launch it, when Curtis’s voice was heard peremptorily bidding them to +desist; he assured them that the fire had made no further progress; that +Mr. Ruby had been unduly excited and not conscious of what he had said; +and he pledged his word that when the right moment should arrive he +would allow them all to leave the ship; but that moment, he said, had +not yet come. + +At the sound of a voice which they had learned to honour and respect, +the crew paused in their operations, and the long-boat remained +suspended in its place. Fortunately, even Ruby himself in the midst +of his ravings, had not dropped a word about the picrate that had +been deposited in the hold; for although the mate had a power over the +sailors that Captain Huntly had never possessed, I feel certain that if +the true state of the case had been known, nothing on earth would +have prevented some of them, in their consternation, from effecting an +escape. As it was, only Curtis, Falsten, and myself were cognizant of +the terrible secret. + +As soon as order was restored, the mate and, I joined Falsten on the +poop, where he had remained throughout the panic, and where we found +him with folded arms, deep in thought, as it might be, solving some hard +mechanical problem. He promised, at my request, that he would reveal +nothing of the new danger to which we were exposed through Ruby’s +imprudence. Curtis himself took the responsibility of informing Captain +Huntly of our critical situation. + +In order to insure complete secrecy, it was necessary to secure the +person of the unhappy Ruby, who, quite beside himself, continued to rave +up and down the deck with the incessant cry of “Fire! fire!” Accordingly +Curtis gave orders to some of his men to seize him and gag him; and +before he could make any resistance the miserable man was captured and +safely lodged in confinement in his own cabin. + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +OCTOBER 22nd.--Curtis has told the captain everything; for he persists +in ostensibly recognizing him as his superior officer, and refuses +to conceal from him our true situation. Captain Huntly received the +communication in perfect silence, and merely passing his hand across his +forehead as though to, banish some distressing thought, re-entered his +cabin without a word. + +Curtis, Lieutenant Walter, Falsten, and myself have been discussing +the chances of our safety, and I am surprised to find with how much +composure we can all survey our anxious predicament. + +“There is no doubt” said Curtis, “that we must abandon all hope +of arresting the fire; the heat towards the bow has already become +well-nigh unbearable, and the time must come when the flames will find +a vent through the deck. If the sea is calm enough for us to make use +of the boats, well and good; we shall of course get quit of the ship as +quietly as we can; if on the other hand, the weather should be adverse, +or the wind be boisterous, we must stick to our place, and contend with +the flames to the very last; perhaps, after all, we shall fare better +with the fire as a declared enemy than as a hidden one.” + +Falsten and I agreed with what he said, but I pointed out to him that +he had quite overlooked the fact of there being thirty pounds of +combustible matter in the hold. + +“No” he gravely replied, “I have not forgotten it, but it is a +circumstance of which I do not trust myself to think I dare not run +the risk of admitting air into the hold by going down to search for the +powder, and yet I know not at what moment it may explode. No; it is a +matter that I cannot take at all into my reckoning, it must remain in +higher hands than mine.” + +We bowed our heads in a silence which was solemn. In the present state +of the weather, immediate flight was, we knew, impossible. + +After a considerable pause, Falsten, as calmly as though he were +delivering some philosophic dogma, observed,-- + +“The explosion, if I may use the formula of science, is not necessary, +but contingent.” + +“But tell me, Mr. Falsten,” I asked, “is it possible for picrate of +potash to ignite without concussion?” + +“Certainly it is,” replied the engineer. “Under-ordinary circumstances, +picrate of potash although not MORE inflammable than common powder, yet +possesses the same degree of inflammability.” + +We now prepared to go on deck. As we left the saloon, in which we had +been sitting, Curtis seized my hand. + +“Oh, Mr. Kazallon,” he exclaimed, “if you only knew the bitterness of +the agony I feel at seeing this fine vessel doomed to be devoured by +flames, and at being so powerless to save her.” Then quickly recovering +himself, he continued, “But I am forgetting myself; you, if no other, +must know what I am suffering. It is all over now,” he said more +cheerfully. + +“Is our condition quite desperate?” I asked. + +“It is just this,” he answered deliberately “we are over a mine, and +already the match has been applied to the train. How long that train may +be, ‘tis not for me to say.” And with these words he left me. + +The other passengers, in common with the crew, are still in entire +ignorance of the extremity of peril to which we are exposed, although +they are all aware that there is fire in the hold. As soon as the fact +was announced, Mr. Kear, after communicating to Curtis his instructions +that he thought he should have the fire immediately extinguished and +intimating that he held him responsible for all contingencies that might +happen, retired to his cabin, where he has remained ever since, fully +occupied in collecting and packing together the more cherished articles +of his property and without the semblance of a care or a thought for his +unfortunate wife, whose condition, in spite of her ludicrous complaints, +was truly pitiable. Miss Herbey, however, is unrelaxing in her +attentions, and the unremitted diligence with which she fulfills her +offices of duty, commands my highest admiration. + +OCTOBER 23rd.--This morning, Captain Huntly sent for Curtis into his +cabin, and the mate has since made me acquainted with what passed +between them. + +“Curtis,” began the captain, his haggard eye betraying only too plainly +some mental derangement, “I am a sailor, am I not?” + +“Certainly, captain,” was the prompt acquiescence of the mate. + +“I do not know how it is,” continued the captain, “but I seem +bewildered; I cannot recollect anything. Are we not bound for Liverpool? +Ah! yes! of course. And have we kept a north-easterly direction since we +left?” + +“No, sir, according to your orders we have been sailing south-east, and +here we are in the tropics.” + +“And what is the name of the ship?” + +“The ‘Chancellor,’ sir.” + +“Yes, yes, the ‘Chancellor,’ so it is. Well, Curtis, I really can’t take +her back to the north. I hate the sea, the very sight of it makes me +ill, I would much rather not leave my cabin.” + +Curtis went on to tell me how he had tried to persuade him that with a +little time and care he would soon recover his indisposition, and feel +himself again; but the captain had interrupted him by saying,-- + +“Well, well; we shall see by-and-by; but for the present you must take +this for my positive order; you must, from this time, at once take +the command of the ship, and act just as if I were not on board. Under +present circumstances, I can do nothing. My brain is all in a whirl, you +cannot tell what I am suffering;” and the unfortunate man pressed both +his hands convulsively against his forehead. + +“I weighed the matter carefully for a moment,” added Curtis, “and seeing +what his condition too truly was, I acquiesced in all that he required +and withdrew, promising him that all his orders should be obeyed.” + +After hearing these particulars, I could not help remarking how +fortunate it was that the captain had resigned of his own accord, for +although he might not be actually insane, it was very evident that his +brain was in a very morbid condition. + +“I succeed him at a very critical moment;” said Curtis thoughtfully; +“but I shall endeavour to do my duty.” + +A short time afterwards he sent for the boatswain, and ordered him to +assemble the crew at the foot of the main-mast. As soon as the men were +together, he addressed them very calmly, but very firmly. + +“My men,” he said, “I have to tell you that Captain Huntly, on account +of the dangerous situation in which circumstances have placed us, and +for other reasons known to myself, has thought right to resign his +command to me. From this time forward, I am captain of this vessel.” + +Thus quietly and simply the change was effected, and we have the +satisfaction of knowing that the “Chancellor” is now under the command +of a conscientious, energetic man, who will shirk nothing that he +believes to be for our common good. M. Letourneur, Andre, Mr. Falsten, +and myself immediately offered him our best wishes, in which Lieutenant +Walter and the boatswain most cordially joined. + +The ship still holds her course south-west and Curtis crowds on all +sail and makes as speedily as possible for the nearest of the Lesser +Antilles. + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +OCTOBER 24th to 29th.--For the last five days the sea has been very +heavy, and although the “Chancellor” sails with wind and wave in her +favour, yet her progress is considerably impeded. Here on board this +veritable fireship I cannot help contemplating with a longing eye this +vast ocean that surrounds us. The water supply should be all we need. + +“Why not bore the deck?” I said to Curtis. “Why not admit the water by +tons into the hold? What could be the harm? The fire would be quenched; +and what would be easier than to pump the water out again?” + +“I have already told you, Mr. Kazallon,” said Curtis, “that the very +moment we admit the air, the flames will rush forth to the very top of +the masts. No; we must have courage and patience; we must wait. There is +nothing whatever to be done, except to close every aperture.” + +The fire continued to progress even more rapidly than we had hitherto +suspected. The heat gradually drove the passengers nearly all, on deck, +and the two stern cabins, lighted, as I said, by their windows in the +aft-board were the only quarters below that were inhabitable. Of these +Mrs. Kear occupied one, and Curtis reserved the other for Ruby, who, +a raving maniac, had to be kept rigidly under restraint. I went down +occasionally to see him, but invariably found him in a state of abject +terror, uttering horrible shrieks, as though possessed with the idea +that he was being scorched by the most excruciating heat. + +Once or twice, too, I looked in upon the ex-captain. He was always calm +and spoke quite rationally upon any subject except his own profession; +but in connexion with that he prated away the merest nonsense. He +suffered greatly, but steadily declined all my offers of attention, and +pertinaciously refused to leave his cabin. + +To-day, an acrid, nauseating smoke made its way through the panellings +that partition off the quarters of the crew. At once Curtis ordered the +partition to be enveloped in wet tarpaulin, but the fumes penetrated +even this, and filled the whole neighbourhood of the ship’s bows with +a reeking vapour that was positively stifling. As we listened, too, we +could hear a dull rumbling sound, but we were as mystified as ever to +comprehend where the air could have entered that was evidently fanning +the flames. Only too certainly, it was now becoming a question not +of days nor even of hours before we must be prepared for the final +catastrophe. The sea was still running high, and escape by the boats was +plainly impossible. Fortunately, as I have said, the main-mast and the +mizzen are of iron; otherwise the heat at their base would long ago +have brought them down and our chances of safety would have been +much imperiled; but by crowding on sail the “Chancellor” in the full +north-east wind continued to make her way with undiminished speed. + +It is now a fortnight since the fire was first discovered, and the +proper working of the ship has gradually become a more and more +difficult matter. Even with thick shoes any attempt to walk upon deck up +to the forecastle was soon impracticable, and the poop, simply because +its door is elevated somewhat above the level of the hold, is now the +only available standing-place. Water began to lose its effect upon the +scorched and shrivelling planks; the resin oozed out from the knots +in the wood, the seams burst open, and the tar, melted by the heat, +followed the rollings of the vessel, and formed fantastic patterns about +the deck. + +Then to complete our perplexity, the wind shifted suddenly round to the +north-west, whence it blew a perfect hurricane. To no purpose did Curtis +do everything in his power to bring the ship ahull; every effort was +vain; the “Chancellor” could not bear her trysail, so there was nothing +to be done but to let her go with the wind, and drift further and +further from the land for which we are longing so eagerly. + +To-day, the 29th, the tempest seemed to reach its height; the waves +appeared to us mountains high, and dashed the spray most violently +across the deck. A boat could not live for a moment in such a sea. + +Our situation is terrible. We all wait in silence, some few on the +forecastle, the great proportion of us on the poop. As for the picrate, +for the time we have quite forgotten its existence; indeed it might +almost seem as though its explosion would come as a relief, for no +catastrophe, however terrible, could far exceed the torture of our +suspense. + +While he had still the remaining chance, Curtis rescued from the +store-room such few provisions as the heat of the compartment allowed +him to obtain; and a lot of cases of salt meat and biscuits, a cask of +brandy, some barrels of fresh water, together with some sails and wraps, +a compass and other instruments are now lying packed in a mass all ready +for prompt removal to the boats whenever we shall be obliged to leave +the ship. + +About eight o’clock in the evening, a noise is heard, distinct even +above the raging of the hurricane. The panels of the deck are upheaved, +and volumes of black smoke issue upwards as if from a safety-valve. An +universal consternation seizes one and all: we must leave the volcano +which is about to burst beneath our feet. The crew run to Curtis for +orders. He hesitates; looks first at the huge and threatening waves; +looks then at the boats. The long-boat is there, suspended right along +the centre of the deck; but it is impossible to approach it now; +the yawl, however, hoisted on the starboard side, and the whale-boat +suspended aft, are still available. The sailors make frantically for the +yawl. + +“Stop, stop,” shouts Curtis; “do you mean to cut off our last and only +chance of safety? Would you launch a boat in such a sea as this?” + +A few of them, with Owen at their head, give no heed to what he says. +Rushing to the poop, and seizing a cutlass, Curtis shouts again,-- + +“Touch the tackling of the davit, one of you; only touch it, and I’ll +cleave your skull.” + +Awed by his determined manner, the men retire, some clambering into the +shrouds, whilst others mount to the very top of the masts. + +At eleven o’clock, several loud reports are heard, caused by the +bursting asunder of the partitions of the hold. Clouds of smoke issue +from the front, followed by a long tongue of lambent flame that seems to +encircle the mizzen-mast. The fire now reaches to the cabin occupied by +Mrs. Kear, who, shrieking wildly, is brought on deck by Miss Herbey. +A moment more, and Silas Huntly makes his appearance, his face all +blackened with the grimy smoke; he bows to Curtis, as he passes, and +then proceeds in the calmest manner to mount the aft-shrouds, and +installs himself at the very top of the mizzen. + +The sight of Huntly recalls to my recollection the prisoner still below, +and my first impulse is to rush to the staircase and do what I can to +set him free. But the maniac has already eluded his confinement, and +with singed hair and his clothes already alight, rushes upon deck. Like +a salamander he passes across the burning deck with unscathed feet, +and glides through the stifling smoke with unchoked breath. Not a sound +escapes his lips. + +Another loud report; the long-boat is shivered into fragments; the +middle panel bursts the tarpaulin that covered it, and a stream of fire, +free at length from the restraint that had held it, rises half-mast +high. + +“The picrate! the picrate!” shrieks the madman; “we shall all be blown +up! the picrate will blow us all up.” + +And in an instant, before we can get near him, he has hurled himself, +through the open hatchway, down into the fiery furnace below. + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +OCTOBER 29th:--NIGHT.--The scene, as night came on, was terrible indeed. +Notwithstanding the desperateness of our situation, however, there +was not one of us so paralyzed by fear, but that we fully realized the +horror of it all. + +Poor Ruby, indeed, is lost and gone, but his last words were productive +of serious consequences. The sailors caught his cry of “Picrate, +picrate!” and being thus for the first time made aware of the true +nature of their peril, they resolved at every hazard to accomplish their +escape. Beside themselves with terror, they either did not or would +not, see that no boat could brave the tremendous waves that were raging +around, and accordingly they made a frantic rush towards the yawl. +Curtis again made a vigorous endeavour to prevent them, but this time +all in vain; Owen urged them on, and already the tackling was loosened, +so that the boat was swung over to the ship’s side, For a moment it hung +suspended in mid-air, and then, with a final effort from the sailors, it +was quickly lowered into the sea. But scarcely had it touched the water, +when it was caught by an enormous wave which, recoiling with resistless +violence, dashed it to atoms against the “Chancellor’s” side. + +The men stood aghast; they were dumbfoundered. Long-boat and yawl both +gone, there was nothing now remaining to us but a small whale-boat. Not +a word was spoken; not a sound was heard but the hoarse whistling of +the wind, and the mournful roaring of the flames. From the centre of the +ship, which was hollowed out like a furnace, there issued a column of +sooty vapour that ascended to the sky. All the passengers, and several +of the crew, took refuge in the aft-quarters of the poop. Mrs. Kear +was lying senseless on one of the hen-coops, with Miss Herbey sitting +passively at her side; M. Letourneur held his son tightly clasped to his +bosom. I saw Falsten calmly consult his watch, and note down the time +in his memorandum-book, but I was far from sharing his, composure, for I +was overcome by a nervous agitation that I could not suppress. + +As far as we knew, Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, and such of the +crew as were not with us, were safe in the bow; but it was impossible +to tell how they were faring because the sheet of fire intervened like a +curtain, and cut off all communication between stem and stern. + +I broke the dismal silence, saying “All over now, Curtis.” + +“No, sir, not yet,” he replied, “now that the panel is open we will set +to work, and pour water with all our might down into the furnace, and +may be, we shall put it out, even yet.” + +“But how can you work your pumps while the deck is burning? and how can +you get at your men beyond that sheet of flame?” + +He made no answer to my impetuous questions, and finding that he had +nothing more to say, I repeated that it was all over now. + +After a pause, he said, “As long as a plank of the ship remains to stand +on, Mr. Kazallon, I shall not give up my hope.” + +But the conflagration raged with redoubled fury, the sea around us was +lighted with a crimson glow, and the clouds above shone with a lurid +glare. Long jets of fire darted across the hatchways, and we were forced +to take refuge on the taffrail at the extreme end of the poop. Mrs. +Kear was laid in the whale-boat that hung from the stern, Miss Herbey +persisting to the last in retaining her post by her side. + +No pen could adequately portray the horrors of this fearful night. The +“Chancellor” under bare poles, was driven, like a gigantic fire-ship +with frightful velocity across the raging ocean; her very speed as it +were, making common cause with the hurricane to fan the fire that was +consuming her. Soon there could be no alternative between throwing +ourselves into the sea, or perishing in the flames. + +But where, all this time, was the picrate? perhaps, after all, Ruby +had deceived us and there was no volcano, such as we dreaded, below our +feet. + +At half-past eleven, when the tempest seems at its very height there +is heard a peculiar roar distinguishable even above the crash of the +elements. The sailors in an instant recognize its import. + +“Breakers to starboard!” is the cry. + +Curtis leaps on to the netting, casts a rapid glance at the snow-white +billows, and turning to the helmsman shouts with all his might +“Starboard the helm!” + +But it is too late. There is a sudden shock; the ship is caught up by an +enormous wave; she rises upon her beam ends; several times she strikes +the ground; the mizzen-mast snaps short off level with the deck, falls +into the sea, and the “Chancellor” is motionless. + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +THE NIGHT OF THE 29th CONTINUED.--It was not yet midnight; the darkness +was most profound, and we could see nothing. But was it probable that we +had stranded on the coast of America? + +Very shortly after the ship had thus come to a standstill a clanking of +chains was heard proceeding from her bows. + +“That is well,” said Curtis; “Walter and the boatswain have cast both +the anchors. Let us hope they will hold.” + +Then, clinging to the netting, he clambered along the starboard side, +on which the ship had heeled, as far as the flames would allow him. He +clung to the holdfasts of the shrouds, and in spite of the heavy +seas that dashed against the vessel he maintained his position for a +considerable time, evidently listening to some sound that had caught +his ear in the midst of the tempest. In about a quarter of an hour he +returned to the poop. + +“Heaven be praised!” he said, “the water is coming in, and perhaps may +get the better of the fire.” + +“True,” said I, “but what then?” + +“That,” he replied, “is a question for by-and-by. We can now only think +of the present.” + +Already I fancied that the violence of the flames was somewhat abated, +and that the two opposing elements were in fierce contention. Some plank +in the ship’s side was evidently stove in, admitting free passage for +the waves. But how, when the water had mastered the fire, should we be +able to master the water? Our natural course would be to use the +pumps, but these, in the very midst of the conflagration, were quite +unavailable. + +For three long hours, in anxious suspense, we watched and watched, and +waited. Where we were we could not tell. One thing alone was certain: +the tide was ebbing beneath us, and the waves were relaxing in their +violence. Once let the fire be extinguished, and then, perhaps, there +would be room to hope that the next high tide would set us afloat. + +Towards half-past four in the morning the curtain of fire and smoke, +which had shut off communication between the two extremities of the +ship, became less dense, and we could faintly distinguish that party +of the crew who had taken refuge in the forecastle; and before long, +although it was impracticable to step upon the deck, the lieutenant and +the boatswain contrived to clamber over the gunwale, along the rails, +and joined Curtis on the poop. + +Here they held a consultation, to which I was admitted. They were all +of opinion that nothing could be done until daylight should give us +something of an idea of our actual position. If we then found that we +were near the shore, we would, weather permitting, endeavour to land, +either in the boat or upon a raft. If, on the other hand, no land were +in sight, and the “Chancellor” were ascertained to be stranded on some +isolated reef, all we could do would be to get her afloat, and put her +into condition for reaching the nearest coast. Curtis told us that it +was long since he had been able to take any observation of altitude, but +there was no doubt the north-west wind had driven us far to the south; +and he thought, as he was ignorant of the existence of any reef in this +part of the Atlantic, that it was just possible that we had been driven +on to the coast of some portion of South America. + +I reminded him that we were in momentary expectation of an explosion, +and suggested that it would be advisable to abandon the ship and take +refuge on the reef. But he would not hear of such a proceeding, said +that the reef would probably be covered at high tide, and persisted in +the original resolution, that no decided action could be taken before +the daylight appeared. + +I immediately reported this decision of the captain to my fellow +passengers. None of them seem to realize the new danger to which the +“Chancellor” may be exposed by being cast upon an unknown reef, hundreds +of miles it may be from land. All are for the time possessed with one +idea, one hope; and that is, that the fire may now be quenched and the +explosion averted. + +And certainly their hopes seem in a fair way of being fulfilled. Already +the raging flames that poured forth from the hatches have given place +to dense black smoke, and although occasionally some fiery streaks dart +across the dusky fumes, yet they are instantly extinguished. The waves +are doing what pumps and buckets could never have effected; by their +inundation they are steadily stifling the fire which was as steadily +spreading to the whole bulk of the 1700 bales of cotton. + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +OCTOBER 30th.--At the first gleam of daylight we eagerly scanned the +southern and western horizons, but the morning mists limited our view. +Land was nowhere to be seen. The tide was now almost at its lowest ebb, +and the colour of the few peaks of rock that jutted up around us showed +that the reef on which we had stranded was of basaltic formation. There +were now only about six feet of water around the “Chancellor,” though +with a full freight she draws about fifteen. It was remarkable how far +she had been carried on to the shelf of rock, but the number of times +that she had touched the bottom before she finally ran aground left us +no doubt that she had been lifted up and borne along on the top of an +enormous wave. She now lies with her stern considerably higher than her +bows, a position which renders walking upon the deck anything but an +easy matter; moreover as the tide-receded she heeled over so much to +larboard that at one time Curtis feared she would altogether capsize; +that fear, however, since the tide has reached its lowest mark, has +happily proved groundless. + +At six o’clock some violent blows were felt against the ship’s side, and +at the same time a voice was distinguished, shouting loudly, “Curtis! +Curtis!” Following the direction of the cries we saw that the broken +mizzen-mast was being washed against the vessel, and in the dusky morning +twilight we could make out the figure of a man clinging to the rigging. +Curtis, at the peril of his life, hastened to bring the man on board, +It proved to be none other than Silas Huntly, who, after being carried +overboard with the mast, had thus, almost by a miracle, escaped a +watery grave. Without a word of thanks to his deliverer, the ex-captain, +passive, like an automaton, passed on and took his seat in the most +secluded corner of the poop. The broken mizzen may, perhaps, be of +service to us at some future time, and with that idea it has been +rescued from the waves and lashed securely to the stern. + +By this time it was light enough to see for a distance of three miles +round; but as yet nothing could be discerned to make us think that +we were near a coast. The line of breakers ran for about a mile from +south-west to north-east, and two hundred fathoms to the north of the +ship an irregular mass of rocks formed a small islet. This islet rose +about fifty feet above the sea, and was consequently above the level of +the highest tides; whilst a sort of causeway, available at low water, +would enable us to reach the island, if necessity required. But +there the reef ended; beyond it the sea again resumed its sombre hue, +betokening deep water. In all probability, then, this was a solitary +shoal, unattached to a shore, and the gloom of a bitter disappointment +began to weigh upon our spirits. + +In another hour the mists had totally disappeared, and it was broad +daylight. I and M. Letourneur stood watching Curtis as he continued +eagerly to scan the western horizon. Astonishment was written on his +countenance; to him it appeared perfectly incredible that, after our +course for so long had been due south from the Bermudas, no land should +be in sight. But not a speck, however minute, broke the clearly-defined +line that joined sea and sky. After a time Curtis made his way along the +netting to the shrouds, and swung himself quickly up to the top of the +mainmast. For several minutes he remained there examining the open space +around, then seizing one of the backstays he glided down and rejoined us +on the poop. + +“No land in sight,” he said, in answer to our eager looks of inquiry. + +At this point Mr. Kear interposed, and in a gruff, ill-tempered tone, +asked Curtis where we were. Curtis replied that he did not know. + +“You don’t know, sir? Then all I can say is that you ought to know!” + exclaimed the petroleum merchant. + +“That may be, sir; but at present I am as ignorant of our whereabouts as +you are yourself,” said Curtis. + +“Well,” said Mr. Kear, “just please to know that I don’t want to stay +for ever on your everlasting ship, so I beg you will make haste and +start off again.” + +Curtis condescended to make no other reply than a shrug of the +shoulders, and turning away he informed M. Letourneur and myself that if +the sun came out he intended to take its altitude and find out to what +part of the ocean we had been driven. His next care was to distribute +preserved meat and biscuit amongst the passengers and crew already half +fainting with hunger and fatigue, and then he set to work to devise +measures for setting the ship afloat. + +The conflagration was greatly abated; no flames now appeared, and +although some black smoke still issued from the interior, yet its volume +was far less than before. The first step was to discover how much water +had entered the hold. The deck was still too hot to walk upon; but +after two hours’ irrigation the boards became sufficiently cool for the +boatswain to proceed to take some soundings, and he shortly afterwards +announced that there were five feet of water below. This the captain +determined should not be pumped out at present, as he wanted it +thoroughly to do its duty before he got rid of it. + +The next subject for consideration was whether it would be advisable to +abandon the vessel, and to take refuge on the reef. Curtis thought not; +and the lieutenant and the boatswain agreed with him. The chances of an +explosion were greatly diminished, as it had been ascertained that the +water had reached that part of the hold in which Ruby’s luggage had been +deposited; while, on the other hand, in the event of rough weather, +our position even upon the most elevated points of rock might be very +critical. It was accordingly resolved that both passengers and crew were +safest on board. + +Acting upon this decision we proceeded to make a kind of encampment on +the poop, and the few mattresses that were rescued uninjured have been +given up for the use of the two ladies. Such of the crew as had saved +their hammocks have been told to place them under the forecastle where +they would have to stow themselves as best they could, their ordinary +quarters being absolutely uninhabitable. + +Fortunately, although the store-room has been considerably exposed +to the heat, its contents are not very seriously damaged, and all +the barrels of water and the greater part of the provisions are quite +intact. The stack of spare sails, which had been packed away in front, +is also free from injury. The wind has dropped considerably since the +early morning, and the swell in the sea is far less heavy. On the whole +our spirits are reviving, and we begin to think we may yet find a way +out of our troubles. + +M. Letourneur, his son, and I, have just had a long conversation about +the ship’s officers. We consider their conduct, under the late trying +circumstances, to have been most exemplary, and their courage, energy, +and endurance to have been beyond all praise. Lieutenant Walter, +the boatswain, and Dowlas the carpenter have all alike distinguished +themselves, and made us feel that they are men to be relied on. As for +Curtis, words can scarcely be found to express our admiration of his +character; he is the same as he has ever been, the very life of his +crew, cheering them on by word or gesture; finding an expedient for +every difficulty, and always foremost in every action. + +The tide turned at seven this morning, and by eleven all the rocks were +submerged, none of them being visible except the cluster of those which +formed the rim of a small and almost circular basin from 250 to 300 feet +in diameter, in the north angle of which the ship is lying. As the tide +rose the white breakers disappeared, and the sea, fortunately for +the “Chancellor,” was pretty calm; otherwise the dashing of the waves +against her sides, as she lies motionless, might have been attended by +serious consequences. + +As might be supposed, the height of the water in the hold increased +with the tide from five feet to nine; but this was rather a matter for +congratulation, inasmuch as it sufficed to inundate another layer of +cotton. + +At half-past eleven the sun, which had been behind the clouds since +ten o’clock, broke forth brightly. The captain, who had already in the +morning been able to calculate an horary angle, now prepared to take +the meridian altitude, and succeeded at midday in making his observation +most satisfactorily. After retiring for a short time to calculate the +result; he returned to the poop and announced that we are in lat; 18deg. +5min. N. and long. 45deg. 53min. W., but that the reef on which we are +aground is not marked upon the charts. The only explanation that can be +given for the omission is that the islet must be of recent formation, +and has been caused by some subterranean volcanic disturbance. But +whatever may be the solution of the mystery, here we are 800 miles from +land; for such, on consulting the map, we find to be the actual distance +to the coast of Guiana, which is the nearest shore. Such is the position +to which we have been brought, in the first place, by Huntly’s senseless +obstinacy, and, secondly, by the furious north-west gale. + +Yet, after all, the captain’s communication does not dishearten us. As +I said before, our spirits are reviving. We have escaped the peril of +fire; the fear of explosion is past and gone; and oblivious of the fact +that the ship with a hold full of water is only too likely to founder +when she puts out to sea, we feel a confidence in the future that +forbids us to despond. + +Meanwhile Curtis prepares to do all that common sense demands. He +proposes, when the fire is quite extinguished, to throw overboard the +whole, or the greater portion of the cargo, including of course, the +picrate; he will next plug up the leak, and then, with a lightened +ship, he will take advantage of the first high tide to quit the reef as +speedily as possible. + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +OCTOBER 30th.--Once again I talked to M. Letourneur about our situation, +and endeavoured to animate him with the hope that we should not be +detained for long in our present predicament; but he could not be +brought to take a very sanguine view of our prospects. + +“But surely,” I protested, “it will not be difficult to throw overboard +a few hundred bales of cotton; two or three days at most will suffice +for that.” + +“Likely enough,” he replied, “when the business is once begun; but you +must remember, Mr. Kazallon, that the very heart of the cargo is still +smouldering, and that it will still be several days before any one will +be able to venture into the hold. Then the leak, too, that has to be +caulked; and, unless it is stopped up very effectually, we shall be +only doomed most certainly to perish at sea. Don’t, then, be deceiving +yourself; it must be three weeks at least before you can expect to put +out to sea. I can only hope meanwhile that the weather will continue +propitious; it wouldn’t take many storms to knock the ‘Chancellor,’ +shattered as she is, completely into pieces.” + +Here, then, was the suggestion of a new danger to which we were to be +exposed; the fire might be extinguished, the water might be got rid of +by the pumps, but, after all, we must be at the mercy of the wind and +waves; and, although the rocky island might afford a temporary refuge +from the tempest, what was to become of passengers and crew if the +vessel should be reduced to a total wreck? I made no remonstrance, +however, to this view of our case, but merely asked M. Letourneur if he +had confidence in Robert Curtis? + +“Perfect confidence,” he answered; “and I acknowledge it most +gratefully, as a providential circumstance, that Captain Huntly had +given him the command in time. Whatever man can do I know that Curtis +will not leave undone to extricate us from our dilemma.” + +Prompted by this conversation with M. Letourneur I took the first +opportunity of trying to ascertain from Curtis himself, how long he +reckoned we should be obliged to remain upon the reef; but he merely +replied, that it must depend upon circumstances, and that he hoped the +weather would continue favourable. Fortunately the barometer is rising +steadily, and there is every sign of a prolonged calm. + +Meantime Curtis is taking active measures for totally extinguishing the +fire. He is at no great pains to spare the cargo, and as the bales that +lie just above the level of the water are still a-light he has resorted +to the expedient of thoroughly saturating the upper layers of the +cotton, in order that the combustion may be stifled between the moisture +descending from above and that ascending from below. This scheme has +brought the pumps once more into requisition. At present the crew are +adequate to the task of working them, but I and some of our fellow +passengers are ready to offer our assistance whenever it shall be +necessary. + +With no immediate demand upon our labour, we are thrown upon our own +resources for passing our time. Letourneur, Andre and myself, have +frequent conversations; I also devote an hour or two to my diary. +Falsten holds little communication with any of us, but remains absorbed +in his calculations, and amuses himself by tracing mechanical diagrams +with ground-plan, section, elevation, all complete. It would be a happy +inspiration if he could invent some mighty engine that could set us all +afloat again. Mr. and Mrs. Kear, too, hold themselves aloof from +their fellow passengers, and we are not sorry to be relieved from the +necessity of listening to their incessant grumbling; unfortunately, +however, they carry off Miss Herbey with them, so that we enjoy little +or nothing of the young lady’s society. As for Silas Huntly, he has +become a complete nonentity; he exists, it is true, but merely, it would +seem, to vegetate. + +Hobart, the steward, an obsequious, sly sort of fellow, goes through his +routine of duties just as though the vessel were pursuing her ordinary +course; and, as usual, is continually falling out with Jynxstrop, the +cook, an impudent, ill-favoured negro, who interferes with the other +sailors in a manner which, I think, ought not to be allowed. + +Since it appears likely that we shall have abundance of time on our +hands, I have proposed to M. Letourneur and his son that we shall +together explore the reef on which we are stranded. It is not very +probable that we shall be able to discover much about the origin of this +strange accumulation of rock, yet the attempt will at least occupy us +for some hours, and will relieve us from the monotony of our confinement +on board. Besides, as the reef is not marked in any of the maps, I could +not but believe that it would be rendering a service to hydrography if +we were to take an accurate plan of the rocks, of which Curtis could +afterwards verify the true position by a second observation made with a +closer precision than the one he has already taken. + +M. Letourneur agrees to my proposal, Curtis has promised to let us have +the boat and some sounding-lines, and to allow one of the sailors to +accompany us; so to-morrow morning, we hope to make our little voyage of +investigation. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +OCTOBER 31st to NOVEMBER 5th.--Our first proceeding on the morning of +the 31st was to make the proposed tour of the reef, which is about a +quarter of a mile long. With the aid of our sounding-lines we found that +the water was deep, right up to the very rocks, and that no shelving +shores prevented us coasting along them. There was not a shadow of doubt +as to the rock being of purely volcanic origin, upheaved by some mighty +subterranean convulsion. It is formed of blocks of basalt, arranged +in perfect order, of which the regular prisms give the whole mass the +effect of being one gigantic crystal; and the remarkable transparency +of the sea enabled us plainly to observe the curious shafts of the +prismatic columns that support the marvelous substructure. + +“This is indeed a singular island,” said M. Letourneur; “evidently it is +of quite a recent origin.” + +“Yes, father,” said Andre, “and I should think it has been caused by +a phenomenon similar to those which produced the Julia Island, off +the coast of Sicily, or the group of the Santorini, in the Grecian +Archipelago. One could almost fancy that it had been created expressly +for the ‘Chancellor’ to stand upon.” + +“It is very certain,” I observed, “that some upheaving has lately taken +place. This is by no means an unfrequented part of the Atlantic, so that +it is not at all likely that it could have escaped the notice of sailors +if it had been always in existence; yet it is not marked even in the +most modern charts. We must try and explore it thoroughly and give +future navigators the benefit of our observations.” + +“But, perhaps, it will disappear as it came,” said Andre. “You are no +doubt aware, Mr. Kazallon, that these volcanic islands sometimes have +a very transitory existence. Not impossibly, by the time it gets marked +upon the maps it may no longer be here.” + +“Never mind, my boy,” answered his father, “it is better to give warning +of a danger that does not exist than overlook one that does. I daresay +the sailors will not grumble much, if they don’t find a reef where we +have marked one.” + +“No, I daresay not, father,” said Andre “and after all this island is +very likely as firm as a continent. However, if it is to disappear, I +expect Captain Curtis would be glad to see it take its departure as soon +as possible after he has finished his repairs; it would save him a world +of trouble in getting his ship afloat.” + +“Why, what a fellow you are Andre!” I said, laughing, “I believe you +would like to rule Nature with a magic wand; first of all, you would +call up a reef from the depth of the ocean to give the ‘Chancellor’ time +to extinguish her flames, and then you would make it disappear just that +the ship might be free again.” + +Andre smiled; then, in a more serious tone, he expressed his gratitude +for the timely help that had been vouchsafed us in our hour of need. + +The more we examined the rocks that formed the base of the little +island, the more we became convinced that its formation was quite +recent, Not a mollusk, not a tuft of seaweed was found clinging to the +sides of the rocks; not a germ had the wind carried to its surface, not +a bird had taken refuge amidst the crags upon its summits. To a lover of +natural history, the spot did not yield a single point of interest; the +geologist alone would find subject of study in the basaltic mass. + +When we reached the southern point of the island I proposed that we +should disembark. My companions readily assented, young Letourneur +jocosely observing that if the little island was destined to vanish, +it was quite right that it should first be visited by human beings. The +boat was accordingly brought alongside, and we set, foot upon the +reef, and began to ascend the gradual slope that leads to its highest +elevation. + +The walking was not very rough, and as Andre could get along tolerably +well without the assistance of an arm, he led the way, his father and I +following close behind. A quarter of an hour sufficed to bring us to the +loftiest point in the islet, when we seated ourselves on the basaltic +prism that crowned its summit. + +Andre took a sketch-book from his pocket, and proceeded to make a +drawing of the reef. Scarcely had he completed the outline when his +father exclaimed,-- + +“Why, Andre, you have drawn a ham!” + +“Something uncommonly like it, I confess,” replied Andre. “I think we +had better ask Captain Curtis to let us call our island Ham Rock.” + +“Good,” said I; “though sailors will need to keep it at a respectful +distance, for they will scarcely find that their teeth are strong enough +to tackle with it.” + +M. Letourneur was quite correct; the outline of the reef as it stood +clearly defined against the deep green water resembled nothing so much, +as a fine York ham, of which the little creek, where the “Chancellor” + had been stranded, corresponded to the hollow place above the knuckle. +The tide at this time was low, and the ship now lay heeled over very +much to the starboard side, the few points of rock that emerged in the +extreme south of the reef plainly marking the narrow passage through +which she had been forced before she finally ran aground. + +As soon as Andre had finished his sketch we descended by a slope as +gradual as that by which we had come up, and made our way towards the +west. We had not gone very far when a beautiful grotto, perfect as an +architectural structure, arrested our attention, M. Letourneur and Andre +who have visited the Hebrides, pronounced it to be a Fingal’s cave +in miniature; a Gothic chapel that might form a fit vestibule for the +cathedral cave of Staffa. The basaltic rocks had cooled down into the +same regular concentric prisms; there was the same dark canopied +roof with its interstices filled up with its yellow lutings; the same +precision of outline in the prismatic angles, sharp as though chiselled +by a sculptor’s hand; the same sonorous vibration of the air across the +basaltic rocks, of which the Gaelic poets have feigned that the harps of +the Fingal minstrelsy were made. But whereas at Staffa the floor of the +cave is always covered with a sheet of water, here the grotto was beyond +the reach of all but the highest waves, whilst the prismatic shafts +themselves formed quite a solid pavement. + +After remaining nearly an hour in our newly-discovered grotto we +returned to the “Chancellor,” and communicated the result of our +explorations to Curtis, who entered the island upon his chart by the +name that Andre Letourneur had proposed. + +Since its discovery we have not permitted a day to pass without spending +some time in our Ham Rock grotto. Curtis has taken an opportunity of +visiting it, but he is too preoccupied with other matters to have much +interest to spare for the wonders of nature. Falsten, too, came once and +examined the character of the rocks, knocking and chipping them about +with all the mercilessness of a geologist. Mr. Kear would not trouble +himself to leave the ship; and although I asked his wife to join us in +one of our excursions she declined, upon the plea that the fatigue, as +well as the inconvenience of embarking in the boat, would be more than +she could bear. + +Miss Herbey, only too thankful to escape even for an hour from her +capricious mistress, eagerly accepted M. Letourneur’s invitation to pay +a visit to the reef but to her great disappointment Mrs. Kear at first +refused point-blank to allow her to leave the ship. I felt intensely +annoyed, and resolved to intercede in Miss Herbey’s favour; and as I +had already rendered that self-indulgent lady sundry services which she +thought she might probably be glad again to accept, I gained my point, +and Miss Herbey has several times been permitted to accompany us across +the rocks, where the young girl’s delight at her freedom has been a +pleasure to behold. + +Sometimes we fish along the shore, and, then enjoy a luncheon in the +grotto, whilst the basalt columns vibrate like harps to the breeze. +This arid reef, little as it is, compared with the cramped limits of +the “Chancellor’s” deck is like some vast domain; soon there will be +scarcely a stone with which we are not familiar, scarcely a portion of +its surface which we have not merrily trodden, and I am sure that when +the hour of departure arrives we shall leave it with regret. + +In the course of conversation, Andre Letourneur one day happened to say +that he believed the island of Staffa belonged to the Macdonald family, +who let it for the small sum of 12 pounds a year. + +“I suppose then,” said Miss Herbey, “that we should hardly get more than +half-a-crown a year for our pet little island.” + +“I don’t think you would get a penny for it, Miss Herbey; but are you +thinking of taking a lease?” I said, laughing. + +“Not at present,” she said; then added, with a half-suppressed sigh, +“and yet it is a place where I have seemed to know what it is to be +really happy.” + +Andre murmured some expression of assent, and we all felt that there was +something touching in the words of the orphaned, friendless girl who had +found her long-lost sense of happiness on a lonely rock in the Atlantic. + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +NOVEMBER 6th to NOVEMBER 15th.--For the first five days after the +“Chancellor” had run aground, there was a dense black smoke continually +rising from the hold; but it gradually diminished until the 6th of +November, when we might consider that the fire was extinguished. Curtis, +nevertheless, deemed it prudent to persevere in working the pumps, which +he did until the entire hull of the ship, right up to the deck, had been +completely inundated. + +The rapidity, however, with which the water, at every retreat of the +tide, drained off to the level of the sea, was an indication that the +leak must be of considerable magnitude; and such, on investigation, +proved to be the case. One of the sailors, named Flaypole, dived one +day at low water to examine the extent of the damage, and found that the +hole was not much less than four feet square, and was situated thirty +feet fore of the helm, and two feet above the rider of the keel; three +planks had been stoved in by a sharp point of rock, and it was only a +wonder that the violence with which the heavily-laden vessel had been +thrown ashore did not result in the smashing in of many parts besides. + +As it would be a couple of days or more before the hold would be in a +condition for the bales of cotton to be removed for the carpenter to +examine the damage from the interior of the ship, Curtis employed the +interval in having the broken mizzen-mast repaired. Dowlas the carpenter, +with considerable skill, contrived to mortice it into its former stump, +and made the junction thoroughly secure by strong iron-belts and bolts. +The shrouds, the stays and backstays, were then carefully refitted, +some of the sails were changed, and the whole of the running rigging was +renewed. Injury, to some extent, had been done to the poop and to the +crew’s lockers, in the front; but time and labour were all that were +wanted to make them good; and with such a will, did every one set to +work that it was not long before all the cabins were again available for +use. + +On the 8th the unlading of the ship commenced. Pulleys and tackling were +put over the hatches, and passengers and crew together proceeded to haul +up the heavy bales which had been deluged so frequently by water that +the cotton was all but spoiled. One by one the sodden bales were placed +in the boat to be transported to the reef. After the first layer of +cotton had been removed it became necessary to drain off part of the +water that filled the hold. For this purpose the leak in the side had +somehow or other to be stopped, and this was an operation which was +cleverly accomplished by Dowlas and Flaypole, who contrived to dive at +low tide and nail a sheet of copper over the entire hole. This, however, +of itself would have been utterly inadequate to sustain the pressure +that would arise from the action of the pumps; so Curtis ordered that a +number of the bales should be piled up inside against the broken planks. +The scheme succeeded very well, and as the water got lower and lower in +the hold the men were enabled to resume their task of unlading. + +Curtis thinks it quite probable that the leaks may be mended from the +interior. By far the best way of repairing the damage would be to careen +the ship, and to shift the planking, but the appliances are wanting for +such an undertaking; moreover, any bad weather which might occur while +the ship was on her flank would only too certainly be fatal to her +altogether. But the captain has very little doubt that by some device or +other he shall manage to patch up the hole in such a way as will insure +our reaching land in safety. + +After two days’ toil the water was entirely reduced and without further +difficulty the unlading was completed. All of us, including even Andre +Letourneur, have been taking our turn at the pumps, for the work is so +extremely fatiguing that the crew require some occasional respite; arms +and back soon become strained and weary with the incessant swing of +the handles, and I can well understand the dislike which sailors always +express to the labour. + +One thing there is which is much in our favour; the ship lies on a firm +and solid bottom, and we have the satisfaction of knowing that we +are not contending with a flood that encroaches faster than it can be +resisted. Heaven grant that we may not be called to make like efforts, +and to make them hopelessly, for a foundering ship! + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +NOVEMBER 15th to 20th.--The examination of the hold has at last been +made. Amongst the first things that were found was the case of picrate, +perfectly intact; having neither been injured by the water, nor of +course reached by the flames. Why it was not at once pitched into the +sea I cannot say; but it was merely conveyed to the extremity of the +island, and there it remains. + +While they were below, Curtis and Dowlas made themselves acquainted with +the full extent of the mischief that had been done by the conflagration. +They found that the deck and the cross-beams that supported it had been +much less injured than they expected, and the thick, heavy planks had +only been scorched very superficially. But the action of the fire on +the flanks of the ship had been of a much more serious character; a long +portion of the inside boarding had been burnt away, and the very ribs +of the vessel were considerably damaged; the oakum caulkings had all +started away from the butt-ends and seams; so much so that it was +little short of a miracle that the whole ship had not long since gaped +completely open. + +The captain and the carpenter returned to the deck with anxious faces. +Curtis lost no time in assembling passengers and crew, and announcing to +them the facts of the case. + +“My friends,” he said, “I am here to tell you that the ‘Chancellor’ has +sustained far greater injuries than we suspected, and that her hull is +very seriously damaged. If we had been stranded anywhere else than on a +barren reef, that may at any time be overwhelmed by a tempestuous sea +I should not have hesitated to take the ship to pieces, and construct a +smaller vessel that might have carried us safely to land; but I dare not +run the risk of remaining here. We are now 800 miles from the coast of +Paramaribo, the nearest portion of Dutch Guiana, and in ten or twelve +days, if the weather should be favourable, I believe we could reach the +shore. What I now propose to do is to stop the leak by the best means we +can command, and make at once for the nearest port.” + +As no better plan seemed to suggest itself, Curtis’s proposal was +unanimously accepted Dowlas and his assistants immediately set to work +to repair the charred frame-work of the ribs, and to stop the leak; they +took care thoroughly to caulk from the outside all the seams that were +above low water mark; lower than that they were unable to work, and +had to content themselves with such repairs as they could effect in the +interior. But after all the pains there is no doubt the “Chancellor” is +not fit for a long voyage, and would be condemned as unseaworthy at any +port at which we might put in. + +To-day, the 20th, Curtis having done all that human power could do to +repair his ship, determined to put her to sea. + +Ever since the “Chancellor” had been relieved of her cargo, and of the +water in her hold, she had been able to float in the little natural +basin into which she had been driven. The basin was enclosed on either +hand by rocks that remained uncovered even at high water, but was +sufficiently wide to allow the vessel to turn quite round at its +broadest part, and by means of hawsers fastened on the reef to be +brought with her bows towards the south; while, to prevent her being +carried back on to the reef, she has been anchored fore and aft. + +To all appearance, then, it seemed as though it would be an easy matter +to put the “Chancellor” to sea; if the wind were favourable the sails +would be hoisted, if otherwise, she would have to be towed through the +narrow passage. All seemed simple. But unlooked-for difficulties had yet +to be surmounted. + +The mouth of the passage is guarded by a kind of ridge of basalt, which +at high tide we knew was barely covered with sufficient water to float +the “Chancellor,” even when entirely unfreighted. To be sure she had +been carried over the obstacle once before, but then, as I have already +said, she had been caught up by an enormous wave, and might have been +said to be LIFTED over the barrier into her present position. Besides, +on that ever-memorable night, there had not only been the ordinary +spring-tide, but an equinoctial tide, such a one as could not be +expected to occur again for many months. Waiting was out of the +question; so Curtis determined to run the risk, and to take advantage of +the spring-tide, which would occur to-day, to make an attempt to get the +ship, lightened as she was, over the bar; after which, he might ballast +her sufficiently to sail. + +The wind was blowing from the north-west, and consequently right in the +direction of the passage. The captain, however, after a consultation, +preferred to tow the ship over the ridge, as he considered it was +scarcely safe to allow a vessel of doubtful stability at full sail to +charge an obstacle that would probably bring her to a dead lock. Before +the operation was commenced, Curtis took the precaution of having +an anchor ready in the stern, for, in the event of the attempt being +unsuccessful, it would be necessary to bring the ship back to her +present moorings. Two more anchors were next carried outside the +passage, which was not more than two hundred feet in length. The +chains were attached to the windlass, the sailors worked away at the +handspikes, and at four o’clock in the afternoon the “Chancellor” was in +motion. + +High tide would be at twenty minutes past four, and at ten minutes +before that time the ship had been hauled as far as her sea-range would +allow; her keel grazed the ridge, and her progress was arrested. When +the lowest part of her stern, however, just cleared the obstruction, +Curtis deemed that there was no longer any reason why the mechanical +action of the wind should not be brought to bear and contribute its +assistance. Without delay, all sails were unfurled and trimmed to the +wind. The tide was exactly at its height, passengers and crew together +were at the windlass, M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself being +at the starboard bar. Curtis stood upon the poop, giving his chief +attention to the sails; the lieutenant was on the forecastle; the +boatswain by the helm. The sea seemed propitiously calm and, as it +swelled gently to and fro, lifted the ship several times. + +“Now, my boys,” said Curtis in his calm clear voice, “all together! +Off!” + +Round went the windlass; click, click, clanked the chains as link by +link they were forced through the hawse-holes. + +The breeze freshened, and the masts gave to the pressure of the sails, +but round and round we went, keeping time in regular monotony to the +sing-song tune hummed by one of the sailors. + +We had gained about twenty feet, and were redoubling our efforts when +the ship grounded again. + +And now no effort would avail; all was in vain; the tide began to turn; +and the “Chancellor” would not advance an inch. Was there time to go +back? She would inevitably go to pieces if left balanced upon the ridge. +In an instant the captain has ordered the sails to be furled, and the +anchor dropped from the stern. + +One moment of terrible anxiety, and all is well. + +The “Chancellor” tacks to stern, and glides back into the basin, which +is once more her prison. + +“Well, captain,” says the boatswain, “what’s to be done now?” + +“I don’t know” said Curtis, “but we shall get across somehow.” + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +NOVEMBER 21st to 24th.--There was assuredly no time to be lost before we +ought to leave Ham Rock reef. The barometer had been falling ever since +the morning, the sea was getting rougher, and there was every symptom +that the weather, hitherto so favourable, was on the point of breaking; +and in the event of a gale the “Chancellor” must inevitably be dashed to +pieces on the rocks. + +In the evening, when the tide was quite low, and the rocks uncovered, +Curtis, the boatswain, and Dowlas went to examine the ridge which had +proved so serious an obstruction, Falsten and I accompanied them. We +came to the conclusion that the only way of effecting a passage was by +cutting away the rocks with pikes over a surface measuring ten feet by +six. An extra depth of nine or ten inches would give a sufficient gauge, +and the channel might be accurately marked out by buoys; in this way it +was conjectured the ship might be got over the ridge and so reach the +deep water beyond. + +“But this basalt is as hard as granite,” said the boatswain; “besides, +we can only get at it at low water, and consequently could only work at +it for two hours out of the twenty-four.” + +“All the more reason why we should begin at once, boatswain,” said +Curtis. + +“But if it is to take us a month, captain, perhaps by that time the ship +may be knocked to atoms. Couldn’t we manage to blow up the rock? we have +got some powder on board.” + +“Not enough for that;” said the boatswain. + +“You have something better than powder,” said Falsten. + +“What’s that?” asked the captain. + +“Picrate of potash,” was the reply. + +And so the explosive substance with which poor Ruby had so grievously +imperilled the vessel was now to serve her in good stead, and I now saw +what a lucky thing it was that the case had been deposited safely on the +reef, instead of being thrown into the sea. + +Picric acid is a crystalline bitter product extracted from coal-tar, and +forming, in combination with potash, a yellow salt known as picrate of +potash. The explosive power of this substance is inferior to that +of gun-cotton or of dynamite, but far greater than that of ordinary +gunpowder; one grain of picric powder producing an effect equal to that +of thirteen grains of common powder. Picrate is easily ignited by +any sharp or violent shock, and some gun-priming which we had in our +possession would answer the purpose of setting it alight. + +The sailors went off at once for their pikes, and Dowlas and his +assistants, under the direction of Falsten, who, as an engineer, +understood such matters, proceeded to hollow out a mine wherein to +deposit the powder. At first we hoped that everything would be ready for +the blasting to take place on the following morning, but when daylight +appeared we found that the men, although they had laboured with a will, +had only been able to work for an hour at low water and that four tides +must ebb before the mine had been sunk to the required depth. + +Not until eight o’clock on the morning of the 23rd was the work +complete. The hole was bored obliquely in the rock, and was large enough +to contain about ten pounds of explosive matter. Just as the picrate was +being introduced into the aperture, Falsten interposed:-- + +“Stop,” he said, “I think it will be best to mix the picrate with common +powder, as that will allow us to fire the mine with a match instead of +the gun-priming which would be necessary to produce a shock. Besides, +it is an understood thing that the addition of gunpowder renders picrate +far more effective in blasting such rocks as this, as then the violence +of the picrate prepares the way for the powder which, slower in its +action, will complete the disseverment of the basalt.” + +Falsten is not a great talker, but what he does say is always very +much to the point. His good advice was immediately followed; the two +substances were mixed together, and after a match had been introduced +the compound was rammed closely into the hole. + +Notwithstanding that the “Chancellor” was at a distance from the rocks +that insured her from any danger of being injured by the explosion, it +was thought advisable that the passengers and crew should take refuge in +the grotto at the extremity of the reef, and even Mr. Kear, in spite of +his many objections, was forced to leave the ship. Falsten, as soon as +he had set fire to the match, joined us in our retreat. + +The train was to burn for ten minutes, and at the end of that time the +explosion took place; the report, on account of the depth of the +mine, being muffled, and much less noisy than we had expected. But the +operation had been perfectly successful. Before we reached the ridge we +could see that the basalt had been literally reduced to powder, and that +a little channel, already being filled by the rising tide, had been +cut right through the obstacle. A loud hurrah rang through the air; our +prison-doors were opened, and we were prisoners no more! + +At high tide the “Chancellor” weighed anchor and floated out into the +open sea, but she was not in a condition to sail until she had been +ballasted; and for the next twenty-four hours the crew were busily +employed in taking up blocks of stone, and such of the bales of cotton +as had sustained the least amount of injury. + +In the course of the day, M. Letourneur, Andre, Miss Herbey, and I took +a farewell walk round the reef, and Andre with artistic skill, carved on +the wall of the grotto the word “Chancellor,”--the designation Ham Rock, +which we had given to the reef,--and the date of our running aground. +Then we bade adieu to the scene of our three week’s sojourn, where we +had passed days that to some at least of our party will be reckoned as +far from being the least happy of their lives. + +At high tide this morning, the 24th, with low, top, and gallant sails +all set, the “Chancellor” started on her onward way, and two hours later +the last peak of Ham Rock had vanished below the horizon. + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +NOVEMBER 24th to DECEMBER 1st.--Here we were then once more at sea, and +although on board a ship of which the stability was very questionable, +we had hopes, if the wind continued favourable, of reaching the coast of +Guiana in the course of a few days. + +Our way was south-west and consequently with the wind, and although +Curtis would not crowd on all sail lest the extra speed should have a +tendency to spring the leak afresh, the “Chancellor” made a progress +that was quite satisfactory. Life on board began to fall back into its +former routine; the feeling of insecurity and the consciousness that +we were merely retracing our path doing much, however, to destroy the +animated intercourse that would otherwise go on between passenger and +passenger. + +The first few days passed without any incident worth recording, then +on the 29th, the wind shifted to the north, and it became necessary to +brace the yards, trim the sails, and take a starboard tack. This made +the ship lurch very much on one side, and as Curtis felt that she was +labouring far too heavily, he clued up the top-gallants, prudently +reckoning that, under the circumstances, caution was far more important +than speed. + +The night came on dark and foggy. The breeze freshened considerably, +and, unfortunately for us, hailed from the north-west. Although we +carried no top-sails at all, the ship seemed to heel over more than +ever. Most of the passengers had retired to their cabins, but all the +crew remained on deck, whilst Curtis never quitted his post upon the +poop. + +Towards two o’clock in the morning I was myself preparing to go to my +cabin, when Burke, one of the sailors who had been down into the hold, +came on deck with the ominous cry,-- + +“Two feet of water below.” + +In an instant Curtis and the boatswain had descended the ladder. The +startling news was only too true; the sea-water was entering the hold, +but whether the leak had sprung afresh, or whether the caulking in some +of the seams was insufficient, it was then impossible to determine; all +that could be done was to let the ship go with the wind and wait for +day. + +At daybreak they sounded again:--“Three feet of water!” was the report, +I glanced at Curtis, his lips were white, but he had not lost his +self-possession. He quietly informed such of the passengers as were +already on deck of the new danger that threatened us; it was better that +they should know the worst, and the fact could not be long concealed. I +told M. Letourneur that I could not help hoping that there might yet be +time to reach the land before the last crisis came. Falsten was about to +give vent to an expression of despair, but he was soon silenced by Miss +Herbey asserting her confidence that all would yet be well. + +Curtis at once divided the crew into two sets, and made them work +incessantly, turn and turn about at the pumps. The men applied +themselves to their task with resignation rather than with ardour; the +labour was hard and scarcely repaid them; the pumps were constantly +getting out of order, the valves being choked up by the ashes and bits +of cotton that were floating about in the hold, while every moment that +was spent in cleaning or repairing them was so much time lost. + +Slowly, but surely, the water continued to rise, and on the following +morning the soundings gave five feet for its depth, I noticed that +Curtis’s brow contracted each time that the boatswain or the lieutenant +brought him their report. There was no doubt it was only a question of +time, and not for an instant must the efforts for keeping down the level +be relaxed. Already the ship had sunk a foot lower in the water, and as +her weight increased she no longer rose buoyantly with the waves, but +pitched and rolled considerably. + +All yesterday, and last night, the pumping continued; but still the +sea gained upon us. The crew are weary and discouraged, but the second +officer and the boatswain set them a fine example of endurance, and the +passengers have now begun to take their turn at the pumps. + +But all are conscious of toiling almost against hope; we are no longer +secured firmly to the solid soil of the Ham Rock reef, but we are +floating over an abyss which daily, nay hourly, threatens to swallow us +into its depths. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +DECEMBER 2nd and 3rd.--For four hours we have succeeded in keeping the +water in the hold to one level; now, however, it is very evident that +the time cannot be far distant when the pumps will be quite unequal to +their task. + +Yesterday Curtis, who does not allow himself a minute’s rest, made a +personal inspection of the hold. I, with the boatswain and carpenter, +accompanied him. After dislodging some of the bales of cotton we could +hear a splashing, or rather gurgling sound; but whether the water +was entering at the original aperture, or whether it found its way in +through a general dislocation of the seams, we were unable to discover. +But whichever might be the case, Curtis determined to try a plan which, +by cutting off communication between the interior and exterior of the +vessel, might, if only for a few hours, render her hull more watertight. +For this purpose he had some strong, well-tarred sails drawn upwards by +ropes from below the keel, as high as the previous leaking-place, and +then fastened closely and securely to the side of the hull. The +scheme was dubious, and the operation difficult, but for a time it +was effectual, and at the close of the day the level of the water +had actually been reduced by several inches. The diminution was small +enough, but the consciousness that more water was escaping through +the scupper-holes than was finding its way into the hold gave us fresh +courage to persevere with our work. + +The night was dark, but the captain carried all the sail he could, +eager to take every possible advantage of the wind, which was freshening +considerably. If he could have sighted a ship he would have made signals +of distress, and would not have hesitated to transfer the passengers, +and even have allowed the crew to follow, if they were ready to forsake +him; for himself his mind was made up, he should remain on board the +“Chancellor” until she foundered beneath his feet. No sail, however, +hove in sight; consequently escape by such means was out of our power. + +During the night the canvas covering yielded to the pressure of the +waves, and this morning, after taking the sounding, the boatswain could +not suppress an oath when he announced “Six feet of water in the hold!” + +The ship, then, was filling once again, and already had sunk +considerably below her previous water-line. With aching arms and +bleeding hands we worked harder than ever at the pumps, and Curtis makes +those who are not pumping form a line and pass buckets, with all the +speed they can, from hand to hand. + +But all in vain! At half-past eight more water is reported in the hold, +and some of the sailors, overcome by despair, refuse to work one minute +longer. + +The first to abandon his post was Owen, a man whom I have mentioned +before, as exhibiting something of a mutinous spirit, He is about forty +years of age, and altogether unprepossessing in appearance; his face +is bare, with the exception of a reddish beard, which terminates in a +point; his forehead is furrowed with sinister-looking wrinkles, his lips +curl inwards, and his ears protrude, whilst his bleared and bloodshot +eyes are encircled with thick red rings. + +Amongst the five or six other men who had struck work, I noticed +Jynxstrop the cook, who evidently shared all Owen’s ill feelings. + +Twice did Curtis order the men back to the pumps, and twice did Owen, +acting as spokesman for the rest, refuse; and when Curtis made a step +forward as though to approach him, he said savagely,-- + +“I advise you not to touch me,” and walked away to the forecastle. + +Curtis descended to his cabin, and almost immediately returned with a +loaded revolver in his hand. + +For a moment Owen surveyed the captain with a frown of defiance; but +at a sign from Jynxstrop he seemed to recollect himself; and, with the +remainder of the men, he returned to his work. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +DECEMBER 4th.--The first attempt at mutiny being thus happily +suppressed, it is to be hoped that Curtis will succeed as well in +future. An insubordinate crew would render us powerless indeed. + +Throughout the night the pumps were kept, without respite, steadily at +work, but without producing the least sensible benefit. The ship became +so water-logged and heavy that she hardly rose at all to the waves, +which consequently often washed over the deck and contributed their +part towards aggravating our case. Our situation was rapidly becoming as +terrible as it had been when the fire was raging in the midst of us; +and the prospect of being swallowed by the devouring billows was no less +formidable than that of perishing in the flames. + +Curtis kept the men up to the mark, and, willing or unwilling, they had +no alternative but to work on as best they might; but, in spite of all +their efforts, the water perpetually rose, till, at length, the men in +the hold who were passing the buckets found themselves immersed up to +their waists and were obliged to come on deck. + +This morning, after a somewhat protracted consultation with Walter and +the boatswain, Curtis resolved to abandon the ship. The only remaining +boat was far too small to hold us all, and it would therefore be +necessary to construct a raft that should carry those who could not find +room in her. Dowlas the carpenter, Mr. Falsten, and ten sailors were +told off to put the raft in hand, the rest of the crew being ordered to +continue their work assiduously at the pumps, until the time came and +everything was ready for embarkation. + +Hatchet or saw in hand, the carpenter and his assistants made a +beginning without delay by cutting and trimming the spare yards and +extra spars to a proper length. These were then lowered into the sea, +which was propitiously calm, so as to favour the operation (which +otherwise would have been very difficult) of lashing them together into +a firm framework, about forty feet long and twenty-five feet wide, upon +which the platform was to be supported. + +I kept my own place steadily at the pumps, and Andre Letourneur worked +at my side; I often noticed his father glance at him sorrowfully, as +though he wondered what would become of him if he had to struggle with +waves to which even the strongest man could hardly fail to succumb. But +come what may, his father will never forsake him, and I myself shall not +be wanting in rendering him whatever assistance I can. + +Mrs. Kear, who had been for some time in a state of drowsy +unconsciousness, was not informed of the immediate danger, but when +Miss Herbey, looking somewhat pale with fatigue, paid one of her flying +visits to the deck, I warned her to take every precaution for herself +and to be ready for any emergency. + +“Thank you, doctor, I am always ready,” she cheerfully replied, and +returned to her duties below. I saw Andre follow the young girl with his +eyes, and a look of melancholy interest passed over his countenance. + +Towards eight o’clock in the evening the framework for the raft was +almost complete, and the men were lowering empty barrels, which had +first been securely bunged, and were lashing them to the wood-work to +insure its floating. + +Two hours later and suddenly there arose the startling cry, “We are +sinking! we are sinking!” + +Up to the poop rushed Mr. Kear, followed immediately by Falsten and Miss +Herbey, who were bearing the inanimate form of Mrs. Kear. Curtis ran to +his cabin, instantly returning with a chart; a sextant, and a compass in +his hand. + +The scene that followed will ever be engraven in my memory; the cries of +distress, the general confusion, the frantic rush of the sailors towards +the raft that was not yet ready to support them, can never be forgotten. +The whole period of my life seemed to be concentrated into that terrible +moment when the planks bent below my feet and the ocean yawned beneath +me. + +Some of the sailors had taken their delusive refuge in the shrouds, and +I was preparing to follow them when a hand was laid upon my shoulder. +Turning round I beheld M. Letourneur, with tears in his eyes, pointing +towards his son. “Yes, my friend,” I said, pressing his hand, “we will +save him, if possible.” + +But Curtis had already caught hold of the young man, and was hurrying +him to the main-mast shrouds, when the “Chancellor,” which had been +scudding along rapidly with the wind, stopped suddenly, with a violent +shock, and began to settle, The sea rose over my ankles and almost +instinctively I clutched at the nearest rope. All at once, when it +seemed all over, the ship ceased to sink, and hung motionless in +mid-ocean. + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +NIGHT OF DECEMBER 4th.--Curtis caught young Letourneur again in his +arms, and running with him across the flooded deck deposited him safely +in the starboard shrouds, whither his father and I climbed up beside +him. + +I now had time to look about me. The night was not very dark, and I +could see that Curtis had returned to his post upon the poop; whilst in +the extreme aft near the taffrail, which was still above water, I could +distinguish the forms of Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Miss Herbey, and Mr. Falsten +The lieutenant and the boatswain were on the far end of the forecastle; +the remainder of the crew in the shrouds and top-masts. + +By the assistance of his father, who carefully guided his feet up the +rigging, Andre was hoisted into the main-top. Mrs. Kear could not be +induced to join him in his elevated position, in spite of being +told that if the wind were to freshen she would inevitably be +washed overboard by the waves; nothing could induce her to listen to +remonstrance, and she insisted upon remaining on the poop, Miss Herbey, +of course, staying by her side. + +As soon as the captain saw the “Chancellor” was no longer sinking, +he set to work to take down all the sails, yards and all, and the +top-gallants, in the hope that by removing everything that could +compromise the equilibrium of the ship he might diminish the chance of +her capsizing altogether. + +“But may she not founder at any moment?” I said to Curtis, when I had +joined him for a while upon the poop. + +“Everything depends upon the weather,” he replied, in his calmest +manner; “that, of course, may change at any hour. One thing, however, is +certain, the ‘Chancellor’ preserves her equilibrium for the present.” + +“But do you mean to say,” I further asked, “that she can sail with two +feet of water over her deck?” + +“No, Mr. Kazallon, she can’t sail, but she can drift with the wind, and +if the wind remains in its present quarter, in the course of a few days +we might possibly sight the coast. Besides, we shall have our raft as a +last resource; in a few hours it will be ready, and at daybreak we can +embark.” + +“You have not then,” I added, “abandoned all hope even yet?” I marvelled +at his composure. + +“While there’s life there’s hope, you know Mr. Kazallon; out of a +hundred chances, ninety-nine may be against us, but perhaps the odd one +may be in our favour. Besides, I believe that our case is not without +precedent. In the year 1795 a three-master, the ‘Juno,’ was precisely +in the same half-sunk, water-logged condition as ourselves; and yet with +her passengers and crew clinging to her top-masts she drifted for twenty +days, until she came in sight of land, when those who had survived the +deprivation and fatigue were saved. So let us not despair; let us hold +on to the hope that the survivors of the ‘Chancellor’ may be equally +fortunate.” + +I was only too conscious that there was not much to be said in support +of Curtis’s sanguine view of things, and that the force of reason +pointed all the other way; but I said nothing, deriving what comfort I +could from the fact that the captain did not yet despond of an ultimate +rescue. + +As it was necessary to be prepared to abandon the ship almost at a +moment’s notice, Dowlas was making every exertion to hurry on the +construction of the raft. A little before midnight he was on the point +of conveying some planks for this purpose, when, to his astonishment and +horror, he found that the framework had totally disappeared. The ropes +that had attached it to the vessel had snapped as she became vertically +displaced, and probably it had been adrift for more than an hour. + +The crew were frantic at this new misfortune, and shouting “Overboard +with the masts!” they began to cut down the rigging preparatory to +taking possession of the masts for a new raft. + +But here Curtis interposed:-- + +“Back to your places, my men; back to your places. The ship will not +sink yet, so don’t touch a rope until I give you leave.” + +The firmness of the captain’s voice brought the men to their senses, and +although some of them could ill disguise their reluctance, all returned +to their posts. + +When daylight had sufficiently advanced Curtis mounted the mast, and +looked around for the missing raft; but it was nowhere to be seen. The +sea was far too rough for the men to venture to take out the whaleboat +in search of it, and there was no choice but to set to work and to +construct a new raft immediately. + +Since the sea has become so much rougher, Mrs. Kear has been induced to +leave the poop, and has managed to join M. Letourneur and his son on +the main-top, where she lies in a state of complete prostration. I need +hardly add that Miss Herbey continues in her unwearied attendance. The +space to which these four people are limited is necessarily very small, +nowhere measuring twelve feet across; to prevent them losing their +balance some spars have been lashed from shroud to shroud, and for the +convenience of the two ladies Curtis has contrived to make a temporary +awning of a sail. Mr. Kear has installed himself with Silas Huntly on +the foretop. + +A few cases of preserved meat and biscuit and some barrels of water, +that floated between the masts after the submersion of the deck, have +been hoisted to the top-masts and fastened firmly to the stays. These +are now our only provisions. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +DECEMBER 5th.--The day was very hot. December in latitude 16deg. N. is a +summer month, and unless a breeze should rise to temper the burning sun, +we might expect to suffer from an oppressive heat. + +The sea still remained very rough, and as the heavy waves broke over the +ship as though she were a reef, the foam flew up to the very top-masts, +and our clothes were perpetually drenched by the spray. + +The “Chancellor’s” hull is three-fourths immerged; besides the three +masts and the bowsprit, to which the whale-boat was suspended, the poop +and the forecastle are the only portions that now are visible; and as +the intervening section of the deck is quite below the water, these +appear to be connected only by the framework of the netting that +runs along the vessel’s sides. Communication between the top-masts is +extremely difficult, and would be absolutely precluded, were it not that +the sailors, with practised dexterity, manage to hoist themselves about +by means of the stays. For the passengers, cowering on their narrow +and unstable platform, the spectacle of the raging sea below was truly +terrific; every wave that dashed over the ship shook the masts till they +trembled again, and one could venture scarcely to look or to think lest +he should be tempted to cast himself into the vast abyss. + +Meanwhile, the crew worked away with all their remaining vigour at the +second raft, for which the top-gallants and yards were all obliged to +be employed; the planks, too, which were continually being loosened +and broken away by the violence of the waves from the partitions of +the ship, were rescued before they had drifted out of reach, and were +brought into use. The symptoms of the ship foundering did not appear +to be immediate; so that Curtis insisted upon the raft being made with +proper care to insure its strength; we were still several hundred miles +from the coast of Guiana, and for so long a voyage it was indispensable +to have a structure of considerable solidity. The reasonableness of this +was self-apparent, and as the crew had recovered their assurance they +spared no pains to accomplish their work effectually. + +Of all the number, there was but one, an Irishman, named O’Ready, who +seemed to question the utility of all their toil. He shook his head with +an oracular gravity. He is an oldish man, not less than sixty, with his +hair and beard bleached with the storms of many travels. As I was making +my way towards the poop, he came up to me and began talking. + +“And why, bedad, I’d like to know, why is it that they’ll all be afther +lavin’ of the ship?” + +He turned his quid with the most serene composure, and continued,-- + +“And isn’t it me myself that’s been wrecked nine times already? and +sure, poor fools are they that ever have put their trust in rafts or +boats sure and they found a wathery grave. Nay, nay; while the ould ship +lasts, let’s stick to her, says I.” + +Having thus unburdened his mind he relapsed, into silence, and soon went +away. + +About three o’clock I noticed that Mr. Kear and Silas Huntly were +holding an animated conversation in the fore top. The petroleum merchant +had evidently some difficulty in bringing the ex-captain round to his +opinion, for I, saw him several times shake his head as he gave long and +scrutinizing looks at the sea and sky. In less than an hour afterwards +I saw Huntly let himself down by the forestays and clamber along to the +forecastle where he joined the group of sailors, and I lost sight of +him. + +I attached little importance to the incident, and shortly afterwards +joined the party in the main-top, where we continued talking for some +hours. The heat was intense, and if it had not been for the shelter’ +afforded by the sail-tent, would have been unbearable. At five o’clock +we took as refreshment some dried meat and biscuit, each individual +being also allowed half a glass of water. Mrs. Kear, prostrate with +fever, could not touch a mouthful; and nothing could be done by Miss +Herbey to relieve her, beyond occasionally moistening her parched lips. +The unfortunate lady suffers greatly, and sometimes I am inclined to +think that she will succumb to the exposure and privation. Not once had +her husband troubled himself about her; but when shortly afterwards I +heard him hail some of the sailors on the forecastle and ask them to +help him down from the foretop, I began to think that the selfish fellow +was coming to join his wife. + +At first the sailors took no notice of his request, but on his repeating +it with the promise of paying them handsomely for their services, two +of them, Burke and Sandon, swung themselves along the netting into the +shrouds, and were soon at his side. + +A long discussion ensued. The men evidently were asking more than Mr. +Kear was inclined to give, and at one time if seemed as though the +negotiation would fall through altogether. But at length the bargain +was struck, and I saw Mr. Kear take a bundle of paper dollars from his +waistcoat pocket, and hand a number of them over to one of the men, +The man counted them carefully, and from the time it took him, I should +think that he could not have pocketed anything less than a hundred +dollars. + +The next business was to get Mr. Kear down from the foretop, and +Burke and Sandon proceeded to tie a rope round his waist, which they +afterwards fastened to the forestay; then, in a way which provoked +shouts of laughter from their mates, they gave the unfortunate man a +shove, and sent him rolling down like a bundle of dirty clothes on to +the forecastle. + +I was quite mistaken as to his object. Mr. Kear had no intention of +looking after his wife, but remained by the side of Silas Huntly until +the gathering darkness hid them both from view. + +As night drew on, the wind grew calmer, but the sea remained very rough. +The moon had been up ever since four in the afternoon, though she only +appeared at rare intervals between the clouds. Some long lines of vapour +on the horizon were tinged with a rosy glare that foreboded a strong +breeze for the morrow, and all felt anxious to know from which quarter +the breeze would come, for any but a north-easter would bear the frail +raft on which we were to embark far away from land. + +About eight o’clock in the evening Curtis mounted to the main-top but +he seemed preoccupied and anxious, and did not speak to any one. He +remained for a quarter of an hour, then after silently pressing my hand, +he returned to his old post. + +I laid myself down in the narrow space at my disposal, and tried to +sleep; but my mind was filled with strange forebodings, and sleep was +impossible. The very calmness of the atmosphere was oppressive; scarcely +a breath of air vibrated through the metal rigging, and yet the sea rose +with a heavy swell as though it felt the warnings of a coming tempest. + +All at once, at about eleven o’clock, the moon burst brightly forth +through a rift in the clouds, and the waves sparkled again as if +illumined by a submarine glimmer. I start up and look around me. Is it +merely imagination? or do I really see a black speck floating on the +dazzling whiteness of the waters, a speck that cannot be a rock; because +it rises and falls with the heaving motion of the billows? But the moon +once again becomes overclouded; the sea, is darkened, and I return to my +uneasy couch close to the larboard shrouds. + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +DECEMBER 6th.--I must have fallen asleep for a few hours, when at four +o’clock in the morning, I was rudely aroused by the roaring of the +wind, and could distinguish Curtis’s voice as he shouted in the brief +intervals between the heavy gusts. + +I got up, and holding tightly to the purlin--for the waves made the +masts tremble with their violence--I tried to look around and below me. +The sea was literally raging beneath, and great masses of livid-looking +foam were dashing between the masts, which were oscillating +terrifically. It was still dark, and I could only faintly distinguish +two figures on the stern, whom, by the sound of their voices, that I +caught occasionally above the tumult, I made out to be Curtis and the +boatswain. + +Just at that moment a sailor, who had mounted to the main-top to do +something to the rigging, passed close behind me. + +“What’s the matter?” I asked, + +“The wind has changed,” he answered, adding something which I could not +hear distinctly, but which sounded like “dead against us.” + +Dead against us! then, thought I, the wind had shifted to the +south-west, and my last night’s forebodings had been correct. + +When daylight at length appeared, I found the wind although not blowing +actually from the south-west, had veered round to the north-west, a +change which was equally disastrous to us, inasmuch as it was carrying +us away from land. Moreover, the ship had sunk considerably during +the night, and there were now five feet of water above deck; the side +netting had completely disappeared, and the forecastle and the poop were +now all but on a level with the sea, which washed over them incessantly. +With all possible expedition Curtis and his crew were labouring away +at their raft, but the violence of the swell materially impeded their +operations, and it became a matter of doubt as to whether the woodwork +would not fall asunder before it could be properly fastened together. + +As I watched the men at their work M. Letourneur, with one arm +supporting his son, came and stood by my side. + +“Don’t you think this main-top will soon give way?” he said, as the +narrow platform on which we stood creaked and groaned with the swaying +of the masts. + +Miss Herbey heard his words, and pointing towards Mrs. Kear, who was +lying prostrate at her feet, asked what we thought ought to be done. + +“We can do nothing but stay where we are,” I replied. + +“No;” said Andre “this is our best refuge; I hope you are not afraid.” + +“Not for myself,” said the young girl quietly “only for those to whom +life is precious.” + +At a quarter to eight we heard the boatswain calling to the sailors in +the bows. + +“Ay, ay, sir,” said one of the men--O’Ready, I think. + +“Where’s the whale boat?” shouted the boatswain. + +“I don’t know, sir. Not with us,” was the reply. + +“She’s gone adrift, then!” + +And sure enough the whale-boat was no longer hanging from the bowsprit; +and in a moment the discovery was made that Mr. Kear, Silas Huntly, and +three sailors,--a Scotchman and two Englishmen,--were missing. Afraid +that the “Chancellor” would founder before the completion of the raft, +Kear and Huntly had plotted together to effect their escape, and had +bribed the three sailors to seize the only remaining boat. + +This, then, was the black speck that I had seen during the night. The +miserable husband had deserted his wife, the faithless captain had +abandoned the ship that had once been under his command. + +“There are five saved, then,” said the boatswain. + +“Faith, an it’s five lost ye’ll be maning,” said O’Ready; and the state +of the sea fully justified his opinion. + +The crew were furious when they heard of the surreptitious flight, +and loaded the fugitives with all the invectives they could lay their +tongues to. So enraged were they at the dastardly trick of which they +had been made the dupes, that if chance should bring the deserters again +on board I should be sorry to answer for the consequences. + +In accordance with my advice, Mrs. Kear has not been informed of her +husband’s disappearance. The unhappy lady is wasting away with a fever +for which we are powerless to supply a remedy, for the medicine chest +was lost when the ship began to sink. Nevertheless, I do not think we +have anything to regret on that score, feeling as I do, that in a case +like Mrs. Kear’s, drugs would be of no avail. + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +DECEMBER 6th CONTINUED.--The “Chancellor” no longer maintained her +equilibrium; we felt that she was gradually going down, and her hull was +probably breaking up. The main-top was already only ten feet above the +water, whilst the bowsprit, with the exception of the extreme end, that +rose obliquely from the waves, was entirely covered. + +The “Chancellor’s” last day, we felt, had come. + +Fortunately the raft was all but finished, and unless Curtis preferred +to wait till morning we should be able to embark in the evening. + +The raft is a very solid structure. The spars that form the framework +are crossed one above another and lashed together with stout ropes, so +that the whole pile rises a couple of feet above the water. The upper +platform is constructed from the planks that were broken from the ship’s +sides by the violence of the waves, and which had not drifted away. The +afternoon has been employed in charging the raft with such provisions, +sails, tools, and instruments as we have been able to save. + +And how can I attempt to give any idea of the feelings with which, one +and all, we now contemplated the fate before us? For my own part I was +possessed rather by a benumbed indifference than by any sense of genuine +resignation. M. Letourneur was entirely absorbed in his son, who, in +his turn, thought only of his father; at the same time exhibiting a calm +Christian fortitude, which was shown by no one else of the party +except Miss Herbey, who faced her danger with the same brave composure. +Incredible as it may seem, Falsten remained the same as ever, occupying +himself with writing down figures and memoranda in his pocket-book. Mrs. +Kear, in spite of all that Miss Herbey could do for her, was evidently +dying. + +With regard to the sailors, two or three of them were calm enough, but +the rest had well-nigh lost their wits. Some of the more ill-disposed +amongst them seemed inclined to run into excesses; and their conduct, +under the bad influence of Owen and Jynxstrop, made it doubtful whether +they would submit to control when once we were limited to the narrow +dimensions of the raft. Lieutenant Walter, although his courage never +failed him, was worn out with bodily fatigue, and obliged to give up all +active labour; but Curtis and the boatswain were resolute, energetic and +firm as ever. To borrow an expression from the language of metallurgic +art, they were men “at the highest degree of hardness.” + +At five o’clock one of our companions in misfortune was released from +her sufferings. Mrs. Kear, after a most distressing illness, through +which her young companion tended her with the most devoted care, has +breathed her last. A few deep sighs and all was over, and I doubt +whether the sufferer was ever conscious of the peril of, her situation. + +The night passed on without further incident. Towards morning I touched +the dead woman’s hand, and it was cold and stiff. The corpse could +not remain any longer on the main-top, and after Miss Herbey and I had +carefully wrapped the garments about it, with a few short prayers the +body of the first victim of our miseries was committed to the deep. + +As the sea closed over the body I heard one of the men in the shrouds +say,-- + +“There goes a carcass that we shall be sorry we have thrown away!” + +I looked round sharply. It was Owen who had spoken, But horrible as were +his words, the conviction was forced upon my mind that the day could not +be far distant when we must want for food. + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +DECEMBER 7th.--The ship was sinking rapidly; the water had risen to the +fore-top; the poop and forecastle were completely submerged; the top +of the bowsprit had disappeared, and only the three mast-tops projected +from the waves. + +But all was ready on the raft; an erection had been made on the fore to +hold a mast, which was supported by shrouds fastened to the sides of the +platform; this mast carried a large royal. + +Perhaps, after all, these few frail planks will carry us to the shore +which the “Chancellor” has failed to reach; at any rate, we cannot yet +resign all hope. + +We were just on the point of embarking at 7 a.m. when the “Chancellor” + all at once began to sink so rapidly that the carpenter and men who were +on the raft were obliged with all speed to cut the ropes that secured +it to the vessel to prevent it from being swallowed up in the eddying +waters. Anxiety, the most intense, took possession of us all. At the +very moment when the ship was descending into the fathomless abyss, the +raft, our only hope of safety, was drifting off before our eyes. Two +of the sailors and an apprentice, beside themselves with terror, threw +themselves headlong into the sea; but it was evident from the very first +that they were quite powerless to combat the winds and waves. Escape was +impossible; they could neither reach the raft, nor return to the +ship. Curtis tied a rope round his waist and tried to swim to their +assistance; but long before he could reach them the unfortunate men, +after a vain struggle for life, sank below the waves and were seen no +more. Curtis, bruised and beaten with the surf that raged about the +mast-heads, was hauled back to the ship. + +Meantime, Dowlas and his men, by means of some spars which they used as +oars, were exerting themselves to bring back the raft, which had drifted +about two cables-lengths away; but, in spite of all their efforts, it +was fully an hour,--an hour which seemed to us, waiting as we were with +the water up to the level of the top-masts, like an eternity--before +they succeeded in bringing the raft alongside, and lashing it once again +to the “Chancellor’s” main-mast. + +Not a moment was then to be lost. The waves were eddying like a +whirlpool around the submerged vessel, and numbers of enormous +air-bubbles were rising to the surface of the water. + +The time was come. At Curtis’s word “Embark!” we all hurried to the +raft. Andre who insisted upon seeing Miss Herbey go first, was helped +safely on to the platform, where his father immediately joined him. In +a very few minutes all except Curtis and old O’Ready had left the +“Chancellor.” + +Curtis remained standing on the main-top, deeming it not only his duty, +but his right, to be the last to leave the vessel he had loved so well, +and the loss of which he so much deplored. + +“Now then, old fellow off of this!” cried the captain to the old +Irishman, who did not move. + +“And is it quite sure ye are that she’s sinkin?” he said. + +“Ay, ay! sure enough, my man; and you’d better look sharp.” + +“Faith, then, and I think I will;” and not a moment too soon (for the +water was up to his waist) he jumped on to the raft. + +Having cast one last, lingering look around him, Curtis then left the +ship; the rope was cut and we went slowly adrift. + +All eyes were fixed upon the spot where the “Chancellor” lay foundering. +The top of the mizzen was the first to disappear, then followed the +main-top; and soon, of what had been a noble vessel, not a vestige was +to be seen. + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +Will this frail float, forty feet by twenty, bear us in safety? Sink +it cannot; the material of which it is composed is of a kind that +must surmount the waves. But it is questionable whether it will hold +together. The cords that bind it will have a tremendous strain to bear +in resisting the violence of the sea. The most sanguine amongst us +trembles to face the future; the most confident dares to think only of +the present. After the manifold perils of the last seventy-two days’ +voyage all are too agitated to look forward without dismay to what in +all human probability must be a time of the direst distress. + +Vain as the task may seem, I will not pause in my work of registering +the events of our drama, as scene after scene they are unfolded before +our eyes. + +Of the twenty-eight persons who left Charleston in the “Chancellor,” + only eighteen are left to huddle together upon this narrow raft; this +number includes the five passengers, namely M. Letourneur, Andre, +Miss Herbey, Falsten, and myself; the ship’s officers, Captain Curtis, +Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, Hobart the steward, Jynxstrop the +cook, and Dowlas the carpenter; and seven sailors, Austin, Owen, Wilson, +O’Ready, Burke, Sandon, and Flaypole. + +Such are the passengers on the raft; it is but a brief task to enumerate +their resources. + +The greater part of the provisions in the store-room were destroyed at +the time when the ship’s deck was submerged, and the small quantity that +Curtis has been able to save will be very inadequate to supply the wants +of eighteen people, who too probably have many days to wait ere they +sight either land or a passing vessel. One cask of biscuit, another of +preserved meat, a small keg of brandy, and two barrels of water complete +our store, so that the utmost frugality in the distribution of our daily +rations becomes absolutely necessary. + +Of spare clothes we have positively none; a few sails will serve for +shelter by day, and covering by night. Dowlas has his carpenter’s tools, +we have each a pocket-knife, and O’Ready an old tin pot; of which he +takes the most tender care; in addition to these, we are in possession +of a sextant, a compass, a chart, and a metal tea-kettle, everything +else that was placed on deck in readiness for the first raft having been +lost in the partial submersion of the vessel. + +Such then is our situation; critical indeed, but after all perhaps +not desperate. We have one great fear; some there are amongst us whose +courage, moral as well as physical, may give way, and over failing +spirits such as these we may have no control. + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +DECEMBER 7th CONTINUED.--Our first day on the raft has passed without +any special incident. At eight o’clock this morning Curtis asked our +attention for a moment. + +“My friends,” he said, “listen to me. Here on this raft, just as when we +were on board the ‘Chancellor,’ I consider myself your captain; and as +your captain, I expect that all of you will strictly obey my orders. Let +me beg of you, one and all, to think solely of our common welfare; let +us work with one heart and with one soul, and may Heaven protect us!” + +After delivering these few words with an emotion that evidenced their +earnestness, the captain consulted his compass, and found that the +freshening breeze was blowing from the north. This was fortunate for us, +and no time was to be lost in taking advantage of it to speed us on our +dubious way. Dowlas was occupied in fixing the mast into the socket that +had already been prepared for its reception, and in order to support +it more firmly he placed spurs of wood, forming arched buttresses, on +either side. While he was thus employed the boatswain and the other +seamen were stretching the large royal sail on the yard that had been +reserved for that purpose. + +By half-past nine the mast was hoisted, and held firmly in its place by +some shrouds attached securely to the sides of the raft; then the +sail was run up and trimmed to the wind, and the raft began to make a +perceptible progress under the brisk breeze. + +As soon as we had once started, the carpenter set to work to contrive +some sort of a rudder, that would enable us to maintain our desired +direction. Curtis and Falsten assisted him with some serviceable +suggestions, and in a couple of hours’ time he had made and fixed to +the back of the raft a kind of paddle, very similar to those used by the +Malays. + +At noon, after the necessary preliminary observations, Curtis took +the altitude of the sun. The result gave lat. 15deg. 7min. N. by long. +49deg. 35min. W. as our position, which, on consulting the chart, proved +to be about 650 miles north-east of the coast of Paramaribo in Dutch +Guiana. + +Now even under the most favourable circumstances, with trade-winds and +weather always in our favour, we cannot by any chance hope to make more +than ten or twelve miles a day, so that the voyage cannot possibly be +performed under a period of two months. To be sure there is the hope to +be indulged that we may fall in with a passing vessel, but as the part +of the Atlantic into which we have been driven is intermediate between +the tracks of the French and English Transatlantic steamers either +from the Antilles or the Brazils, we cannot reckon at all upon such a +contingency happening in our favour; whilst if a calm should set in, +or worse still, if the wind were to blow from the east, not only two +months, but twice, nay, three times that length of time will be required +to accomplish the passage. + +At best, however, our provisions, even though used with the greatest +care, will barely last three months. Curtis has called us into +consultation, and as the working of the raft does not require such +labour as to exhaust our physical strength, all have agreed to submit +to a regimen which, although it will suffice to keep us alive, will +certainly not fully satisfy the cravings of hunger and thirst. + +As far as we can estimate, we have somewhere about 500 lbs. of meat and +about the same quantity of biscuit. To make this last for three months +we ought not to consume very much more than 5 lbs. a day of each, which, +when divided among eighteen people, will make the daily ration 5 oz. of +meat and 5 oz. of biscuit for each person. Of water we have certainly +not more than 200 gallons, but by reducing each person’s allowance to +a pint a day, we hope to eke out that, too, over the space of three +months. + +It is arranged that the food shall be distributed under the boatswain’s +superintendence every morning at ten o’clock. Each person will then +receive his allowance of meat and biscuit, which may be eaten when and +how he pleases. The water will be given out twice a day--at ten in the +morning and six in the evening; but as the only drinking-vessels in our +possession are the tea-kettle and the old Irishman’s tin pot, the water +has to be consumed immediately on distribution. As for the brandy, +of which there are only five gallons, it will be doled out with the +strictest limitation, and no one will be allowed to touch it except with +the captain’s express permission. + +I should not forget that there are two sources from which we may hope to +increase our store. First, any rain that may fall will add to our supply +of water, and two empty barrels have been placed ready to receive it; +secondly, we hope to do something in the way of fishing, and the sailors +have already begun to prepare some lines. + +All have mutually agreed to abide by the rules that have been laid down, +for all are fully aware that by nothing but the most precise regimen can +we hope to avert the horrors of famine, and forewarned by the fate, +of many who in similar circumstances have miserably perished, we are +determined to do all that prudence can suggest for husbanding our +stores. + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +DECEMBER 8th to 17th.--When night came we wrapped ourselves in our +sails. For my own part, worn out with the fatigue of the long watch in +the top-mast, I slept for several hours; M. Letourneur and Andre did +the same, and Miss Herbey obtained sufficient rest to relieve the tired +expression that her countenance had lately been wearing. The night +passed quietly. As the raft was not very heavily laden the waves did not +break over it at all, and we were consequently able to keep ourselves +perfectly dry. To say the truth, it was far better for us that the sea +should remain somewhat boisterous, for any diminution in the swell of +the waves would indicate that; the wind had dropped, and it was with a +feeling of regret that when the morning came I had to note down “weather +calm” in my journal. + +In these low latitudes the heat in the day-time is so intense, and +the sun burns with such an incessant glare, that the entire atmosphere +becomes pervaded with a glowing vapour. The wind, too, blows only in +fitful gusts and through long intervals of perfect calm the sails flap +idly and uselessly against the mast. Curtis and the boatswain, however, +are of opinion that we are not entirely dependent on the wind. Certain +indications, which a sailor’s eye alone could detect, make them almost +sure that we are being carried along by a westerly current, that flows +at the rate of three or four miles an hour. If they are not mistaken, +this is a circumstance that may materially assist our progress, and +at which we can hardly fail to rejoice, for the high temperature often +makes our scanty allowance of water quite inadequate to allay our +thirst. + +But with all our hardships I must confess that our condition is +far preferable to what it was when we were still clinging to the +“Chancellor.” Here at least we have a comparatively solid platform +beneath our feet, and we are relieved from the incessant dread of being +carried down with a foundering vessel. In the day-time we can move about +with a certain amount of freedom, discuss the weather, watch the sea, +and examine our fishing-lines; whilst at night we can rest securely +under the shelter of our sails. + +“I really think, Mr. Kazallon,” said Andre Letourneur to me a few +days after we had embarked, “that our time on board the raft passes as +pleasantly as it did upon Ham Rock; and the raft has one advantage even +over the reef, for it is capable of motion.” + +“Yes, Andre,” replied, “as long as the wind continues favourable the +raft has decidedly the advantage; but supposing the wind shifts, what +then?” + +“Oh, we mustn’t think about that,” he said; “let us keep up our courage +while we can.” + +I felt that he was right, and that the dangers we had escaped should +make us more hopeful for the future; and I think that nearly all of us +are inclined to share his opinion. + +Whether the captain is equally sanguine I am unable to say. He holds +himself very much aloof, and as he evidently feels that he has the great +responsibility of saving other lives than his own, we are reluctant to +disturb his silent meditations. + +Such of the crew as are not on watch spend the greater portion of their +time in dozing on the fore part of the raft. The aft, by the captain’s +orders, has been reserved for the use of us passengers, and by erecting +some uprights we have contrived to make a sort of tent, which affords +some shelter from the burning sun. On the whole our bill of health is +tolerably satisfactory. Lieutenant Walter is the only invalid, and he, +in spite of all our careful nursing, seems to get weaker every day. + +Andre Letourneur is the life of our party, and I have never appreciated +the young man so well. His originality of perception makes his +conversation both lively and entertaining and as he talks, his wan +and suffering countenance lights up with an intelligent animation. His +father seems to become more devoted to him than ever, and I have seen +him sit for an hour at a time, with his hand resting on his son’s, +listening eagerly to his every word. + +Miss Herbey occasionally joins in our conversation, but although we all +do our best to make her forget that she has lost those who should have +been her natural protectors, M. Letourneur is the only one amongst us to +whom she speaks without a certain reserve. To him, whose age gives him +something of the authority of a father, she has told the history of her +life--a life of patience and self-denial such as not unfrequently falls +to the lot of orphans. She had been, she said, two years with Mrs. +Kear, and although now left alone in the world, homeless and without +resources, hope for the future does not fail her. The young lady’s +modest deportment and energy of character command the respect of all +on board, and I do not think that even the coarsest of the sailors has +either by word or gesture acted towards her in a way that she could deem +offensive. + +The 12th, 13th, and 14th of December passed away without any change in +our condition. The wind continued to blow in irregular gusts, but always +in the same direction, and the helm, or rather the paddle at the back of +the raft has never once required shifting; and the watch, who are posted +on the fore, under orders to examine the sea with the most scrupulous +attention, have had no change of any kind to report. + +At the end of a week we found ourselves growing accustomed to our +limited diet, and as we had no manual exertion, and no wear and tear +of our physical constitution, we managed very well. Our greatest +deprivation was the short supply of water, for, as I said before, the +unmitigated heat made our thirst at times very painful. + +On the 15th we held high festival. A shoal of fish, of the sparus tribe, +swarmed round the raft, and although our tackle consisted merely of long +cords baited with morsels of dried meat stuck upon bent nails, the fish +were so voracious that in the course of a couple of days we had caught +as many as weighed almost 200lbs., some of which were grilled, and +others boiled in sea-water over a fire made on the fore part of the +raft. This marvelous haul was doubly welcome, inasmuch as it not only +afforded us a change of diet, but enabled us to economize our stores; if +only some rain had fallen at the same time we should have been more than +satisfied. + +Unfortunately the shoal of fish did not remain long in our vicinity. On +the 17th they all disappeared, and some sharks, not less than twelve or +fifteen feet long, belonging to the species of spotted dog-fish, took +their place. These horrible creatures have black backs and fins, covered +with white spots and stripes. Here, on our low raft, we seem almost on +a level with them, and more than once their tails have struck the spars +with terrible violence. The sailors manage to keep them at a distance +by means of handspikes, but I shall not be surprised if they persist in +following us, instinctively intelligent that we are destined to become +their prey. For myself, I confess that they give me a feeling of +uneasiness; they seem to me like monsters of ill-omen. + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. + +DECEMBER 18th to 20th.--On the 18th the wind freshened a little, but as +it blew from the same favourable quarter we did not complain, and only +took the precaution of putting an extra support to the mast, so that it +should not snap with the tension of the sail. This done, the raft was +carried along with something more than its ordinary speed, and left a +long line of foam in its wake. + +In the afternoon the sky became slightly overclouded, and the heat +consequently somewhat less oppressive. The swell made it more difficult +for the raft to keep its balance, and we shipped two or three heavy +seas; but the carpenter managed to make with some planks a kind of wall +about a couple of feet high, which protected us from the direct action +of the waves. Our casks of food and water were secured to the raft +with double ropes, for we dared not run the risk of their being carried +overboard, an accident that would at once have reduced us to the direst +distress. + +In the course of the day the sailors gathered some of the marine plants +known by the name of sargassos, very similar to those we saw in such +profusion between the Bermudas and Ham Rock. I advised my companions to +chew the laminary tangles, which they would find contained a saccharine +juice, affording considerable relief to their parched lips and throats. + +The remainder of the day passed without incident. I should not, however, +omit to mention that the frequent conferences held amongst the sailors, +especially between Owen, Burke, Flaypole, Wilson, and Jynxstrop, the +negro, aroused some uneasy suspicions in my mind. What was the subject +of their conversation I could not discover, for they became silent +immediately that a passenger or one of the officers approached them. +When I mentioned the matter to Curtis I found he had already noticed +these secret interviews, and that they had given him enough concern to +make him determined to keep a strict eye upon Jynxstrop and Owen, who, +rascals as they were themselves, were evidently trying to disaffect +their mates. + +On the 19th the heat was again excessive. The sky was cloudless, and as +there was not enough wind to fill the sail the raft lay motionless +upon the surface of the water. Some of the sailors found a transient +alleviation for their thirst by plunging into the sea, but as we were +fully aware that the water all round was infested with sharks, none of +us was rash enough to follow their example, though if, as seems likely, +we remain long becalmed, we shall probably in time overcome our fears, +and feel constrained to indulge ourselves with a bath. + +The health of Lieutenant Walter continues to cause us grave anxiety, the +young man being weakened by attacks of intermittent fever. Except for +the loss of the medicine-chest we might have temporarily reduced this by +quinine; but it is only too evident that the poor fellow is consumptive, +and that that hopeless malady is making ravages upon him that no +medicine could permanently arrest. His sharp dry cough, his short +breathing, his profuse perspirations, more especially in the morning; +the pinched-in nose, the hollow cheeks, of which the general pallour is +only relieved by a hectic flush, the contracted lips, the too brilliant +eye and wasted form--all bear witness to a slow but sure decay. + +To-day, the 20th, the temperature is as high as ever, and the raft still +motionless. The rays of the sun penetrate even through the shelter of +our tent, where we sit literally gasping with the heat. The impatience +with which we awaited the moment when the boatswain should dole out our +meagre allowance of water, and the eagerness with which those lukewarm +drops were swallowed, can only be realized by those who for themselves +have endured the agonies of thirst. + +Lieutenant Walter suffers more than any of us from the scarcity of +water, and I noticed that Miss Herbey reserved almost the whole of her +own share for his use. Kind and compassionate as ever, the young girl +does all that lies in her power to relieve the poor fellow’s sufferings. + +“Mr. Kazallon,” she said to me this morning, “that young man gets +manifestly weaker every day.” + +“Yes, Miss Herbey,” I replied, “and how sorrowful it is that we can do +nothing for him, absolutely nothing.” + +“Hush!” she said, with her wonted consideration, “perhaps he will hear +what we are saying.” + +And then she sat down near the edge of the raft, where, with her head +resting on her hands, she remained lost in thought. + +An incident sufficiently unpleasant occurred to-day. For nearly an +hour Owen, Flaypole, Burke, and Jynxstrop had been engaged in close +conversation and, although their voices were low, their gestures had +betrayed that they were animated by some strong excitement. At the +conclusion of the colloquy Owen got up and walked deliberately to +the quarter of the raft that has been reserved for the use of the +passengers. + +“Where are you off to now, Owen?” said the boatswain. + +“That’s my business,” said the man insolently, and pursued his course. + +The boatswain was about to stop him, but before he could interfere +Curtis was standing and looking Owen steadily in the face. + +“Ah, captain, I’ve got a word from my mates to say to you,” he said, +with all the effrontery imaginable. + +“Say on, then,” said the captain coolly. + +“We should like to know about that little keg of brandy. Is it being +kept for the porpoises or the officers?” + +Finding that he obtained no reply, he went on,-- + +“Look here, captain, what we want is to have our grog served out every +morning as usual.” + +“Then you certainly will not,” said the captain. + +“What! what!” exclaimed Owen, “don’t you mean to let us have our grog?” + +“Once and for all, no.” + +For a moment, with a malicious grin upon his lips, Owen stood +confronting the captain; then, as though thinking better of himself, +he turned round and rejoined his companions, who were still talking +together in an undertone. + +When I was afterwards discussing the matter with Curtis I asked him +whether he was sure he had done right in refusing the brandy. + +“Right!” he cried, “to be sure I have. Allow those men to have brandy! I +would throw it all overboard first.” + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. + +DECEMBER 21st.--No further disturbance has taken place amongst the men. +For a few hours the fish appeared again, and we caught a great many +of them, and stored them away in an empty barrel. This addition to our +stock of provisions makes us hope that food, at least, will not fail us. + +Usually the nights in the tropics are cool, but to-day, as evening drew +on, the wonted freshness did not return, but the air remained stifling +and oppressive, whilst heavy masses of vapour hung over the water. + +There was no moonlight; there would be a new moon at half-past one in +the morning, but the night was singularly dark, except for dazzling +flashes of summer lightning that from time to time illumined the horizon +far and wide. There was, however, no answering roll of thunder, and the +silence of the atmosphere seemed almost awful, For a couple of hours, +in the vain hope of catching a breath of air, Miss Herbey, Andre +Letourneur, and I, sat watching the imposing struggle of the electric +vapours. The clouds appeared like embattled turrets crested with flame, +and the very sailors, coarse-minded men as they were, seemed struck with +the grandeur of the spectacle, and regarded attentively, though with an +anxious eye, the preliminary tokens of a coming storm. Until midnight we +kept our seats upon the stern of the raft, whilst the lightning ever and +again shed around us a livid glare similar to that produced by adding +salt to lighted alcohol. + +“Are you afraid of a storm, Miss Herbey?” said Andre to the girl. + +“No, Mr. Andre, my feelings are always rather those of awe than of +fear,” she replied. “I consider a storm one of the sublimest phenomena +that we can behold--don’t you think so too?” + +“Yes, and especially when the thunder is pealing,” he said; “that +majestic rolling, far different to the sharp crash of artillery, rises +and falls like the long-drawn notes of the grandest music, and I can +safely say that the tones of the most accomplished ARTISTE have never +moved me like that incomparable voice of nature.” + +“Rather a deep bass, though,” I said, laughing. + +“That may be,” he answered; “but I wish we might hear it now, for this +silent lightning is somewhat unexpressive.” + +“Never mind that, Andre” I said; “enjoy a storm when it comes, if you +like, but pray don’t wish for it.” + +“And why not?” said he; “a storm will bring us wind, you know.” + +“And water, too,” added Miss Herbey, “the water of which we are so +seriously in need.” + +The young people evidently wished to regard the storm from their own +point of view, and although I could have opposed plenty of common sense +to their poetical sentiments, I said no more, but let them talk on as +they pleased for fully an hour. + +Meantime the sky was becoming quite overclouded, and after the zodiacal +constellations had disappeared in the mists that hung round the horizon, +one by one the stars above our heads were veiled in dark rolling +masses of vapour, from which every instant there issued forth sheets of +electricity that formed a vivid background to the dark grey fragments of +cloud that floated beneath. + +As the reservoir of electricity was confined to the higher strata of the +atmosphere, the lightning was still unaccompanied by thunder; but the +dryness of the air made it a weak conductor. Evidently the fluid could +only escape by terrible shocks, and the storm must ere long burst forth +with fearful violence. + +This was the opinion of Curtis and the boatswain. The boatswain is only +weather-wise from his experience as a sailor; but Curtis, in addition to +his experience, has some scientific knowledge, and he pointed out to me +an appearance in the sky known to meteorologists as a “cloud-ring,” + and scarcely ever seen beyond the regions of the torrid zone, which are +impregnated by damp vapours brought from all quarters of the ocean by +the action of the trade-winds. + +“Yes, Mr. Kazallon,” said Curtis, “our raft has been driven into the +region of storms, of which it has been justly remarked that any one +endowed with very sensitive organs can at any moment distinguish the +growlings of thunder.” + +“Hark!” I said, as I strained my ears to listen, “I think I can hear it +now.” + +“You can,” he answered; “yet what you hear is but the first warning of +the storm which, in a couple of hours, will burst upon us with all its +fury. But never mind, we must be ready for it.” + +Sleep, even if we wished it, would have been impossible in that stifling +temperature. The lightning increased in brilliancy, and appeared from +all quarters of the horizon, each flash covering large arcs, varying +from 100deg. to 150deg., leaving the atmosphere pervaded by one +incessant phosphorescent glow. + +The thunder became at length more and more distinct, the reports, if I +may use the expression, being “round,” rather than rolling. It seemed +almost as though the sky were padded with heavy clouds of which the +elasticity muffled the sound of the electric bursts. + +Hitherto, the sea had been calm, almost stagnant as a pond. Now, +however, long undulations took place, which the sailors recognized, all +too well, as being the rebound produced by a distant tempest. A ship, in +such a case, would have been instantly brought ahull, but no manoeuvring +could be applied to our raft, which could only drift before the blast. + +At one o’clock in the morning one vivid flash, followed, after the +interval of a few seconds, by a loud report of thunder, announced that +the storm was rapidly approaching. Suddenly the horizon was enveloped in +a vapourous fog, and seemed to contract until it was close around us. At +the same instant the voice of one of the sailors was heard shouting,-- + +“A squall! a squall!” + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. + +DECEMBER 21st, NIGHT.--The boatswain rushed to the halliards that +supported the sail, and instantly lowered the yard; and not a moment too +soon, for with the speed of an arrow the squall was upon us, and if +it had not been for the sailor’s timely warning we must all have been +knocked down and probably precipitated into the sea; as it was, our tent +on the back of the raft was carried away. + +The raft itself, however, being so nearly level with the water, had +little peril to encounter from the actual wind; but from the mighty +waves now raised by the hurricane we had everything to dread. At first +the waves had been crushed and flattened as it were by the pressure of +the air, but now, as though strengthened by the reaction, they rose with +the utmost fury. The raft followed the motions of the increasing swell, +and was tossed up and down, to and fro, and from side to side with the +most violent oscillations “Lash yourselves tight,” cried the boatswain, +as he threw us some ropes; and in a few moments, with Curtis’s +assistance, M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself were fastened so +firmly to the raft, that nothing but its total disruption could carry us +away. Miss Herbey was bound by a rope passed round her waist to one +of the uprights that had supported our tent, and by the glare of the +lightning I could see that her countenance was as serene and composed as +ever. + +Then the storm began to rage indeed. Flash followed flash, peal followed +peal in quick succession. Our eyes were blinded, our ears deafened, with +the roar and glare. The clouds above, the ocean beneath, seemed verily +to have taken fire, and several times I saw forked lightnings dart +upwards from the crest of the waves, and mingle with those that radiated +from the fiery vault above. A strong odour of sulphur pervaded the air, +but though thunderbolts fell thick around us, not one had touched our +raft. + +By two o’clock the storm had reached its height. The hurricane had +increased, and the heavy waves, heated to a strange heat by the general +temperature, dashed over us until we were drenched to the skin. Curtis, +Dowlas, the boatswain, and the sailors did what they could to strengthen +the raft with additional ropes. M. Letourneur placed himself in front +of Andre to shelter him from the waves. Miss Herbey stood upright and +motionless as a statue. + +Soon dense masses of lurid clouds came rolling up, and a crackling, like +the rattle of musketry, resounded through the air. This was produced by +a series of electrical concussions, in which volleys of hailstones were +discharged from the cloud-batteries above. In fact, as the storm-sheet +came in contact with a current of cold air, hail was formed with great +rapidity, and hailstones, large as nuts, came pelting down, making the +platform of the raft re-echo with a metallic ring. + +For about half an hour the meteoric shower continued to descend, and +during that time the wind slightly abated in violence; but after having +shifted from quarter to quarter, it once more blew with all its former +fury. The shrouds were broken, but happily the mast, already bending +almost double, was removed by the men from its socket before it should +be snapped short off. One gust caught away the tiller, which went adrift +beyond all power of recovery, and the same blast blew down several of +the planks that formed the low parapet on the larboard side, so that the +waves dashed in without hindrance through the breach. + +The carpenter and his mates tried to repair the damage, but, tossed from +wave to wave, the raft was inclined to an angle of more than forty-five +degrees, making it impossible for them to keep their footing, and +rolling one over another, they were thrown down by the violent shocks. +Why they were not altogether carried away, why we were not all hurled +into the sea, was to me a mystery. Even if the cords that bound us +should retain their hold, it seemed perfectly incredible that the raft +itself should not be overturned, so that we should be carried down and +stifled in the seething waters. + +At last, towards three in the morning, when the hurricane seemed to be +raging more fiercely than ever, the raft, caught up on the crest of +an enormous wave, stood literally perpendicularly on its edge. For +an instant, by the illumination of the lightning, we beheld ourselves +raised to an incomprehensible height above the foaming breakers. Cries +of terror escaped our lips. All must be over now! But no; another +moment, and the raft had resumed its horizontal position. Safe, indeed, +we were, but the tremendous upheaval was not without its melancholy +consequences. The cords that secured the cases of provisions had +burst asunder. One case rolled overboard, and the side of one of the +water-barrels was staved in, so that the water which it contained was +rapidly escaping. Two of the sailors rushed forward to rescue the case +of preserved meat; but one of them caught his foot between the planks +of the platform, and, unable to disengage it, the poor fellow stood +uttering-cries of distress. + +I tried to go to his assistance, and had already untied the cord that +was round me; but I was too late. Another heavy sea dashed over us, and +by the light of a dazzling flash I saw the unhappy man, although he +had managed without assistance to disengage his foot, washed overboard +before it was in my power to get near him. His companion had also +disappeared. + +The same ponderous wave laid me prostrate on the platform, and as my +head came in collision with the corner of a spar, for a time I lost all +consciousness. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. + +DECEMBER 22nd.--Daylight came at length, and the sun broke through and +dispersed the clouds that the storm had left behind. The struggle of the +elements, while it lasted, had been terrific, but the swoon into which +I was thrown by my fall, prevented me from observing the final incidents +of the visitation. All that I know is, that shortly after we had shipped +the heavy sea that I have mentioned, a shower of rain had the effect +of calming the severity of the hurricane, and tended to diminish the +electric tension of the atmosphere. + +Thanks to the kind care of M. Letourneur and Miss Herbey, I recovered +consciousness, but I believe that it is to Robert Curtis that I owe my +real deliverance, for he it was that prevented me from being carried +away by a second heavy wave. + +The tempest, fierce as it was, did not last more than a few hours; +but even in that short space of time what an irreparable loss we have +sustained, and what a load of misery seems stored up for us in the +future! + +Of the two sailors who perished in the storm, one was Austin, a fine +active young man of about eight-and-twenty; the other was old O’Ready, +the survivor of so many ship wrecks. Our party is thus reduced to +sixteen souls, leaving a total barely exceeding half the number of those +who embarked on board the “Chancellor” at Charleston. + +Curtis’s first care had been to take a strict account of the remnant of +our provisions. Of all the torrents of rain that fell in the night we +were unhappily unable to catch a single drop; but water will not fail us +yet, for about fourteen gallons still remain in the bottom of the broken +barrel, whilst the second barrel has not yet been touched. But of food +we have next to nothing. The cases containing the dried meat, and the +fish that we had preserved, have both been washed away, and all that now +remains to us is about sixty pounds of biscuit. Sixty pounds of biscuit +between sixteen persons! Eight days, with half a pound a day apiece, +will consume it all. + +The day has passed away in silence. A general depression has fallen +upon all: the spectre of famine has appeared amongst us, and each +has remained wrapped in his own gloomy meditations, though each has +doubtless but one idea dominant in his mind. + +Once, as I passed near the group of sailors lying on the fore part of +the raft, I heard Flaypole say with a sneer,-- + +“Those who are going to die had better make haste about it.” + +“Yes,” said Owen, “leave their share of food to others.” + +At the regular hour each person received his half-pound of biscuit. +Some, I noticed, swallowed it ravenously, others reserved it for another +time. Falsten divided his ration into several portions, corresponding, +I believe, to the number of meals to which he was ordinarily accustomed. +What prudence he shows! If any one survives this misery, I think it will +be he. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. + +DECEMBER 23rd to 30th--After the storm the wind settled back into its +old quarter, blowing pretty briskly from the north-east. As the breeze +was all in our favour it was important to make the most of it, and +after Dowlas had carefully readjusted the mast, the sail was once more +hoisted, and we were carried along at the rate of two or two and a half +knots an hour. A new rudder, formed of a spar and a good-sized plank, +has been fitted in the place of the one we lost, but with the wind in +its present quarter it is in little requisition. The platform of the +raft has been repaired, the disjointed planks have been closed by means +of ropes and wedges, and that portion of the parapet that was washed +away has been replaced, so that we are no longer wetted by the waves. In +fact, nothing has been left undone to insure the solidity of our raft, +and to render it capable of resisting the wear and tear of the wind and +waves. But the dangers of wind and waves are not those which we have +most to dread. + +Together with the unclouded sky came a return of the tropical +heat, which during the preceding days had caused us such serious +inconvenience; fortunately on the 23rd the excessive warmth was somewhat +tempered by the breeze, and as the tent was once again put up, we were +able to find shelter under it by turns. + +But the want of food was beginning to tell upon us sadly, and our sunken +cheeks and wasted forms were visible tokens of what we were enduring. +With most of us hunger seemed to attack the entire nervous system, and +the constriction of the stomach produced an acute sensation of pain. A +narcotic, such as opium or tobacco, might have availed to soothe, if not +to cure, the gnawing agony; but of sedatives we had none, so the pain +must be endured. + +One alone there was amongst us who did not feel the pangs of hunger. +Lieutenant Walter seemed as it were to feed upon the fever that raged +within him; but then he was the victim of the most torturing thirst, +Miss Herbey, besides reserving for him a portion of her own insufficient +allowance, obtained from the captain a small extra supply of water, with +which every quarter of an hour she moistened the parched lips of the +young man, who almost too weak to speak, could only express his thanks +by a grateful smile. Poor fellow! all our care cannot avail to save him +now; he is doomed, most surely doomed to die. + +On the 23rd he seemed to be conscious of his condition, for he made +a sign to me to sit down by his side, and then summoning up all his +strength to speak, he asked me in a few broken words how long I +thought he had to live? Slight as my hesitation was, Walter noticed it +immediately. + +“The truth,” he said; “tell me the plain truth.” + +“My dear fellow, I am not a doctor, you know,” I began, “and I can +scarcely judge--” + +“Never mind,” he interrupted, “tell me just what you think.” + +I looked at him attentively for some moments, then laid my ear against +his chest. In the last few days his malady had made fearfully rapid +strides, and it was only too evident that one lung had already ceased +to act, whilst the other was scarcely capable of performing the work of +respiration. The young man was now suffering from the fever which is the +sure symptom of the approaching end in all tuberculous complaints. + +The lieutenant kept his eye fixed upon me with a look of eager inquiry. +I knew not what to say, and sought to evade his question. + +“My dear boy,” I said, “in our present circumstances not one of us can +tell how long he has to live. Not one of us knows what may happen in the +course of the next eight days.” + +“The next eight days,” he murmured, as he looked eagerly into my face. + +And then, turning away his head, he seemed to fall into a sort of doze. + +The 24th, 25th, and 26th passed without any alteration in our +circumstances, and strange, nay, incredible as it may sound, we began to +get accustomed to our condition of starvation. Often, when reading the +histories of shipwrecks, I have suspected the accounts to be greatly +exaggerated; but now I fully realize their truth, and marvel when I find +on how little nutriment it is possible to exist for so long a time. To +our daily half-pound of biscuit the captain has thought to add a few +drops of brandy, and the stimulant helps considerably to sustain our +strength. If we had the same provisions for two months, or even for one, +there might be room for hope; but our supplies diminish rapidly, and the +time is fast approaching when of food and drink there will be none. + +The sea had furnished us with food once, and, difficult as the task of +fishing had now become, at all hazards the attempt must be made again. +Accordingly the carpenter and the boatswain set to work and made lines +out of some untwisted hemp, to which they fixed some nails that they +pulled out of the flooring of the raft, and bent into proper shape. The +boatswain regarded his device with evident satisfaction. + +“I don’t mean to say,” said he to me, “that these nails are first-rate +fish-hooks; but one thing I do know, and that is, with proper bait they +will act as well as the best. But this biscuit is no good at all. Let me +but just get hold of one fish, and I shall know fast enough how to use +it to catch some more.” + +And the true difficulty was how to catch the first fish. It was evident +that fish were not abundant in these waters, nevertheless the lines were +cast. But the biscuit with which they were baited dissolved at once in +the water, and we did not get a single bite. For two days the attempt +was made in vain, and as it only involved what seemed a lavish waste of +our only means of subsistence, it was given up in despair. + +To-day, the 30th, as a last resource, the boatswain tried what a piece +of coloured rag might do by way of attracting some voracious fish, and +having obtained from Miss Herbey a little piece of the red shawl she +wears, he fastened it to his hook. But still no success; for when, +after several hours, he examined his lines, the crimson shred was still +hanging intact as he had fixed it. The man was quite discouraged at his +failure. + +“But there will be plenty of bait before long,” he said to me in a +solemn undertone. + +“What do you mean?” said I, struck by his significant manner. + +“You’ll know soon enough,” he answered. + +What did he insinuate? The words, coming from a man usually so reserved, +have haunted me all night. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. + +JANUARY 1st to 5th.--More than three months had elapsed since we left +Charleston in the “Chancellor,” and for no less than twenty days had +we now been borne along on our raft at the mercy of the wind and waves. +Whether we were approaching the American coast, or whether we were +drifting farther and farther to sea, it was now impossible to determine, +for, in addition to the other disasters caused by the hurricane, the +captain’s instruments had been hopelessly smashed, and Curtis had no +longer any compass by which to direct his course, nor a sextant by which +he might make an observation. + +Desperate, however, as our condition might be judged, hope did not +entirely abandon our hearts, and day after day, hour after hour were +our eyes strained towards the horizon, and many and many a time did our +imagination shape out the distant land. But ever and again the illusion +vanished; a cloud, a mist, perhaps even a wave, was all that had +deceived us; no land, no sail ever broke the grey line that united sea +and sky, and our raft remained the centre of the wide and dreary waste. + +On the 1st of January we swallowed our last morsel of biscuit. The +1st of January! New Year’s Day! What a rush of sorrowful recollections +overwhelmed our minds! Had we not always associated the opening of +another year with new hopes, new plans, and coming joys? And now, where +were we? Could we dare to look at one another, and breathe a new year’s +greeting? + +The boatswain approached me with a peculiar look on his countenance. + +“You are surely not going to wish me a happy new year?” I said. + +“No indeed, sir,” he replied, “I was only going to wish you well through +the first day of it; and that is pretty good assurance on my part, for +we have not another crumb to eat.” + +True as it was, we scarcely realized the fact of there being actually +nothing until on the following morning the hour came round for the +distribution of the scanty ration, and then, indeed, the truth was +forced upon us in a new and startling light. Towards evening I was +seized with violent pains in the stomach, accompanied by a constant +desire to yawn and gape that was most distressing; but in a couple of +hours the extreme agony passed away, and on the 3rd I was surprised to +find that I did not suffer more. I felt, it is true, that there was some +great void within myself, but the sensation was quite as much moral +as physical. My head was so heavy that I could not hold it up; it was +swimming with giddiness, as though I were looking over a precipice. + +My symptoms were not shared by all my companions, some of whom endured +the most frightful tortures. Dowlas and the boatswain especially, who +were naturally large eaters, uttered involuntary cries of agony, +and were obliged to gird themselves tightly with ropes to subdue the +excruciating pain that was gnawing their very vitals. + +And this was only the second day of our misery! what would we not have +given for half, nay, for a quarter of the meagre ration which a few days +back we had deemed so inadequate to supply our wants, and which now, +eked out crumb by crumb, might, perhaps, serve for several days? In the +streets of a besieged city, dire as the distress may be, some gutter, +some rubbish-heap, some corner may yet be found that will furnish a +dry bone or a scrap of refuse that may for a moment allay the pangs +of hunger; but these bare planks, so many times washed clean by the +relentless waves, offer nothing to our eager search, and after every +fragment of food that the wind carried into their interstices has been +scraped out devoured, our resources are literally at an end. + +The nights seem even longer than the days. Sleep, when it comes, brings +no relief; it is rather a feverish stupour, broken and disturbed by +frightful nightmares. Last night, however, overcome by fatigue, I +managed to rest for several hours. + +At six o’clock this morning I was roused by the sound of angry voices, +and, starting up, I saw Owen and Jynxstrop, with Flaypole, Wilson, +Burke, and Sandon, standing in a threatening attitude. They had taken +possession of the carpenter’s tools, and now, armed with hatchets, +chisels, and hammers, they were preparing to attack the captain, the +boatswain, and Dowlas. I attached myself in a moment to Curtis’s party. +Falsten followed my example, and although our knives were the only +weapons at our disposal, we were ready to defend ourselves to the very +last extremity. + +Owen and his men advanced towards us. The miserable wretches were +all drunk, for during the night they had knocked a hole in the +brandy-barrel, and had recklessly swallowed its contents. What they +wanted they scarcely seemed to know, but Owen and Jynxstrop, not quite +so much intoxicated as the rest; seemed to be urging them on to massacre +the captain and the officers. + +“Down with the captain! Overboard with Curtis! Owen shall take the +command!” they shouted from time to time in their drunken fury; and, +armed as they were, they appeared completely masters of the situation. + +“Now, then, down with your arms!” said Curtis sternly, as he advanced to +meet them. + +“Overboard with the captain!” howled Owen, as by word and gesture he +urged on his accomplices. + +Curtis’ pushed aside the excited rascals, and, walking straight up to +Owen, asked him what he wanted. + +“What do we want? Why, we want no more captains; we are all equals now.” + +Poor stupid fool! as though misery and privation had not already reduced +us all to the same level. + +“Owen,” said the captain once, again, “down with your arms!” + +“Come on, all of you,” shouted Owen to his companions, without giving +the slightest heed to Curtis’s words. + +A regular struggle ensued. Owen and Wilson attacked Curtis, who defended +himself with a piece of a spar; Burke and Flaypole rushed upon Falsten +and the boatswain, whilst I was left to confront the negro Jynxstrop, who +attempted to strike me with the hammer which he brandished in his hand. +I endeavoured to paralyze his movements by pinioning his arms, but the +rascal was my superior in muscular strength. After wrestling for a few +moments, I felt that he was getting the mastery over me when all of a +sudden he rolled over on to the platform, dragging me with him. Andre +Letourneur had caught hold of one of his legs, and thus saved my life. +Jynxstrop dropped his weapon in his fall; I seized it instantly, and +was about to cleave the fellow’s skull, when I was myself arrested by +Andre’s hand upon my arm. + +By this time the mutineers had been driven back to the forepart of the +raft, and Curtis, who had managed to parry the blows which had been +aimed at him, had caught hold of a hatchet, with which he was preparing +to strike at Owen. But Owen made a sidelong movement to avoid the blow, +and the weapon caught Wilson full in the chest. The unfortunate man +rolled over the side of the raft and instantly disappeared. + +“Save him! save him!” shouted the boatswain. + +“It’s too late; he’s dead!” said Dowlas. + +“Ah, well! he’ll do for--” began the boatswain; but he did not finish +his sentence. + +Wilson’s death, however, put an end to the fray. Flaypole and Burke were +lying prostrate in a drunken stupour, and Jynxstrop was soon overpowered, +and lashed tightly to the foot of the mast. The carpenter and the +boatswain seized hold of Owen. + +“Now then,” said Curtis, as he raised his blood-stained hatchet, “make +your peace with God, for you have not a moment to live.” + +“Oh, you want to eat me, do you?” sneered Owen, with the most hardened +effrontery. + +But the audacious reply saved his life; Curtis turned as pale as death, +the hatchet dropped from his hand, and he went and seated himself +moodily on the farthest corner of the raft. + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX. + +JANUARY 5th and 6th.--The whole scene made a deep impression on our +minds, and Owen’s speech coming as a sort of climax, brought before us +our misery with a force that was well-nigh overwhelming. + +As soon as I recovered my composure, I did not forget to thank Andre +Letourneur for the act of intervention that had saved my life. + +“Do you thank me for that; Mr. Kazallon?” he said; “it has only served +to prolong your misery.” + +“Never mind, M. Letourneur,” said Miss Herbey; “you did your duty.” + +Enfeebled and emaciated as the young girl is, her sense of duty never +deserts her, and although her torn and bedraggled garments float +dejectedly about her body, she never utters a word of complaint, and +never loses courage. + +“Mr. Kazallon,” she said to me, “do you think we are fated to die of +hunger?” + +“Yes; Miss Herbey, I do,” I replied in a hard, cold tone. + +“How long do you suppose we have to live?” she asked again. + +“I cannot say; perhaps we shall linger on longer than we imagine.” + +“The strongest constitutions suffer the most, do they not?” she said. + +“Yes; but they have one consolation; they die the soonest;” I replied +coldly. + +Had every spark of humanity died out of my breast that I thus brought +the girl face to face with the terrible truth without a word of hope +or comfort? The eyes of Andre and his father, dilated with hunger, were +fixed upon me, and I saw reproach and astonishment written in their +faces. + +Afterwards, when we were quite alone, Miss Herbey asked me if I would +grant her a favour. + +“Certainly, Miss Herbey; anything you like to ask,” I replied; and this +time my manner was kinder and more genial. + +“Mr. Kazallon,” she said, “I am weaker than you, and shall probably die +first. Promise me that, if I do, you will throw my body into the sea.” + +“Oh, Miss Herbey,” I began, “it was very wrong of me to speak to you as +I did!” + +“No, no,” she replied, half smiling; “you were quite right. But it is +a weakness of mine; I don’t mind what they do with me as long as I am +alive, but when I am dead--” she stopped and shuddered. “Oh, promise me +that you will throw me into, the sea!” + +I gave her the melancholy promise, which she acknowledged by pressing my +hand feebly with her emaciated fingers. + +Another night passed away. At times my sufferings were so intense that +cries of agony involuntarily escaped my lips; then I became calmer, and +sank into a kind of lethargy. When I awoke, I was surprised to find my +companions still alive. + +The one of our party who seems to bear his privations the best is Hobart +the steward, a man with whom hitherto I have had very little to do. He +is small, with a fawning expression remarkable for its indecision, and +has a smile which is incessantly playing round his lips; he goes about +with his eyes half-closed, as though he wished to conceal his thoughts, +and there is something altogether false and hypocritical about his whole +demeanour. I cannot say that he bears his privations without a murmur, +for he sighs and moans incessantly; but, with it all, I cannot but +think that there is a want of genuineness in his manner, and that the +privation has not really told upon him as much as it has upon the rest +of us. I have my suspicions about the man, and intend to watch him +carefully. To-day, the 6th, M. Letourneur drew me aside to the stern of +the raft, saying that he had a secret to communicate, but that he wished +neither to be seen nor heard speaking to me. I withdrew with him to +the larboard corner of the raft; and, as it was growing dusk, nobody +observed what we were doing. + +“Mr. Kazallon,” M. Letourneur began in a low voice, “Andre is dying of +hunger: he is growing weaker and weaker, and oh! I cannot, will not see +him die!” + +He spoke passionately, almost fiercely, and I fully understood his +feelings. Taking his hand, I tried to reassure him. + +“We will not despair yet,” I said, “perhaps some passing ship--” + +“Ship!” he cried impatiently, “don’t try to console me with empty +commonplaces; you know as well as I do that there is no chance of +falling in with a passing ship.” Then, breaking off suddenly, he +asked,--“How long is it since my son and all of you have had anything to +eat?” + +Astonished at his question, I replied that it was now four days since +the biscuit had failed. + +“Four days,” he repeated; “well, then, it is eight since I have tasted +anything. I have been saving my share for my son.” + +Tears rushed to my eyes; for a few moments I was unable to speak, and +could only once more grasp his hand in silence. + +“What do you want me to do?” I asked at length. + +“Hush! not so loud; some one will hear us,” he said, lowering his voice, +“I want you to offer it to Andre as though it came from yourself. He +would not accept it from me; he would think I had been depriving myself +for him. Let me implore you to do me this service and for your trouble,” + and here he gently stroked my hand, “for your trouble you shall have a +morsel for yourself.” + +I trembled like a child as I listened to the poor father’s words, and +my heart was ready to burst when I felt a tiny piece of biscuit slipped +into my hand. + +“Give it him,” M. Letourneur went on under his breath, “give it him; but +do not let any one see you; the monsters would murder you if they knew +it. This is only for to-day; I will give you some more to-morrow.” + +The poor fellow did not trust me, and well he might not, for I had the +greatest difficulty to withstand the temptation to carry the biscuit to +my mouth, But I resisted the impulse, and those alone who have suffered +like me can know what the effort was. + +Night came on with the rapidity peculiar to these low latitudes, and I +glided gently up to Andre and slipped the piece of biscuit into his hand +as “a present from myself.” The young man clutched at it eagerly. + +“But my father?” he said inquiringly. + +I assured him that his father and I had each had our share, and that he +must eat this now, and, perhaps, I should be able to bring him some more +another time. Andre asked no more questions, and eagerly devoured the +morsel of food. + +So this evening at least, notwithstanding M. Letourneur’s offer, I have +tasted nothing. + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +JANUARY 7th.--During the last few days since the wind has freshened, the +salt water constantly dashing over the raft has terribly punished the +feet and legs of some of the sailors. Owen, whom the boatswain ever +since the revolt kept bound to the mast, is in a deplorable state, and +at our request has been released from his restraint. Sandon and Burke +are also suffering from the severe smarting caused in this way, and +it is only owing to our more sheltered position on the aft-part of the +raft, that we have not; all shared the same inconvenience. + +Today the boatswain, maddened by starvation, laid hands upon everything +that met his voracious eyes, and I could hear the grating of his teeth +as he gnawed at fragments of sails and bits of wood, instinctively +endeavouring to fill his stomach by putting the mucus’ into circulation +at length, by dint of an eager search, he came upon a piece of leather +hanging to one of the spars that supported the platform. He snatched +it off and devoured it greedily, and as it was animal matter, it really +seemed as though the absorption of the substance afforded him some +temporary relief. Instantly we all followed his example; a leather hat, +the rims of caps, in short, anything that contained any animal matter +at all, were gnawed and sucked with the utmost avidity. Never shall I +forget the scene. We were no longer human, the impulses and instincts of +brute beasts seemed to actuate our every movement. + +For a moment the pangs of hunger were somewhat allayed; but some of us +revolted against the loathsome food, and were seized either with +violent nausea or absolute sickness. I must be pardoned for giving these +distressing details, but how otherwise can I depict the misery, moral +and physical, which we are enduring? And with it all, I dare not venture +to hope that we have reached the climax of our sufferings. + +The conduct of Hobart during the scene that I have just described has +only served to confirm my previous suspicions of him. He took no part +in the almost fiendish energy with which we gnawed at our scraps of +leather, and although by his conduct and perpetual groanings, he might +be considered to be dying of inanition, yet to me he has the appearance +of being singularly exempt from the tortures which we are all enduring. +But whether the hypocrite is being sustained, by some secret store of +food, I have been unable to discover. + +Whenever the breeze drops the heat is overpowering; but although our +allowance of water is very meagre, at present the pangs of hunger far +exceed the pain of thirst. It has often been remarked that extreme +thirst is far less endurable than extreme hunger. Is it possible that +still greater agonies are in store for us? I cannot, dare not, believe +it. Fortunately, the broken barrel still contains a few pints of water, +and the other one has not yet been opened. But I am glad to say that +notwithstanding our diminished numbers, and in spite of some opposition, +the captain has thought right to reduce the daily allowance to half a +pint for each person. As for the brandy, of which there is only a quart +now left, it has been stowed away safely in the stern of the raft. + +This evening has ended the sufferings of another of our companions, +making our number now only fourteen. My attentions and Miss Herbey’s +nursing could do nothing for Lieutenant Walter, and about half-past +seven he expired in my arms. + +Before he died, in a few broken words he thanked Miss Herbey and myself +for the kindness we had shown him. A crumpled letter fell from his hand, +and in a voice that was scarcely audible from weakness, he said,-- + +“It is my mother’s letter: the last I had from her--she was expecting me +home; but she will never see me more. Oh, put it to my lips--let me kiss +it before I die. Mother! mother! Oh my God!” + +I placed the letter in his cold hand, and raised it to his lips; his eye +lighted for a moment; we heard the faint sound of a kiss, and all was +over! + + + +CHAPTER XLI. + +JANUARY 8th.--All night I remained by the side of the poor fellow’s +corpse, and several times Miss Herbey joined me in my mournful watch. + +Before daylight dawned the body was quite cold, and as I knew there must +be no delay in throwing it overboard, I asked Curtis to assist me in +the sad office. The body was frightfully emaciated, and I had every hope +that it would not float. + +As soon as it was quite light, taking every precaution that no one +should see what we were about, Curtis and I proceeded to our melancholy +task. We took a few articles from the lieutenant’s pockets, which we +purposed, if either of us should survive, to remit to his mother. But as +we wrapped him in his tattered garments that would have to suffice for +his winding-sheet, I started back with a thrill of horror. The right +foot had gone, leaving the leg a bleeding stump! + +No doubt that, overcome by fatigue, I must have fallen asleep for +an interval during the night, and some one had taken advantage of my +slumber to mutilate the corpse. But who could have been guilty of so +foul a deed! Curtis looked around with anger flashing In his eye; but +all seemed as usual, and the silence was only broken by a few groans of +agony. + +But there was no time to be lost; perhaps we were already observed, and +more horrible scenes might be likely to occur. Curtis said a few short +prayers, and we cast the body into the sea. It sank immediately. + +“They are feeding the sharks well, and no mistake,” said a voice behind +me. + +I turned round quickly, and found that it was Jynxstrop who had spoken. + +As the boatswain now approached, I asked him whether he thought it +possible that any of the wretched men could have taken the dead man’s +foot. + +“Oh yes, I dare say,” he replied, in a significant tone “and perhaps +they thought they were right.” + +“Right! what do you mean?” I exclaimed. + +“Well, sir,” he said coldly, “isn’t it better to eat a dead man than a +living one?” + +I was at a loss to comprehend him, and, turning away, laid myself down +at the end of the raft. + +Towards eleven o’clock, a most suspicious incident occurred. The +boatswain, who had cast his lines early in the morning, caught three +large cod, each more than thirty inches long, of the species which, when +dried, is known by the name of stock-fish. Scarcely had he hauled them +on board, when the sailors made a dash at them, and it was with the +utmost difficulty that Curtis, Falsten, and myself could restore order, +so that we might divide the fish into equal portions. Three cod were not +much amongst fourteen starving persons, but, small as the quantity was, +it was allotted in strictly equal shares. Most of us devoured the food +raw, almost I might say, alive; only Curtis, Andre and Miss Herbey +having the patience to wait until their allowance had been boiled at a +fire which they made with a few scraps of wood. For myself, I confess +that I swallowed my portion of fish just as it was,--raw and bleeding. +M. Letourneur followed my example; the poor man devoured his food like +a famished wolf, and it is only a wonder to me how, after his lengthened +fast, he came to be alive at all. + +The boatswain’s delight at his success was, excessive, and amounted +almost to delirium. I went up to him, and encouraged him to repeat his +attempt. + +“Oh, yes,” he said; “I’ll try again. I’ll try again.” + +“And why not try at once,” I asked. + +“Not now,” he said evasively; “the night is the best time for catching +large fish. Besides, I must manage to get some bait, for we have been +improvident enough not to save a single scrap.” + +“But you have succeeded once without bait; why may you not succeed +again?” + +“Oh! I had some very good bait last night,” he said. I stared at him in +amazement. He steadily returned my gaze, but said nothing. + +“Have you none left?” at last I asked. + +“Yes!” he almost whispered and left me without another word. + +Our meal, meagre as it had been, served to rally our shattered energies; +our hopes were slightly raised; there was no reason why the boatswain +should not have the same good luck again. + +One evidence of the degree to which our spirits were revived was that +our minds were no longer fixed upon the miserable present and hopeless +future, but we began to recall and discuss the past; and M. Letourneur, +Andre Mr. Falsten, and I held a long conversation with the captain +about the various incidents of our eventful voyage, speaking of our lost +companions, of the fire, of the stranding of the ship, of our sojourn +on Ham Rock, of the springing of the leak, of our terrible voyage in the +top-masts, of the construction of the raft, and of the storm. All these +things seemed to have happened so long ago, and yet we were living +still. Living, did I say? Ay, if such an existence as ours could be +called a life, fourteen of us were living still. Who would be the next +to go? We should then be thirteen. + +“An unlucky number!” said Andre with a mournful smile. + +During the night the boatswain cast his lines from the stern of the +raft, and, unwilling to trust them to any one else, remained watching +them himself. In the morning I went to ascertain what success had +attended his patience. It was scarcely light, and with eager eyes he was +peering down into the water. He had neither seen nor heard me coming. + +“Well, boatswain!” I said, touching him on the shoulder. + +He turned round quickly. + +“Those villainous sharks have eaten every morsel of my bait,” he said, +in a desponding voice. + +“And you have no more left?” I asked. + +“No more,” he said. Then grasping my arm he added, “and that only shows +me that it is no good doing things by halves.” + +The truth flashed upon me at once, and I laid my hand upon his mouth. +Poor Walter! + + + +CHAPTER XLII. + +JANUARY 9th and 10th.--On the 9th the wind dropped, and there was a dead +calm; not a ripple disturbed the surface of the long undulations as +they rose and fell beneath us; and if it were not for the slight current +which is carrying us we know not whither, the raft would be absolutely +stationary. + +The heat was intolerable; our thirst more intolerable still; and now it +was that for the first time I fully realized how the insufficiency of +drink could cause torture more unendurable than the pangs of hunger. +Mouth, throat, pharynx, all alike were parched and dry, every gland +becoming hard as horn under the action of the hot air we breathed. At +my urgent solicitation the captain was for once induced to double our +allowance of water; and this relaxation of the ordinary rule enabled us +to attempt to slake our thirst four times in the day, instead of only +twice. I use the word “attempt” advisedly; for the water at the bottom +of the barrel, though kept covered by a sail, became so warm that it was +perfectly flat and unrefreshing. + +It was a most trying day, and the sailors relapsed into a condition of +deep despondency. The moon was nearly full, but when she rose the breeze +did not return. Continuance of high temperature in daytime is a sure +proof that we have been carried far to the south, and here, on this +illimitable ocean, we have long ceased even to look for land; it might +almost seem as though this globe of ours had veritably become a liquid +sphere! + +To-day we are still becalmed, and the temperature is as high as ever. +The air is heated like a furnace, and the sun scorches like fire. The +torments of famine are all forgotten: our thoughts are concentrated with +fevered expectation upon the longed-for moment when Curtis shall dole +out the scanty measure of lukewarm water that makes up our ration. O for +one good draught, even if it should exhaust the whole supply! At least, +it seems as if we then could die in peace! + +About noon we were startled by sharp cries of agony, and looking round I +saw Owen writhing in the most horrible convulsions. I went towards him, +for, detestable as his conduct had been, common humanity prompted me to +see whether I could afford him any relief. But before I reached him, a +shout from Flaypole arrested my attention. + +The man was up in the mast, and with great excitement pointing to the +east. + +“A ship! A ship!” he cried. + +In an instant all were on their feet. Even Owen stopped his cries +and stood erect. It was quite true that in the direction indicated by +Flaypole there was a white speck visible upon the horizon. But did it +move? Would the sailors with their keen vision pronounce it to be a +sail? A silence the most profound fell upon us all. I glanced at Curtis +as he stood with folded arms intently gazing at the distant point. His +brow was furrowed, and he contracted every feature, as with half-closed +eyes, he concentrated his power of vision upon that one faint spot in +the far-off horizon. + +But at length he dropped his arms and shook his head. I looked again, +but the spot was no longer there. If it were a ship, that ship had +disappeared; but probably it had been a mere reflection, or, more likely +still, only the crest of some curling wave. + +A deep dejection followed this phantom ray of hope. All returned to +their accustomed places. Curtis alone remained motionless, but his eye +no longer scanned the distant view. + +Owen now began to shriek more wildly than ever. He presented truly a +most melancholy sight; he writhed with the most hideous contortions, +and had all the appearance of suffering from tetanus. His throat was +contracted by repeated spasms, his tongue was parched, his body swollen, +and his pulse, though feeble, was rapid and irregular. The poor wretch’s +symptoms were precisely such as to lead us to suspect that he had +taken some corrosive poison. Of course it was quite out of our power +to administer any antidote; all that we could devise was to make him +swallow something that might act as an emetic. I asked Curtis for a +little of the lukewarm water. As the contents of the broken barrel were +now exhausted, the captain, in order to comply with my request, was +about to tap the other barrel, when Owen started suddenly to his knees, +and with a wild, unearthly shriek, exclaimed,-- + +“No! no! no! of that water I will not touch a drop.” + +I supposed he did not understand what we were going to do, and +endeavoured to explain; but all in vain; he persisted in refusing to +taste the water in the second barrel. I then tried to induce vomiting +by tickling his uvula, and he brought off some bluish secretion from his +stomach, the character of which confirmed our previous suspicions--that +he had been poisoned by oxide of copper. We now felt convinced that +any efforts on our part to save him would be of no avail. The vomiting, +however, had for the time relieved him, and he was able to speak. + +Curtis and I both implored him to let us know what he had taken to bring +about consequences so serious. His reply fell upon us as a startling +blow. + +The ill fated wretch had stolen several pints of water from the barrel +that had been untouched, and that water had poisoned him! + + + +CHAPTER XLIII. + +JANUARY 11th to 14th.--Owen’s convulsions returned with increased +violence, and in the course of the night he expired in terrible agony. +His body was thrown overboard almost directly; it had decomposed so +rapidly that the flesh had not even consistency enough for any fragments +of it to be reserved for the boatswain to use to bait his lines. A +plague the man had been to us in his life; in his death he was now of no +service! + +And now, perhaps, still more than ever, did the horror of our situation +stare us in the face. There was no doubt that the poisoned barrel had +at some time or other contained copperas; but what strange fatality had +converted it into a water-cask, or what fatality, stranger still, had +caused it to be brought on board the raft, was a problem that none could +solve. Little, however, did it matter now: the fact was evident; the +barrel was poisoned, and of water we had not a drop. + +One and all, we fell into the gloomiest silence. We were too irritable +to bear the sound of each other’s voices; and it did not require a +word, a mere look or gesture was enough, to provoke us to anger that was +little short of madness. How it was that we did not all become raving +maniacs, I cannot tell. + +Throughout the 12th no drain of moisture crossed our lips, and not +a cloud arose to warrant the expectation of a passing shower; in +the shade, if shade it might be called, the thermometer would have +registered at least 100deg., and, perhaps, considerably more. + +No change next day. The salt water began to chafe my legs, but although +the smarting was at times severe, it was an inconvenience to which I +gave little heed; others who had suffered from the same trouble had +become no worse. Oh! if this water that surrounds us could be reduced to +vapour or to ice! its particles of salt extracted, it would be available +for drink. But no! we have no appliances, and we must suffer on. + +At the risk of being devoured by the sharks, the boatswain and two +sailors took a morning bath, and as their plunge seemed to refresh them, +I and three of my companions resolved to follow their example. We had +never learnt to swim, and had to be fastened to the end of a rope and +lowered into the water; while Curtis during the half-hour of our bath, +kept a sharp look-out to give warning of any danger from approaching +sharks. No recommendation, however, on our part, nor any representation +of the benefit we felt we had derived, could induce Miss Herbey to allay +her sufferings in the same way. + +At about eleven o’clock, the captain came up to me, and whispered in my +ear,-- + +“Don’t say a word, Mr. Kazallon; I do not want to raise false hopes, but +I think I see a ship.” + +It was as well that the captain had warned me; otherwise, I should +have raised an involuntary shout of joy; as it was, I had the greatest +difficulty in restraining my expressions of delight. + +“Look behind to larboard,” he continued in an undertone. + +Affecting an indifference which I was far from feeling, I cast an +anxious glance to that quarter of the horizon of which he spoke, and +there, although mine is not a nautical eye, I could plainly distinguish +the outline of a ship under sail. + +Almost at the same moment the boatswain who happened to be looking in +the same direction, raised the cry, “Ship ahoy!” + +Whether it was that no one believed it, or whether all energies were +exhausted, certain it is that the announcement produced none of +the effects that might have been expected. Not a soul exhibited the +slightest emotion, and it was only when the boatswain had several times +sung out his tidings that all eyes turned to the horizon. There, most +undeniably, was the ship, and the question rose at once to the minds of +all, and to the lips of many, “Would she see us?” + +The sailors immediately began discussing the build of the vessel, and +made all sorts of conjectures as to the direction she was taking. Curtis +was far more deliberate in his judgment. After examining her attentively +for some time, he said, “She is a brig running close upon the wind, on +the starboard tack, If she keeps her course for a couple of hours, she +will come right athwart our track.” + +A couple of hours! The words sounded to our ears like a couple of +centuries. The ship might change her course at any moment; closely +trimmed as she was, it was very probable that she was only tacking about +to catch the wind, in which case, as soon as she felt a breeze, she +would resume her larboard tack and make away again. On the other hand, +if she were really sailing with the wind, she would come nearer to us, +and there would be good ground for hope. + +Meantime, no exertion must be spared, and no means left untried, to make +our position known. The brig was about twelve miles to the east of us, +so that it was out of the question to think of any cries of ours being +overheard; but Curtis gave directions that every possible signal should +be made. We had no fire-arms by which we could attract attention, and +nothing else occurred to us beyond hoisting a flag of distress. Miss +Herbey’s red shawl, as being of a colour most distinguishable against +the background of sea and sky, was run up to the mast-head, and was +caught by the light breeze that just then was ruffling the surface of +the water. As a drowning man clutches at a straw, so our hearts bounded +with hope every time that our poor flag fluttered in the wind. + +For an hour our feelings alternated between hope and despair. The ship +was evidently making her way in the direction of the raft, but every +now and then she seemed to stop, and then our hearts would almost stand +still with agony lest she was going to put about. She carried all +her canvas, even to her royals and stay-sails, but her hull was only +partially visible above the horizon. + +How slowly she advanced! The breeze was very, very feeble, and perhaps +soon it would drop altogether! We felt that we would give years of our +life to know the result of the coming hour! + +At half-past twelve the captain and the boatswain considered that the +brig was about nine miles away; she had, therefore, gained only three +miles in an hour and a half, and it was doubtful whether the light +breeze that had been passing over our heads had reached her at all. I +fancied, too, that her sails were no longer filled, but were hanging +loose against her masts. Turning to the direction of the wind I tried to +make out some chance of a rising breeze; but no, the waves were calm and +torpid, and the little puff of air that had aroused our hopes had died +away across the sea. + +I stood aft with M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, and our glances +perpetually wandered from the distant ship to our captain’s face. Curtis +stood leaning against the mast, with the boatswain by his side; their +eyes seemed never for a moment to cease to watch the brig, but their +countenances clearly expressed the varying emotions that passed through +their minds. Not a word was uttered, nor was the silence broken, until +the carpenter exclaimed, in accents of despair,-- + +“She’s putting about!” + +All started up: some to their knees, others to their feet, The boatswain +dropped a frightful oath. The ship was still nine miles away, and at +such a distance it was impossible for our signal to be seen; our +tiny raft, a mere speck upon the waters, would be lost in the intense +irradiation of the sunbeams. If only we could be seen, no doubt all +would be well; no captain would have the barbarous inhumanity to leave +us to our fate; but there had been no chance; only too well we knew that +we had not been within the range of sight. + +“My friends,” said Curtis, “we must make a fire; it is our last and only +chance.” + +Some planks were quickly loosened and thrown into a heap upon the fore +part of the raft. They were damp and troublesome to light; but the very +dampness made the smoke more dense, and ere long a tall column of dusky +fumes was rising straight upwards in the air. If darkness should come +on before the brig was completely out of view, the flames we hoped might +still be visible. But the hours passed on; the fire died out; and yet no +signs of help. + +The temper of resignation now deserted me entirely; faith, hope, +confidence--all vanished from my mind, and like the boatswain, I swore +long and loudly. A gentle hand was laid upon my arm, and turning round I +saw Miss Herbey with her finger pointing to the sky. I could stand it +no longer, but gliding underneath the tent I hid my face in my hands and +wept aloud. + +Meanwhile the brig had altered her tack, and was moving slowly to the +east. Three hours later and the keenest eye could not have discerned her +top-sails above the horizon. + + + +CHAPTER XLIV. + +JANUARY 15th.--After this further shattering of our excited hopes death +alone now stares us in the face; slow and lingering as that death may +be, sooner or later it must inevitably come. + +To-day some clouds that rose in the west have brought us a few puffs +of wind; and in spite of our prostration, we appreciate the moderation, +slight as it is, in the temperature. To my parched throat the air seemed +a little less trying but it is now seven days since the boatswain took +his haul of fish, and during that period we have eaten nothing even +Andre Letourneur finished yesterday the last morsel of the biscuit which +his sorrowful and self-denying father had entrusted to my charge. + +Jynxstrop the negro has broken loose from his confinement, but Curtis has +taken no measures for putting him again under restraint. It is not to be +apprehended that the miserable fellow and his accomplices, weakened as +they are by their protracted fast, will attempt to do us any mischief +now. + +Some huge sharks made their appearance to-day, cleaving the water +rapidly with their great black fins. The monsters came close up to the +edge of the raft, and Flaypole, who was leaning over, narrowly escaped +having his arm snapped off by one of them. I could not help regarding +them as living sepulchres, which ere long might swallow up our miserable +carcasses; yet, withal, I profess that my feelings were rather those of +fascination than of horror. + +The boatswain, who stood with clenched teeth and dilated eye, regarded +these sharks from quite another point of view. He thought about +devouring the sharks, not about the sharks devouring him; and if he +could succeed in catching one, I doubt if one of us would reject the +tough and untempting flesh. He determined to make the attempt, and as +he had no whirl which he could fasten to his rope he set to work to +find something that might serve as a substitute. Curtis and Dowlas +were consulted, and after a short conversation, during which they kept +throwing bits of rope and spars into the water in order to entice the +sharks to remain by the raft, Dowlas went and fetched his carpenter’s +tool, which is at once a hatchet and a hammer. Of this he proposed to +make the whirl of which they were in need, under the hope that either +the sharp edge of the adze or the pointed extremity opposite would stick +firmly into the jaws of any shark that might swallow it. The wooden +handle of the hammer was secured to the rope, which, in its turn, was +tightly fastened to the raft. + +With eager, almost breathless, excitement we stood watching the +preparations, at the same time using every means in our power to +attract the attention of the sharks. As soon as the whirl was ready the +boatswain began to think about bait; and, talking rapidly to himself, +ransacked every corner of the raft, as though he expected to find some +dead body coming opportunely to sight. But his search ended in nothing; +and the only plan that suggested itself was again to have recourse to +Miss Herbey’s red shawl, of which a fragment was wrapped round the +head of the hammer. After testing the strength of his line, and +reassuring-himself that it was fastened firmly both to the hammer and to +the raft, the boatswain lowered it into the water. + +The sea was quite transparent, and any object was clearly visible to +a depth of two hundred feet below the surface. Leaning over the low +parapet of the raft we looked on in breathless silence, as the scarlet +rag, distinct as it was against the blue mass of water, made its slow +descent. But one by one the sharks seemed to disappear, They could not, +however, have gone far away, and it was not likely that anything in the +shape of bait dropped near them would long escape their keen voracity. + +Suddenly, without speaking, the boatswain raised his hand and pointed to +a dark mass skimming along the surface of the water, and making straight +in our direction. It was a shark, certainly not less than twelve feet +long. As soon as the creature was about four fathoms from the raft, the +boatswain gently drew in his line until the whirl was in such a position +that the shark must cross right over it; at the same time he shook the +line a little, that he might give the whirl the appearance, if he could, +of being something alive and moving. As the creature came near, my heart +beat violently; I could see its eyes flashing above the waves; and its +gaping jaws, as it turned half over on its back, exhibited long rows of +pointed teeth. + +I know not who it was, but some one at that moment uttered an +involuntary cry of horror. The shark came to a standstill, turned about, +and escaped quite out of sight. The boatswain was pale with anger. + +“The first man who speaks,” he said, “I will kill him on the spot.” + +Again he applied himself to his task. The whirl again was lowered, this +time to the depth of twenty fathoms, but for half an hour or more not a +shark could be distinguished; but as the waters far below seemed somehow +to be troubled I could not help believing that some of the brutes at +least were still there. + +All at once, with a violent jerk, the cord was wrested from the +boatswain’s hands; firmly attached, however, as it was to the raft, it +was not lost. The bait had been seized by a shark, and the iron had made +good its hold upon the creature’s flesh. + +“Now, then, my lads,” cried the boatswain, “haul away!” + +Passengers and sailors, one and all, put forth what strength they had +to drag the rope, but so violent were the creature’s struggles that +it required all our efforts (and it is needless to say that they were +willing enough) to bring it to the surface, At length, after exertions +that almost exhausted us, the water became agitated by the violent +flappings of the tail and fins; and looking down I saw the huge carcase +of the shark writhing convulsively amidst waves that were stained with +blood. + +“Steady! steady!” said the boatswain, as the head appeared above. + +The whirl had passed right through the jaw into the middle of the +throat; so that no struggle on the part of the animal could possibly +release it. Dowlas seized his hatchet, ready to despatch the brute the +moment if should be landed on the raft. A short sharp snap was heard. +The shark had closed its jaws, and bitten through the wooden handle of +the hammer. Another moment and it had turned round and was completely +gone. + +A howl of despair burst from all our lips. All the labour and the +patience, all had been in vain. Dowlas made a few more unsuccessful +attempts, but as the whirl was lost, and they had no means of replacing +it, there was no further room for hope. They did, indeed, lower some +cords twisted into running knots, but (as might have been expected) +these only slipped over, without holding, the slimy bodies of the +sharks. As a last resource the boatswain allowed his naked leg to +hang over the side of the raft; the monsters, however, were proof even +against this attraction. + +Reduced once again to a gloomy despondency, all turned to their places, +to await the end that cannot now be long deferred. + +Just as I moved away I heard the boatswain say to Curtis,-- + +“Captain, when shall we draw lots?” + +The captain made no reply. + + + +CHAPTER XLV. + +JANUARY 16th.--If the crew of any passing vessel had caught sight of us +as we lay still and inanimate upon our sail-cloth, they would scarcely, +at first sight, have hesitated to pronounce us dead. + +My sufferings were terrible; tongue, lips, and throat were so parched +and swollen that if food had been at hand I question whether I could +have swallowed it. So exasperated were the feelings of us all, however, +that we glanced at each other with looks as savage as though we were +about to slaughter and without delay eat up one another. + +The heat was aggravated by the atmosphere being somewhat stormy. Heavy +vapours gathered on the horizon, and there was a look as if it were +raining all around. Longing eyes and gasping mouths turned involuntarily +towards the clouds, and M. Letourneur, on bended knee, was raising his +hands, as it might be in supplication to the relentless skies. + +It was eleven o’clock in the morning. I listened for distant rumblings +which might announce an approaching storm, but although the vapours had +obstructed the sun’s rays, they no longer presented the appearance +of being charged with electricity. Thus our prognostications ended in +disappointment; the clouds, which in the early morning had been marked +by the distinctness of their outline, had melted one into another and +assumed an uniform dull grey tint; in fact, we were enveloped in an +ordinary fog. But was it not still possible that this fog might turn to +rain? + +Happily this hope was destined to be realized; for in a very short time, +Dowlas, with a shout of delight, declared that rain was actually coming; +and sure enough, not half a mile from the raft, the dark parallel +streaks against the sky testified that there at least the rain was +falling. I fancied I could see the drops rebounding from the surface of +the water. The wind was fresh and bringing the cloud right on towards +us, yet we could not suppress our trepidation lest it; should exhaust +itself before it reached us. + +But no: very soon large heavy drops began to fall, and the storm-cloud, +passing over our heads, was outpouring its contents upon us. The shower, +however, was very transient; already a bright streak of light along +the horizon marked the limit of the cloud and warned us that we must be +quick to make the most of what it had to give us. Curtis had placed the +broken barrel in the position that was most exposed, and every sail was +spread out to the fullest extent our dimensions would allow. + +We all laid ourselves down flat upon our backs and kept our mouths wide +open. The rain splashed into my face, wetted my lips, and trickled down +my throat. Never can I describe the ecstasy with which I imbibed that +renovating moisture. The parched and swollen glands relaxed, I breathed +afresh, and my whole being seemed revived with a strange and requickened +life. + +The rain lasted about twenty minutes, when the cloud, still only half +exhausted, passed quite away from over us. + +We grasped each other’s hands as we rose from the platform on which +we had been lying, and mutual congratulations, mingled with gratitude, +poured forth from our long silent lips. Hope, however evanescent it +might be, for the moment had returned, and we yielded to the expectation +that, ere long, other and more abundant clouds might come and replenish +our store. + +The next consideration was how to preserve and economize what little had +been collected by the barrel, or imbibed by the outspread sails. It was +found that only a few pints of rain-water had fallen into the barrel +to this small quantity the sailors were about to add what they could +by wringing out the saturated sails, when Curtis made them desist from +their intention. + +“Stop, stop!” he said, “we must wait a moment; we must see whether this +water from the sails is drinkable.” + +I looked at him in amazement. Why should not this be as drinkable as the +other? He squeezed a few drops out of one of the folds of a sail into +the tin pot, and put it to his lips. To my surprise, he rejected it +immediately, and upon tasting it for myself I found it not merely +brackish, but briny as the sea itself. The fact was that the canvas +had been so long exposed to the action of the waves, that it had become +thoroughly impregnated by salt, which of course was taken up again by +the water that fell upon it. Disappointed we were; but with several +pints of water in our possession, we were not only contented for the +present, but sanguine in our prospect for the future. + + + +CHAPTER XLVI. + +JANUARY 17th.--As a natural consequence of the alleviation of our +thirst, the pangs of hunger returned more violently than ever. Although +we had no bait, and even if we had we could not use it for want of +a whirl, we could not help asking whether no possible means could +be devised for securing one out of the many sharks that were still +perpetually swarming about the raft. Armed with knives, like the Indians +in the pearl fisheries, was it not practicable to attack the monsters in +their own element? Curtis expressed his willingness personally to make +the attempt, but so numerous were the sharks that we would not for one +moment hear of his risking his life in a venture of which the danger was +as great as the success was doubtful. + +By plunging into the sea, or by gnawing at a piece of metal, we could +always, or at least often, do something that cheated us into believing +that we were mitigating the pains of thirst; but with hunger it was +different. The prospect, too, of rain seemed hopeful, whilst for getting +food there appeared no chance; and, as we knew that nothing could +compensate for the lack of nutritive matter, we were soon all cast down +again. Shocking to confess, it would be untrue to deny that we surveyed +each other with the eye of an eager longing; and I need hardly explain +to what a degree of savageness the one idea that haunted us had reduced +our feelings. + +Ever since the storm-cloud brought us the too transient shower the +sky has been tolerably clear, and although at that time the wind had +slightly freshened, it has since dropped, and the sail hangs idly +against our mast. Except for the trifling relief it brings by modifying +the temperature we care little now for any breeze. Ignorant as we are as +to what quarter of the Atlantic we have been carried by the currents, it +matters very little to us from what direction the wind may blow if +only it would bring, in rain or dew, the moisture of which we are so +dreadfully in need. + +The moon was entering her last quarter, so that it was dark till nearly +midnight, and the stars were misty, not glowing with that lustre which +is so often characteristic of cool nights. Half frantic with that sense +of hunger which invariably returns with redoubled vigour at the close of +every day, I threw myself, in a kind of frenzy, upon a bundle of sails +that was lying on the starboard of the raft, and leaning over, I tried +to get some measure of relief by inhaling the moist coolness that rarely +fails to circulate just above the water. My brain was haunted by the +most horrible nightmares; not that I suppose I was in any way more +distressed than my companions, who were lying in their usual places, +vainly endeavouring to forget their sufferings in sleep. + +After a time I fell into a restless, dreamy doze. I was neither asleep +nor awake. How long I remained in that state of stupor I could hardly +say, but at length a strange sensation half brought me to myself. Was +I dreaming, or was there not really some unaccustomed odour floating in +the air? My nostrils became distended, and I could scarcely suppress a +cry of astonishment; but some instinct kept me quiet, and I laid myself +down again with the puzzled sensation sometimes experienced when we +have forgotten a word or name. Only a few minutes, however, had elapsed +before another still more savoury puff induced me to take several +long inhalations. Suddenly, the truth seemed to dash across my mind. +“Surely,” I muttered to myself “this must be cooked meat that I can +smell.” + +Again and again I sniffed and became more convinced than ever that my +senses were not deceiving me. But from what part of the raft could the +smell proceed? I rose to my knees, and having satisfied myself that the +odour came from the front, I crept stealthily as a cat under the sails +and between the spars in that direction. Following the promptings of +my scent, rather than my vision, like a bloodhound in the track of his +prey, I searched everywhere I could, now finding, now losing, the smell +according to my change of position, or the dropping of the wind. At +length I got the true scent; once for all, so that I could go straight +to the object for which I was in search. + +Approaching the starboard angle of the raft, I came to the conclusion +that the smell that had thus keenly excited my cravings was the smell +of smoked bacon; the membranes of my tongue almost bristled with the +intenseness of my longing. + +Crawling along a little farther, under a thick roll of sail-cloth, I was +not long in securing my prize. Forcing my arm below the roll, I felt my +hand in contact with something wrapped up in paper. I clutched it up, +and carried it off to a place where I could examine it by the help +of the light of the moon that had now made its appearance above the +horizon. I almost shrieked for joy. It was a piece of bacon. True, +it did not weigh many ounces, but small as it was it would suffice to +alleviate the pangs of hunger for one day at least. I was just on the +point of raising it to my mouth, when a hand was laid upon my arm. It +was only by a most determined effort that I kept myself from screaming +out one instant more, and I found myself face to face with Hobart. + +In a moment I understood all. Plainly this rascal Hobart had saved some +provision from the wreck, upon which he had been subsisting ever since. +The steward had provided for himself, whilst all around him were dying +of starvation. Detestable wretch! This accounts for the inconsistency of +his well-to-do looks and his pitiable groans. Vile hypocrite! + +Yet why, it struck me, should I complain? Was not I reaping the benefit +of that secret store that he, for himself, had saved? + +But Hobart had no idea of allowing me the peaceable possession of what +he held to be his own. He made a dash at the fragment of bacon, and +seemed determined to wrest it from my grasp. We struggled with each +other, but although our wrestling was very violent, it was very +noiseless. We were both of us aware that it was absolutely necessary +that not one of those on board should know anything at all about +the prize for which we were contending. Nor was my own determination +lessened by hearing him groan out that it was his last, his only morsel. +“His!” I thought; “it shall be mine now!” + +And still careful that no noise of commotion should arise, I threw him +on his back, and grasping his throat so that it gurgled again, I held +him down until, in rapid mouthfuls, I had swallowed up the last scrap of +the food for which we had fought so hard. + +I released my prisoner, and quietly crept back to my own quarters. + +And not a soul is aware that I have broken my fast! + + + +CHAPTER XLVII. + +JANUARY 18th.--After this excitement I awaited the approach of day with +a strange anxiety. My conscience told me that Hobart had the right to +denounce me in the presence of all my fellow-passengers; yet my alarm +was vain. The idea of my proceedings being exposed by him was quite +absurd; in a moment he would himself be murdered without pity by the +crew, if it should be revealed that, unknown to them, he had been living +on some private store which, by clandestine cunning, he had reserved. +But, in spite of my anxiety, I had a longing for day to come. + +The bit of food that I had thus stolen was very small; but small as it +was it had alleviated my hunger, and I was now tortured with remorse, +because I had not shared the meagre morsel with my fellow-sufferers. +Miss Herbey, Andre, his father, all had been forgotten, and from the +bottom of my heart I repented of my cruel selfishness. + +Meantime the moon rose high in the heavens, and the first streaks of +dawn appeared. There is no twilight in these low latitudes, and the +full daylight came well nigh at once. I had not closed my eyes since my +encounter with the steward, and ever since the first blush of day I had +laboured under the impression that I could see some unusual dark mass +half way up the mast. But although it again and again caught my eye, it +hardly roused my curiosity, and I did not rise from the bundle of sails +on which I was lying to ascertain what it really was. But no sooner did +the rays of the sun fall full upon it than I saw at once that it was +the body of a man, attached to a rope, and swinging to and fro with the +motion of the raft. + +A horrible presentiment carried me to the foot of the mast, and, just +as I had guessed, Hobart had hanged himself. I could not for a moment; +doubt that it was I myself that had impelled him to the suicide. A cry +of horror had scarcely escaped my lips, when my fellow-passengers were +at my side, and the rope was cut. Then came the sailors. And what was it +that made the group gather so eagerly around the body? Was it a humane +desire to see whether any spark of life remained? No, indeed; the corpse +was cold, and the limbs were rigid; there was no chance that animation +should be restored. What then was it that kept them lingering so close +around? It was only too apparent what they were about to do. + +But I did not, could not, look. I refused to take part in the horrible +repast that was proposed. Neither would Miss Herbey, Andre nor his +father, consent to alleviate their pangs of hunger by such revolting +means. I know nothing for certain as to what Curtis did, and I did not +venture to inquire; but of the others,--Falsten, Dowlas, the boatswain, +and all the rest,--I know that, to assuage their cravings, they +consented to reduce themselves to the level of beasts of prey; they were +transformed from human beings into ravenous brutes. + +The four of us who sickened at the idea of partaking of the horrid +meal withdrew to the seclusion of our tent; it was bad enough to hear; +without witnessing the appalling operation. But, in truth, I had the +greatest difficulty in the world in preventing Andre from rushing out +upon the cannibals, and snatching the odious food from their clutches. +I represented to him the hopelessness of his attempt, and tried to +reconcile him by telling him that if they liked the food they had a +right to it. Hobart had not been murdered; he had died by his own hand; +and, after all, as the boatswain had once remarked to me, “it was better +to eat a dead man than a live one.” + +Do what I would, however, I could not quiet Andre’s feeling of +abhorrence; in his disgust and loathing he seemed for the time to have +quite forgotten his own sufferings. + +Meanwhile, there was no concealing the truth that we were ourselves +dying of starvation, whilst our eight companions would probably, by +their loathsome diet, escape that frightful destiny. Owing to his secret +hoard of provisions Hobart had been by far the strongest amongst us; he +had been supported, so that no organic disease had affected his tissues, +and really might be said to be in good health when his chagrin drove him +to his desperate suicide. But what was I thinking of! whither were +my meditations carrying me away? was it not coming to pass that the +cannibals were rousing my envy instead of exciting my horror? + +Very shortly after this I heard Dowlas talking about the possibility +of obtaining salt by evaporating sea-water in the sun; “and then,” he +added, “we can salt down the rest.” + +The boatswain assented to what the carpenter had said, and probably the +suggestion was adopted. + +Silence, the most profound, now reigns upon the raft. I presume that +nearly all have gone to sleep. One thing I do know, that they are no +longer hungry! + + + +CHAPTER XLVIII. + +JANUARY 19th.--All through the day the sky remained unclouded and +the heat intense; and night came on without bringing much sensible +moderation in the temperature. I was unable to get any sleep, and, +towards morning, was disturbed by hearing an angry clamour going on +outside the tent; it aroused M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, +as much as myself, and we were anxious to ascertain the cause of the +tumult. + +The boatswain, Dowlas, and all the sailors were storming at each other +in frightful rage; and Curtis, who had come forward from the stern, was +vainly endeavouring to pacify them. + +“But who has done it? we must know who has done it,” said Dowlas, +scowling with vindictive passion on the group around him. + +“There’s a thief,” howled out the boatswain, “and he shall be found! +Let’s know who has taken it.” + +“I haven’t taken it!” “Nor I!” “Nor I!” cried the sailors one after +another. + +And then they set to work again to ransack every quarter of the raft; +they rolled every spar aside, they overturned everything on board, +and only grew more and more incensed with anger as their search proved +fruitless. + +“Can YOU tell us,” said the boatswain, coming up to me, “who is the +thief?” + +“Thief!” I replied. “I don’t know what you mean.” + +And while we were speaking the others all came up together, and told me +that they had looked everywhere else, and that they were going now to +search the tent. + +“Shame!” I said. “You ought to allow those whom you know to be dying of +hunger at least to die in peace. There is not one of us who has left the +tent all night. Why suspect us?” + +“Now just look here, Mr. Kazallon,” said the boatswain, in a voice which +he was endeavouring to calm down into moderation, “we are not accusing +you of anything; we know well enough you, and all the rest of you, had +a right to your shares as much as anybody; but that isn’t it. It’s all +gone somewhere, every bit.” + +“Yes,” said Sandon gruffly; “it’s all gone somewheres, and we are a +going to search the tent.” + +Resistance was useless, and Miss Herbey, M. Letourneur, and Andre were +all turned out. + +I confess I was very fearful. I had a strong suspicion that for the sake +of his son, for whom he was ready to venture anything, M. Letourneur +had committed the theft; in that case I knew that nothing would have +prevented the infuriated men from tearing the devoted father to pieces. +I beckoned to Curtis for protection, and he came and stood beside me. He +said nothing, but waited with his hands in his pockets, and I think I am +not mistaken in my belief that there was some sort of a weapon in each. + +To my great relief the search was ineffectual. There was no doubt that +the carcase of the suicide had been thrown overboard, and the rage of +the disappointed cannibals knew no bounds. + +Yet who had ventured to do the deed! I looked at M. Letourneur and Miss +Herbey; but their countenances at once betrayed their ignorance. Andre +turned his face away, and his eyes did not meet my own. Probably it is +he; but, if it be, I wonder whether he has reckoned up the consequences +of so rash an act. + + + +CHAPTER XLIX. + +JANUARY 20th to 22nd.--For the day or two after the horrible repast of +the 18th those who had partaken of it appeared to suffer comparatively +little either from hunger or thirst; but for the four of us who had +tasted nothing, the agony of suffering grew more and more intense. It +was enough to make us repine over the loss of the provision that had so +mysteriously gone; and if any one of us should die, I doubt whether the +survivors would a second time resist the temptation to assuage their +pangs by tasting human flesh. + +Before long, all the cravings of hunger began to return to the sailors, +and I could see their eyes greedily glancing upon us, starved as they +knew us to be, as though they were reckoning our hours, and already were +preparing to consume us as their prey. + +As is always the case with shipwrecked men, we were tormented by thirst +far more than by hunger; and if, in the height of our sufferings, we had +been offered our choice between a few drops of water and a few crumbs +of biscuit, I do not doubt that we should, without exception, have +preferred to take the water. + +And what a mockery to our condition did it seem that all this while +there was water, water, nothing but water, everywhere around us! Again +and again, incapable of comprehending how powerless it was to relieve +me, I put a few drops within my lips, but only with the invariable +result of bringing on a most trying nausea, and rendering my thirst more +unendurable than before. + +Forty-two days had passed since we quitted the sinking “Chancellor.” + There could be no hope now; all of us must die, and by the most +deplorable of deaths. I was quite conscious that a mist was gathering +over my brain; I felt my senses sinking into a condition of torpor; I +made an effort, but all in vain, to master the delirium that I was aware +was taking possession of my reason. It is out of my power to decide for +how long I lost my consciousness; but when I came to myself I found +that Miss Herbey had folded some wet bandages around my forehead. I am +somewhat better; but I am weakened, mind and body, and I am conscious +that I have not long to live. + +A frightful fatality occurred to-day. The scene was terrible. Jynxstrop +the negro went raving mad. Curtis and several of the men tried their +utmost to control him, but in spite of everything he broke loose, +and tore up and down the raft, uttering fearful yells. He had gained +possession of a handspike, and rushed upon us all with the ferocity +of an infuriated tiger; how we contrived to escape mischief from his +attacks, I know not. All at once, by one of those unaccountable impulses +of madness, his rage turned against himself. With his teeth and nails he +gnawed and tore away at his own flesh; dashing the blood into our faces, +he shrieked out with a demoniacal grin, “Drink, drink!” and flinging us +gory morsels, kept saying “Eat, eat!” In the midst of his insane shrieks +he made a sudden pause, then dashing back again from the stern to the +front, he made a bound and disappeared beneath the waves. + +Falsten, Dowlas, and the boatswain, made a rush that at least they might +secure the body; but it was too late; all that they could see was a +crimson circle in the water, and some huge sharks disporting themselves +around the spot. + + + +CHAPTER L. + +JANUARY 23rd.--Only eleven of us now remain; and the probability is very +great that every day must now carry off at least its one victim, and +perhaps more. The end of the tragedy is rapidly approaching, and save +for the chance, which is next to an impossibility, of our sighting land, +or being picked up by a passing vessel, ere another week has elapsed not +a single survivor of the “Chancellor” will remain. + +The wind freshened considerably in the night, and it is now blowing +pretty briskly from the north-east. It has filled our sail, and +the white foam in our wake is an indication that we are making some +progress. The captain reckons that we must be advancing at the rate of +about three miles an hour. + +Curtis and Falsten are certainly in the best condition amongst us, and +in spite of their extreme emaciation they bear up wonderfully under +the protracted hardships we have all endured. Words cannot describe the +melancholy state to which poor Miss Herbey bodily is reduced; her whole +being seems absorbed into her soul, but that soul is brave and resolute +as ever, living in heaven rather than on earth. The boatswain, strong, +energetic man that he was, has shrunk into a mere shadow of his former +self, and I doubt whether any one would recognize him to be the same +man. He keeps perpetually to one corner of the raft, his head dropped +upon his chest, and his long, bony hands lying upon knees that project +sharply from his worn-out trowsers. Unlike Miss Herbey, his spirit seems +to have sunk into apathy, and it is at times difficult to believe that +he is living at all, so motionless and statue-like does he sit. + +Silence continues to reign upon the raft. Not a sound, not even a groan, +escapes our lips. We do not exchange ten words in the course of the +day, and the few syllables that our parched tongue and swollen lips can +pronounce are almost unintelligible. Wasted and bloodless, we are no +longer human beings; we are spectres. + + + +CHAPTER LI. + +JANUARY 24th.--I have inquired more than once of Curtis if he has the +faintest idea to what quarter of the Atlantic we have drifted, and each +time he has been unable to give me a decided answer, though from +his general observation of the direction of the wind and currents he +imagines that we have been carried westwards, that is to say, towards +the land. + +To-day the breeze has dropped entirely, but the heavy swell is still +upon the sea, and is an unquestionable sign that a tempest has been +raging at no great distance. The raft labours hard against the waves, +and Curtis, Falsten, and the boatswain, employ the little energy that +remains to them in strengthening the joints. Why do they give themselves +such trouble? Why not let the few frail planks part asunder, and allow +the ocean to terminate our miserable existence? Certain it seems that +our sufferings must have reached their utmost limit, and nothing could +exceed the torture that we are enduring. The sky pours down upon us a +heat like that of molten lead, and the sweat that saturates the tattered +clothes that hang about our bodies goes far to aggravate the agonies +of our thirst. No words of mine can describe this dire distress; these +sufferings are beyond human estimate. + +Even bathing, the only means of refreshment that we possessed, has now +become impossible, for ever since Jynxstrop’s death the sharks have hung +about the raft in shoals. + +To-day I tried to gain a few drops of fresh water by evaporation, but +even with the exercise of the greatest patience, it was with the utmost +difficulty that I obtained enough to moisten a little scrap of linen; +and the only kettle that we had was so old and battered, that it would +not bear the fire, so that I was obliged to give up the attempt in +despair. + +Falsten is now almost exhausted, and if he survives us at all, it can +only be for a few days. Whenever I raised my head I always failed to see +him, but he was probably lying sheltered somewhere beneath the sails. +Curtis was the only man who remained on his feet, but with indomitable +pluck he continued to stand on the front of the raft, waiting, watching, +hoping. To look at him, with his unflagging energy, almost tempted me to +imagine that he did well to hope, but I dared nor entertain one sanguine +thought; and there I lay, waiting, nay, longing for death. + +How many hours passed away thus I cannot tell, but after a time a loud +peal of laughter burst upon my ear Some one else, then, was going mad, +I thought; but the idea did not rouse me in the least. The laughter was +repeated with greater vehemence, but I never raised my head. Presently I +caught a few incoherent words. + +“Fields, fields, gardens and trees! Look, there’s an inn under the +trees! Quick, quick! brandy, gin, water! a guinea a drop! I’ll pay for +it! I’ve lots of money! lots! lots!” + +Poor deluded wretch! I thought again; the wealth of a nation could not +buy a drop of water here. There was silence for a minute, when all of a +sudden I heard the shout of “Land! land!” + +The words acted upon me like an electric shock, and, with a frantic +effort, I started to my feet. No land, indeed, was visible, but +Flaypole, laughing, singing, and gesticulating, was raging up and down +the raft. Sight, taste and hearing--all were gone; but the cerebral +derangement supplied their place, and in imagination the maniac was +conversing with absent friends, inviting them into the George Inn at +Cardiff, offering them gin, whisky, and, above all water! Stumbling at +every step, and singing in a cracked, discordant voice, he staggered +about amongst us like an intoxicated man. With the loss of his senses +all his sufferings had vanished, and his thirst was appeased. It was +hard not to wish to be a partaker of his hallucination. + +Dowlas, Falsten, and the boatswain, seemed to think that the unfortunate +wretch would, like Jynxstrop, put an end to himself by leaping into the +sea; but, determined this time to preserve the body, that it might serve +a better purpose than merely feeding the sharks, they rose and followed +the madman everywhere he went, keeping a strict eye upon his every +movement. + +But the matter did not end as they expected. As though he were really +intoxicated by the stimulants of which he had been raving, Flaypole at +last sank down in a heap in a corner of the raft, where he lay lost in a +heavy slumber. + + + +CHAPTER LII. + +JANUARY 25th.--Last night was very misty, and for some unaccountable +reason, one of the hottest that can be imagined. The atmosphere was +really so stifling, that it seemed as if it only required a spark to set +it alight. The raft was not only quite stationary, but did not even rise +and fall with any motion of the waves. + +During the night I tried to count how many there were now on board, +but I was utterly unable to collect my ideas sufficiently to make the +enumeration. Sometimes I counted ten, sometimes twelve, and although +I knew that eleven, since Jynxstrop was dead, was the correct number, I +could never bring my reckoning right. Of one thing I felt quite sure, +and that was that the number would very soon be ten. I was convinced +that I could myself last but very little longer. All the events and +associations of my life passed rapidly through my brain, My country, my +friends, and my family all appeared as it were in a vision, and seemed +as though they had come to bid me a last farewell. + +Towards morning I woke from my sleep, if the languid stupour into +which I had fallen was worthy of that name. One fixed idea had taken +possession of my brain; I would put an end to myself, and I felt a +sort of pleasure as I gloated over the power that I had to terminate my +sufferings. I told Curtis, with the utmost composure, of my intention, +and he received the intelligence as calmly as it was delivered. + +“Of course you will do as you please,” he said; “for, my own part, I +shall not abandon my post. It is my duty to remain here, and unless +death comes to carry me away, I shall stay where I am to the very last.” + +The dull grey fog still hung heavily over the ocean, but the sun was +evidently shining above the mist, and would, in course of time, dispel +the vapour. Towards seven o’clock I fancied I heard the cries of birds +above my head. The sound was repeated three times, and as I went up to +the captain to ask him about it, I heard him mutter to himself,-- + +“Birds! why, that looks as if land were not far off.” + +But although Curtis might still cling to the hope of reaching land, +I knew not what it was to have one sanguine thought. For me there was +neither continent nor island; the world was one fluid sphere, +uniform, monotonous, as in the most primitive period of its formation. +Nevertheless it must be owned that it was with a certain amount of +impatience that I awaited the rising of the mist, for I was anxious to +shake off the phantom fallacies that Curtis’s words had suggested to my +mind. + +Not till eleven o’clock did the fog begin to break, and as it rolled in +heavy folds along the surface of the water, I could every now and then +catch glimpses of a clear blue sky beyond. Fierce sunbeams pierced the +cloud-rifts, scorching and burning our bodies like red-hot iron; but +it was only above our heads that there was any sunlight to condense the +vapour; the horizon was still quite invisible. There was no wind, and +for half an hour longer the fog hung heavily round the raft; whilst +Curtis, leaning against the side, strove to penetrate the obscurity. At +length the sun burst forth in full power, and, sweeping the surface of +the ocean, dispelled the fog, and left the horizon opened to our eyes. + +There, exactly as we had seen it for the last six weeks, was the circle +that bounded sea and sky, unbroken, definite, distinct as ever! Curtis +gazed with intensest scrutiny, but did not speak a word. I pitied him +sincerely, for he alone of us all felt that he had not the right to put +an end to his misery. For myself I had fully determined that if I +lived till the following day, I would die by my own hand. Whether my +companions were still alive, I hardly cared to know; it seemed as though +days had passed since I had seen them. + +Night drew on, but I could not sleep for a moment. Towards two o’clock +in the morning my thirst was so intense that I was unable to suppress +loud cries of agony. Was there nothing that would serve to quench the +fire that was burning within me? What if instead of drinking the blood +of others I were to drink my own? It would be all unavailing, I was well +aware, but scarcely had the thought crossed my mind, than I proceeded to +put it into execution. I unclasped my knife, and, stripping my arm, with +a steady thrust I opened a small vein. The blood oozed out slowly, drop +by drop, and as I eagerly swallowed the source of my very life, I felt +that for a moment my torments were relieved, But only for a moment; all +energy had failed my pulses, and almost immediately the blood had ceased +to flow. + +How long it seemed before the morning dawned! and when that morning came +it brought another fog, heavy as before that again shut out the horizon. +The fog was hot as the burning steam that issues from a boiler. It was +to be my last day upon earth, and I felt that I would like to press the +hand of a friend before I died. Curtis was standing near, and crawling +up to him, I took his hand in my own. He seemed to know that I was +taking my farewell, and with one last lingering hope he endeavoured to +restrain me. But all in vain, my mind was finally made up. + +I should have like to speak once again to M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss +Herbey, but my courage failed me. I knew that the young girl would read +my resolution in my eyes, and that she would speak to me of duty and of +God, and of eternity, and I dared not meet her gaze; and I would not +run the risk of being persuaded to wait until a lingering death should +overtake me. I returned to the back of the raft, and after making +several efforts, I managed to get on to my feet. I cast one long look at +the pitiless ocean and the unbroken horizon; if a sail or the outline of +a coast bad broken on my view, I believe that I should only have deemed +myself the victim of an illusion; but nothing of the kind appeared, and +the sea was dreary as a desert. + +It was ten o’clock in the morning. The pangs of hunger and the torments +of thirst were racking me with redoubled vigour. All instinct of +self-preservation had left me, and I felt that the hour had come when +I must cease to suffer. Just as I was on the point of casting myself +headlong into the sea, a voice, which I recognized as Dowlas’s; broke +upon my ear. + +“Captain,” he said, “we are going to draw lots.” + +Involuntarily I paused; I did not take my plunge, but returned to my +place upon the raft. + + + +CHAPTER LIII. + +JANUARY 26th.--All heard and understood the proposition; in fact, it had +been in contemplation for several days, but no one had ventured to put +the idea into words. However, it was done now; lots were to be drawn, +and to each would be assigned his share of the body of the one ordained +by fate to be the victim. For my own part, I profess that I was quite +resigned for the lot to fall upon myself. I thought I heard Andre +Letourneur beg for an exception to be made in favour of Miss Herbey, but +the sailors raised a murmur of dissent. As there were eleven of us on +board, there were ten chances to one in each one’s favour, a proportion +which would be diminished if Miss Herbey were excluded, so that the +young lady was forced to take her chance among the rest. + +It was then half-past ten, and the boatswain, who had been roused from +his lethargy by what the carpenter had said, insisted that the drawing +should take place immediately. There was no reason for postponing the +fatal lottery. There was not one of us that clung in the least to life, +and we knew that at the worst, whoever should be doomed to die, would +only precede the rest by a few days, or even hours. All that we desired +was just once to slake our raging thirst and moderate our gnawing +hunger. + +How all the names found their way to the bottom of a hat I cannot +tell. Very likely Falsten wrote them upon a leaf torn from his +memorandum-book. But be that as it may, the eleven names were there, and +it was unanimously agreed that the last name drawn should be the victim. + +But who would draw the names? There was hesitation for a moment; then, +“I will,” said a voice behind me. Turning round, I beheld M. Letourneur +standing with outstretched hand, and with his long white hair falling +over his thin livid face that was almost sublime in its calmness. I +divined at once the reason of this voluntary offer; I knew that it was +the father’s devotion in self-sacrifice that led him to undertake the +office. + +“As soon as you please,” said the boatswain, and handed him the hat. + +M. Letourneur proceeded to draw out the folded strips of paper one by +one, and after reading out aloud the name upon it, handed it to its +owner. + +The first name called was that of Burke, who uttered a cry of delight; +then followed Flaypole and the boatswain. What his name really was I +never could exactly learn. Then came Falsten, Curtis, Sandon. More +than half had now been called, and my name had not yet been drawn. I +calculated my remaining chance; it was still four to one in my favour. + +M. Letourneur continued his painful task. Since Burke’s first +exclamation of joy not a sound had escaped our lips, but all were +listening in breathless silence. The seventh name was Miss Herbey’s, but +the young girl heard it without a start. Then came mine, yes, mine! and +the ninth was that of Letourneur. + +“Which one?” asked the boatswain. + +“Andre,” said M. Letourneur. + +With one cry Andre fell back senseless. Only two names now remained in +the hat; those of Dowlas and of M. Letourneur himself. + +“Go on,” almost roared the carpenter, surveying his partner in peril as +though he could devour him. M. Letourneur almost had a smile upon +his lips, as he drew forth the last paper but one, and with a firm, +unfaltering voice, marvelous for his age, unfolded it slowly, and read +the name of Dowlas. The carpenter gave a yell of relief as he heard the +word. + +M. Letourneur took the last bit of paper from the hat, and without +looking at it, tore it to pieces. But, unperceived by all but myself, +one little fragment flew into a corner of the raft. I crawled towards it +and picked it up. On one side of it was written Andr--; the rest of +the word was torn away. M. Letourneur saw what I had done, and rushing +towards me, snatched the paper from my hands, and flung it into the sea. + + + +CHAPTER LIV. + +JANUARY 26th.--I understood it all; the devoted father having nothing +more to give, had given his life for his son. + +M. Letourneur was no longer a human being in the eyes of the famished +creatures who were now yearning to see him sacrificed to their cravings. +At the very sight of the victim thus provided, all the tortures of +hunger returned with redoubled violence. With lips distended, and teeth +displayed, they waited like a herd of carnivora until they could attack +their prey with brutal voracity; it seemed almost doubtful whether they +would not fall upon him while he was still alive. It seemed impossible +that any appeal to their humanity could, at such a moment, have any +weight; nevertheless, the appeal was made, and, incredible as it may +seem, prevailed. + +Just as the boatswain was about to act the part of butcher, and Dowlas +stood, hatchet in hand, ready to complete the barbarous work, Miss +Herbey advanced, or rather crawled, towards them. + +“My friends,” she pleaded, “will you not wait just one more day? If no +land or ship is in sight to-morrow, then I suppose our poor companion +must become your victim. But allow him one more day; in the name of +mercy I entreat, I implore you.” + +My heart bounded as she made her pitiful appeal. It seemed to me as +though the noble girl had spoken with an inspiration on her lips, and I +fancied that, perhaps, in super-natural vision she had viewed the coast +or the ship of which she spoke; and one more day was not much to us who +had already suffered so long, and endured so much. + +Curtis and Falsten agreed with me, and we all united to support Miss +Herbey’s merciful petition. The sailors did not utter a murmur, and the +boatswain in a smothered voice said,-- + +“Very well, we will wait till daybreak tomorrow,” and threw down his +hatchet. + +To-morrow, then, unless land or a sail appear, the horrible sacrifice +will be accomplished. Stifling their sufferings by a strenuous effort, +all returned to their places. The sailors crouched beneath the sails, +caring nothing about scanning the ocean. Food was in store for them +to-morrow, and that was enough for them. + +As soon as Andre Letourneur came to his senses, his first thought was +for his father, and I saw him count the passengers on the raft. He +looked puzzled; when he lost consciousness there had been only two +names left in the hat, those of his father and the carpenter; and yet M. +Letourneur and Dowlas were both there still. Miss Herbey went up to +him and told him quietly that the drawing of the lots had not yet been +finished. Andre asked no further question, but took his father’s +hand. M. Letourneur’s countenance was calm and serene; he seemed to be +conscious of nothing except that the life of his son was spared, and as +the two sat conversing in an undertone at the back of the raft, their +whole existence seemed bound up in each other. + +Meantime, I could not disabuse my mind of the impression caused by Miss +Herbey’s intervention. Something told me that help was near at hand, and +that we were approaching the termination of our suspense and misery; the +chimeras that were floating through my brain resolved themselves into +realities, so that nothing appeared to me more certain than that either +land or sail, be they miles away, would be discovered somewhere to +leeward. + +I imparted my convictions to M. Letourneur and his son. Andre was as +sanguine as myself; poor boy! he little thinks what a loss there is in +store for him tomorrow. His father listened gravely to all we said, +and whatever he might think in his own mind, he did not give us any +discouragement; Heaven, he said, he was sure would still spare the +survivors of the “Chancellor,” and then he lavished on his son caresses +which he deemed to be his last. + +Some time afterwards, when I was alone with him, M. Letourneur whispered +in my ear,-- + +“Mr. Kazallon, I commend my boy to your care, and mark you, he must +never know--” + +His voice was choked with tears, and he could not finish his sentence. + +But I was full of hope, and, without a moment’s intermission, I kept my +eyes fixed upon the unbroken horizon, Curtis, Miss Herbey, Falsten, and +even the boatswain, were also eagerly scanning the broad expanse of sea. + +Night has come on; but I have still a profound conviction that through +the darkness some ship will approach, and that at daybreak our raft will +be observed. + + + +CHAPTER LV. + +JANUARY 27th.--I did not close my eyes all night, and was keenly alive +to the faintest sounds, and every ripple of the water, and every murmur +of the waves, broke distinctly on my ear. One thing I noticed and +accepted as a happy omen; not a single shark now lingered-round the +raft. The waning moon rose at a quarter to one, and through the feeble +glimmer which she cast across the ocean, many and many a time I fancied +I caught sight of the longed-for sail, lying only a few cables’ lengths +away. + +But when morning came, the sun rose once again upon a desert ocean, and +my hopes began to fade. Neither ship nor shore had appeared, and as the +shocking hour of execution drew near, my dreams of deliverance melted +away; I shuddered in my very soul as I was brought face to face with the +stern reality. I dared not look upon the victim, and whenever his eyes, +so full of calmness and resignation, met my own, I turned away my +head. I felt choked with horror, and my brain reeled as though I were +intoxicated. + +It was now six o’clock, and all hope had vanished from my breast; my +heart beat rapidly, and a cold sweat of agony broke out all over me. +Curtis and the boatswain stood by the mast attentively scanning the +horizon. The boatswain’s countenance was terrible to look upon; +one could see that although he would not forestall the hour, he was +determined not to wait a moment after it arrived. As for the captain, it +was impossible to tell what really passed within his mind; his face was +livid, and his whole existence seemed concentrated in the exercise of +his power of vision. The sailors were crawling about the platform, with +their eyes gleaming, like wild beasts ready to pounce upon their devoted +prey. + +I could no longer keep my place, and glided along to the front of the +raft. The boatswain was still standing intent on his watch, but all of a +sudden, in a voice that made me start he shouted,-- + +“Now then, time’s up!” and followed by Dowlas, Burke, Flaypole, and +Sandon, ran to the back of the raft. As Dowlas seized the hatchet +convulsively, Miss Herbey could not suppress a cry of terror. Andre +started to his feet. + +“What are you going to do to my father?” he asked in accents choked with +emotion. + +“My boy,” said M. Letourneur, “the lot has fallen upon me, and I must +die!” + +“Never!” shrieked Andre, throwing his arms about his father, “They shall +kill me first. It was I who threw Hobart’s body into the sea, and it is +I who ought to die!” + +But the words of the unhappy youth had no other effect than to increase +the fury of the men who were so staunchly bent upon their bloody +purpose. + +“Come, come, no more fuss,” said Dowlas, as he tore the young man away +from his father’s embrace. + +Andre fell upon his back, in which position two of the sailors held him +down so tightly that he could not move, whilst Burke and Sandon carried +off their victim to the front. + +All this had taken place much more rapidly than I have been able to +describe it. I was transfixed with horror, and much as I wished to throw +myself between M. Letourneur and his executioners, I seemed to be rooted +to the spot where I was standing. + +Meantime the sailors had been taking off some of M. Letourneur’s +clothes, and his neck and shoulders were already bare. + +“Stop a moment!” he said in a tone in which was the ring of indomitable +courage. “Stop! I don’t want to deprive you of your ration; but I +suppose you will not require to eat the whole of me today.” + +The sailors, taken aback by his suggestion, stared at him with +amazement. + +“There are ten of you,” he went on. “My two arms will give you each a +meal; cut them off for to-day, and to-morrow you shall have the rest of +me.” + +“Agreed!” cried Dowlas; and as M. Letourneur held out his bare arms, +quick as lightning the carpenter raised his hatchet. + +Curtis and I could bear this scene no longer; whilst we were alive +to prevent it, this butchery should not be permitted, and we rushed +forwards simultaneously to snatch the victim from his murderers. A +furious struggle ensued, and in the midst of the MELEE I was seized by +one of the sailors, and hurled violently into the sea. + +Closing my lips, I tried to die of suffocation in the water; but in +spite of myself, my mouth opened, and a few drops trickled down my +throat. + +Merciful Heaven! the water was fresh! + + + +CHAPTER LVI. + +JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.--A change came over me as if by miracle. No +longer had I any wish to die, and already Curtis, who had heard my +cries, was throwing me a rope. I seized it eagerly, and was hauled up on +to the raft, “Fresh water!” were the first words I uttered. + +“Fresh water?” cried Curtis, “why then, my friends, we are not far from +land!” + +It was not too late; the blow had not been struck, and so the victim +had not yet fallen. Curtis and Andre (who had regained his liberty) +had fought with the cannibals, and it was just as they were yielding to +overpowering numbers that my voice had made itself heard. + +The struggle came to an end. As soon as the words “Fresh water” had +escaped my lips, I leaned over the side of the raft and swallowed the +life-giving liquid in greedy draughts. Miss Herbey was the first to +follow my example, but soon Curtis, Falsten, and all the rest were on +their knees and drinking eagerly, The rough sailors seemed as if by a +magic touch transformed back from ravenous beasts to human beings, and +I saw several of them raise their hands to heaven in silent gratitude, +Andre and his father were the last to drink. + +“But where are we?” I asked at length. + +“The land is there,” said Curtis pointing towards the west. + +We all stared at the captain as though he were mocking us; no land was +in sight, and the raft, just as ever, was the centre of a watery waste. +Yet our senses had not deceived us the water we had been drinking was +perfectly fresh. + +“Yes,” repeated the captain, “land is certainly there, not more than +twenty miles to leeward.” + +“What land?” inquired the boatswain. + +“South America,” answered Curtis, “and near the Amazon; no other river +has a current strong enough to freshen the ocean twenty miles from +shore!” + + + +CHAPTER LVII. + +JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.--Curtis, no doubt was right The discharge from +the mouth of the Amazon is enormously large, but we had probably drifted +into the only spot in the Atlantic where we could find fresh water +so far from land. Yet land, undoubtedly was there, and the breeze was +carrying us onwards slowly but surely to our deliverance. + +Miss Herbey’s voice was heard pouring out fervent praise to Heaven, and +we were all glad to unite our thanksgivings with hers. Then the whole +of us (with the exception of Andre and his father, who remained by +themselves together at the stern) clustered in a group, and kept our +expectant gaze upon the horizon. + +We had not long to wait. Before an hour had passed Curtis, leaped in +ecstasy and raised the joyous shout of “Land ahoy!” + +* * * * + +My journal has come to a close. + +I have only to relate, as briefly as possible, the circumstances that +finally brought us to our destination. + +A few hours after we first sighted land the raft was off Cape Magoari, +on the Island of Marajo, and was observed by some fishermen who, with +kind-hearted alacrity picked us up, and tended us most carefully. They +conveyed us to Para, where we became the objects of unbounded sympathy. + +The raft was brought to land in lat. 0deg. 12min. N., so that since we +abandoned the “Chancellor” we had drifted at least fifteen degrees to +the south-west. Except for the influence of the Gulf Stream we must have +been carried far, far to the south, and in that case we should never +have reached the mouth of the Amazon, and must inevitably have been +lost. + +Of the thirty-two souls--nine passengers, and twenty-three seamen--who +left Charleston on board the ship, only five passengers and six seamen +remain. Eleven of us alone survive. + +An official account of our rescue was drawn up by the Brazilian +authorities. Those who signed were Miss Herbey, J. R. Kazallon, M. +Letourneur, Andre Letourneur, Mr. Falsten, the boatswain, Dowlas, Burke, +Flaypole, Sandon, and last, though not least, + +“Robert Curtis, captain.” + +At Para we soon found facilities for continuing our homeward route. A +vessel took us to Cayenne, where we secured a passage on board one of +the steamers of the French Transatlantic Aspinwall line, the “Ville de +St. Nazaire,” which conveyed us to Europe. + +After all the dangers and privations which we have undergone together, +it is scarcely necessary to say that there has arisen between the +surviving passengers of the “Chancellor” a bond of friendship too +indissoluble, I believe, for either time or circumstance to destroy; +Curtis must ever remain the honoured and valued friend of those whose +welfare he consulted so faithfully in their misfortunes; his conduct was +beyond all praise. + +When we were fairly on our homeward way, Miss Herbey by chance intimated +to us her intention of retiring from the world and devoting the +remainder of her life to the care of the sick and suffering. + +“Then why not come and look after my son?” said M. Letourneur, adding, +“he is an invalid, and he requires, as he deserves, the best of +nursing.” + +Miss Herbey, after some deliberation, consented to become a member +of their family, and finds in M. Letourneur a father, and in Andre a +brother. A brother, I say; but may we not hope that she may be united +by a dearer and a closer tie, and that the noble-hearted girl may +experience the happiness that so richly she deserves? + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR *** + +***** This file should be named 1652-0.txt or 1652-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/5/1652/ + +Produced by An Anonymous Volunteer + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/1652-0.zip b/1652-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0d9262 --- /dev/null +++ b/1652-0.zip diff --git a/1652-h.zip b/1652-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddc940e --- /dev/null +++ b/1652-h.zip diff --git a/1652-h/1652-h.htm b/1652-h/1652-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8788b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/1652-h/1652-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7551 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +Project Gutenberg's The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Survivors of the Chancellor + +Author: Jules Verne + +Release Date: November 20, 2008 [EBook #1652] +Last Updated: October 13, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR *** + + + + +Produced by An Anonymous Volunteer, and David Widger + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR. + </h1> + <h2> + DIARY OF J.R.KAZALLON, PASSENGER. + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Jules Verne + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XXX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0031"> CHAPTER XXXI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0032"> CHAPTER XXXII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0033"> CHAPTER XXXIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0034"> CHAPTER XXXIV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0035"> CHAPTER XXXV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0036"> CHAPTER XXXVI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0037"> CHAPTER XXXVII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0038"> CHAPTER XXXVIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0039"> CHAPTER XXXIX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0040"> CHAPTER XL. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0041"> CHAPTER XLI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0042"> CHAPTER XLII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0043"> CHAPTER XLIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0044"> CHAPTER XLIV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0045"> CHAPTER XLV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0046"> CHAPTER XLVI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0047"> CHAPTER XLVII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0048"> CHAPTER XLVIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0049"> CHAPTER XLIX. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0050"> CHAPTER L. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0051"> CHAPTER LI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0052"> CHAPTER LII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0053"> CHAPTER LIII. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0054"> CHAPTER LIV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0055"> CHAPTER LV. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0056"> CHAPTER LVI. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0057"> CHAPTER LVII. </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. + </h2> + <p> + CHARLESTON, SEPTEMBER 27th, 1869.—It is high tide, and three o’clock + in the afternoon when we leave the Battery-quay; the ebb carries us off + shore, and as Captain Huntly has hoisted both main and top sails, the + northerly breeze drives the “Chancellor” briskly across the bay. Fort + Sumter ere long is doubled, the sweeping batteries of the mainland on our + left are soon passed, and by four o’clock the rapid current of the ebbing + tide has carried us through the harbour-mouth. + </p> + <p> + But as yet we have not reached the open sea; we have still to thread our + way through the narrow channels which the surge has hollowed out amongst + the sand-banks. The captain takes a south-west course, rounding the + lighthouse at the corner of the fort; the sails are closely trimmed; the + last sandy point is safely coasted, and at length, at seven o’clock in the + evening; we are out free upon the wide Atlantic. + </p> + <p> + The “Chancellor” is a fine square-rigged three-master, of 900 tons burden, + and belongs to the wealthy Liverpool firm of Laird Brothers. She is two + years old, is sheathed and secured with copper, her decks being of teak, + and the base of all her masts, except the mizzen, with all their fittings, + being of iron. She is registered first class A I, and is now on her third + voyage between Charleston and Liverpool. As she wended her way through the + channels of Charleston harbour, it was the British flag that was lowered + from her mast-head; but without colours at all, no sailor could have + hesitated for a moment in telling her nationality,—for English she + was, and nothing but English from her water-line upwards to the truck of + her masts. + </p> + <p> + I must now relate how it happens that I have taken my passage on board the + “Chancellor” on her return voyage to England. At present there is no + direct steamship service between South Carolina and Great Britain, and all + who wish to cross must go either northwards to New York or southwards to + New Orleans. It is quite true that if I had chosen to start from New York + I might have found plenty of vessels belonging to English, French, or + Hamburg lines, any of which would have conveyed me by a rapid voyage to my + destination; and it is equally true that if I had selected New Orleans for + my embarkation I could readily have reached Europe by one of the vessels + of the National Steam Navigation Company, which join the French + Transatlantic line of Colon and Aspinwall. But it was fated to be + otherwise. + </p> + <p> + One day, as I was loitering about the Charleston quays, my eye lighted + upon this vessel. There was something about the “Chancellor” that pleased + me, and a kind of involuntary impulse took me on board, where I found the + internal arrangements perfectly comfortable. Yielding to the idea that a + voyage in a sailing vessel had certain charms beyond the transit in a + steamer, and reckoning that with wind and wave in my favour there would be + little material difference in time; considering, moreover, that in these + low latitudes the weather in early autumn is fine and unbroken, I came to + my decision, and proceeded forthwith to secure my passage by this route to + Europe. + </p> + <p> + Have I done right or wrong? Whether I shall have reason to regret my + determination is a problem to be solved in the future. However, I will + begin to record the incidents of our daily experience, dubious as I feel + whether the lines of my chronicle will ever find a reader. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. + </h2> + <p> + SEPTEMBER 28th.—John Silas Huntly, the captain of the “Chancellor,” + has the reputation of being an experienced navigator of the Atlantic. He + is a Scotchman, a native of Dundee, and is about fifty years of age. He is + of middle height and slight build, and has a small head, which he has a + habit of holding a little over his left shoulder. I do not pretend to be + much of a physiognomist, but I am inclined to believe that my few hours’ + acquaintance with our captain has given me considerable insight into his + character. That he is a good seaman and thoroughly understands his duties + I could not for a moment venture to deny; but that he is a man of resolute + temperament, or that he possesses the amount of courage that would render + him, physically or morally, capable of coping with any great emergency, I + confess I cannot believe. I observe a certain heaviness and dejection + about his whole carriage. His wavering glances, the listless motions of + his hands, and his slow, unsteady gait, all seem to me to indicate a weak + and sluggish disposition. He does not appear as though he could be + energetic enough ever to be stubborn; he never frowns, sets his teeth, or + clenches his fist. There is something enigmatical about him; however, I + shall study him closely and do what I can to understand the man who, as + commander of a vessel, should be to those around him “second only to God.” + </p> + <p> + Unless I am greatly mistaken there is another man on board who, if + circumstances should require it, would take the more prominent position—I + mean the mate. I have hitherto, however, had such little opportunity of + observing his character, that I must defer saying more about him at + present. + </p> + <p> + Besides the captain and this mate, whose name is Robert Curtis, our crew + consists of Walter, the lieutenant, the boatswain, and fourteen sailors, + all English or Scotch, making eighteen altogether, a number quite + sufficient for working a vessel of 900 tons burden. Up to this time my + sole experience of their capabilities is, that under the command of the + mate, they brought us skillfully enough through the narrow channels of + Charleston; and I have no reason to doubt but that they are well up to + their work. + </p> + <p> + My list of the ship’s officials is incomplete unless I mention Hobart, the + steward, and Jynxstrop, the negro cook. + </p> + <p> + In addition to these, the “Chancellor” carries eight passengers, including + myself. Hitherto, the bustle of embarkation, the arrangement of cabins, + and all the variety of preparations inseparable from starting on a voyage + for at least twenty or five-and-twenty days have precluded the formation + of any acquaintanceships; but the monotony of the voyage, the close + proximity into which we must be thrown, and the natural curiosity to know + something of each other’s affairs, will doubtless lead us in due time to + an interchange of ideas. Two days have elapsed and I have not even seen + all the passengers. Probably sea-sickness has prevented some of them from + making their appearance at the common table. One thing, however, I do + know; namely, that there are two ladies occupying the stern-cabins, the + windows of which are in the aft-board of the vessel. + </p> + <p> + I have seen the ship’s list and subjoin a list of the passengers. They are + as follow:—Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Americans, of Buffalo. Miss Herbey, a + young English lady, companion to Mrs. Kear. M. Letourneur and his son + Andre, Frenchmen, of Havre. William Falsten, a Manchester engineer. John + Ruby, a Cardiff merchant; and myself, J. R. Kazallon, of London. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. + </h2> + <p> + SEPTEMBER 29th.—Captain Huntly’s bill of lading, that is to say, the + document that describes the “Chancellor’s” cargo and the conditions of + transport, is couched in the following terms:— + </p> + <p> + “BRONSFIELD AND CO., AGENTS, CHARLESTON. + </p> + <p> + “I, John Silas Huntly, of Dundee, Scotland, commander of the ship + ‘Chancellor,’ of about 900 tons burden, now at Charleston, do purpose, by + the blessing of God, at the earliest convenient season, and by the direct + route, to sail for the port of Liverpool, where I shall obtain my + discharge. I do hereby acknowledge that I have received from you, Messrs. + Bronsfield and Co., Commission Agents, Charleston, and have placed the + same under the gun-deck of the aforesaid ship, seventeen hundred bales of + cotton, of the estimated value of 26,000l., all in good condition, marked + and numbered as in the margin; which goods I do undertake to transport to + Liverpool, and there to deliver, free from injury (save only such injury + as shall have been caused by the chances of the sea), to Messrs. Laird + Brothers, or to their order, or to their representative, who shall on due + delivery of the said freight pay me the sum of 2000l. inclusive, according + to the charter-party and damages in addition, according to the usages and + customs of the sea. + </p> + <p> + “And for the fulfillment of the above covenant, I have pledged and do + pledge my person, my property, and my interest in the vessel aforesaid, + with all its appurtenances. In witness whereof, I have signed three + agreements, all of the same purport; on the condition that when the terms + of one are accomplished, the other two shall be absolutely null and void. + </p> + <p> + “Given at Charleston, September 13th, 1869, + </p> + <p> + “J. S. HUNTLY.” + </p> + <p> + From the foregoing document it will be understood that the “Chancellor” is + conveying 1700 bales of cotton to Liverpool; that the shippers are + Bronsfield, of Charleston, and the consignees are Laird Brothers, of + Liverpool. The ship was constructed with the especial design of carrying + cotton, and the entire hold, with the exception of a very limited space + reserved for passengers’ luggage, is closely packed with the bales, The + lading was performed with the utmost care, each bale being pressed into + its proper place by the aid of screw-jacks, so that the whole freight + forms one solid and compact mass; not an inch of space is wasted, and the + vessel is thus made capable of carrying her full complement of cargo. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. + </h2> + <p> + SEPTEMBER 30th to OCTOBER 6th.—The “Chancellor” is a rapid sailer, + and more than a match for many a vessel of the same dimensions. She scuds + along merrily in the freshening breeze, leaving in her wake, far as the + eye can reach, a long white line of foam as well defined as a delicate + strip of lace stretched upon an azure ground. + </p> + <p> + The Atlantic is not visited by many gales, and I have every reason to + believe that the rolling and pitching of the vessel no longer incommode + any of the passengers, who are all more or less accustomed to the sea. A + vacant seat at our table is now very rare; we are beginning to know + something about each other, and our daily life, in consequence, is + becoming somewhat less monotonous. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur, our French fellow-passenger, often has a chat with me. He + is a fine tall man, about fifty years of age, with white hair and a + grizzly beard. To say the truth, he looks older than he really is: his + drooping head, his dejected manner, and his eye, ever and again suffused + with tears, indicate that he is haunted by some deep and abiding sorrow. + He never laughs; he rarely even smiles, and then only on his son: his + countenance ordinarily bearing a look of bitterness tempered by affection, + while his general expression is one of caressing tenderness. It excites an + involuntary commiseration to learn that M. Letourneur is consuming himself + by exaggerated reproaches on account of the infirmity of an afflicted son. + </p> + <p> + Andre Letourneur is about twenty years of age, with a gentle, interesting + countenance, but, to the irrepressible grief of his father, is a hopeless + cripple. His left leg is miserably deformed, and he is quite unable to + walk without the assistance of a stick. It is obvious that the father’s + life is bound up with that of his son; his devotion is unceasing; every + thought, every glance is for Andre; he seems to anticipate his most + trifling wish, watches his slightest movement, and his arm is ever ready + to support or otherwise assist the child whose sufferings he more than + shares. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur seems to have taken a peculiar fancy to myself, and + constantly talks about Andre. This morning, in the course of conversation, + I said,— + </p> + <p> + “You have a good son, M. Letourneur. I have just been talking to him. He + is a most intelligent young man.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mr. Kazallon,” replied M. Letourneur, brightening up into a smile, + “his afflicted frame contains a noble mind. He is like his mother, who + died at his birth.” + </p> + <p> + “He is full of reverence and love for you, sir,” I remarked. + </p> + <p> + “Dear boy!” muttered the father half to himself. “Ah, Mr. Kazallon,” he + continued, “you do not know what it is to a father to have a son a + cripple, beyond hope of cure.” + </p> + <p> + “M. Letourneur,” I answered, “you take more than your share of the + affliction which has fallen upon you and your son. That M. Andre is + entitled to the very greatest commiseration no one can deny; but you + should remember, that after all a physical infirmity is not so hard to + bear as mental grief. Now, I have watched your son pretty closely, and + unless I am much mistaken there is nothing, that troubles him so much as + the sight of your own sorrow.” + </p> + <p> + “But I never let him see it,” he broke in hastily. “My sole thought is how + to divert him. I have discovered, that in spite of his physical weakness, + he delights in travelling; so for the last few years we have been + constantly on the move. We first went all over Europe, and are now + returning from visiting the principal places in the United States. I never + allowed my son to go to college, but instructed him entirely myself, and + these travels, I hope, will serve to complete his education. He is very + intelligent, and has a lively imagination, and I am sometimes tempted to + hope that in contemplating the wonders of nature he forgets his own + infirmity.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir, of course he does,” I assented. + </p> + <p> + “But,” continued M. Letourneur, taking my hand, “although, perhaps, HE may + forget, I can never forget. Ah, sir, do you suppose that Andre can ever + forgive his parents for bringing him into the world a cripple?” + </p> + <p> + The remorse of the unhappy father was very distressing, and I was about to + say a few kind words of sympathy when Andre himself made his appearance. + M. Letourneur hastened toward him and assisted him up the few steep steps + that led to the poop. + </p> + <p> + As soon as Andre was comfortably seated on one of the benches, and his + father had taken his place by his side, I joined them, and we fell into + conversation upon ordinary topics, discussing the various points of the + “Chancellor,” the probable length of the passage, and the different + details of our life on board. I find that M. Letourneur’s estimate of + Captain Huntly’s character very much coincided with my own, and that, like + me, he is impressed with the man’s undecided manner and sluggish + appearance. Like me, too, he has formed a very favourable opinion of + Robert Curtis, the mate, a man of about thirty years of age, of great + muscular power, with a frame and a will that seem ever ready for action. + </p> + <p> + Whilst we were still talking of him, Curtis himself came on deck, and as I + watched his movements I could not help being struck with his physical + development; his erect and easy carriage, his fearless glance and slightly + contracted brow all betokened a man of energy, thoroughly endowed with the + calmness and courage that are indispensable to the true sailor. He seems a + kind-hearted fellow, too, and is always ready to assist and amuse young + Letourneur, who evidently enjoys his company. After he had scanned the + weather and examined the trim of the sails, he joined our party and + proceeded to give us some information about those of our fellow-passengers + with whom at present we have made but slight acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Kear, the American, who is accompanied by his wife, has made a large + fortune in the petroleum springs in the United States. He is a man of + about fifty, a most uninteresting companion, being overwhelmed with a + sense of his own wealth and importance, and consequently supremely + indifferent to all around him. His hands are always in his pockets, and + the chink of money seems to follow him wherever he goes. Vain and + conceited, a fool as well as an egotist, he struts about like a peacock + showing its plumage, and to borrow the words of the physiognomist + Gratiolet, “il se flaire, il se savoure, il se goute.” Why he should have + taken his passage on board a mere merchant vessel instead of enjoying the + luxuries of a Transatlantic steamer, I am altogether at a loss to explain. + </p> + <p> + The wife is an insignificant, insipid woman, of about forty years of age. + She never reads, never talks, and I believe I am not wrong in saying, + never thinks. She seems to look without seeing, and listen without + hearing, and her sole occupation consists in giving her orders to her + companion, Miss Herbey, a young English girl of about twenty. + </p> + <p> + Miss Herbey is extremely pretty. Her complexion is fair and her eyes deep + blue, whilst her pleasing countenance is altogether free from that + insignificance of feature which is not unfrequently alleged to be + characteristic of English beauty. Her mouth would be charming if she ever + smiled, but exposed as she is to the ridiculous whims and fancies of a + capricious mistress, her lips rarely relax from their ordinary grave + expression. Yet humiliating as her position must be, she never utters a + word of open complaint, but quietly and gracefully performs her duties + accepting without a murmur the paltry salary which the bumptious + petroleum-merchant condescends to allow her. + </p> + <p> + The Manchester engineer, William Falsten, looks like a thorough + Englishman. He has the management of some extensive hydraulic works in + South Carolina, and is now on his way to Europe to obtain some improved + apparatus, and more especially to visit the mines worked by centrifugal + force, belonging to the firm of Messrs. Cail. He is forty-five years of + age, with all his interests so entirely absorbed by his machinery that he + seems to have neither a thought nor a care beyond his mechanical + calculations. Once let him engage you in conversation, and there is no + chance of escape; you have no help for it but to listen as patiently as + you can until he has completed the explanation of his designs. + </p> + <p> + The last of our fellow-passengers, Mr. Ruby, is the type of a vulgar + tradesman. Without any originality or magnanimity in his composition, he + has spent twenty years of his life in mere buying and selling, and as he + has generally contrived to do business at a profit, he has realized a + considerable fortune. What he is going to do with the money, he does not + seem able to say: his ideas do not go beyond retail trade, his mind having + been so long closed to all other impressions that it appears incapable of + thought or reflection on any subject besides. Pascal says, “L’homme est + visiblement fait pour penser. C’est toute sa dignite et tout-son merite;” + but to Mr. Ruby the phrase seems altogether inapplicable. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 7th.—This is the tenth day since we left Charleston, and I + should think our progress has been very rapid. Robert Curtis, the mate, + with whom I continue to have many a friendly chat, informed me that we + could not be far off Cape Hatteras in the Bermudas; the ship’s bearings, + he said were lat. 32deg. 20min. N. and long. 64deg. 50min. W., so that he + had every reason to believe that we should sight St. George’s Island + before night. + </p> + <p> + “The Bermudas!” I exclaimed. “But how is it we are off the Bermudas? I + should have thought that a vessel sailing from Charleston to Liverpool, + would have kept northwards, and have followed the track of the Gulf + Stream.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, indeed; sir,” replied Curtis, “that is the usual course; but you see + that this time the captain hasn’t chosen to take it.” + </p> + <p> + “But why not?” I persisted. + </p> + <p> + “That’s not for me to say, sir; he ordered us eastwards, and eastwards we + go.” + </p> + <p> + “Haven’t you called his attention to it?” I inquired. + </p> + <p> + Curtis acknowledged that he had already pointed out what an unusual route + they were taking, but that the captain had said that he was quite aware + what he was about. The mate made no further remark; but the knit of his + brow, as he passed his hand mechanically across his forehead, made me + fancy that he was inclined to speak out more strongly. + </p> + <p> + “All very well, Curtis,” I said, “but I don’t know what to think about + trying new routes. Here we are at the 7th of October, and if we are to + reach Europe before the bad weather sets in, I should suppose there is not + a day to be lost.” + </p> + <p> + “Right, sir, quite right; there is not a day to be lost.” + </p> + <p> + Struck by his manner, I ventured to add, “Do you mind, Mr. Curtis giving + me your honest opinion of Captain Huntly?” + </p> + <p> + He hesitated a moment, and then replied shortly, “He is my captain, sir.” + </p> + <p> + This evasive answer of course put an end to any further interrogation on + my part, but it only set me thinking the more. + </p> + <p> + Curtis was not mistaken. At about three o’clock the lookout man sung out + that there was land to windward, and descried what seemed as if it might + be a line of smoke in the north-east horizon. At six, I went on deck with + M. Letourneur and his son, and we could then distinctly make out the low + group of the Bermudas, encircled by their formidable chain of breakers. + </p> + <p> + “There,” said Andre Letourneur to me, as we stood gazing at the distant + land, “there lies the enchanted Archipelago, sung by your poet Moore. The + exile Waller, too, as long ago as 1643, wrote an enthusiastic panegyric on + the islands, and I have been told that at one time English ladies would + wear no other bonnets than such as were made of the leaves of the Bermuda + palm.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” I replied, “the Bermudas were all the rage in the seventeenth + century, although latterly they have fallen into comparative oblivion.” + </p> + <p> + “But let me tell you, M. Andre,” interposed Curtis, who had as usual + joined our party, “that although poets may rave, and be as enthusiastic as + they like about these islands, sailors will tell a different tale. The + hidden reefs that lie in a semicircle about two or three leagues from + shore make the attempt to land a very dangerous piece of business. And + another thing, I know. Let the natives boast as they will about their + splendid climate, they, are visited by the most frightful hurricanes. They + get the fag-end of the storms that rage over the Antilles; and the fag-end + of a storm is like the tail of a whale; it’s just the strongest bit of it. + I don’t think you’ll find a sailor listening much to your poets,—your + Moores, and your Wallers.” + </p> + <p> + “No, doubt you are right, Mr. Curtis,” said Andre, smiling, “but poets are + like proverbs; you can always find one to contradict another. Although + Waller and Moore have chosen to sing the praises of the Bermudas, it has + been supposed that Shakspeare was depicting them in the terrible scenes + that are found in ‘The Tempest.’” + </p> + <p> + The whole vicinity of these islands is beyond a question extremely + perilous to mariners. Situated between the Antilles and Nova Scotia, the + Bermudas have ever since their discovery belonged to the English, who have + mainly used them for a military station. But this little archipelago, + comprising some hundred and fifty different isles and islets, is destined + to increase, and that, perhaps, on a larger scale than has yet been + anticipated. Beneath the waves there are madrepores, in infinity of + number, silently but ceaselessly pursuing their labours; and with time, + that fundamental element in nature’s workings, who shall tell whether + these may not gradually build up island after island, which shall unite + and form another continent? + </p> + <p> + I may mention that there was not another of our fellow-passengers who took + the trouble to come on deck and give a glance at this strange cluster of + islands. Miss Herbey, it is true, was making an attempt to join us, but + she had barely reached the poop, when Mrs. Kear’s languid voice was heard + recalling her for some trifling service to her side. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 8th to OCTOBER 13th.—The wind is blowing hard from the + north-east; and the “Chancellor” under low-reefed top-sail and fore-sail, + and labouring against a heavy sea, has been obliged to be brought ahull. + The joists and girders all creak again until one’s teeth are set on edge. + I am the only passenger not remaining below; but I prefer being on deck + notwithstanding the driving rain, fine as dust, which penetrates to my + very skin. We have been driven along in this fashion for the best part of + two days; the “stiffish breeze” has gradually freshened into “a gale;” the + top-gallants have been lowered, and, as I write, the wind is blowing with + a velocity of fifty or sixty miles an hour. Although the “Chancellor” has + many good points, her drift is considerable, and we have been carried far + to the south we can only guess at our precise position, as the cloudy + atmosphere entirely precludes us from taking the sun’s altitude. + </p> + <p> + All along throughout this period, my fellow-passengers are totally + ignorant of the extraordinary course that we are taking England lies to + the NORTH-EAST, yet we are sailing directly SOUTH-EAST, and Robert Curtis + owns that he is quite bewildered; he cannot comprehend why the captain, + ever since this north-easterly gale has been blowing, should persist in + allowing the ship to drive to the south, instead of tacking to the + north-west until she gets into better quarters. + </p> + <p> + I was alone with Curtis to-day upon the poop, and could not help saying to + him “Curtis, is your captain mad?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, sir, I might be allowed to ask what YOU think upon that matter,” + was his cautious reply. + </p> + <p> + “Well to say the truth,” I answered, “I can hardly tell; but I confess + there is every now and then a wandering in his eye, and an odd look on his + face that I do not like. Have you ever sailed with him before?” + </p> + <p> + “No; this is our first voyage together. Again last night I spoke to him + about the route we were taking, but he only said he knew all about it, and + that it was all right.” + </p> + <p> + “What do Lieutenant Walter and your boatswain think of it all?” I + inquired. + </p> + <p> + “Think; why they think just the same as I do,” replied the mate; “but if + the captain chooses to take the ship to China we should obey his orders.” + </p> + <p> + “But surely,” I exclaimed, “there must be some limit to your obedience! + Suppose the man is actually mad, what then?” + </p> + <p> + “If he should be mad enough, Mr. Kazallon, to bring the vessel into any + real danger, I shall know what to do.” + </p> + <p> + With this assurance I am forced to be content. Matters, however, have + taken a different turn to what I bargained for when I took my passage on + board the “Chancellor.” The weather has become worse and worse. As I have + already said, the ship under her large low-reefed top-sail and fore + stay-sail has been brought ahull, that is to say, she copes directly with + the wind, by presenting her broad bows to the sea; and so we go on still + drift, drift, continually to the south. + </p> + <p> + How southerly our course has been is very apparent; for upon the night of + the 11th we fairly entered upon that portion of the Atlantic which is + known as the Sargassos Sea. An extensive tract of water is this, enclosed + by the warm current of the Gulf Stream, and thickly covered with the + wrack, called by the Spaniards “sargasso,” the abundance of which so + seriously impeded the progress of Columbus’s vessels on his first voyage + across the ocean. + </p> + <p> + Each morning at daybreak the Atlantic has presented an aspect so + remarkable, that at my solicitation, M. Letourneur and his son have + ventured upon deck to witness the unusual spectacle. The squally gusts + make the metal shrouds vibrate like harp-strings; and unless we were on + our guard to keep our clothes wrapped tightly to us, they would have been + torn off our backs in shreds. The scene presented to our eyes is one of + strangest interest. The sea, carpeted thickly with masses of prolific + fucus, is a vast unbroken plain of vegetation, through which the vessel + makes her way as a plough. Long strips of seaweed caught up by the wind + become entangled in the rigging, and hang between the masts in festoons of + verdure; whilst others, varying from two to three hundred feet in length, + twine themselves up to the very mast-heads, from whence they float like + streaming pendants. For many hours now, the “Chancellor” has been + contending with this formidable accumulation of algae; her masts are + circled with hydrophytes; her rigging is wreathed everywhere with + creepers, fantastic as the untrammelled tendrils of a vine, and as she + works her arduous course, there are times when I can only compare her to + an animated grove of verdure making its mysterious way over some + illimitable prairie. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 14th.—At last we are free from the sea of vegetation, the + boisterous gale has moderated into a steady breeze, the sun is shining + brightly, the weather is warm and genial, and thus, two reefs in her + top-sails, briskly and merrily sails the “Chancellor.” + </p> + <p> + Under conditions so favourable, we have been able to take the ship’s + bearings: our latitude, we find, is 21deg. 33min. N., our longitude 50deg. + 17min. W. + </p> + <p> + Incomprehensible altogether is the conduct of Captain Huntly. Here we are, + already more than ten degrees south of the point from which, we started, + and yet still we are persistently following a south-easterly course! I + cannot bring myself to the conclusion that the man is mad. I have had + various conversations with him: he has always spoken rationally and + sensibly. He shows no tokens of insanity. Perhaps his case is one of those + in which insanity is partial, and where the mania is of a character which + extends only to the matters connected with his profession. Yet it is + unaccountable. + </p> + <p> + I can get nothing out of Curtis; he listens coldly whenever I allude to + the subject, and only repeats what he has said before, that nothing short + of an overt act of madness on the part of the captain could induce him to + supersede the captain’s authority and that the imminent peril of the ship + could alone justify him in taking so decided a measure. + </p> + <p> + Last evening I went to my cabin about eight o’clock, and after an hour’s + reading by the light of my cabin-lamp, I retired to my berth and was soon + asleep. Some hours later I was aroused by an unaccustomed noise on deck. + There were heavy footsteps hurrying to and fro, and the voices of the men + were loud and eager, as if the crew were agitated by some strange + disturbance. My first impression was, that some tacking had been ordered + which rendered it needful to fathom the yards; but the vessel continuing + to lie to starboard convinced me that this was not the origin of the + commotion, I was curious to know the truth, and made all haste I could to + go on deck; but before I was ready, the noise had ceased. I heard Captain + Huntly return to his cabin, and accordingly I retired again to my own + berth. Whatever may have been the meaning of the manoeuvre, I cannot tell; + it did not seem to have resulted in any improvement in the ship’s pace; + still it must be owned there was not much wind to speed us along. + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock this morning I mounted the poop and made as keen a scrutiny + as I could of everything on board. Everything appeared as usual. The + “Chancellor” was running on the larboard tack, and carried low-sails, + top-sails, and gallant-sails. Well braced she was; and under a fresh, but + not uneasy breeze, was making no less than eleven knots an hour. + </p> + <p> + Shortly afterwards M. Letourneur and Andre came an deck. The young man + enjoyed the early morning air, laden with its briny fragrance, and I + assisted him to mount the poop. In answer to my inquiry as to whether they + had been disturbed by any bustle in the night, Andre replied that he did + not wake at all, and had heard nothing. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad, my boy,” said his father, “that you have slept so soundly. I + heard the noise of which Mr. Kazallon speaks. It must have; been about + three o’clock this morning, and it seemed to me as though they were + shouting. I thought I heard them say, ‘Here, quick, look to the hatches!’ + but as nobody was called up, I presumed that nothing serious was the + matter.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke I cast my eye at the panel-slides, which fore and aft of the + main-mast open into the hold. They seemed to be all close as usual, but I + now observed for the first time that they were covered with heavy + tarpauling. Wondering; in my own mind what could be the reason for these + extra precautions I did not say anything to M. Letourneur, but determined + to wait until the mate should come on watch, when he would doubtless give + me, I thought, an explanation of the mystery. + </p> + <p> + The sun rose gloriously, with every promise of a fine dry day. The waning + moon was yet above the western horizon, for as it still wants three days + to her last quarter she does not set until 10.57 am. On consulting my + almanac, I find that there will be a new moon on the 24th, and that on + that day, little as it may affect us here in mid ocean, the phenomenon of + the high sygyzian tides will take place on the shores of every continent + and island. + </p> + <p> + At the breakfast hour M. Letourneur and Andre went below for a cup of tea, + and I remained on the poop alone. As I expected, Curtis appeared, that he + might relieve Lieutenant Walter of the watch. I advanced to meet him, but + before he even wished me good morning, I saw him cast a quick and + searching glance upon the deck, and then, with a slightly contracted brow, + proceed to examine the state of the weather and the trim of the sails. + </p> + <p> + “Where is Captain Huntly?” he said to Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I have seen nothing of him,” answered the lieutenant “is there anything + fresh up?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing, whatever,” was the curt reply. + </p> + <p> + They then conversed for a few moments in an undertone, and I could see + that Walter by his gesture gave a negative answer to some question which + the mate had asked him. “Send me the boatswain, Walter,” said Curtis aloud + as the lieutenant moved away. + </p> + <p> + The boatswain immediately appeared, and another conversation was carried + on in whispers. The man repeatedly shook his head as he replied to + Curtis’s inquiries, and then, in obedience to orders, called the men who + were on watch, and made them plentifully water the tarpauling that covered + the great hatchway. + </p> + <p> + Curious to fathom the mystery I went up to Curtis and began to talk to him + upon ordinary topics, hoping that he would himself introduce the subject + that was uppermost in my mind; finding, however, that he did not allude to + it; I asked him point blank. + </p> + <p> + “What was the matter in the night, Curtis?” + </p> + <p> + He looked at me steadily, but made no reply. + </p> + <p> + “What was it?” I repeated. “M. Letourneur and myself were both of us + disturbed by a very unusual commotion overhead.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, a mere nothing,” he said at length; “the man at the helm had made a + false move, and we had to pipe hands to brace the ship a bit; but it was + soon all put to rights. It was nothing, nothing at all.” + </p> + <p> + I said no more; but I cannot resist the impression that Robert Curtis has + not acted with me in his usual straightforward manner. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 15th to OCTOBER 18th.—The wind is still in the north-east. + There is no change in the “Chancellor’s” course, and to an unprejudiced + eye all would appear to be going on as usual. But I have an uneasy + consciousness that something is not quite right. Why should the hatchways + be so hermetically closed as though a mutinous crew was imprisoned between + decks? I cannot help thinking too that there is something in the sailors + so constantly standing in groups and breaking off their talk so suddenly + whenever we approach; and several times I have caught the word “hatches” + which arrested M. Letourneur’s attention on the night of the disturbance. + </p> + <p> + On the 15th, while I was walking on the forecastle, I overheard one of the + sailors, a man named Owen say to his mates,— + </p> + <p> + “Now I just give you all warning that I am not going to wait until the + last minute. Every one for himself, say I.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, what do you mean to do?” asked Jynxstrop, the cook. + </p> + <p> + “Pshaw!” said Owen, “do you suppose that longboats were only made for + porpoises?” + </p> + <p> + Something at that moment occurred to interrupt the conversation, and I + heard no more. It occurred to me whether there was not some conspiracy + among the crew, of which probably Curtis had already detected the + symptoms. I am quite aware that some sailors are most rebelliously + disposed, and require to be ruled with a rod of iron. + </p> + <p> + Yesterday and to-day I have observed Curtis remonstrating somewhat + vehemently with Captain Huntly, but there is no obvious result arising + from their interviews; the Captain apparently being bent upon some + purpose, of which it is only too manifest that the mate decidedly + disapproves. + </p> + <p> + Captain Huntly is undoubtedly labouring under strong nervous excitement; + and M. Letourneur has more than once remarked how silent he has become at + meal-times; for although Curtis continually endeavours to start some + subject of general interest, yet neither Mr. Falsten, Mr. Kear, nor Mr. + Ruby are the men to take it up, and consequently the conversation flags + hopelessly, and soon drops. The passengers too are now, with good cause, + beginning to murmur at the length of the voyage, and Mr. Kear, who + considers that the very elements ought to yield to his convenience, lets + the captain know by his consequential and haughty manner that he holds him + responsible for the delay. + </p> + <p> + During the course of yesterday the mate gave repeated orders for the deck + to be watered again and again, and although as a general rule this is a + business which is done, once for all, in the early morning, the crew did + not utter a word of complaint at the additional work thus imposed upon + them. The tarpaulins on the hatches have thus been kept continually wet, + so that their close and heavy texture is rendered quite impervious to the + air, The “Chancellor’s” pumps afford a copious supply of water, so that I + should not suppose that even the daintiest and most luxurious craft + belonging to an aristocratic yacht-club was ever subject to a more + thorough scouring. I tried to reconcile myself to the belief that it was + the high temperature of the tropical regions upon which we are entering, + that rendered such extra sousings a necessity, and recalled to my + recollection how, during the night of the 13th, I had found the atmosphere + below deck so stifling that in spite of the heavy swell I was obliged to + open the porthole of my cabin, on the starboard side, to get a breath of + air. + </p> + <p> + This morning at daybreak I went on deck. The sun had scarcely risen, and + the air was fresh and cool, in strange contrast to the heat which below + the poop had been quite oppressive. The sailors as usual were washing the + deck, A great sheet of water, supplied continuously by the pumps was + rolling in tiny wavelets, and escaping now to starboard, now to larboard + through the scupper-holes. After watching the men for a while as they ran + about bare-footed, I could not resist the desire to join them, so taking + off my shoes and stockings I proceeded to dabble in the flowing water. + </p> + <p> + Great was my amazement to find the deck perfectly hot to my feet! Curtis + heard my exclamation of surprise, and before I could put my thoughts into + words, said,— + </p> + <p> + “Yes! there is fire on board!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 19th.—Everything, then, is clear. The uneasiness of the + crew, their frequent conferences, Owen’s mysterious words, the constant + scourings of the deck and the oppressive heat of the cabins which had been + noticed even by my fellow-passengers, all are explained. + </p> + <p> + After his grave communication, Curtis remained silent. I shivered with a + thrill of horror; a calamity the most terrible that can befall a voyager + stared me in the face, and it was some seconds before I could recover + sufficient composure to inquire when the fire was first discovered. + </p> + <p> + “Six days ago,” replied the mate. + </p> + <p> + “Six days ago!” I exclaimed; “why, then, it was that night.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he said, interrupting me; “it was the night you heard the + disturbance upon deck. The men on watch noticed a slight smoke issuing + from the large hatchway and immediately called Captain Huntly and myself. + We found beyond all doubt, that the cargo was on fire, and what was worse, + that there was no possibility of getting at the seat of the combustion. + What could we do? Why; we took the only precaution that was practicable + under the circumstances, and resolved most carefully to exclude every + breath of air from penetrating into the hold, For some time I hoped that + we had been successful. I thought that the fire was stifled; but during + the last three days there is every reason to make us know that it has been + gaining strength. Do what we will, the deck gets hotter and hotter, and + unless it were kept constantly wet, it would be unbearable to the feet. + But I am glad, Mr. Kazallon,” he added; “that you have made the discovery. + It is better that you should know it.” + </p> + <p> + I listened in silence, I was now fully aroused to the gravity of the + situation and thoroughly comprehended how we were in the very face of a + calamity which it seemed that no human power could avert. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know what has caused the fire?” I presently inquired. + </p> + <p> + “It probably arose,” he answered, “from the spontaneous combustion of the + cotton. The case is rare, but it is far from unknown. Unless the cotton is + perfectly dry when it is shipped, its confinement in a damp or + ill-ventilated hold will sometimes cause it to ignite; and I have no doubt + it is this that has brought about our misfortune.” + </p> + <p> + “But after all,” I said, “the cause matters very little. Is there no + remedy? Is there nothing to be done?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing; Mr. Kazallon,” he said. “As I told you before, we have adopted + the only possible measure within our power to check the fire. At one time + I thought of knocking a hole in the ship’s timbers just on her waterline, + and letting in just as much water as the pumps could afterwards get rid of + again; but we found the combustion was right in the middle of the cargo + and that we should be obliged to flood the entire hold before we could get + at the right place. That scheme consequently was no good. During the + night, I had the deck bored in various places and water poured down + through the holes; but that again seemed all of no use. There is only one + thing that can be done; we must persevere in excluding most carefully + every breath of outer air, so that perhaps the conflagration deprived of + oxygen may smoulder itself out. That is our only hope.” + </p> + <p> + “But, you say the fire is increasing?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; and that shows that in spite of all our care there is some aperture + which we have not been able to discover, by which, somehow or other, air + gets into the hold.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you ever heard of a vessel surviving such circumstances?” I asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mr. Kazallon,” said Curtis; “it is not at all an unusual thing for + ships laden with cotton to arrive at Liverpool or Havre with a portion of + their cargo consumed; and I have myself known more than one captain run + into port with his deck scorching his very feet, and who, to save his + vessel and the remainder of his freight has been compelled to unload with + the utmost expedition. But, in such cases, of course the fire has been + more or less under control throughout the voyage; with us, it is + increasing day by day, and I tell you I am convinced there is an aperture + somewhere which has escaped our notice.” + </p> + <p> + “But would it not be advisable for us to retrace our course, and make for + the nearest land?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps it would,” he answered. “Walter and I, and the boatswain, are + going to talk the matter over seriously with the captain to-day. But, + between ourselves, I have taken the responsibility upon myself; I have + already changed the tack to the south-west; we are now straight before the + wind, and consequently we are sailing towards the coast.” + </p> + <p> + “I need hardly ask,” I added; “whether any of the other passengers are at + all aware of the imminent danger in which we are placed.” + </p> + <p> + “None of them,” he said; “not in the least; and I hope you will not + enlighten them. We don’t want terrified women and cowardly men to add to + our embarrassment; the crew are under orders to keep a strict silence on + the subject. Silence is indispensable.” + </p> + <p> + I promised to keep the matter a profound secret, as I fully entered into + Curtis’s views as to the absolute necessity for concealment. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 20th AND 21st.—The “Chancellor” is now crowded with all the + canvas she can carry, and at times her top-masts threaten to snap with the + pressure. But Curtis is ever on the alert; he never leaves his post beside + the man at the helm, and without compromising the safety of the vessel, he + contrives by tacking to the breeze, to urge her on at her utmost speed. + </p> + <p> + All day long on the 20th, the passengers were assembled on the poop. + Evidently they found the heat of the cabins painfully oppressive, and most + of them lay stretched upon benches and quietly enjoyed the gentle rolling + of the vessel. The increasing heat of the deck did not reveal itself to + their well-shod feet and the constant scouring of the boards did not + excite any suspicion in their torpid minds. M. Letourneur, it is true, did + express his surprise that the crew of an ordinary merchant vessel should + be distinguished by such extraordinary cleanliness, but as I replied to + him in a very casual tone, he passed no further remark. I could not help + regretting that I had given Curtis my pledge of silence, and longed + intensely to communicate the melancholy secret to the energetic Frenchman; + for at times when I reflect upon the eight-and-twenty victims who may + probably, only too soon, be a prey to the relentless flames, my heart + seems ready to burst. + </p> + <p> + The important consultation between captain, mate, lieutenant, and + boatswain has taken place. Curtis has confided the result to me. He says + that Huntly, the captain, is completely demoralized; he has lost all power + and energy; and practically leaves the command of the ship to him. It is + now certain the fire is beyond control, and that sooner or later it will + burst out in full violence The temperature of the crew’s quarters has + already become almost unbearable. One solitary hope remained; it is that + we may reach the shore before the final catastrophe occurs. The Lesser + Antilles are the nearest land; and although they are some five or six + hundred miles away, if the wind remains north-east there is yet a chance + of reaching them in time. + </p> + <p> + Carrying royals and studding-sails, the “Chancellor” during the last + four-and-twenty hours has held a steady course. M. Letourneur is the only + one of all the passengers who has remarked the change of tack; Curtis + however, has set all speculation on his part to rest by telling him that + he wanted to get ahead of the wind, and that he was tacking to the west to + catch a favourable current. + </p> + <p> + To-day, the 21st, all has gone on as usual; and as far as the observation + of the passengers has reached, the ordinary routine has been undisturbed. + Curtis indulges the hope even yet that by excluding the air, the fire may + be stifled before it ignites the general cargo; he has hermetically closed + every accessible aperture, and has even taken the precaution of plugging + the orifices of the pumps, under the impression that their suction-tubes, + running as they do to the bottom of the hold, may possibly be channels for + conveying some molecules of air. Altogether, he considers it a good sign + that the combustion has not betrayed itself by some external issue of + smoke. + </p> + <p> + The day would have passed without any incident worth recording if I had + not chanced to overhear a fragment of a conversation which demonstrated + that our situation hitherto precarious enough, had now become most + appalling. + </p> + <p> + As I was sitting on the poop, two of my fellow-passengers, Falsten, the + engineer, and Ruby, the merchant whom I had observed to be often in + company, were engaged in conversation almost close to me. What they said + was evidently not intended for my hearing, but my attention was directed + towards them by some very emphatic gestures of dissatisfaction on the part + of Falsten, and I could not forbear listening to what followed. + </p> + <p> + “Preposterous! shameful!” exclaimed Falsten; “nothing could be more + imprudent.” + </p> + <p> + “Pooh! pooh!” replied Ruby; “it’s all right; it is not the first time I + have done it.” + </p> + <p> + “But don’t you know that any shock at any time might cause an explosion?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, it’s all properly secured,” said Ruby, “tight enough; I have no fears + on that score, Mr. Falsten.” + </p> + <p> + “But why,” asked Falsten, “did you not inform the captain?” + </p> + <p> + “Just because if I had informed him, he would not have taken the case on + board.” + </p> + <p> + The wind dropped for a few seconds; and for a brief interval I could not + catch what passed; but I could see that Falsten continued to remonstrate, + whilst Ruby answered by shrugging his shoulders. At length I heard Falsten + say,— + </p> + <p> + “Well, at any rate the captain must be informed of this, and the package + shall be thrown overboard. I don’t want, to be blown up.” + </p> + <p> + I started. To what could the engineer be alluding? Evidently he had not + the remotest suspicion that the cargo was already on fire. In another + moment the words “picrate of potash” brought me to my feet? and with an + involuntary impulse I rushed up to Ruby, and seized him by the shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Is there picrate of potash on board?” I almost shrieked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Falsten, “a case containing thirty pounds.” + </p> + <p> + “Where is it?” I cried. + </p> + <p> + “Down in the hold, with the cargo.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. + </h2> + <p> + What my feelings were I cannot describe; but it was hardly in terror so + much as with a kind of resignation that I made my way to Curtis on the + forecastle, and made him aware that the alarming character of our + situation was now complete, as there was enough explosive matter on board + to blow up a mountain. Curtis received the information as coolly as it was + delivered, and after I had made him acquainted with all the particulars + said,— + </p> + <p> + “Not a word of this must be mentioned to any one else, Mr. Kazallon, where + is Ruby now?” + </p> + <p> + “On the poop,” I said. + </p> + <p> + “Will you then come with me, sir?” + </p> + <p> + Ruby and Falsten were sitting just as I had left them. Curtis walked + straight up to Ruby, and asked him whether what he had been told was true. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, quite true,” said Ruby, complacently, thinking that the worst that + could befall him would be that he might be convicted of a little + smuggling. + </p> + <p> + I observed that Curtis was obliged for a moment or two to clasp his hands + tightly together behind his back to prevent himself from seizing the + unfortunate passenger by the throat; but suppressing his indignation, he + proceeded quietly, though sternly, to interrogate him about the facts of + the case. Ruby only confirmed what I had already told him. With + characteristic Anglo-Saxon incautiousness he had brought on board with the + rest of his baggage, a case containing no less than thirty pounds of + picrate, and had allowed the explosive matter to be stowed in the hold + with as little compunction as a Frenchman would feel in smuggling a single + bottle of wine. He had not informed the captain of the dangerous nature of + the contents of the package, because he was perfectly aware that he would + have been refused permission to bring the package on board. + </p> + <p> + “Any way,” he said, with a shrug of his shoulders, “you can’t hang me for + it; and if the package gives you so much concern, you are quite at liberty + to throw it into the sea. My luggage is insured.” + </p> + <p> + I was beside myself with fury, and not being endowed with Curtis’s + reticence and self-control, before he could interfere to stop me, I cried + out,— + </p> + <p> + “You fool! don’t you know that there is fire on board?” + </p> + <p> + In an instant I regretted my words. Most earnestly I wished them + unuttered, But it was too late: their effect upon Ruby was electrical. He + was paralyzed with terror his limbs stiffened convulsively; his eye was + dilated; he gasped for breath, and was speechless. All of a sudden he + threw up his arms and, as though he momentarily expected an explosion, he + darted down from the poop, and paced frantically up and down the deck, + gesticulating like a madman, and shouting,— + </p> + <p> + “Fire on board! Fire! Fire!” + </p> + <p> + On hearing the outcry, all the crew, supposing that the fire had now in + reality broken out, rushed on deck; the rest of the passengers soon joined + them, and the scene that ensued was one of the utmost confusion. Mrs. Kear + fell down senseless on the deck, and her husband, occupied in looking + after himself, left her to the tender mercies of Miss Herbey. Curtis + endeavoured to silence Ruby’s ravings, whilst I, in as few words as I + could, made M. Letourneur aware of the extent to which the cargo was on + fire. The father’s first thought was for Andre but the young man preserved + an admirable composure, and begged his father not to be alarmed, as the + danger was not immediate. Meanwhile the sailors had loosened all the + tacklings of the long-boat; and were preparing to launch it, when Curtis’s + voice was heard peremptorily bidding them to desist; he assured them that + the fire had made no further progress; that Mr. Ruby had been unduly + excited and not conscious of what he had said; and he pledged his word + that when the right moment should arrive he would allow them all to leave + the ship; but that moment, he said, had not yet come. + </p> + <p> + At the sound of a voice which they had learned to honour and respect, the + crew paused in their operations, and the long-boat remained suspended in + its place. Fortunately, even Ruby himself in the midst of his ravings, had + not dropped a word about the picrate that had been deposited in the hold; + for although the mate had a power over the sailors that Captain Huntly had + never possessed, I feel certain that if the true state of the case had + been known, nothing on earth would have prevented some of them, in their + consternation, from effecting an escape. As it was, only Curtis, Falsten, + and myself were cognizant of the terrible secret. + </p> + <p> + As soon as order was restored, the mate and, I joined Falsten on the poop, + where he had remained throughout the panic, and where we found him with + folded arms, deep in thought, as it might be, solving some hard mechanical + problem. He promised, at my request, that he would reveal nothing of the + new danger to which we were exposed through Ruby’s imprudence. Curtis + himself took the responsibility of informing Captain Huntly of our + critical situation. + </p> + <p> + In order to insure complete secrecy, it was necessary to secure the person + of the unhappy Ruby, who, quite beside himself, continued to rave up and + down the deck with the incessant cry of “Fire! fire!” Accordingly Curtis + gave orders to some of his men to seize him and gag him; and before he + could make any resistance the miserable man was captured and safely lodged + in confinement in his own cabin. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 22nd.—Curtis has told the captain everything; for he + persists in ostensibly recognizing him as his superior officer, and + refuses to conceal from him our true situation. Captain Huntly received + the communication in perfect silence, and merely passing his hand across + his forehead as though to, banish some distressing thought, re-entered his + cabin without a word. + </p> + <p> + Curtis, Lieutenant Walter, Falsten, and myself have been discussing the + chances of our safety, and I am surprised to find with how much composure + we can all survey our anxious predicament. + </p> + <p> + “There is no doubt” said Curtis, “that we must abandon all hope of + arresting the fire; the heat towards the bow has already become well-nigh + unbearable, and the time must come when the flames will find a vent + through the deck. If the sea is calm enough for us to make use of the + boats, well and good; we shall of course get quit of the ship as quietly + as we can; if on the other hand, the weather should be adverse, or the + wind be boisterous, we must stick to our place, and contend with the + flames to the very last; perhaps, after all, we shall fare better with the + fire as a declared enemy than as a hidden one.” + </p> + <p> + Falsten and I agreed with what he said, but I pointed out to him that he + had quite overlooked the fact of there being thirty pounds of combustible + matter in the hold. + </p> + <p> + “No” he gravely replied, “I have not forgotten it, but it is a + circumstance of which I do not trust myself to think I dare not run the + risk of admitting air into the hold by going down to search for the + powder, and yet I know not at what moment it may explode. No; it is a + matter that I cannot take at all into my reckoning, it must remain in + higher hands than mine.” + </p> + <p> + We bowed our heads in a silence which was solemn. In the present state of + the weather, immediate flight was, we knew, impossible. + </p> + <p> + After a considerable pause, Falsten, as calmly as though he were + delivering some philosophic dogma, observed,— + </p> + <p> + “The explosion, if I may use the formula of science, is not necessary, but + contingent.” + </p> + <p> + “But tell me, Mr. Falsten,” I asked, “is it possible for picrate of potash + to ignite without concussion?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly it is,” replied the engineer. “Under-ordinary circumstances, + picrate of potash although not MORE inflammable than common powder, yet + possesses the same degree of inflammability.” + </p> + <p> + We now prepared to go on deck. As we left the saloon, in which we had been + sitting, Curtis seized my hand. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Mr. Kazallon,” he exclaimed, “if you only knew the bitterness of the + agony I feel at seeing this fine vessel doomed to be devoured by flames, + and at being so powerless to save her.” Then quickly recovering himself, + he continued, “But I am forgetting myself; you, if no other, must know + what I am suffering. It is all over now,” he said more cheerfully. + </p> + <p> + “Is our condition quite desperate?” I asked. + </p> + <p> + “It is just this,” he answered deliberately “we are over a mine, and + already the match has been applied to the train. How long that train may + be, ‘tis not for me to say.” And with these words he left me. + </p> + <p> + The other passengers, in common with the crew, are still in entire + ignorance of the extremity of peril to which we are exposed, although they + are all aware that there is fire in the hold. As soon as the fact was + announced, Mr. Kear, after communicating to Curtis his instructions that + he thought he should have the fire immediately extinguished and intimating + that he held him responsible for all contingencies that might happen, + retired to his cabin, where he has remained ever since, fully occupied in + collecting and packing together the more cherished articles of his + property and without the semblance of a care or a thought for his + unfortunate wife, whose condition, in spite of her ludicrous complaints, + was truly pitiable. Miss Herbey, however, is unrelaxing in her attentions, + and the unremitted diligence with which she fulfills her offices of duty, + commands my highest admiration. + </p> + <p> + OCTOBER 23rd.—This morning, Captain Huntly sent for Curtis into his + cabin, and the mate has since made me acquainted with what passed between + them. + </p> + <p> + “Curtis,” began the captain, his haggard eye betraying only too plainly + some mental derangement, “I am a sailor, am I not?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, captain,” was the prompt acquiescence of the mate. + </p> + <p> + “I do not know how it is,” continued the captain, “but I seem bewildered; + I cannot recollect anything. Are we not bound for Liverpool? Ah! yes! of + course. And have we kept a north-easterly direction since we left?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, according to your orders we have been sailing south-east, and + here we are in the tropics.” + </p> + <p> + “And what is the name of the ship?” + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Chancellor,’ sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, the ‘Chancellor,’ so it is. Well, Curtis, I really can’t take + her back to the north. I hate the sea, the very sight of it makes me ill, + I would much rather not leave my cabin.” + </p> + <p> + Curtis went on to tell me how he had tried to persuade him that with a + little time and care he would soon recover his indisposition, and feel + himself again; but the captain had interrupted him by saying,— + </p> + <p> + “Well, well; we shall see by-and-by; but for the present you must take + this for my positive order; you must, from this time, at once take the + command of the ship, and act just as if I were not on board. Under present + circumstances, I can do nothing. My brain is all in a whirl, you cannot + tell what I am suffering;” and the unfortunate man pressed both his hands + convulsively against his forehead. + </p> + <p> + “I weighed the matter carefully for a moment,” added Curtis, “and seeing + what his condition too truly was, I acquiesced in all that he required and + withdrew, promising him that all his orders should be obeyed.” + </p> + <p> + After hearing these particulars, I could not help remarking how fortunate + it was that the captain had resigned of his own accord, for although he + might not be actually insane, it was very evident that his brain was in a + very morbid condition. + </p> + <p> + “I succeed him at a very critical moment;” said Curtis thoughtfully; “but + I shall endeavour to do my duty.” + </p> + <p> + A short time afterwards he sent for the boatswain, and ordered him to + assemble the crew at the foot of the main-mast. As soon as the men were + together, he addressed them very calmly, but very firmly. + </p> + <p> + “My men,” he said, “I have to tell you that Captain Huntly, on account of + the dangerous situation in which circumstances have placed us, and for + other reasons known to myself, has thought right to resign his command to + me. From this time forward, I am captain of this vessel.” + </p> + <p> + Thus quietly and simply the change was effected, and we have the + satisfaction of knowing that the “Chancellor” is now under the command of + a conscientious, energetic man, who will shirk nothing that he believes to + be for our common good. M. Letourneur, Andre, Mr. Falsten, and myself + immediately offered him our best wishes, in which Lieutenant Walter and + the boatswain most cordially joined. + </p> + <p> + The ship still holds her course south-west and Curtis crowds on all sail + and makes as speedily as possible for the nearest of the Lesser Antilles. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 24th to 29th.—For the last five days the sea has been very + heavy, and although the “Chancellor” sails with wind and wave in her + favour, yet her progress is considerably impeded. Here on board this + veritable fireship I cannot help contemplating with a longing eye this + vast ocean that surrounds us. The water supply should be all we need. + </p> + <p> + “Why not bore the deck?” I said to Curtis. “Why not admit the water by + tons into the hold? What could be the harm? The fire would be quenched; + and what would be easier than to pump the water out again?” + </p> + <p> + “I have already told you, Mr. Kazallon,” said Curtis, “that the very + moment we admit the air, the flames will rush forth to the very top of the + masts. No; we must have courage and patience; we must wait. There is + nothing whatever to be done, except to close every aperture.” + </p> + <p> + The fire continued to progress even more rapidly than we had hitherto + suspected. The heat gradually drove the passengers nearly all, on deck, + and the two stern cabins, lighted, as I said, by their windows in the + aft-board were the only quarters below that were inhabitable. Of these + Mrs. Kear occupied one, and Curtis reserved the other for Ruby, who, a + raving maniac, had to be kept rigidly under restraint. I went down + occasionally to see him, but invariably found him in a state of abject + terror, uttering horrible shrieks, as though possessed with the idea that + he was being scorched by the most excruciating heat. + </p> + <p> + Once or twice, too, I looked in upon the ex-captain. He was always calm + and spoke quite rationally upon any subject except his own profession; but + in connexion with that he prated away the merest nonsense. He suffered + greatly, but steadily declined all my offers of attention, and + pertinaciously refused to leave his cabin. + </p> + <p> + To-day, an acrid, nauseating smoke made its way through the panellings + that partition off the quarters of the crew. At once Curtis ordered the + partition to be enveloped in wet tarpaulin, but the fumes penetrated even + this, and filled the whole neighbourhood of the ship’s bows with a reeking + vapour that was positively stifling. As we listened, too, we could hear a + dull rumbling sound, but we were as mystified as ever to comprehend where + the air could have entered that was evidently fanning the flames. Only too + certainly, it was now becoming a question not of days nor even of hours + before we must be prepared for the final catastrophe. The sea was still + running high, and escape by the boats was plainly impossible. Fortunately, + as I have said, the main-mast and the mizzen are of iron; otherwise the + heat at their base would long ago have brought them down and our chances + of safety would have been much imperiled; but by crowding on sail the + “Chancellor” in the full north-east wind continued to make her way with + undiminished speed. + </p> + <p> + It is now a fortnight since the fire was first discovered, and the proper + working of the ship has gradually become a more and more difficult matter. + Even with thick shoes any attempt to walk upon deck up to the forecastle + was soon impracticable, and the poop, simply because its door is elevated + somewhat above the level of the hold, is now the only available + standing-place. Water began to lose its effect upon the scorched and + shrivelling planks; the resin oozed out from the knots in the wood, the + seams burst open, and the tar, melted by the heat, followed the rollings + of the vessel, and formed fantastic patterns about the deck. + </p> + <p> + Then to complete our perplexity, the wind shifted suddenly round to the + north-west, whence it blew a perfect hurricane. To no purpose did Curtis + do everything in his power to bring the ship ahull; every effort was vain; + the “Chancellor” could not bear her trysail, so there was nothing to be + done but to let her go with the wind, and drift further and further from + the land for which we are longing so eagerly. + </p> + <p> + To-day, the 29th, the tempest seemed to reach its height; the waves + appeared to us mountains high, and dashed the spray most violently across + the deck. A boat could not live for a moment in such a sea. + </p> + <p> + Our situation is terrible. We all wait in silence, some few on the + forecastle, the great proportion of us on the poop. As for the picrate, + for the time we have quite forgotten its existence; indeed it might almost + seem as though its explosion would come as a relief, for no catastrophe, + however terrible, could far exceed the torture of our suspense. + </p> + <p> + While he had still the remaining chance, Curtis rescued from the + store-room such few provisions as the heat of the compartment allowed him + to obtain; and a lot of cases of salt meat and biscuits, a cask of brandy, + some barrels of fresh water, together with some sails and wraps, a compass + and other instruments are now lying packed in a mass all ready for prompt + removal to the boats whenever we shall be obliged to leave the ship. + </p> + <p> + About eight o’clock in the evening, a noise is heard, distinct even above + the raging of the hurricane. The panels of the deck are upheaved, and + volumes of black smoke issue upwards as if from a safety-valve. An + universal consternation seizes one and all: we must leave the volcano + which is about to burst beneath our feet. The crew run to Curtis for + orders. He hesitates; looks first at the huge and threatening waves; looks + then at the boats. The long-boat is there, suspended right along the + centre of the deck; but it is impossible to approach it now; the yawl, + however, hoisted on the starboard side, and the whale-boat suspended aft, + are still available. The sailors make frantically for the yawl. + </p> + <p> + “Stop, stop,” shouts Curtis; “do you mean to cut off our last and only + chance of safety? Would you launch a boat in such a sea as this?” + </p> + <p> + A few of them, with Owen at their head, give no heed to what he says. + Rushing to the poop, and seizing a cutlass, Curtis shouts again,— + </p> + <p> + “Touch the tackling of the davit, one of you; only touch it, and I’ll + cleave your skull.” + </p> + <p> + Awed by his determined manner, the men retire, some clambering into the + shrouds, whilst others mount to the very top of the masts. + </p> + <p> + At eleven o’clock, several loud reports are heard, caused by the bursting + asunder of the partitions of the hold. Clouds of smoke issue from the + front, followed by a long tongue of lambent flame that seems to encircle + the mizzen-mast. The fire now reaches to the cabin occupied by Mrs. Kear, + who, shrieking wildly, is brought on deck by Miss Herbey. A moment more, + and Silas Huntly makes his appearance, his face all blackened with the + grimy smoke; he bows to Curtis, as he passes, and then proceeds in the + calmest manner to mount the aft-shrouds, and installs himself at the very + top of the mizzen. + </p> + <p> + The sight of Huntly recalls to my recollection the prisoner still below, + and my first impulse is to rush to the staircase and do what I can to set + him free. But the maniac has already eluded his confinement, and with + singed hair and his clothes already alight, rushes upon deck. Like a + salamander he passes across the burning deck with unscathed feet, and + glides through the stifling smoke with unchoked breath. Not a sound + escapes his lips. + </p> + <p> + Another loud report; the long-boat is shivered into fragments; the middle + panel bursts the tarpaulin that covered it, and a stream of fire, free at + length from the restraint that had held it, rises half-mast high. + </p> + <p> + “The picrate! the picrate!” shrieks the madman; “we shall all be blown up! + the picrate will blow us all up.” + </p> + <p> + And in an instant, before we can get near him, he has hurled himself, + through the open hatchway, down into the fiery furnace below. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 29th:—NIGHT.—The scene, as night came on, was terrible + indeed. Notwithstanding the desperateness of our situation, however, there + was not one of us so paralyzed by fear, but that we fully realized the + horror of it all. + </p> + <p> + Poor Ruby, indeed, is lost and gone, but his last words were productive of + serious consequences. The sailors caught his cry of “Picrate, picrate!” + and being thus for the first time made aware of the true nature of their + peril, they resolved at every hazard to accomplish their escape. Beside + themselves with terror, they either did not or would not, see that no boat + could brave the tremendous waves that were raging around, and accordingly + they made a frantic rush towards the yawl. Curtis again made a vigorous + endeavour to prevent them, but this time all in vain; Owen urged them on, + and already the tackling was loosened, so that the boat was swung over to + the ship’s side, For a moment it hung suspended in mid-air, and then, with + a final effort from the sailors, it was quickly lowered into the sea. But + scarcely had it touched the water, when it was caught by an enormous wave + which, recoiling with resistless violence, dashed it to atoms against the + “Chancellor’s” side. + </p> + <p> + The men stood aghast; they were dumbfoundered. Long-boat and yawl both + gone, there was nothing now remaining to us but a small whale-boat. Not a + word was spoken; not a sound was heard but the hoarse whistling of the + wind, and the mournful roaring of the flames. From the centre of the ship, + which was hollowed out like a furnace, there issued a column of sooty + vapour that ascended to the sky. All the passengers, and several of the + crew, took refuge in the aft-quarters of the poop. Mrs. Kear was lying + senseless on one of the hen-coops, with Miss Herbey sitting passively at + her side; M. Letourneur held his son tightly clasped to his bosom. I saw + Falsten calmly consult his watch, and note down the time in his + memorandum-book, but I was far from sharing his, composure, for I was + overcome by a nervous agitation that I could not suppress. + </p> + <p> + As far as we knew, Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, and such of the crew + as were not with us, were safe in the bow; but it was impossible to tell + how they were faring because the sheet of fire intervened like a curtain, + and cut off all communication between stem and stern. + </p> + <p> + I broke the dismal silence, saying “All over now, Curtis.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, not yet,” he replied, “now that the panel is open we will set to + work, and pour water with all our might down into the furnace, and may be, + we shall put it out, even yet.” + </p> + <p> + “But how can you work your pumps while the deck is burning? and how can + you get at your men beyond that sheet of flame?” + </p> + <p> + He made no answer to my impetuous questions, and finding that he had + nothing more to say, I repeated that it was all over now. + </p> + <p> + After a pause, he said, “As long as a plank of the ship remains to stand + on, Mr. Kazallon, I shall not give up my hope.” + </p> + <p> + But the conflagration raged with redoubled fury, the sea around us was + lighted with a crimson glow, and the clouds above shone with a lurid + glare. Long jets of fire darted across the hatchways, and we were forced + to take refuge on the taffrail at the extreme end of the poop. Mrs. Kear + was laid in the whale-boat that hung from the stern, Miss Herbey + persisting to the last in retaining her post by her side. + </p> + <p> + No pen could adequately portray the horrors of this fearful night. The + “Chancellor” under bare poles, was driven, like a gigantic fire-ship with + frightful velocity across the raging ocean; her very speed as it were, + making common cause with the hurricane to fan the fire that was consuming + her. Soon there could be no alternative between throwing ourselves into + the sea, or perishing in the flames. + </p> + <p> + But where, all this time, was the picrate? perhaps, after all, Ruby had + deceived us and there was no volcano, such as we dreaded, below our feet. + </p> + <p> + At half-past eleven, when the tempest seems at its very height there is + heard a peculiar roar distinguishable even above the crash of the + elements. The sailors in an instant recognize its import. + </p> + <p> + “Breakers to starboard!” is the cry. + </p> + <p> + Curtis leaps on to the netting, casts a rapid glance at the snow-white + billows, and turning to the helmsman shouts with all his might “Starboard + the helm!” + </p> + <p> + But it is too late. There is a sudden shock; the ship is caught up by an + enormous wave; she rises upon her beam ends; several times she strikes the + ground; the mizzen-mast snaps short off level with the deck, falls into + the sea, and the “Chancellor” is motionless. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. + </h2> + <p> + THE NIGHT OF THE 29th CONTINUED.—It was not yet midnight; the + darkness was most profound, and we could see nothing. But was it probable + that we had stranded on the coast of America? + </p> + <p> + Very shortly after the ship had thus come to a standstill a clanking of + chains was heard proceeding from her bows. + </p> + <p> + “That is well,” said Curtis; “Walter and the boatswain have cast both the + anchors. Let us hope they will hold.” + </p> + <p> + Then, clinging to the netting, he clambered along the starboard side, on + which the ship had heeled, as far as the flames would allow him. He clung + to the holdfasts of the shrouds, and in spite of the heavy seas that + dashed against the vessel he maintained his position for a considerable + time, evidently listening to some sound that had caught his ear in the + midst of the tempest. In about a quarter of an hour he returned to the + poop. + </p> + <p> + “Heaven be praised!” he said, “the water is coming in, and perhaps may get + the better of the fire.” + </p> + <p> + “True,” said I, “but what then?” + </p> + <p> + “That,” he replied, “is a question for by-and-by. We can now only think of + the present.” + </p> + <p> + Already I fancied that the violence of the flames was somewhat abated, and + that the two opposing elements were in fierce contention. Some plank in + the ship’s side was evidently stove in, admitting free passage for the + waves. But how, when the water had mastered the fire, should we be able to + master the water? Our natural course would be to use the pumps, but these, + in the very midst of the conflagration, were quite unavailable. + </p> + <p> + For three long hours, in anxious suspense, we watched and watched, and + waited. Where we were we could not tell. One thing alone was certain: the + tide was ebbing beneath us, and the waves were relaxing in their violence. + Once let the fire be extinguished, and then, perhaps, there would be room + to hope that the next high tide would set us afloat. + </p> + <p> + Towards half-past four in the morning the curtain of fire and smoke, which + had shut off communication between the two extremities of the ship, became + less dense, and we could faintly distinguish that party of the crew who + had taken refuge in the forecastle; and before long, although it was + impracticable to step upon the deck, the lieutenant and the boatswain + contrived to clamber over the gunwale, along the rails, and joined Curtis + on the poop. + </p> + <p> + Here they held a consultation, to which I was admitted. They were all of + opinion that nothing could be done until daylight should give us something + of an idea of our actual position. If we then found that we were near the + shore, we would, weather permitting, endeavour to land, either in the boat + or upon a raft. If, on the other hand, no land were in sight, and the + “Chancellor” were ascertained to be stranded on some isolated reef, all we + could do would be to get her afloat, and put her into condition for + reaching the nearest coast. Curtis told us that it was long since he had + been able to take any observation of altitude, but there was no doubt the + north-west wind had driven us far to the south; and he thought, as he was + ignorant of the existence of any reef in this part of the Atlantic, that + it was just possible that we had been driven on to the coast of some + portion of South America. + </p> + <p> + I reminded him that we were in momentary expectation of an explosion, and + suggested that it would be advisable to abandon the ship and take refuge + on the reef. But he would not hear of such a proceeding, said that the + reef would probably be covered at high tide, and persisted in the original + resolution, that no decided action could be taken before the daylight + appeared. + </p> + <p> + I immediately reported this decision of the captain to my fellow + passengers. None of them seem to realize the new danger to which the + “Chancellor” may be exposed by being cast upon an unknown reef, hundreds + of miles it may be from land. All are for the time possessed with one + idea, one hope; and that is, that the fire may now be quenched and the + explosion averted. + </p> + <p> + And certainly their hopes seem in a fair way of being fulfilled. Already + the raging flames that poured forth from the hatches have given place to + dense black smoke, and although occasionally some fiery streaks dart + across the dusky fumes, yet they are instantly extinguished. The waves are + doing what pumps and buckets could never have effected; by their + inundation they are steadily stifling the fire which was as steadily + spreading to the whole bulk of the 1700 bales of cotton. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 30th.—At the first gleam of daylight we eagerly scanned the + southern and western horizons, but the morning mists limited our view. + Land was nowhere to be seen. The tide was now almost at its lowest ebb, + and the colour of the few peaks of rock that jutted up around us showed + that the reef on which we had stranded was of basaltic formation. There + were now only about six feet of water around the “Chancellor,” though with + a full freight she draws about fifteen. It was remarkable how far she had + been carried on to the shelf of rock, but the number of times that she had + touched the bottom before she finally ran aground left us no doubt that + she had been lifted up and borne along on the top of an enormous wave. She + now lies with her stern considerably higher than her bows, a position + which renders walking upon the deck anything but an easy matter; moreover + as the tide-receded she heeled over so much to larboard that at one time + Curtis feared she would altogether capsize; that fear, however, since the + tide has reached its lowest mark, has happily proved groundless. + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock some violent blows were felt against the ship’s side, and + at the same time a voice was distinguished, shouting loudly, “Curtis! + Curtis!” Following the direction of the cries we saw that the broken + mizzen-mast was being washed against the vessel, and in the dusky morning + twilight we could make out the figure of a man clinging to the rigging. + Curtis, at the peril of his life, hastened to bring the man on board, It + proved to be none other than Silas Huntly, who, after being carried + overboard with the mast, had thus, almost by a miracle, escaped a watery + grave. Without a word of thanks to his deliverer, the ex-captain, passive, + like an automaton, passed on and took his seat in the most secluded corner + of the poop. The broken mizzen may, perhaps, be of service to us at some + future time, and with that idea it has been rescued from the waves and + lashed securely to the stern. + </p> + <p> + By this time it was light enough to see for a distance of three miles + round; but as yet nothing could be discerned to make us think that we were + near a coast. The line of breakers ran for about a mile from south-west to + north-east, and two hundred fathoms to the north of the ship an irregular + mass of rocks formed a small islet. This islet rose about fifty feet above + the sea, and was consequently above the level of the highest tides; whilst + a sort of causeway, available at low water, would enable us to reach the + island, if necessity required. But there the reef ended; beyond it the sea + again resumed its sombre hue, betokening deep water. In all probability, + then, this was a solitary shoal, unattached to a shore, and the gloom of a + bitter disappointment began to weigh upon our spirits. + </p> + <p> + In another hour the mists had totally disappeared, and it was broad + daylight. I and M. Letourneur stood watching Curtis as he continued + eagerly to scan the western horizon. Astonishment was written on his + countenance; to him it appeared perfectly incredible that, after our + course for so long had been due south from the Bermudas, no land should be + in sight. But not a speck, however minute, broke the clearly-defined line + that joined sea and sky. After a time Curtis made his way along the + netting to the shrouds, and swung himself quickly up to the top of the + mainmast. For several minutes he remained there examining the open space + around, then seizing one of the backstays he glided down and rejoined us + on the poop. + </p> + <p> + “No land in sight,” he said, in answer to our eager looks of inquiry. + </p> + <p> + At this point Mr. Kear interposed, and in a gruff, ill-tempered tone, + asked Curtis where we were. Curtis replied that he did not know. + </p> + <p> + “You don’t know, sir? Then all I can say is that you ought to know!” + exclaimed the petroleum merchant. + </p> + <p> + “That may be, sir; but at present I am as ignorant of our whereabouts as + you are yourself,” said Curtis. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Mr. Kear, “just please to know that I don’t want to stay for + ever on your everlasting ship, so I beg you will make haste and start off + again.” + </p> + <p> + Curtis condescended to make no other reply than a shrug of the shoulders, + and turning away he informed M. Letourneur and myself that if the sun came + out he intended to take its altitude and find out to what part of the + ocean we had been driven. His next care was to distribute preserved meat + and biscuit amongst the passengers and crew already half fainting with + hunger and fatigue, and then he set to work to devise measures for setting + the ship afloat. + </p> + <p> + The conflagration was greatly abated; no flames now appeared, and although + some black smoke still issued from the interior, yet its volume was far + less than before. The first step was to discover how much water had + entered the hold. The deck was still too hot to walk upon; but after two + hours’ irrigation the boards became sufficiently cool for the boatswain to + proceed to take some soundings, and he shortly afterwards announced that + there were five feet of water below. This the captain determined should + not be pumped out at present, as he wanted it thoroughly to do its duty + before he got rid of it. + </p> + <p> + The next subject for consideration was whether it would be advisable to + abandon the vessel, and to take refuge on the reef. Curtis thought not; + and the lieutenant and the boatswain agreed with him. The chances of an + explosion were greatly diminished, as it had been ascertained that the + water had reached that part of the hold in which Ruby’s luggage had been + deposited; while, on the other hand, in the event of rough weather, our + position even upon the most elevated points of rock might be very + critical. It was accordingly resolved that both passengers and crew were + safest on board. + </p> + <p> + Acting upon this decision we proceeded to make a kind of encampment on the + poop, and the few mattresses that were rescued uninjured have been given + up for the use of the two ladies. Such of the crew as had saved their + hammocks have been told to place them under the forecastle where they + would have to stow themselves as best they could, their ordinary quarters + being absolutely uninhabitable. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately, although the store-room has been considerably exposed to the + heat, its contents are not very seriously damaged, and all the barrels of + water and the greater part of the provisions are quite intact. The stack + of spare sails, which had been packed away in front, is also free from + injury. The wind has dropped considerably since the early morning, and the + swell in the sea is far less heavy. On the whole our spirits are reviving, + and we begin to think we may yet find a way out of our troubles. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur, his son, and I, have just had a long conversation about the + ship’s officers. We consider their conduct, under the late trying + circumstances, to have been most exemplary, and their courage, energy, and + endurance to have been beyond all praise. Lieutenant Walter, the + boatswain, and Dowlas the carpenter have all alike distinguished + themselves, and made us feel that they are men to be relied on. As for + Curtis, words can scarcely be found to express our admiration of his + character; he is the same as he has ever been, the very life of his crew, + cheering them on by word or gesture; finding an expedient for every + difficulty, and always foremost in every action. + </p> + <p> + The tide turned at seven this morning, and by eleven all the rocks were + submerged, none of them being visible except the cluster of those which + formed the rim of a small and almost circular basin from 250 to 300 feet + in diameter, in the north angle of which the ship is lying. As the tide + rose the white breakers disappeared, and the sea, fortunately for the + “Chancellor,” was pretty calm; otherwise the dashing of the waves against + her sides, as she lies motionless, might have been attended by serious + consequences. + </p> + <p> + As might be supposed, the height of the water in the hold increased with + the tide from five feet to nine; but this was rather a matter for + congratulation, inasmuch as it sufficed to inundate another layer of + cotton. + </p> + <p> + At half-past eleven the sun, which had been behind the clouds since ten + o’clock, broke forth brightly. The captain, who had already in the morning + been able to calculate an horary angle, now prepared to take the meridian + altitude, and succeeded at midday in making his observation most + satisfactorily. After retiring for a short time to calculate the result; + he returned to the poop and announced that we are in lat; 18deg. 5min. N. + and long. 45deg. 53min. W., but that the reef on which we are aground is + not marked upon the charts. The only explanation that can be given for the + omission is that the islet must be of recent formation, and has been + caused by some subterranean volcanic disturbance. But whatever may be the + solution of the mystery, here we are 800 miles from land; for such, on + consulting the map, we find to be the actual distance to the coast of + Guiana, which is the nearest shore. Such is the position to which we have + been brought, in the first place, by Huntly’s senseless obstinacy, and, + secondly, by the furious north-west gale. + </p> + <p> + Yet, after all, the captain’s communication does not dishearten us. As I + said before, our spirits are reviving. We have escaped the peril of fire; + the fear of explosion is past and gone; and oblivious of the fact that the + ship with a hold full of water is only too likely to founder when she puts + out to sea, we feel a confidence in the future that forbids us to despond. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Curtis prepares to do all that common sense demands. He + proposes, when the fire is quite extinguished, to throw overboard the + whole, or the greater portion of the cargo, including of course, the + picrate; he will next plug up the leak, and then, with a lightened ship, + he will take advantage of the first high tide to quit the reef as speedily + as possible. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 30th.—Once again I talked to M. Letourneur about our + situation, and endeavoured to animate him with the hope that we should not + be detained for long in our present predicament; but he could not be + brought to take a very sanguine view of our prospects. + </p> + <p> + “But surely,” I protested, “it will not be difficult to throw overboard a + few hundred bales of cotton; two or three days at most will suffice for + that.” + </p> + <p> + “Likely enough,” he replied, “when the business is once begun; but you + must remember, Mr. Kazallon, that the very heart of the cargo is still + smouldering, and that it will still be several days before any one will be + able to venture into the hold. Then the leak, too, that has to be caulked; + and, unless it is stopped up very effectually, we shall be only doomed + most certainly to perish at sea. Don’t, then, be deceiving yourself; it + must be three weeks at least before you can expect to put out to sea. I + can only hope meanwhile that the weather will continue propitious; it + wouldn’t take many storms to knock the ‘Chancellor,’ shattered as she is, + completely into pieces.” + </p> + <p> + Here, then, was the suggestion of a new danger to which we were to be + exposed; the fire might be extinguished, the water might be got rid of by + the pumps, but, after all, we must be at the mercy of the wind and waves; + and, although the rocky island might afford a temporary refuge from the + tempest, what was to become of passengers and crew if the vessel should be + reduced to a total wreck? I made no remonstrance, however, to this view of + our case, but merely asked M. Letourneur if he had confidence in Robert + Curtis? + </p> + <p> + “Perfect confidence,” he answered; “and I acknowledge it most gratefully, + as a providential circumstance, that Captain Huntly had given him the + command in time. Whatever man can do I know that Curtis will not leave + undone to extricate us from our dilemma.” + </p> + <p> + Prompted by this conversation with M. Letourneur I took the first + opportunity of trying to ascertain from Curtis himself, how long he + reckoned we should be obliged to remain upon the reef; but he merely + replied, that it must depend upon circumstances, and that he hoped the + weather would continue favourable. Fortunately the barometer is rising + steadily, and there is every sign of a prolonged calm. + </p> + <p> + Meantime Curtis is taking active measures for totally extinguishing the + fire. He is at no great pains to spare the cargo, and as the bales that + lie just above the level of the water are still a-light he has resorted to + the expedient of thoroughly saturating the upper layers of the cotton, in + order that the combustion may be stifled between the moisture descending + from above and that ascending from below. This scheme has brought the + pumps once more into requisition. At present the crew are adequate to the + task of working them, but I and some of our fellow passengers are ready to + offer our assistance whenever it shall be necessary. + </p> + <p> + With no immediate demand upon our labour, we are thrown upon our own + resources for passing our time. Letourneur, Andre and myself, have + frequent conversations; I also devote an hour or two to my diary. Falsten + holds little communication with any of us, but remains absorbed in his + calculations, and amuses himself by tracing mechanical diagrams with + ground-plan, section, elevation, all complete. It would be a happy + inspiration if he could invent some mighty engine that could set us all + afloat again. Mr. and Mrs. Kear, too, hold themselves aloof from their + fellow passengers, and we are not sorry to be relieved from the necessity + of listening to their incessant grumbling; unfortunately, however, they + carry off Miss Herbey with them, so that we enjoy little or nothing of the + young lady’s society. As for Silas Huntly, he has become a complete + nonentity; he exists, it is true, but merely, it would seem, to vegetate. + </p> + <p> + Hobart, the steward, an obsequious, sly sort of fellow, goes through his + routine of duties just as though the vessel were pursuing her ordinary + course; and, as usual, is continually falling out with Jynxstrop, the + cook, an impudent, ill-favoured negro, who interferes with the other + sailors in a manner which, I think, ought not to be allowed. + </p> + <p> + Since it appears likely that we shall have abundance of time on our hands, + I have proposed to M. Letourneur and his son that we shall together + explore the reef on which we are stranded. It is not very probable that we + shall be able to discover much about the origin of this strange + accumulation of rock, yet the attempt will at least occupy us for some + hours, and will relieve us from the monotony of our confinement on board. + Besides, as the reef is not marked in any of the maps, I could not but + believe that it would be rendering a service to hydrography if we were to + take an accurate plan of the rocks, of which Curtis could afterwards + verify the true position by a second observation made with a closer + precision than the one he has already taken. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur agrees to my proposal, Curtis has promised to let us have + the boat and some sounding-lines, and to allow one of the sailors to + accompany us; so to-morrow morning, we hope to make our little voyage of + investigation. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. + </h2> + <p> + OCTOBER 31st to NOVEMBER 5th.—Our first proceeding on the morning of + the 31st was to make the proposed tour of the reef, which is about a + quarter of a mile long. With the aid of our sounding-lines we found that + the water was deep, right up to the very rocks, and that no shelving + shores prevented us coasting along them. There was not a shadow of doubt + as to the rock being of purely volcanic origin, upheaved by some mighty + subterranean convulsion. It is formed of blocks of basalt, arranged in + perfect order, of which the regular prisms give the whole mass the effect + of being one gigantic crystal; and the remarkable transparency of the sea + enabled us plainly to observe the curious shafts of the prismatic columns + that support the marvelous substructure. + </p> + <p> + “This is indeed a singular island,” said M. Letourneur; “evidently it is + of quite a recent origin.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, father,” said Andre, “and I should think it has been caused by a + phenomenon similar to those which produced the Julia Island, off the coast + of Sicily, or the group of the Santorini, in the Grecian Archipelago. One + could almost fancy that it had been created expressly for the ‘Chancellor’ + to stand upon.” + </p> + <p> + “It is very certain,” I observed, “that some upheaving has lately taken + place. This is by no means an unfrequented part of the Atlantic, so that + it is not at all likely that it could have escaped the notice of sailors + if it had been always in existence; yet it is not marked even in the most + modern charts. We must try and explore it thoroughly and give future + navigators the benefit of our observations.” + </p> + <p> + “But, perhaps, it will disappear as it came,” said Andre. “You are no + doubt aware, Mr. Kazallon, that these volcanic islands sometimes have a + very transitory existence. Not impossibly, by the time it gets marked upon + the maps it may no longer be here.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind, my boy,” answered his father, “it is better to give warning + of a danger that does not exist than overlook one that does. I daresay the + sailors will not grumble much, if they don’t find a reef where we have + marked one.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I daresay not, father,” said Andre “and after all this island is very + likely as firm as a continent. However, if it is to disappear, I expect + Captain Curtis would be glad to see it take its departure as soon as + possible after he has finished his repairs; it would save him a world of + trouble in getting his ship afloat.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, what a fellow you are Andre!” I said, laughing, “I believe you would + like to rule Nature with a magic wand; first of all, you would call up a + reef from the depth of the ocean to give the ‘Chancellor’ time to + extinguish her flames, and then you would make it disappear just that the + ship might be free again.” + </p> + <p> + Andre smiled; then, in a more serious tone, he expressed his gratitude for + the timely help that had been vouchsafed us in our hour of need. + </p> + <p> + The more we examined the rocks that formed the base of the little island, + the more we became convinced that its formation was quite recent, Not a + mollusk, not a tuft of seaweed was found clinging to the sides of the + rocks; not a germ had the wind carried to its surface, not a bird had + taken refuge amidst the crags upon its summits. To a lover of natural + history, the spot did not yield a single point of interest; the geologist + alone would find subject of study in the basaltic mass. + </p> + <p> + When we reached the southern point of the island I proposed that we should + disembark. My companions readily assented, young Letourneur jocosely + observing that if the little island was destined to vanish, it was quite + right that it should first be visited by human beings. The boat was + accordingly brought alongside, and we set, foot upon the reef, and began + to ascend the gradual slope that leads to its highest elevation. + </p> + <p> + The walking was not very rough, and as Andre could get along tolerably + well without the assistance of an arm, he led the way, his father and I + following close behind. A quarter of an hour sufficed to bring us to the + loftiest point in the islet, when we seated ourselves on the basaltic + prism that crowned its summit. + </p> + <p> + Andre took a sketch-book from his pocket, and proceeded to make a drawing + of the reef. Scarcely had he completed the outline when his father + exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “Why, Andre, you have drawn a ham!” + </p> + <p> + “Something uncommonly like it, I confess,” replied Andre. “I think we had + better ask Captain Curtis to let us call our island Ham Rock.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” said I; “though sailors will need to keep it at a respectful + distance, for they will scarcely find that their teeth are strong enough + to tackle with it.” + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur was quite correct; the outline of the reef as it stood + clearly defined against the deep green water resembled nothing so much, as + a fine York ham, of which the little creek, where the “Chancellor” had + been stranded, corresponded to the hollow place above the knuckle. The + tide at this time was low, and the ship now lay heeled over very much to + the starboard side, the few points of rock that emerged in the extreme + south of the reef plainly marking the narrow passage through which she had + been forced before she finally ran aground. + </p> + <p> + As soon as Andre had finished his sketch we descended by a slope as + gradual as that by which we had come up, and made our way towards the + west. We had not gone very far when a beautiful grotto, perfect as an + architectural structure, arrested our attention, M. Letourneur and Andre + who have visited the Hebrides, pronounced it to be a Fingal’s cave in + miniature; a Gothic chapel that might form a fit vestibule for the + cathedral cave of Staffa. The basaltic rocks had cooled down into the same + regular concentric prisms; there was the same dark canopied roof with its + interstices filled up with its yellow lutings; the same precision of + outline in the prismatic angles, sharp as though chiselled by a sculptor’s + hand; the same sonorous vibration of the air across the basaltic rocks, of + which the Gaelic poets have feigned that the harps of the Fingal + minstrelsy were made. But whereas at Staffa the floor of the cave is + always covered with a sheet of water, here the grotto was beyond the reach + of all but the highest waves, whilst the prismatic shafts themselves + formed quite a solid pavement. + </p> + <p> + After remaining nearly an hour in our newly-discovered grotto we returned + to the “Chancellor,” and communicated the result of our explorations to + Curtis, who entered the island upon his chart by the name that Andre + Letourneur had proposed. + </p> + <p> + Since its discovery we have not permitted a day to pass without spending + some time in our Ham Rock grotto. Curtis has taken an opportunity of + visiting it, but he is too preoccupied with other matters to have much + interest to spare for the wonders of nature. Falsten, too, came once and + examined the character of the rocks, knocking and chipping them about with + all the mercilessness of a geologist. Mr. Kear would not trouble himself + to leave the ship; and although I asked his wife to join us in one of our + excursions she declined, upon the plea that the fatigue, as well as the + inconvenience of embarking in the boat, would be more than she could bear. + </p> + <p> + Miss Herbey, only too thankful to escape even for an hour from her + capricious mistress, eagerly accepted M. Letourneur’s invitation to pay a + visit to the reef but to her great disappointment Mrs. Kear at first + refused point-blank to allow her to leave the ship. I felt intensely + annoyed, and resolved to intercede in Miss Herbey’s favour; and as I had + already rendered that self-indulgent lady sundry services which she + thought she might probably be glad again to accept, I gained my point, and + Miss Herbey has several times been permitted to accompany us across the + rocks, where the young girl’s delight at her freedom has been a pleasure + to behold. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes we fish along the shore, and, then enjoy a luncheon in the + grotto, whilst the basalt columns vibrate like harps to the breeze. This + arid reef, little as it is, compared with the cramped limits of the + “Chancellor’s” deck is like some vast domain; soon there will be scarcely + a stone with which we are not familiar, scarcely a portion of its surface + which we have not merrily trodden, and I am sure that when the hour of + departure arrives we shall leave it with regret. + </p> + <p> + In the course of conversation, Andre Letourneur one day happened to say + that he believed the island of Staffa belonged to the Macdonald family, + who let it for the small sum of 12 pounds a year. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose then,” said Miss Herbey, “that we should hardly get more than + half-a-crown a year for our pet little island.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t think you would get a penny for it, Miss Herbey; but are you + thinking of taking a lease?” I said, laughing. + </p> + <p> + “Not at present,” she said; then added, with a half-suppressed sigh, “and + yet it is a place where I have seemed to know what it is to be really + happy.” + </p> + <p> + Andre murmured some expression of assent, and we all felt that there was + something touching in the words of the orphaned, friendless girl who had + found her long-lost sense of happiness on a lonely rock in the Atlantic. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. + </h2> + <p> + NOVEMBER 6th to NOVEMBER 15th.—For the first five days after the + “Chancellor” had run aground, there was a dense black smoke continually + rising from the hold; but it gradually diminished until the 6th of + November, when we might consider that the fire was extinguished. Curtis, + nevertheless, deemed it prudent to persevere in working the pumps, which + he did until the entire hull of the ship, right up to the deck, had been + completely inundated. + </p> + <p> + The rapidity, however, with which the water, at every retreat of the tide, + drained off to the level of the sea, was an indication that the leak must + be of considerable magnitude; and such, on investigation, proved to be the + case. One of the sailors, named Flaypole, dived one day at low water to + examine the extent of the damage, and found that the hole was not much + less than four feet square, and was situated thirty feet fore of the helm, + and two feet above the rider of the keel; three planks had been stoved in + by a sharp point of rock, and it was only a wonder that the violence with + which the heavily-laden vessel had been thrown ashore did not result in + the smashing in of many parts besides. + </p> + <p> + As it would be a couple of days or more before the hold would be in a + condition for the bales of cotton to be removed for the carpenter to + examine the damage from the interior of the ship, Curtis employed the + interval in having the broken mizzen-mast repaired. Dowlas the carpenter, + with considerable skill, contrived to mortice it into its former stump, + and made the junction thoroughly secure by strong iron-belts and bolts. + The shrouds, the stays and backstays, were then carefully refitted, some + of the sails were changed, and the whole of the running rigging was + renewed. Injury, to some extent, had been done to the poop and to the + crew’s lockers, in the front; but time and labour were all that were + wanted to make them good; and with such a will, did every one set to work + that it was not long before all the cabins were again available for use. + </p> + <p> + On the 8th the unlading of the ship commenced. Pulleys and tackling were + put over the hatches, and passengers and crew together proceeded to haul + up the heavy bales which had been deluged so frequently by water that the + cotton was all but spoiled. One by one the sodden bales were placed in the + boat to be transported to the reef. After the first layer of cotton had + been removed it became necessary to drain off part of the water that + filled the hold. For this purpose the leak in the side had somehow or + other to be stopped, and this was an operation which was cleverly + accomplished by Dowlas and Flaypole, who contrived to dive at low tide and + nail a sheet of copper over the entire hole. This, however, of itself + would have been utterly inadequate to sustain the pressure that would + arise from the action of the pumps; so Curtis ordered that a number of the + bales should be piled up inside against the broken planks. The scheme + succeeded very well, and as the water got lower and lower in the hold the + men were enabled to resume their task of unlading. + </p> + <p> + Curtis thinks it quite probable that the leaks may be mended from the + interior. By far the best way of repairing the damage would be to careen + the ship, and to shift the planking, but the appliances are wanting for + such an undertaking; moreover, any bad weather which might occur while the + ship was on her flank would only too certainly be fatal to her altogether. + But the captain has very little doubt that by some device or other he + shall manage to patch up the hole in such a way as will insure our + reaching land in safety. + </p> + <p> + After two days’ toil the water was entirely reduced and without further + difficulty the unlading was completed. All of us, including even Andre + Letourneur, have been taking our turn at the pumps, for the work is so + extremely fatiguing that the crew require some occasional respite; arms + and back soon become strained and weary with the incessant swing of the + handles, and I can well understand the dislike which sailors always + express to the labour. + </p> + <p> + One thing there is which is much in our favour; the ship lies on a firm + and solid bottom, and we have the satisfaction of knowing that we are not + contending with a flood that encroaches faster than it can be resisted. + Heaven grant that we may not be called to make like efforts, and to make + them hopelessly, for a foundering ship! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. + </h2> + <p> + NOVEMBER 15th to 20th.—The examination of the hold has at last been + made. Amongst the first things that were found was the case of picrate, + perfectly intact; having neither been injured by the water, nor of course + reached by the flames. Why it was not at once pitched into the sea I + cannot say; but it was merely conveyed to the extremity of the island, and + there it remains. + </p> + <p> + While they were below, Curtis and Dowlas made themselves acquainted with + the full extent of the mischief that had been done by the conflagration. + They found that the deck and the cross-beams that supported it had been + much less injured than they expected, and the thick, heavy planks had only + been scorched very superficially. But the action of the fire on the flanks + of the ship had been of a much more serious character; a long portion of + the inside boarding had been burnt away, and the very ribs of the vessel + were considerably damaged; the oakum caulkings had all started away from + the butt-ends and seams; so much so that it was little short of a miracle + that the whole ship had not long since gaped completely open. + </p> + <p> + The captain and the carpenter returned to the deck with anxious faces. + Curtis lost no time in assembling passengers and crew, and announcing to + them the facts of the case. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” he said, “I am here to tell you that the ‘Chancellor’ has + sustained far greater injuries than we suspected, and that her hull is + very seriously damaged. If we had been stranded anywhere else than on a + barren reef, that may at any time be overwhelmed by a tempestuous sea I + should not have hesitated to take the ship to pieces, and construct a + smaller vessel that might have carried us safely to land; but I dare not + run the risk of remaining here. We are now 800 miles from the coast of + Paramaribo, the nearest portion of Dutch Guiana, and in ten or twelve + days, if the weather should be favourable, I believe we could reach the + shore. What I now propose to do is to stop the leak by the best means we + can command, and make at once for the nearest port.” + </p> + <p> + As no better plan seemed to suggest itself, Curtis’s proposal was + unanimously accepted Dowlas and his assistants immediately set to work to + repair the charred frame-work of the ribs, and to stop the leak; they took + care thoroughly to caulk from the outside all the seams that were above + low water mark; lower than that they were unable to work, and had to + content themselves with such repairs as they could effect in the interior. + But after all the pains there is no doubt the “Chancellor” is not fit for + a long voyage, and would be condemned as unseaworthy at any port at which + we might put in. + </p> + <p> + To-day, the 20th, Curtis having done all that human power could do to + repair his ship, determined to put her to sea. + </p> + <p> + Ever since the “Chancellor” had been relieved of her cargo, and of the + water in her hold, she had been able to float in the little natural basin + into which she had been driven. The basin was enclosed on either hand by + rocks that remained uncovered even at high water, but was sufficiently + wide to allow the vessel to turn quite round at its broadest part, and by + means of hawsers fastened on the reef to be brought with her bows towards + the south; while, to prevent her being carried back on to the reef, she + has been anchored fore and aft. + </p> + <p> + To all appearance, then, it seemed as though it would be an easy matter to + put the “Chancellor” to sea; if the wind were favourable the sails would + be hoisted, if otherwise, she would have to be towed through the narrow + passage. All seemed simple. But unlooked-for difficulties had yet to be + surmounted. + </p> + <p> + The mouth of the passage is guarded by a kind of ridge of basalt, which at + high tide we knew was barely covered with sufficient water to float the + “Chancellor,” even when entirely unfreighted. To be sure she had been + carried over the obstacle once before, but then, as I have already said, + she had been caught up by an enormous wave, and might have been said to be + LIFTED over the barrier into her present position. Besides, on that + ever-memorable night, there had not only been the ordinary spring-tide, + but an equinoctial tide, such a one as could not be expected to occur + again for many months. Waiting was out of the question; so Curtis + determined to run the risk, and to take advantage of the spring-tide, + which would occur to-day, to make an attempt to get the ship, lightened as + she was, over the bar; after which, he might ballast her sufficiently to + sail. + </p> + <p> + The wind was blowing from the north-west, and consequently right in the + direction of the passage. The captain, however, after a consultation, + preferred to tow the ship over the ridge, as he considered it was scarcely + safe to allow a vessel of doubtful stability at full sail to charge an + obstacle that would probably bring her to a dead lock. Before the + operation was commenced, Curtis took the precaution of having an anchor + ready in the stern, for, in the event of the attempt being unsuccessful, + it would be necessary to bring the ship back to her present moorings. Two + more anchors were next carried outside the passage, which was not more + than two hundred feet in length. The chains were attached to the windlass, + the sailors worked away at the handspikes, and at four o’clock in the + afternoon the “Chancellor” was in motion. + </p> + <p> + High tide would be at twenty minutes past four, and at ten minutes before + that time the ship had been hauled as far as her sea-range would allow; + her keel grazed the ridge, and her progress was arrested. When the lowest + part of her stern, however, just cleared the obstruction, Curtis deemed + that there was no longer any reason why the mechanical action of the wind + should not be brought to bear and contribute its assistance. Without + delay, all sails were unfurled and trimmed to the wind. The tide was + exactly at its height, passengers and crew together were at the windlass, + M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself being at the starboard bar. + Curtis stood upon the poop, giving his chief attention to the sails; the + lieutenant was on the forecastle; the boatswain by the helm. The sea + seemed propitiously calm and, as it swelled gently to and fro, lifted the + ship several times. + </p> + <p> + “Now, my boys,” said Curtis in his calm clear voice, “all together! Off!” + </p> + <p> + Round went the windlass; click, click, clanked the chains as link by link + they were forced through the hawse-holes. + </p> + <p> + The breeze freshened, and the masts gave to the pressure of the sails, but + round and round we went, keeping time in regular monotony to the sing-song + tune hummed by one of the sailors. + </p> + <p> + We had gained about twenty feet, and were redoubling our efforts when the + ship grounded again. + </p> + <p> + And now no effort would avail; all was in vain; the tide began to turn; + and the “Chancellor” would not advance an inch. Was there time to go back? + She would inevitably go to pieces if left balanced upon the ridge. In an + instant the captain has ordered the sails to be furled, and the anchor + dropped from the stern. + </p> + <p> + One moment of terrible anxiety, and all is well. + </p> + <p> + The “Chancellor” tacks to stern, and glides back into the basin, which is + once more her prison. + </p> + <p> + “Well, captain,” says the boatswain, “what’s to be done now?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know” said Curtis, “but we shall get across somehow.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. + </h2> + <p> + NOVEMBER 21st to 24th.—There was assuredly no time to be lost before + we ought to leave Ham Rock reef. The barometer had been falling ever since + the morning, the sea was getting rougher, and there was every symptom that + the weather, hitherto so favourable, was on the point of breaking; and in + the event of a gale the “Chancellor” must inevitably be dashed to pieces + on the rocks. + </p> + <p> + In the evening, when the tide was quite low, and the rocks uncovered, + Curtis, the boatswain, and Dowlas went to examine the ridge which had + proved so serious an obstruction, Falsten and I accompanied them. We came + to the conclusion that the only way of effecting a passage was by cutting + away the rocks with pikes over a surface measuring ten feet by six. An + extra depth of nine or ten inches would give a sufficient gauge, and the + channel might be accurately marked out by buoys; in this way it was + conjectured the ship might be got over the ridge and so reach the deep + water beyond. + </p> + <p> + “But this basalt is as hard as granite,” said the boatswain; “besides, we + can only get at it at low water, and consequently could only work at it + for two hours out of the twenty-four.” + </p> + <p> + “All the more reason why we should begin at once, boatswain,” said Curtis. + </p> + <p> + “But if it is to take us a month, captain, perhaps by that time the ship + may be knocked to atoms. Couldn’t we manage to blow up the rock? we have + got some powder on board.” + </p> + <p> + “Not enough for that;” said the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “You have something better than powder,” said Falsten. + </p> + <p> + “What’s that?” asked the captain. + </p> + <p> + “Picrate of potash,” was the reply. + </p> + <p> + And so the explosive substance with which poor Ruby had so grievously + imperilled the vessel was now to serve her in good stead, and I now saw + what a lucky thing it was that the case had been deposited safely on the + reef, instead of being thrown into the sea. + </p> + <p> + Picric acid is a crystalline bitter product extracted from coal-tar, and + forming, in combination with potash, a yellow salt known as picrate of + potash. The explosive power of this substance is inferior to that of + gun-cotton or of dynamite, but far greater than that of ordinary + gunpowder; one grain of picric powder producing an effect equal to that of + thirteen grains of common powder. Picrate is easily ignited by any sharp + or violent shock, and some gun-priming which we had in our possession + would answer the purpose of setting it alight. + </p> + <p> + The sailors went off at once for their pikes, and Dowlas and his + assistants, under the direction of Falsten, who, as an engineer, + understood such matters, proceeded to hollow out a mine wherein to deposit + the powder. At first we hoped that everything would be ready for the + blasting to take place on the following morning, but when daylight + appeared we found that the men, although they had laboured with a will, + had only been able to work for an hour at low water and that four tides + must ebb before the mine had been sunk to the required depth. + </p> + <p> + Not until eight o’clock on the morning of the 23rd was the work complete. + The hole was bored obliquely in the rock, and was large enough to contain + about ten pounds of explosive matter. Just as the picrate was being + introduced into the aperture, Falsten interposed:— + </p> + <p> + “Stop,” he said, “I think it will be best to mix the picrate with common + powder, as that will allow us to fire the mine with a match instead of the + gun-priming which would be necessary to produce a shock. Besides, it is an + understood thing that the addition of gunpowder renders picrate far more + effective in blasting such rocks as this, as then the violence of the + picrate prepares the way for the powder which, slower in its action, will + complete the disseverment of the basalt.” + </p> + <p> + Falsten is not a great talker, but what he does say is always very much to + the point. His good advice was immediately followed; the two substances + were mixed together, and after a match had been introduced the compound + was rammed closely into the hole. + </p> + <p> + Notwithstanding that the “Chancellor” was at a distance from the rocks + that insured her from any danger of being injured by the explosion, it was + thought advisable that the passengers and crew should take refuge in the + grotto at the extremity of the reef, and even Mr. Kear, in spite of his + many objections, was forced to leave the ship. Falsten, as soon as he had + set fire to the match, joined us in our retreat. + </p> + <p> + The train was to burn for ten minutes, and at the end of that time the + explosion took place; the report, on account of the depth of the mine, + being muffled, and much less noisy than we had expected. But the operation + had been perfectly successful. Before we reached the ridge we could see + that the basalt had been literally reduced to powder, and that a little + channel, already being filled by the rising tide, had been cut right + through the obstacle. A loud hurrah rang through the air; our prison-doors + were opened, and we were prisoners no more! + </p> + <p> + At high tide the “Chancellor” weighed anchor and floated out into the open + sea, but she was not in a condition to sail until she had been ballasted; + and for the next twenty-four hours the crew were busily employed in taking + up blocks of stone, and such of the bales of cotton as had sustained the + least amount of injury. + </p> + <p> + In the course of the day, M. Letourneur, Andre, Miss Herbey, and I took a + farewell walk round the reef, and Andre with artistic skill, carved on the + wall of the grotto the word “Chancellor,”—the designation Ham Rock, + which we had given to the reef,—and the date of our running aground. + Then we bade adieu to the scene of our three week’s sojourn, where we had + passed days that to some at least of our party will be reckoned as far + from being the least happy of their lives. + </p> + <p> + At high tide this morning, the 24th, with low, top, and gallant sails all + set, the “Chancellor” started on her onward way, and two hours later the + last peak of Ham Rock had vanished below the horizon. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. + </h2> + <p> + NOVEMBER 24th to DECEMBER 1st.—Here we were then once more at sea, + and although on board a ship of which the stability was very questionable, + we had hopes, if the wind continued favourable, of reaching the coast of + Guiana in the course of a few days. + </p> + <p> + Our way was south-west and consequently with the wind, and although Curtis + would not crowd on all sail lest the extra speed should have a tendency to + spring the leak afresh, the “Chancellor” made a progress that was quite + satisfactory. Life on board began to fall back into its former routine; + the feeling of insecurity and the consciousness that we were merely + retracing our path doing much, however, to destroy the animated + intercourse that would otherwise go on between passenger and passenger. + </p> + <p> + The first few days passed without any incident worth recording, then on + the 29th, the wind shifted to the north, and it became necessary to brace + the yards, trim the sails, and take a starboard tack. This made the ship + lurch very much on one side, and as Curtis felt that she was labouring far + too heavily, he clued up the top-gallants, prudently reckoning that, under + the circumstances, caution was far more important than speed. + </p> + <p> + The night came on dark and foggy. The breeze freshened considerably, and, + unfortunately for us, hailed from the north-west. Although we carried no + top-sails at all, the ship seemed to heel over more than ever. Most of the + passengers had retired to their cabins, but all the crew remained on deck, + whilst Curtis never quitted his post upon the poop. + </p> + <p> + Towards two o’clock in the morning I was myself preparing to go to my + cabin, when Burke, one of the sailors who had been down into the hold, + came on deck with the ominous cry,— + </p> + <p> + “Two feet of water below.” + </p> + <p> + In an instant Curtis and the boatswain had descended the ladder. The + startling news was only too true; the sea-water was entering the hold, but + whether the leak had sprung afresh, or whether the caulking in some of the + seams was insufficient, it was then impossible to determine; all that + could be done was to let the ship go with the wind and wait for day. + </p> + <p> + At daybreak they sounded again:—“Three feet of water!” was the + report, I glanced at Curtis, his lips were white, but he had not lost his + self-possession. He quietly informed such of the passengers as were + already on deck of the new danger that threatened us; it was better that + they should know the worst, and the fact could not be long concealed. I + told M. Letourneur that I could not help hoping that there might yet be + time to reach the land before the last crisis came. Falsten was about to + give vent to an expression of despair, but he was soon silenced by Miss + Herbey asserting her confidence that all would yet be well. + </p> + <p> + Curtis at once divided the crew into two sets, and made them work + incessantly, turn and turn about at the pumps. The men applied themselves + to their task with resignation rather than with ardour; the labour was + hard and scarcely repaid them; the pumps were constantly getting out of + order, the valves being choked up by the ashes and bits of cotton that + were floating about in the hold, while every moment that was spent in + cleaning or repairing them was so much time lost. + </p> + <p> + Slowly, but surely, the water continued to rise, and on the following + morning the soundings gave five feet for its depth, I noticed that + Curtis’s brow contracted each time that the boatswain or the lieutenant + brought him their report. There was no doubt it was only a question of + time, and not for an instant must the efforts for keeping down the level + be relaxed. Already the ship had sunk a foot lower in the water, and as + her weight increased she no longer rose buoyantly with the waves, but + pitched and rolled considerably. + </p> + <p> + All yesterday, and last night, the pumping continued; but still the sea + gained upon us. The crew are weary and discouraged, but the second officer + and the boatswain set them a fine example of endurance, and the passengers + have now begun to take their turn at the pumps. + </p> + <p> + But all are conscious of toiling almost against hope; we are no longer + secured firmly to the solid soil of the Ham Rock reef, but we are floating + over an abyss which daily, nay hourly, threatens to swallow us into its + depths. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 2nd and 3rd.—For four hours we have succeeded in keeping + the water in the hold to one level; now, however, it is very evident that + the time cannot be far distant when the pumps will be quite unequal to + their task. + </p> + <p> + Yesterday Curtis, who does not allow himself a minute’s rest, made a + personal inspection of the hold. I, with the boatswain and carpenter, + accompanied him. After dislodging some of the bales of cotton we could + hear a splashing, or rather gurgling sound; but whether the water was + entering at the original aperture, or whether it found its way in through + a general dislocation of the seams, we were unable to discover. But + whichever might be the case, Curtis determined to try a plan which, by + cutting off communication between the interior and exterior of the vessel, + might, if only for a few hours, render her hull more watertight. For this + purpose he had some strong, well-tarred sails drawn upwards by ropes from + below the keel, as high as the previous leaking-place, and then fastened + closely and securely to the side of the hull. The scheme was dubious, and + the operation difficult, but for a time it was effectual, and at the close + of the day the level of the water had actually been reduced by several + inches. The diminution was small enough, but the consciousness that more + water was escaping through the scupper-holes than was finding its way into + the hold gave us fresh courage to persevere with our work. + </p> + <p> + The night was dark, but the captain carried all the sail he could, eager + to take every possible advantage of the wind, which was freshening + considerably. If he could have sighted a ship he would have made signals + of distress, and would not have hesitated to transfer the passengers, and + even have allowed the crew to follow, if they were ready to forsake him; + for himself his mind was made up, he should remain on board the + “Chancellor” until she foundered beneath his feet. No sail, however, hove + in sight; consequently escape by such means was out of our power. + </p> + <p> + During the night the canvas covering yielded to the pressure of the waves, + and this morning, after taking the sounding, the boatswain could not + suppress an oath when he announced “Six feet of water in the hold!” + </p> + <p> + The ship, then, was filling once again, and already had sunk considerably + below her previous water-line. With aching arms and bleeding hands we + worked harder than ever at the pumps, and Curtis makes those who are not + pumping form a line and pass buckets, with all the speed they can, from + hand to hand. + </p> + <p> + But all in vain! At half-past eight more water is reported in the hold, + and some of the sailors, overcome by despair, refuse to work one minute + longer. + </p> + <p> + The first to abandon his post was Owen, a man whom I have mentioned + before, as exhibiting something of a mutinous spirit, He is about forty + years of age, and altogether unprepossessing in appearance; his face is + bare, with the exception of a reddish beard, which terminates in a point; + his forehead is furrowed with sinister-looking wrinkles, his lips curl + inwards, and his ears protrude, whilst his bleared and bloodshot eyes are + encircled with thick red rings. + </p> + <p> + Amongst the five or six other men who had struck work, I noticed Jynxstrop + the cook, who evidently shared all Owen’s ill feelings. + </p> + <p> + Twice did Curtis order the men back to the pumps, and twice did Owen, + acting as spokesman for the rest, refuse; and when Curtis made a step + forward as though to approach him, he said savagely,— + </p> + <p> + “I advise you not to touch me,” and walked away to the forecastle. + </p> + <p> + Curtis descended to his cabin, and almost immediately returned with a + loaded revolver in his hand. + </p> + <p> + For a moment Owen surveyed the captain with a frown of defiance; but at a + sign from Jynxstrop he seemed to recollect himself; and, with the + remainder of the men, he returned to his work. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 4th.—The first attempt at mutiny being thus happily + suppressed, it is to be hoped that Curtis will succeed as well in future. + An insubordinate crew would render us powerless indeed. + </p> + <p> + Throughout the night the pumps were kept, without respite, steadily at + work, but without producing the least sensible benefit. The ship became so + water-logged and heavy that she hardly rose at all to the waves, which + consequently often washed over the deck and contributed their part towards + aggravating our case. Our situation was rapidly becoming as terrible as it + had been when the fire was raging in the midst of us; and the prospect of + being swallowed by the devouring billows was no less formidable than that + of perishing in the flames. + </p> + <p> + Curtis kept the men up to the mark, and, willing or unwilling, they had no + alternative but to work on as best they might; but, in spite of all their + efforts, the water perpetually rose, till, at length, the men in the hold + who were passing the buckets found themselves immersed up to their waists + and were obliged to come on deck. + </p> + <p> + This morning, after a somewhat protracted consultation with Walter and the + boatswain, Curtis resolved to abandon the ship. The only remaining boat + was far too small to hold us all, and it would therefore be necessary to + construct a raft that should carry those who could not find room in her. + Dowlas the carpenter, Mr. Falsten, and ten sailors were told off to put + the raft in hand, the rest of the crew being ordered to continue their + work assiduously at the pumps, until the time came and everything was + ready for embarkation. + </p> + <p> + Hatchet or saw in hand, the carpenter and his assistants made a beginning + without delay by cutting and trimming the spare yards and extra spars to a + proper length. These were then lowered into the sea, which was + propitiously calm, so as to favour the operation (which otherwise would + have been very difficult) of lashing them together into a firm framework, + about forty feet long and twenty-five feet wide, upon which the platform + was to be supported. + </p> + <p> + I kept my own place steadily at the pumps, and Andre Letourneur worked at + my side; I often noticed his father glance at him sorrowfully, as though + he wondered what would become of him if he had to struggle with waves to + which even the strongest man could hardly fail to succumb. But come what + may, his father will never forsake him, and I myself shall not be wanting + in rendering him whatever assistance I can. + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Kear, who had been for some time in a state of drowsy + unconsciousness, was not informed of the immediate danger, but when Miss + Herbey, looking somewhat pale with fatigue, paid one of her flying visits + to the deck, I warned her to take every precaution for herself and to be + ready for any emergency. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, doctor, I am always ready,” she cheerfully replied, and + returned to her duties below. I saw Andre follow the young girl with his + eyes, and a look of melancholy interest passed over his countenance. + </p> + <p> + Towards eight o’clock in the evening the framework for the raft was almost + complete, and the men were lowering empty barrels, which had first been + securely bunged, and were lashing them to the wood-work to insure its + floating. + </p> + <p> + Two hours later and suddenly there arose the startling cry, “We are + sinking! we are sinking!” + </p> + <p> + Up to the poop rushed Mr. Kear, followed immediately by Falsten and Miss + Herbey, who were bearing the inanimate form of Mrs. Kear. Curtis ran to + his cabin, instantly returning with a chart; a sextant, and a compass in + his hand. + </p> + <p> + The scene that followed will ever be engraven in my memory; the cries of + distress, the general confusion, the frantic rush of the sailors towards + the raft that was not yet ready to support them, can never be forgotten. + The whole period of my life seemed to be concentrated into that terrible + moment when the planks bent below my feet and the ocean yawned beneath me. + </p> + <p> + Some of the sailors had taken their delusive refuge in the shrouds, and I + was preparing to follow them when a hand was laid upon my shoulder. + Turning round I beheld M. Letourneur, with tears in his eyes, pointing + towards his son. “Yes, my friend,” I said, pressing his hand, “we will + save him, if possible.” + </p> + <p> + But Curtis had already caught hold of the young man, and was hurrying him + to the main-mast shrouds, when the “Chancellor,” which had been scudding + along rapidly with the wind, stopped suddenly, with a violent shock, and + began to settle, The sea rose over my ankles and almost instinctively I + clutched at the nearest rope. All at once, when it seemed all over, the + ship ceased to sink, and hung motionless in mid-ocean. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. + </h2> + <p> + NIGHT OF DECEMBER 4th.—Curtis caught young Letourneur again in his + arms, and running with him across the flooded deck deposited him safely in + the starboard shrouds, whither his father and I climbed up beside him. + </p> + <p> + I now had time to look about me. The night was not very dark, and I could + see that Curtis had returned to his post upon the poop; whilst in the + extreme aft near the taffrail, which was still above water, I could + distinguish the forms of Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Miss Herbey, and Mr. Falsten + The lieutenant and the boatswain were on the far end of the forecastle; + the remainder of the crew in the shrouds and top-masts. + </p> + <p> + By the assistance of his father, who carefully guided his feet up the + rigging, Andre was hoisted into the main-top. Mrs. Kear could not be + induced to join him in his elevated position, in spite of being told that + if the wind were to freshen she would inevitably be washed overboard by + the waves; nothing could induce her to listen to remonstrance, and she + insisted upon remaining on the poop, Miss Herbey, of course, staying by + her side. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the captain saw the “Chancellor” was no longer sinking, he set + to work to take down all the sails, yards and all, and the top-gallants, + in the hope that by removing everything that could compromise the + equilibrium of the ship he might diminish the chance of her capsizing + altogether. + </p> + <p> + “But may she not founder at any moment?” I said to Curtis, when I had + joined him for a while upon the poop. + </p> + <p> + “Everything depends upon the weather,” he replied, in his calmest manner; + “that, of course, may change at any hour. One thing, however, is certain, + the ‘Chancellor’ preserves her equilibrium for the present.” + </p> + <p> + “But do you mean to say,” I further asked, “that she can sail with two + feet of water over her deck?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Kazallon, she can’t sail, but she can drift with the wind, and if + the wind remains in its present quarter, in the course of a few days we + might possibly sight the coast. Besides, we shall have our raft as a last + resource; in a few hours it will be ready, and at daybreak we can embark.” + </p> + <p> + “You have not then,” I added, “abandoned all hope even yet?” I marvelled + at his composure. + </p> + <p> + “While there’s life there’s hope, you know Mr. Kazallon; out of a hundred + chances, ninety-nine may be against us, but perhaps the odd one may be in + our favour. Besides, I believe that our case is not without precedent. In + the year 1795 a three-master, the ‘Juno,’ was precisely in the same + half-sunk, water-logged condition as ourselves; and yet with her + passengers and crew clinging to her top-masts she drifted for twenty days, + until she came in sight of land, when those who had survived the + deprivation and fatigue were saved. So let us not despair; let us hold on + to the hope that the survivors of the ‘Chancellor’ may be equally + fortunate.” + </p> + <p> + I was only too conscious that there was not much to be said in support of + Curtis’s sanguine view of things, and that the force of reason pointed all + the other way; but I said nothing, deriving what comfort I could from the + fact that the captain did not yet despond of an ultimate rescue. + </p> + <p> + As it was necessary to be prepared to abandon the ship almost at a + moment’s notice, Dowlas was making every exertion to hurry on the + construction of the raft. A little before midnight he was on the point of + conveying some planks for this purpose, when, to his astonishment and + horror, he found that the framework had totally disappeared. The ropes + that had attached it to the vessel had snapped as she became vertically + displaced, and probably it had been adrift for more than an hour. + </p> + <p> + The crew were frantic at this new misfortune, and shouting “Overboard with + the masts!” they began to cut down the rigging preparatory to taking + possession of the masts for a new raft. + </p> + <p> + But here Curtis interposed:— + </p> + <p> + “Back to your places, my men; back to your places. The ship will not sink + yet, so don’t touch a rope until I give you leave.” + </p> + <p> + The firmness of the captain’s voice brought the men to their senses, and + although some of them could ill disguise their reluctance, all returned to + their posts. + </p> + <p> + When daylight had sufficiently advanced Curtis mounted the mast, and + looked around for the missing raft; but it was nowhere to be seen. The sea + was far too rough for the men to venture to take out the whaleboat in + search of it, and there was no choice but to set to work and to construct + a new raft immediately. + </p> + <p> + Since the sea has become so much rougher, Mrs. Kear has been induced to + leave the poop, and has managed to join M. Letourneur and his son on the + main-top, where she lies in a state of complete prostration. I need hardly + add that Miss Herbey continues in her unwearied attendance. The space to + which these four people are limited is necessarily very small, nowhere + measuring twelve feet across; to prevent them losing their balance some + spars have been lashed from shroud to shroud, and for the convenience of + the two ladies Curtis has contrived to make a temporary awning of a sail. + Mr. Kear has installed himself with Silas Huntly on the foretop. + </p> + <p> + A few cases of preserved meat and biscuit and some barrels of water, that + floated between the masts after the submersion of the deck, have been + hoisted to the top-masts and fastened firmly to the stays. These are now + our only provisions. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 5th.—The day was very hot. December in latitude 16deg. N. + is a summer month, and unless a breeze should rise to temper the burning + sun, we might expect to suffer from an oppressive heat. + </p> + <p> + The sea still remained very rough, and as the heavy waves broke over the + ship as though she were a reef, the foam flew up to the very top-masts, + and our clothes were perpetually drenched by the spray. + </p> + <p> + The “Chancellor’s” hull is three-fourths immerged; besides the three masts + and the bowsprit, to which the whale-boat was suspended, the poop and the + forecastle are the only portions that now are visible; and as the + intervening section of the deck is quite below the water, these appear to + be connected only by the framework of the netting that runs along the + vessel’s sides. Communication between the top-masts is extremely + difficult, and would be absolutely precluded, were it not that the + sailors, with practised dexterity, manage to hoist themselves about by + means of the stays. For the passengers, cowering on their narrow and + unstable platform, the spectacle of the raging sea below was truly + terrific; every wave that dashed over the ship shook the masts till they + trembled again, and one could venture scarcely to look or to think lest he + should be tempted to cast himself into the vast abyss. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the crew worked away with all their remaining vigour at the + second raft, for which the top-gallants and yards were all obliged to be + employed; the planks, too, which were continually being loosened and + broken away by the violence of the waves from the partitions of the ship, + were rescued before they had drifted out of reach, and were brought into + use. The symptoms of the ship foundering did not appear to be immediate; + so that Curtis insisted upon the raft being made with proper care to + insure its strength; we were still several hundred miles from the coast of + Guiana, and for so long a voyage it was indispensable to have a structure + of considerable solidity. The reasonableness of this was self-apparent, + and as the crew had recovered their assurance they spared no pains to + accomplish their work effectually. + </p> + <p> + Of all the number, there was but one, an Irishman, named O’Ready, who + seemed to question the utility of all their toil. He shook his head with + an oracular gravity. He is an oldish man, not less than sixty, with his + hair and beard bleached with the storms of many travels. As I was making + my way towards the poop, he came up to me and began talking. + </p> + <p> + “And why, bedad, I’d like to know, why is it that they’ll all be afther + lavin’ of the ship?” + </p> + <p> + He turned his quid with the most serene composure, and continued,— + </p> + <p> + “And isn’t it me myself that’s been wrecked nine times already? and sure, + poor fools are they that ever have put their trust in rafts or boats sure + and they found a wathery grave. Nay, nay; while the ould ship lasts, let’s + stick to her, says I.” + </p> + <p> + Having thus unburdened his mind he relapsed, into silence, and soon went + away. + </p> + <p> + About three o’clock I noticed that Mr. Kear and Silas Huntly were holding + an animated conversation in the fore top. The petroleum merchant had + evidently some difficulty in bringing the ex-captain round to his opinion, + for I, saw him several times shake his head as he gave long and + scrutinizing looks at the sea and sky. In less than an hour afterwards I + saw Huntly let himself down by the forestays and clamber along to the + forecastle where he joined the group of sailors, and I lost sight of him. + </p> + <p> + I attached little importance to the incident, and shortly afterwards + joined the party in the main-top, where we continued talking for some + hours. The heat was intense, and if it had not been for the shelter’ + afforded by the sail-tent, would have been unbearable. At five o’clock we + took as refreshment some dried meat and biscuit, each individual being + also allowed half a glass of water. Mrs. Kear, prostrate with fever, could + not touch a mouthful; and nothing could be done by Miss Herbey to relieve + her, beyond occasionally moistening her parched lips. The unfortunate lady + suffers greatly, and sometimes I am inclined to think that she will + succumb to the exposure and privation. Not once had her husband troubled + himself about her; but when shortly afterwards I heard him hail some of + the sailors on the forecastle and ask them to help him down from the + foretop, I began to think that the selfish fellow was coming to join his + wife. + </p> + <p> + At first the sailors took no notice of his request, but on his repeating + it with the promise of paying them handsomely for their services, two of + them, Burke and Sandon, swung themselves along the netting into the + shrouds, and were soon at his side. + </p> + <p> + A long discussion ensued. The men evidently were asking more than Mr. Kear + was inclined to give, and at one time if seemed as though the negotiation + would fall through altogether. But at length the bargain was struck, and I + saw Mr. Kear take a bundle of paper dollars from his waistcoat pocket, and + hand a number of them over to one of the men, The man counted them + carefully, and from the time it took him, I should think that he could not + have pocketed anything less than a hundred dollars. + </p> + <p> + The next business was to get Mr. Kear down from the foretop, and Burke and + Sandon proceeded to tie a rope round his waist, which they afterwards + fastened to the forestay; then, in a way which provoked shouts of laughter + from their mates, they gave the unfortunate man a shove, and sent him + rolling down like a bundle of dirty clothes on to the forecastle. + </p> + <p> + I was quite mistaken as to his object. Mr. Kear had no intention of + looking after his wife, but remained by the side of Silas Huntly until the + gathering darkness hid them both from view. + </p> + <p> + As night drew on, the wind grew calmer, but the sea remained very rough. + The moon had been up ever since four in the afternoon, though she only + appeared at rare intervals between the clouds. Some long lines of vapour + on the horizon were tinged with a rosy glare that foreboded a strong + breeze for the morrow, and all felt anxious to know from which quarter the + breeze would come, for any but a north-easter would bear the frail raft on + which we were to embark far away from land. + </p> + <p> + About eight o’clock in the evening Curtis mounted to the main-top but he + seemed preoccupied and anxious, and did not speak to any one. He remained + for a quarter of an hour, then after silently pressing my hand, he + returned to his old post. + </p> + <p> + I laid myself down in the narrow space at my disposal, and tried to sleep; + but my mind was filled with strange forebodings, and sleep was impossible. + The very calmness of the atmosphere was oppressive; scarcely a breath of + air vibrated through the metal rigging, and yet the sea rose with a heavy + swell as though it felt the warnings of a coming tempest. + </p> + <p> + All at once, at about eleven o’clock, the moon burst brightly forth + through a rift in the clouds, and the waves sparkled again as if illumined + by a submarine glimmer. I start up and look around me. Is it merely + imagination? or do I really see a black speck floating on the dazzling + whiteness of the waters, a speck that cannot be a rock; because it rises + and falls with the heaving motion of the billows? But the moon once again + becomes overclouded; the sea, is darkened, and I return to my uneasy couch + close to the larboard shrouds. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVII. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 6th.—I must have fallen asleep for a few hours, when at + four o’clock in the morning, I was rudely aroused by the roaring of the + wind, and could distinguish Curtis’s voice as he shouted in the brief + intervals between the heavy gusts. + </p> + <p> + I got up, and holding tightly to the purlin—for the waves made the + masts tremble with their violence—I tried to look around and below + me. The sea was literally raging beneath, and great masses of + livid-looking foam were dashing between the masts, which were oscillating + terrifically. It was still dark, and I could only faintly distinguish two + figures on the stern, whom, by the sound of their voices, that I caught + occasionally above the tumult, I made out to be Curtis and the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + Just at that moment a sailor, who had mounted to the main-top to do + something to the rigging, passed close behind me. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter?” I asked, + </p> + <p> + “The wind has changed,” he answered, adding something which I could not + hear distinctly, but which sounded like “dead against us.” + </p> + <p> + Dead against us! then, thought I, the wind had shifted to the south-west, + and my last night’s forebodings had been correct. + </p> + <p> + When daylight at length appeared, I found the wind although not blowing + actually from the south-west, had veered round to the north-west, a change + which was equally disastrous to us, inasmuch as it was carrying us away + from land. Moreover, the ship had sunk considerably during the night, and + there were now five feet of water above deck; the side netting had + completely disappeared, and the forecastle and the poop were now all but + on a level with the sea, which washed over them incessantly. With all + possible expedition Curtis and his crew were labouring away at their raft, + but the violence of the swell materially impeded their operations, and it + became a matter of doubt as to whether the woodwork would not fall asunder + before it could be properly fastened together. + </p> + <p> + As I watched the men at their work M. Letourneur, with one arm supporting + his son, came and stood by my side. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you think this main-top will soon give way?” he said, as the narrow + platform on which we stood creaked and groaned with the swaying of the + masts. + </p> + <p> + Miss Herbey heard his words, and pointing towards Mrs. Kear, who was lying + prostrate at her feet, asked what we thought ought to be done. + </p> + <p> + “We can do nothing but stay where we are,” I replied. + </p> + <p> + “No;” said Andre “this is our best refuge; I hope you are not afraid.” + </p> + <p> + “Not for myself,” said the young girl quietly “only for those to whom life + is precious.” + </p> + <p> + At a quarter to eight we heard the boatswain calling to the sailors in the + bows. + </p> + <p> + “Ay, ay, sir,” said one of the men—O’Ready, I think. + </p> + <p> + “Where’s the whale boat?” shouted the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know, sir. Not with us,” was the reply. + </p> + <p> + “She’s gone adrift, then!” + </p> + <p> + And sure enough the whale-boat was no longer hanging from the bowsprit; + and in a moment the discovery was made that Mr. Kear, Silas Huntly, and + three sailors,—a Scotchman and two Englishmen,—were missing. + Afraid that the “Chancellor” would founder before the completion of the + raft, Kear and Huntly had plotted together to effect their escape, and had + bribed the three sailors to seize the only remaining boat. + </p> + <p> + This, then, was the black speck that I had seen during the night. The + miserable husband had deserted his wife, the faithless captain had + abandoned the ship that had once been under his command. + </p> + <p> + “There are five saved, then,” said the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “Faith, an it’s five lost ye’ll be maning,” said O’Ready; and the state of + the sea fully justified his opinion. + </p> + <p> + The crew were furious when they heard of the surreptitious flight, and + loaded the fugitives with all the invectives they could lay their tongues + to. So enraged were they at the dastardly trick of which they had been + made the dupes, that if chance should bring the deserters again on board I + should be sorry to answer for the consequences. + </p> + <p> + In accordance with my advice, Mrs. Kear has not been informed of her + husband’s disappearance. The unhappy lady is wasting away with a fever for + which we are powerless to supply a remedy, for the medicine chest was lost + when the ship began to sink. Nevertheless, I do not think we have anything + to regret on that score, feeling as I do, that in a case like Mrs. Kear’s, + drugs would be of no avail. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVIII. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 6th CONTINUED.—The “Chancellor” no longer maintained her + equilibrium; we felt that she was gradually going down, and her hull was + probably breaking up. The main-top was already only ten feet above the + water, whilst the bowsprit, with the exception of the extreme end, that + rose obliquely from the waves, was entirely covered. + </p> + <p> + The “Chancellor’s” last day, we felt, had come. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately the raft was all but finished, and unless Curtis preferred to + wait till morning we should be able to embark in the evening. + </p> + <p> + The raft is a very solid structure. The spars that form the framework are + crossed one above another and lashed together with stout ropes, so that + the whole pile rises a couple of feet above the water. The upper platform + is constructed from the planks that were broken from the ship’s sides by + the violence of the waves, and which had not drifted away. The afternoon + has been employed in charging the raft with such provisions, sails, tools, + and instruments as we have been able to save. + </p> + <p> + And how can I attempt to give any idea of the feelings with which, one and + all, we now contemplated the fate before us? For my own part I was + possessed rather by a benumbed indifference than by any sense of genuine + resignation. M. Letourneur was entirely absorbed in his son, who, in his + turn, thought only of his father; at the same time exhibiting a calm + Christian fortitude, which was shown by no one else of the party except + Miss Herbey, who faced her danger with the same brave composure. + Incredible as it may seem, Falsten remained the same as ever, occupying + himself with writing down figures and memoranda in his pocket-book. Mrs. + Kear, in spite of all that Miss Herbey could do for her, was evidently + dying. + </p> + <p> + With regard to the sailors, two or three of them were calm enough, but the + rest had well-nigh lost their wits. Some of the more ill-disposed amongst + them seemed inclined to run into excesses; and their conduct, under the + bad influence of Owen and Jynxstrop, made it doubtful whether they would + submit to control when once we were limited to the narrow dimensions of + the raft. Lieutenant Walter, although his courage never failed him, was + worn out with bodily fatigue, and obliged to give up all active labour; + but Curtis and the boatswain were resolute, energetic and firm as ever. To + borrow an expression from the language of metallurgic art, they were men + “at the highest degree of hardness.” + </p> + <p> + At five o’clock one of our companions in misfortune was released from her + sufferings. Mrs. Kear, after a most distressing illness, through which her + young companion tended her with the most devoted care, has breathed her + last. A few deep sighs and all was over, and I doubt whether the sufferer + was ever conscious of the peril of, her situation. + </p> + <p> + The night passed on without further incident. Towards morning I touched + the dead woman’s hand, and it was cold and stiff. The corpse could not + remain any longer on the main-top, and after Miss Herbey and I had + carefully wrapped the garments about it, with a few short prayers the body + of the first victim of our miseries was committed to the deep. + </p> + <p> + As the sea closed over the body I heard one of the men in the shrouds say,— + </p> + <p> + “There goes a carcass that we shall be sorry we have thrown away!” + </p> + <p> + I looked round sharply. It was Owen who had spoken, But horrible as were + his words, the conviction was forced upon my mind that the day could not + be far distant when we must want for food. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIX. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 7th.—The ship was sinking rapidly; the water had risen to + the fore-top; the poop and forecastle were completely submerged; the top + of the bowsprit had disappeared, and only the three mast-tops projected + from the waves. + </p> + <p> + But all was ready on the raft; an erection had been made on the fore to + hold a mast, which was supported by shrouds fastened to the sides of the + platform; this mast carried a large royal. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps, after all, these few frail planks will carry us to the shore + which the “Chancellor” has failed to reach; at any rate, we cannot yet + resign all hope. + </p> + <p> + We were just on the point of embarking at 7 a.m. when the “Chancellor” all + at once began to sink so rapidly that the carpenter and men who were on + the raft were obliged with all speed to cut the ropes that secured it to + the vessel to prevent it from being swallowed up in the eddying waters. + Anxiety, the most intense, took possession of us all. At the very moment + when the ship was descending into the fathomless abyss, the raft, our only + hope of safety, was drifting off before our eyes. Two of the sailors and + an apprentice, beside themselves with terror, threw themselves headlong + into the sea; but it was evident from the very first that they were quite + powerless to combat the winds and waves. Escape was impossible; they could + neither reach the raft, nor return to the ship. Curtis tied a rope round + his waist and tried to swim to their assistance; but long before he could + reach them the unfortunate men, after a vain struggle for life, sank below + the waves and were seen no more. Curtis, bruised and beaten with the surf + that raged about the mast-heads, was hauled back to the ship. + </p> + <p> + Meantime, Dowlas and his men, by means of some spars which they used as + oars, were exerting themselves to bring back the raft, which had drifted + about two cables-lengths away; but, in spite of all their efforts, it was + fully an hour,—an hour which seemed to us, waiting as we were with + the water up to the level of the top-masts, like an eternity—before + they succeeded in bringing the raft alongside, and lashing it once again + to the “Chancellor’s” main-mast. + </p> + <p> + Not a moment was then to be lost. The waves were eddying like a whirlpool + around the submerged vessel, and numbers of enormous air-bubbles were + rising to the surface of the water. + </p> + <p> + The time was come. At Curtis’s word “Embark!” we all hurried to the raft. + Andre who insisted upon seeing Miss Herbey go first, was helped safely on + to the platform, where his father immediately joined him. In a very few + minutes all except Curtis and old O’Ready had left the “Chancellor.” + </p> + <p> + Curtis remained standing on the main-top, deeming it not only his duty, + but his right, to be the last to leave the vessel he had loved so well, + and the loss of which he so much deplored. + </p> + <p> + “Now then, old fellow off of this!” cried the captain to the old Irishman, + who did not move. + </p> + <p> + “And is it quite sure ye are that she’s sinkin?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Ay, ay! sure enough, my man; and you’d better look sharp.” + </p> + <p> + “Faith, then, and I think I will;” and not a moment too soon (for the + water was up to his waist) he jumped on to the raft. + </p> + <p> + Having cast one last, lingering look around him, Curtis then left the + ship; the rope was cut and we went slowly adrift. + </p> + <p> + All eyes were fixed upon the spot where the “Chancellor” lay foundering. + The top of the mizzen was the first to disappear, then followed the + main-top; and soon, of what had been a noble vessel, not a vestige was to + be seen. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXX. + </h2> + <p> + Will this frail float, forty feet by twenty, bear us in safety? Sink it + cannot; the material of which it is composed is of a kind that must + surmount the waves. But it is questionable whether it will hold together. + The cords that bind it will have a tremendous strain to bear in resisting + the violence of the sea. The most sanguine amongst us trembles to face the + future; the most confident dares to think only of the present. After the + manifold perils of the last seventy-two days’ voyage all are too agitated + to look forward without dismay to what in all human probability must be a + time of the direst distress. + </p> + <p> + Vain as the task may seem, I will not pause in my work of registering the + events of our drama, as scene after scene they are unfolded before our + eyes. + </p> + <p> + Of the twenty-eight persons who left Charleston in the “Chancellor,” only + eighteen are left to huddle together upon this narrow raft; this number + includes the five passengers, namely M. Letourneur, Andre, Miss Herbey, + Falsten, and myself; the ship’s officers, Captain Curtis, Lieutenant + Walter, the boatswain, Hobart the steward, Jynxstrop the cook, and Dowlas + the carpenter; and seven sailors, Austin, Owen, Wilson, O’Ready, Burke, + Sandon, and Flaypole. + </p> + <p> + Such are the passengers on the raft; it is but a brief task to enumerate + their resources. + </p> + <p> + The greater part of the provisions in the store-room were destroyed at the + time when the ship’s deck was submerged, and the small quantity that + Curtis has been able to save will be very inadequate to supply the wants + of eighteen people, who too probably have many days to wait ere they sight + either land or a passing vessel. One cask of biscuit, another of preserved + meat, a small keg of brandy, and two barrels of water complete our store, + so that the utmost frugality in the distribution of our daily rations + becomes absolutely necessary. + </p> + <p> + Of spare clothes we have positively none; a few sails will serve for + shelter by day, and covering by night. Dowlas has his carpenter’s tools, + we have each a pocket-knife, and O’Ready an old tin pot; of which he takes + the most tender care; in addition to these, we are in possession of a + sextant, a compass, a chart, and a metal tea-kettle, everything else that + was placed on deck in readiness for the first raft having been lost in the + partial submersion of the vessel. + </p> + <p> + Such then is our situation; critical indeed, but after all perhaps not + desperate. We have one great fear; some there are amongst us whose + courage, moral as well as physical, may give way, and over failing spirits + such as these we may have no control. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXI. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 7th CONTINUED.—Our first day on the raft has passed without + any special incident. At eight o’clock this morning Curtis asked our + attention for a moment. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” he said, “listen to me. Here on this raft, just as when we + were on board the ‘Chancellor,’ I consider myself your captain; and as + your captain, I expect that all of you will strictly obey my orders. Let + me beg of you, one and all, to think solely of our common welfare; let us + work with one heart and with one soul, and may Heaven protect us!” + </p> + <p> + After delivering these few words with an emotion that evidenced their + earnestness, the captain consulted his compass, and found that the + freshening breeze was blowing from the north. This was fortunate for us, + and no time was to be lost in taking advantage of it to speed us on our + dubious way. Dowlas was occupied in fixing the mast into the socket that + had already been prepared for its reception, and in order to support it + more firmly he placed spurs of wood, forming arched buttresses, on either + side. While he was thus employed the boatswain and the other seamen were + stretching the large royal sail on the yard that had been reserved for + that purpose. + </p> + <p> + By half-past nine the mast was hoisted, and held firmly in its place by + some shrouds attached securely to the sides of the raft; then the sail was + run up and trimmed to the wind, and the raft began to make a perceptible + progress under the brisk breeze. + </p> + <p> + As soon as we had once started, the carpenter set to work to contrive some + sort of a rudder, that would enable us to maintain our desired direction. + Curtis and Falsten assisted him with some serviceable suggestions, and in + a couple of hours’ time he had made and fixed to the back of the raft a + kind of paddle, very similar to those used by the Malays. + </p> + <p> + At noon, after the necessary preliminary observations, Curtis took the + altitude of the sun. The result gave lat. 15deg. 7min. N. by long. 49deg. + 35min. W. as our position, which, on consulting the chart, proved to be + about 650 miles north-east of the coast of Paramaribo in Dutch Guiana. + </p> + <p> + Now even under the most favourable circumstances, with trade-winds and + weather always in our favour, we cannot by any chance hope to make more + than ten or twelve miles a day, so that the voyage cannot possibly be + performed under a period of two months. To be sure there is the hope to be + indulged that we may fall in with a passing vessel, but as the part of the + Atlantic into which we have been driven is intermediate between the tracks + of the French and English Transatlantic steamers either from the Antilles + or the Brazils, we cannot reckon at all upon such a contingency happening + in our favour; whilst if a calm should set in, or worse still, if the wind + were to blow from the east, not only two months, but twice, nay, three + times that length of time will be required to accomplish the passage. + </p> + <p> + At best, however, our provisions, even though used with the greatest care, + will barely last three months. Curtis has called us into consultation, and + as the working of the raft does not require such labour as to exhaust our + physical strength, all have agreed to submit to a regimen which, although + it will suffice to keep us alive, will certainly not fully satisfy the + cravings of hunger and thirst. + </p> + <p> + As far as we can estimate, we have somewhere about 500 lbs. of meat and + about the same quantity of biscuit. To make this last for three months we + ought not to consume very much more than 5 lbs. a day of each, which, when + divided among eighteen people, will make the daily ration 5 oz. of meat + and 5 oz. of biscuit for each person. Of water we have certainly not more + than 200 gallons, but by reducing each person’s allowance to a pint a day, + we hope to eke out that, too, over the space of three months. + </p> + <p> + It is arranged that the food shall be distributed under the boatswain’s + superintendence every morning at ten o’clock. Each person will then + receive his allowance of meat and biscuit, which may be eaten when and how + he pleases. The water will be given out twice a day—at ten in the + morning and six in the evening; but as the only drinking-vessels in our + possession are the tea-kettle and the old Irishman’s tin pot, the water + has to be consumed immediately on distribution. As for the brandy, of + which there are only five gallons, it will be doled out with the strictest + limitation, and no one will be allowed to touch it except with the + captain’s express permission. + </p> + <p> + I should not forget that there are two sources from which we may hope to + increase our store. First, any rain that may fall will add to our supply + of water, and two empty barrels have been placed ready to receive it; + secondly, we hope to do something in the way of fishing, and the sailors + have already begun to prepare some lines. + </p> + <p> + All have mutually agreed to abide by the rules that have been laid down, + for all are fully aware that by nothing but the most precise regimen can + we hope to avert the horrors of famine, and forewarned by the fate, of + many who in similar circumstances have miserably perished, we are + determined to do all that prudence can suggest for husbanding our stores. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXII. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 8th to 17th.—When night came we wrapped ourselves in our + sails. For my own part, worn out with the fatigue of the long watch in the + top-mast, I slept for several hours; M. Letourneur and Andre did the same, + and Miss Herbey obtained sufficient rest to relieve the tired expression + that her countenance had lately been wearing. The night passed quietly. As + the raft was not very heavily laden the waves did not break over it at + all, and we were consequently able to keep ourselves perfectly dry. To say + the truth, it was far better for us that the sea should remain somewhat + boisterous, for any diminution in the swell of the waves would indicate + that; the wind had dropped, and it was with a feeling of regret that when + the morning came I had to note down “weather calm” in my journal. + </p> + <p> + In these low latitudes the heat in the day-time is so intense, and the sun + burns with such an incessant glare, that the entire atmosphere becomes + pervaded with a glowing vapour. The wind, too, blows only in fitful gusts + and through long intervals of perfect calm the sails flap idly and + uselessly against the mast. Curtis and the boatswain, however, are of + opinion that we are not entirely dependent on the wind. Certain + indications, which a sailor’s eye alone could detect, make them almost + sure that we are being carried along by a westerly current, that flows at + the rate of three or four miles an hour. If they are not mistaken, this is + a circumstance that may materially assist our progress, and at which we + can hardly fail to rejoice, for the high temperature often makes our + scanty allowance of water quite inadequate to allay our thirst. + </p> + <p> + But with all our hardships I must confess that our condition is far + preferable to what it was when we were still clinging to the “Chancellor.” + Here at least we have a comparatively solid platform beneath our feet, and + we are relieved from the incessant dread of being carried down with a + foundering vessel. In the day-time we can move about with a certain amount + of freedom, discuss the weather, watch the sea, and examine our + fishing-lines; whilst at night we can rest securely under the shelter of + our sails. + </p> + <p> + “I really think, Mr. Kazallon,” said Andre Letourneur to me a few days + after we had embarked, “that our time on board the raft passes as + pleasantly as it did upon Ham Rock; and the raft has one advantage even + over the reef, for it is capable of motion.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Andre,” replied, “as long as the wind continues favourable the raft + has decidedly the advantage; but supposing the wind shifts, what then?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, we mustn’t think about that,” he said; “let us keep up our courage + while we can.” + </p> + <p> + I felt that he was right, and that the dangers we had escaped should make + us more hopeful for the future; and I think that nearly all of us are + inclined to share his opinion. + </p> + <p> + Whether the captain is equally sanguine I am unable to say. He holds + himself very much aloof, and as he evidently feels that he has the great + responsibility of saving other lives than his own, we are reluctant to + disturb his silent meditations. + </p> + <p> + Such of the crew as are not on watch spend the greater portion of their + time in dozing on the fore part of the raft. The aft, by the captain’s + orders, has been reserved for the use of us passengers, and by erecting + some uprights we have contrived to make a sort of tent, which affords some + shelter from the burning sun. On the whole our bill of health is tolerably + satisfactory. Lieutenant Walter is the only invalid, and he, in spite of + all our careful nursing, seems to get weaker every day. + </p> + <p> + Andre Letourneur is the life of our party, and I have never appreciated + the young man so well. His originality of perception makes his + conversation both lively and entertaining and as he talks, his wan and + suffering countenance lights up with an intelligent animation. His father + seems to become more devoted to him than ever, and I have seen him sit for + an hour at a time, with his hand resting on his son’s, listening eagerly + to his every word. + </p> + <p> + Miss Herbey occasionally joins in our conversation, but although we all do + our best to make her forget that she has lost those who should have been + her natural protectors, M. Letourneur is the only one amongst us to whom + she speaks without a certain reserve. To him, whose age gives him + something of the authority of a father, she has told the history of her + life—a life of patience and self-denial such as not unfrequently + falls to the lot of orphans. She had been, she said, two years with Mrs. + Kear, and although now left alone in the world, homeless and without + resources, hope for the future does not fail her. The young lady’s modest + deportment and energy of character command the respect of all on board, + and I do not think that even the coarsest of the sailors has either by + word or gesture acted towards her in a way that she could deem offensive. + </p> + <p> + The 12th, 13th, and 14th of December passed away without any change in our + condition. The wind continued to blow in irregular gusts, but always in + the same direction, and the helm, or rather the paddle at the back of the + raft has never once required shifting; and the watch, who are posted on + the fore, under orders to examine the sea with the most scrupulous + attention, have had no change of any kind to report. + </p> + <p> + At the end of a week we found ourselves growing accustomed to our limited + diet, and as we had no manual exertion, and no wear and tear of our + physical constitution, we managed very well. Our greatest deprivation was + the short supply of water, for, as I said before, the unmitigated heat + made our thirst at times very painful. + </p> + <p> + On the 15th we held high festival. A shoal of fish, of the sparus tribe, + swarmed round the raft, and although our tackle consisted merely of long + cords baited with morsels of dried meat stuck upon bent nails, the fish + were so voracious that in the course of a couple of days we had caught as + many as weighed almost 200lbs., some of which were grilled, and others + boiled in sea-water over a fire made on the fore part of the raft. This + marvelous haul was doubly welcome, inasmuch as it not only afforded us a + change of diet, but enabled us to economize our stores; if only some rain + had fallen at the same time we should have been more than satisfied. + </p> + <p> + Unfortunately the shoal of fish did not remain long in our vicinity. On + the 17th they all disappeared, and some sharks, not less than twelve or + fifteen feet long, belonging to the species of spotted dog-fish, took + their place. These horrible creatures have black backs and fins, covered + with white spots and stripes. Here, on our low raft, we seem almost on a + level with them, and more than once their tails have struck the spars with + terrible violence. The sailors manage to keep them at a distance by means + of handspikes, but I shall not be surprised if they persist in following + us, instinctively intelligent that we are destined to become their prey. + For myself, I confess that they give me a feeling of uneasiness; they seem + to me like monsters of ill-omen. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0033" id="link2HCH0033"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIII. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 18th to 20th.—On the 18th the wind freshened a little, but + as it blew from the same favourable quarter we did not complain, and only + took the precaution of putting an extra support to the mast, so that it + should not snap with the tension of the sail. This done, the raft was + carried along with something more than its ordinary speed, and left a long + line of foam in its wake. + </p> + <p> + In the afternoon the sky became slightly overclouded, and the heat + consequently somewhat less oppressive. The swell made it more difficult + for the raft to keep its balance, and we shipped two or three heavy seas; + but the carpenter managed to make with some planks a kind of wall about a + couple of feet high, which protected us from the direct action of the + waves. Our casks of food and water were secured to the raft with double + ropes, for we dared not run the risk of their being carried overboard, an + accident that would at once have reduced us to the direst distress. + </p> + <p> + In the course of the day the sailors gathered some of the marine plants + known by the name of sargassos, very similar to those we saw in such + profusion between the Bermudas and Ham Rock. I advised my companions to + chew the laminary tangles, which they would find contained a saccharine + juice, affording considerable relief to their parched lips and throats. + </p> + <p> + The remainder of the day passed without incident. I should not, however, + omit to mention that the frequent conferences held amongst the sailors, + especially between Owen, Burke, Flaypole, Wilson, and Jynxstrop, the + negro, aroused some uneasy suspicions in my mind. What was the subject of + their conversation I could not discover, for they became silent + immediately that a passenger or one of the officers approached them. When + I mentioned the matter to Curtis I found he had already noticed these + secret interviews, and that they had given him enough concern to make him + determined to keep a strict eye upon Jynxstrop and Owen, who, rascals as + they were themselves, were evidently trying to disaffect their mates. + </p> + <p> + On the 19th the heat was again excessive. The sky was cloudless, and as + there was not enough wind to fill the sail the raft lay motionless upon + the surface of the water. Some of the sailors found a transient + alleviation for their thirst by plunging into the sea, but as we were + fully aware that the water all round was infested with sharks, none of us + was rash enough to follow their example, though if, as seems likely, we + remain long becalmed, we shall probably in time overcome our fears, and + feel constrained to indulge ourselves with a bath. + </p> + <p> + The health of Lieutenant Walter continues to cause us grave anxiety, the + young man being weakened by attacks of intermittent fever. Except for the + loss of the medicine-chest we might have temporarily reduced this by + quinine; but it is only too evident that the poor fellow is consumptive, + and that that hopeless malady is making ravages upon him that no medicine + could permanently arrest. His sharp dry cough, his short breathing, his + profuse perspirations, more especially in the morning; the pinched-in + nose, the hollow cheeks, of which the general pallour is only relieved by + a hectic flush, the contracted lips, the too brilliant eye and wasted form—all + bear witness to a slow but sure decay. + </p> + <p> + To-day, the 20th, the temperature is as high as ever, and the raft still + motionless. The rays of the sun penetrate even through the shelter of our + tent, where we sit literally gasping with the heat. The impatience with + which we awaited the moment when the boatswain should dole out our meagre + allowance of water, and the eagerness with which those lukewarm drops were + swallowed, can only be realized by those who for themselves have endured + the agonies of thirst. + </p> + <p> + Lieutenant Walter suffers more than any of us from the scarcity of water, + and I noticed that Miss Herbey reserved almost the whole of her own share + for his use. Kind and compassionate as ever, the young girl does all that + lies in her power to relieve the poor fellow’s sufferings. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Kazallon,” she said to me this morning, “that young man gets + manifestly weaker every day.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Miss Herbey,” I replied, “and how sorrowful it is that we can do + nothing for him, absolutely nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” she said, with her wonted consideration, “perhaps he will hear + what we are saying.” + </p> + <p> + And then she sat down near the edge of the raft, where, with her head + resting on her hands, she remained lost in thought. + </p> + <p> + An incident sufficiently unpleasant occurred to-day. For nearly an hour + Owen, Flaypole, Burke, and Jynxstrop had been engaged in close + conversation and, although their voices were low, their gestures had + betrayed that they were animated by some strong excitement. At the + conclusion of the colloquy Owen got up and walked deliberately to the + quarter of the raft that has been reserved for the use of the passengers. + </p> + <p> + “Where are you off to now, Owen?” said the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “That’s my business,” said the man insolently, and pursued his course. + </p> + <p> + The boatswain was about to stop him, but before he could interfere Curtis + was standing and looking Owen steadily in the face. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, captain, I’ve got a word from my mates to say to you,” he said, with + all the effrontery imaginable. + </p> + <p> + “Say on, then,” said the captain coolly. + </p> + <p> + “We should like to know about that little keg of brandy. Is it being kept + for the porpoises or the officers?” + </p> + <p> + Finding that he obtained no reply, he went on,— + </p> + <p> + “Look here, captain, what we want is to have our grog served out every + morning as usual.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you certainly will not,” said the captain. + </p> + <p> + “What! what!” exclaimed Owen, “don’t you mean to let us have our grog?” + </p> + <p> + “Once and for all, no.” + </p> + <p> + For a moment, with a malicious grin upon his lips, Owen stood confronting + the captain; then, as though thinking better of himself, he turned round + and rejoined his companions, who were still talking together in an + undertone. + </p> + <p> + When I was afterwards discussing the matter with Curtis I asked him + whether he was sure he had done right in refusing the brandy. + </p> + <p> + “Right!” he cried, “to be sure I have. Allow those men to have brandy! I + would throw it all overboard first.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0034" id="link2HCH0034"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIV. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 21st.—No further disturbance has taken place amongst the + men. For a few hours the fish appeared again, and we caught a great many + of them, and stored them away in an empty barrel. This addition to our + stock of provisions makes us hope that food, at least, will not fail us. + </p> + <p> + Usually the nights in the tropics are cool, but to-day, as evening drew + on, the wonted freshness did not return, but the air remained stifling and + oppressive, whilst heavy masses of vapour hung over the water. + </p> + <p> + There was no moonlight; there would be a new moon at half-past one in the + morning, but the night was singularly dark, except for dazzling flashes of + summer lightning that from time to time illumined the horizon far and + wide. There was, however, no answering roll of thunder, and the silence of + the atmosphere seemed almost awful, For a couple of hours, in the vain + hope of catching a breath of air, Miss Herbey, Andre Letourneur, and I, + sat watching the imposing struggle of the electric vapours. The clouds + appeared like embattled turrets crested with flame, and the very sailors, + coarse-minded men as they were, seemed struck with the grandeur of the + spectacle, and regarded attentively, though with an anxious eye, the + preliminary tokens of a coming storm. Until midnight we kept our seats + upon the stern of the raft, whilst the lightning ever and again shed + around us a livid glare similar to that produced by adding salt to lighted + alcohol. + </p> + <p> + “Are you afraid of a storm, Miss Herbey?” said Andre to the girl. + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Andre, my feelings are always rather those of awe than of fear,” + she replied. “I consider a storm one of the sublimest phenomena that we + can behold—don’t you think so too?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and especially when the thunder is pealing,” he said; “that majestic + rolling, far different to the sharp crash of artillery, rises and falls + like the long-drawn notes of the grandest music, and I can safely say that + the tones of the most accomplished ARTISTE have never moved me like that + incomparable voice of nature.” + </p> + <p> + “Rather a deep bass, though,” I said, laughing. + </p> + <p> + “That may be,” he answered; “but I wish we might hear it now, for this + silent lightning is somewhat unexpressive.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind that, Andre” I said; “enjoy a storm when it comes, if you + like, but pray don’t wish for it.” + </p> + <p> + “And why not?” said he; “a storm will bring us wind, you know.” + </p> + <p> + “And water, too,” added Miss Herbey, “the water of which we are so + seriously in need.” + </p> + <p> + The young people evidently wished to regard the storm from their own point + of view, and although I could have opposed plenty of common sense to their + poetical sentiments, I said no more, but let them talk on as they pleased + for fully an hour. + </p> + <p> + Meantime the sky was becoming quite overclouded, and after the zodiacal + constellations had disappeared in the mists that hung round the horizon, + one by one the stars above our heads were veiled in dark rolling masses of + vapour, from which every instant there issued forth sheets of electricity + that formed a vivid background to the dark grey fragments of cloud that + floated beneath. + </p> + <p> + As the reservoir of electricity was confined to the higher strata of the + atmosphere, the lightning was still unaccompanied by thunder; but the + dryness of the air made it a weak conductor. Evidently the fluid could + only escape by terrible shocks, and the storm must ere long burst forth + with fearful violence. + </p> + <p> + This was the opinion of Curtis and the boatswain. The boatswain is only + weather-wise from his experience as a sailor; but Curtis, in addition to + his experience, has some scientific knowledge, and he pointed out to me an + appearance in the sky known to meteorologists as a “cloud-ring,” and + scarcely ever seen beyond the regions of the torrid zone, which are + impregnated by damp vapours brought from all quarters of the ocean by the + action of the trade-winds. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mr. Kazallon,” said Curtis, “our raft has been driven into the + region of storms, of which it has been justly remarked that any one + endowed with very sensitive organs can at any moment distinguish the + growlings of thunder.” + </p> + <p> + “Hark!” I said, as I strained my ears to listen, “I think I can hear it + now.” + </p> + <p> + “You can,” he answered; “yet what you hear is but the first warning of the + storm which, in a couple of hours, will burst upon us with all its fury. + But never mind, we must be ready for it.” + </p> + <p> + Sleep, even if we wished it, would have been impossible in that stifling + temperature. The lightning increased in brilliancy, and appeared from all + quarters of the horizon, each flash covering large arcs, varying from + 100deg. to 150deg., leaving the atmosphere pervaded by one incessant + phosphorescent glow. + </p> + <p> + The thunder became at length more and more distinct, the reports, if I may + use the expression, being “round,” rather than rolling. It seemed almost + as though the sky were padded with heavy clouds of which the elasticity + muffled the sound of the electric bursts. + </p> + <p> + Hitherto, the sea had been calm, almost stagnant as a pond. Now, however, + long undulations took place, which the sailors recognized, all too well, + as being the rebound produced by a distant tempest. A ship, in such a + case, would have been instantly brought ahull, but no manoeuvring could be + applied to our raft, which could only drift before the blast. + </p> + <p> + At one o’clock in the morning one vivid flash, followed, after the + interval of a few seconds, by a loud report of thunder, announced that the + storm was rapidly approaching. Suddenly the horizon was enveloped in a + vapourous fog, and seemed to contract until it was close around us. At the + same instant the voice of one of the sailors was heard shouting,— + </p> + <p> + “A squall! a squall!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0035" id="link2HCH0035"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXV. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 21st, NIGHT.—The boatswain rushed to the halliards that + supported the sail, and instantly lowered the yard; and not a moment too + soon, for with the speed of an arrow the squall was upon us, and if it had + not been for the sailor’s timely warning we must all have been knocked + down and probably precipitated into the sea; as it was, our tent on the + back of the raft was carried away. + </p> + <p> + The raft itself, however, being so nearly level with the water, had little + peril to encounter from the actual wind; but from the mighty waves now + raised by the hurricane we had everything to dread. At first the waves had + been crushed and flattened as it were by the pressure of the air, but now, + as though strengthened by the reaction, they rose with the utmost fury. + The raft followed the motions of the increasing swell, and was tossed up + and down, to and fro, and from side to side with the most violent + oscillations “Lash yourselves tight,” cried the boatswain, as he threw us + some ropes; and in a few moments, with Curtis’s assistance, M. Letourneur, + Andre, Falsten, and myself were fastened so firmly to the raft, that + nothing but its total disruption could carry us away. Miss Herbey was + bound by a rope passed round her waist to one of the uprights that had + supported our tent, and by the glare of the lightning I could see that her + countenance was as serene and composed as ever. + </p> + <p> + Then the storm began to rage indeed. Flash followed flash, peal followed + peal in quick succession. Our eyes were blinded, our ears deafened, with + the roar and glare. The clouds above, the ocean beneath, seemed verily to + have taken fire, and several times I saw forked lightnings dart upwards + from the crest of the waves, and mingle with those that radiated from the + fiery vault above. A strong odour of sulphur pervaded the air, but though + thunderbolts fell thick around us, not one had touched our raft. + </p> + <p> + By two o’clock the storm had reached its height. The hurricane had + increased, and the heavy waves, heated to a strange heat by the general + temperature, dashed over us until we were drenched to the skin. Curtis, + Dowlas, the boatswain, and the sailors did what they could to strengthen + the raft with additional ropes. M. Letourneur placed himself in front of + Andre to shelter him from the waves. Miss Herbey stood upright and + motionless as a statue. + </p> + <p> + Soon dense masses of lurid clouds came rolling up, and a crackling, like + the rattle of musketry, resounded through the air. This was produced by a + series of electrical concussions, in which volleys of hailstones were + discharged from the cloud-batteries above. In fact, as the storm-sheet + came in contact with a current of cold air, hail was formed with great + rapidity, and hailstones, large as nuts, came pelting down, making the + platform of the raft re-echo with a metallic ring. + </p> + <p> + For about half an hour the meteoric shower continued to descend, and + during that time the wind slightly abated in violence; but after having + shifted from quarter to quarter, it once more blew with all its former + fury. The shrouds were broken, but happily the mast, already bending + almost double, was removed by the men from its socket before it should be + snapped short off. One gust caught away the tiller, which went adrift + beyond all power of recovery, and the same blast blew down several of the + planks that formed the low parapet on the larboard side, so that the waves + dashed in without hindrance through the breach. + </p> + <p> + The carpenter and his mates tried to repair the damage, but, tossed from + wave to wave, the raft was inclined to an angle of more than forty-five + degrees, making it impossible for them to keep their footing, and rolling + one over another, they were thrown down by the violent shocks. Why they + were not altogether carried away, why we were not all hurled into the sea, + was to me a mystery. Even if the cords that bound us should retain their + hold, it seemed perfectly incredible that the raft itself should not be + overturned, so that we should be carried down and stifled in the seething + waters. + </p> + <p> + At last, towards three in the morning, when the hurricane seemed to be + raging more fiercely than ever, the raft, caught up on the crest of an + enormous wave, stood literally perpendicularly on its edge. For an + instant, by the illumination of the lightning, we beheld ourselves raised + to an incomprehensible height above the foaming breakers. Cries of terror + escaped our lips. All must be over now! But no; another moment, and the + raft had resumed its horizontal position. Safe, indeed, we were, but the + tremendous upheaval was not without its melancholy consequences. The cords + that secured the cases of provisions had burst asunder. One case rolled + overboard, and the side of one of the water-barrels was staved in, so that + the water which it contained was rapidly escaping. Two of the sailors + rushed forward to rescue the case of preserved meat; but one of them + caught his foot between the planks of the platform, and, unable to + disengage it, the poor fellow stood uttering-cries of distress. + </p> + <p> + I tried to go to his assistance, and had already untied the cord that was + round me; but I was too late. Another heavy sea dashed over us, and by the + light of a dazzling flash I saw the unhappy man, although he had managed + without assistance to disengage his foot, washed overboard before it was + in my power to get near him. His companion had also disappeared. + </p> + <p> + The same ponderous wave laid me prostrate on the platform, and as my head + came in collision with the corner of a spar, for a time I lost all + consciousness. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0036" id="link2HCH0036"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVI. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 22nd.—Daylight came at length, and the sun broke through + and dispersed the clouds that the storm had left behind. The struggle of + the elements, while it lasted, had been terrific, but the swoon into which + I was thrown by my fall, prevented me from observing the final incidents + of the visitation. All that I know is, that shortly after we had shipped + the heavy sea that I have mentioned, a shower of rain had the effect of + calming the severity of the hurricane, and tended to diminish the electric + tension of the atmosphere. + </p> + <p> + Thanks to the kind care of M. Letourneur and Miss Herbey, I recovered + consciousness, but I believe that it is to Robert Curtis that I owe my + real deliverance, for he it was that prevented me from being carried away + by a second heavy wave. + </p> + <p> + The tempest, fierce as it was, did not last more than a few hours; but + even in that short space of time what an irreparable loss we have + sustained, and what a load of misery seems stored up for us in the future! + </p> + <p> + Of the two sailors who perished in the storm, one was Austin, a fine + active young man of about eight-and-twenty; the other was old O’Ready, the + survivor of so many ship wrecks. Our party is thus reduced to sixteen + souls, leaving a total barely exceeding half the number of those who + embarked on board the “Chancellor” at Charleston. + </p> + <p> + Curtis’s first care had been to take a strict account of the remnant of + our provisions. Of all the torrents of rain that fell in the night we were + unhappily unable to catch a single drop; but water will not fail us yet, + for about fourteen gallons still remain in the bottom of the broken + barrel, whilst the second barrel has not yet been touched. But of food we + have next to nothing. The cases containing the dried meat, and the fish + that we had preserved, have both been washed away, and all that now + remains to us is about sixty pounds of biscuit. Sixty pounds of biscuit + between sixteen persons! Eight days, with half a pound a day apiece, will + consume it all. + </p> + <p> + The day has passed away in silence. A general depression has fallen upon + all: the spectre of famine has appeared amongst us, and each has remained + wrapped in his own gloomy meditations, though each has doubtless but one + idea dominant in his mind. + </p> + <p> + Once, as I passed near the group of sailors lying on the fore part of the + raft, I heard Flaypole say with a sneer,— + </p> + <p> + “Those who are going to die had better make haste about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Owen, “leave their share of food to others.” + </p> + <p> + At the regular hour each person received his half-pound of biscuit. Some, + I noticed, swallowed it ravenously, others reserved it for another time. + Falsten divided his ration into several portions, corresponding, I + believe, to the number of meals to which he was ordinarily accustomed. + What prudence he shows! If any one survives this misery, I think it will + be he. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0037" id="link2HCH0037"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVII. + </h2> + <p> + DECEMBER 23rd to 30th—After the storm the wind settled back into its + old quarter, blowing pretty briskly from the north-east. As the breeze was + all in our favour it was important to make the most of it, and after + Dowlas had carefully readjusted the mast, the sail was once more hoisted, + and we were carried along at the rate of two or two and a half knots an + hour. A new rudder, formed of a spar and a good-sized plank, has been + fitted in the place of the one we lost, but with the wind in its present + quarter it is in little requisition. The platform of the raft has been + repaired, the disjointed planks have been closed by means of ropes and + wedges, and that portion of the parapet that was washed away has been + replaced, so that we are no longer wetted by the waves. In fact, nothing + has been left undone to insure the solidity of our raft, and to render it + capable of resisting the wear and tear of the wind and waves. But the + dangers of wind and waves are not those which we have most to dread. + </p> + <p> + Together with the unclouded sky came a return of the tropical heat, which + during the preceding days had caused us such serious inconvenience; + fortunately on the 23rd the excessive warmth was somewhat tempered by the + breeze, and as the tent was once again put up, we were able to find + shelter under it by turns. + </p> + <p> + But the want of food was beginning to tell upon us sadly, and our sunken + cheeks and wasted forms were visible tokens of what we were enduring. With + most of us hunger seemed to attack the entire nervous system, and the + constriction of the stomach produced an acute sensation of pain. A + narcotic, such as opium or tobacco, might have availed to soothe, if not + to cure, the gnawing agony; but of sedatives we had none, so the pain must + be endured. + </p> + <p> + One alone there was amongst us who did not feel the pangs of hunger. + Lieutenant Walter seemed as it were to feed upon the fever that raged + within him; but then he was the victim of the most torturing thirst, Miss + Herbey, besides reserving for him a portion of her own insufficient + allowance, obtained from the captain a small extra supply of water, with + which every quarter of an hour she moistened the parched lips of the young + man, who almost too weak to speak, could only express his thanks by a + grateful smile. Poor fellow! all our care cannot avail to save him now; he + is doomed, most surely doomed to die. + </p> + <p> + On the 23rd he seemed to be conscious of his condition, for he made a sign + to me to sit down by his side, and then summoning up all his strength to + speak, he asked me in a few broken words how long I thought he had to + live? Slight as my hesitation was, Walter noticed it immediately. + </p> + <p> + “The truth,” he said; “tell me the plain truth.” + </p> + <p> + “My dear fellow, I am not a doctor, you know,” I began, “and I can + scarcely judge—” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind,” he interrupted, “tell me just what you think.” + </p> + <p> + I looked at him attentively for some moments, then laid my ear against his + chest. In the last few days his malady had made fearfully rapid strides, + and it was only too evident that one lung had already ceased to act, + whilst the other was scarcely capable of performing the work of + respiration. The young man was now suffering from the fever which is the + sure symptom of the approaching end in all tuberculous complaints. + </p> + <p> + The lieutenant kept his eye fixed upon me with a look of eager inquiry. I + knew not what to say, and sought to evade his question. + </p> + <p> + “My dear boy,” I said, “in our present circumstances not one of us can + tell how long he has to live. Not one of us knows what may happen in the + course of the next eight days.” + </p> + <p> + “The next eight days,” he murmured, as he looked eagerly into my face. + </p> + <p> + And then, turning away his head, he seemed to fall into a sort of doze. + </p> + <p> + The 24th, 25th, and 26th passed without any alteration in our + circumstances, and strange, nay, incredible as it may sound, we began to + get accustomed to our condition of starvation. Often, when reading the + histories of shipwrecks, I have suspected the accounts to be greatly + exaggerated; but now I fully realize their truth, and marvel when I find + on how little nutriment it is possible to exist for so long a time. To our + daily half-pound of biscuit the captain has thought to add a few drops of + brandy, and the stimulant helps considerably to sustain our strength. If + we had the same provisions for two months, or even for one, there might be + room for hope; but our supplies diminish rapidly, and the time is fast + approaching when of food and drink there will be none. + </p> + <p> + The sea had furnished us with food once, and, difficult as the task of + fishing had now become, at all hazards the attempt must be made again. + Accordingly the carpenter and the boatswain set to work and made lines out + of some untwisted hemp, to which they fixed some nails that they pulled + out of the flooring of the raft, and bent into proper shape. The boatswain + regarded his device with evident satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t mean to say,” said he to me, “that these nails are first-rate + fish-hooks; but one thing I do know, and that is, with proper bait they + will act as well as the best. But this biscuit is no good at all. Let me + but just get hold of one fish, and I shall know fast enough how to use it + to catch some more.” + </p> + <p> + And the true difficulty was how to catch the first fish. It was evident + that fish were not abundant in these waters, nevertheless the lines were + cast. But the biscuit with which they were baited dissolved at once in the + water, and we did not get a single bite. For two days the attempt was made + in vain, and as it only involved what seemed a lavish waste of our only + means of subsistence, it was given up in despair. + </p> + <p> + To-day, the 30th, as a last resource, the boatswain tried what a piece of + coloured rag might do by way of attracting some voracious fish, and having + obtained from Miss Herbey a little piece of the red shawl she wears, he + fastened it to his hook. But still no success; for when, after several + hours, he examined his lines, the crimson shred was still hanging intact + as he had fixed it. The man was quite discouraged at his failure. + </p> + <p> + “But there will be plenty of bait before long,” he said to me in a solemn + undertone. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” said I, struck by his significant manner. + </p> + <p> + “You’ll know soon enough,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + What did he insinuate? The words, coming from a man usually so reserved, + have haunted me all night. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0038" id="link2HCH0038"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVIII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 1st to 5th.—More than three months had elapsed since we left + Charleston in the “Chancellor,” and for no less than twenty days had we + now been borne along on our raft at the mercy of the wind and waves. + Whether we were approaching the American coast, or whether we were + drifting farther and farther to sea, it was now impossible to determine, + for, in addition to the other disasters caused by the hurricane, the + captain’s instruments had been hopelessly smashed, and Curtis had no + longer any compass by which to direct his course, nor a sextant by which + he might make an observation. + </p> + <p> + Desperate, however, as our condition might be judged, hope did not + entirely abandon our hearts, and day after day, hour after hour were our + eyes strained towards the horizon, and many and many a time did our + imagination shape out the distant land. But ever and again the illusion + vanished; a cloud, a mist, perhaps even a wave, was all that had deceived + us; no land, no sail ever broke the grey line that united sea and sky, and + our raft remained the centre of the wide and dreary waste. + </p> + <p> + On the 1st of January we swallowed our last morsel of biscuit. The 1st of + January! New Year’s Day! What a rush of sorrowful recollections + overwhelmed our minds! Had we not always associated the opening of another + year with new hopes, new plans, and coming joys? And now, where were we? + Could we dare to look at one another, and breathe a new year’s greeting? + </p> + <p> + The boatswain approached me with a peculiar look on his countenance. + </p> + <p> + “You are surely not going to wish me a happy new year?” I said. + </p> + <p> + “No indeed, sir,” he replied, “I was only going to wish you well through + the first day of it; and that is pretty good assurance on my part, for we + have not another crumb to eat.” + </p> + <p> + True as it was, we scarcely realized the fact of there being actually + nothing until on the following morning the hour came round for the + distribution of the scanty ration, and then, indeed, the truth was forced + upon us in a new and startling light. Towards evening I was seized with + violent pains in the stomach, accompanied by a constant desire to yawn and + gape that was most distressing; but in a couple of hours the extreme agony + passed away, and on the 3rd I was surprised to find that I did not suffer + more. I felt, it is true, that there was some great void within myself, + but the sensation was quite as much moral as physical. My head was so + heavy that I could not hold it up; it was swimming with giddiness, as + though I were looking over a precipice. + </p> + <p> + My symptoms were not shared by all my companions, some of whom endured the + most frightful tortures. Dowlas and the boatswain especially, who were + naturally large eaters, uttered involuntary cries of agony, and were + obliged to gird themselves tightly with ropes to subdue the excruciating + pain that was gnawing their very vitals. + </p> + <p> + And this was only the second day of our misery! what would we not have + given for half, nay, for a quarter of the meagre ration which a few days + back we had deemed so inadequate to supply our wants, and which now, eked + out crumb by crumb, might, perhaps, serve for several days? In the streets + of a besieged city, dire as the distress may be, some gutter, some + rubbish-heap, some corner may yet be found that will furnish a dry bone or + a scrap of refuse that may for a moment allay the pangs of hunger; but + these bare planks, so many times washed clean by the relentless waves, + offer nothing to our eager search, and after every fragment of food that + the wind carried into their interstices has been scraped out devoured, our + resources are literally at an end. + </p> + <p> + The nights seem even longer than the days. Sleep, when it comes, brings no + relief; it is rather a feverish stupour, broken and disturbed by frightful + nightmares. Last night, however, overcome by fatigue, I managed to rest + for several hours. + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock this morning I was roused by the sound of angry voices, + and, starting up, I saw Owen and Jynxstrop, with Flaypole, Wilson, Burke, + and Sandon, standing in a threatening attitude. They had taken possession + of the carpenter’s tools, and now, armed with hatchets, chisels, and + hammers, they were preparing to attack the captain, the boatswain, and + Dowlas. I attached myself in a moment to Curtis’s party. Falsten followed + my example, and although our knives were the only weapons at our disposal, + we were ready to defend ourselves to the very last extremity. + </p> + <p> + Owen and his men advanced towards us. The miserable wretches were all + drunk, for during the night they had knocked a hole in the brandy-barrel, + and had recklessly swallowed its contents. What they wanted they scarcely + seemed to know, but Owen and Jynxstrop, not quite so much intoxicated as + the rest; seemed to be urging them on to massacre the captain and the + officers. + </p> + <p> + “Down with the captain! Overboard with Curtis! Owen shall take the + command!” they shouted from time to time in their drunken fury; and, armed + as they were, they appeared completely masters of the situation. + </p> + <p> + “Now, then, down with your arms!” said Curtis sternly, as he advanced to + meet them. + </p> + <p> + “Overboard with the captain!” howled Owen, as by word and gesture he urged + on his accomplices. + </p> + <p> + Curtis’ pushed aside the excited rascals, and, walking straight up to + Owen, asked him what he wanted. + </p> + <p> + “What do we want? Why, we want no more captains; we are all equals now.” + </p> + <p> + Poor stupid fool! as though misery and privation had not already reduced + us all to the same level. + </p> + <p> + “Owen,” said the captain once, again, “down with your arms!” + </p> + <p> + “Come on, all of you,” shouted Owen to his companions, without giving the + slightest heed to Curtis’s words. + </p> + <p> + A regular struggle ensued. Owen and Wilson attacked Curtis, who defended + himself with a piece of a spar; Burke and Flaypole rushed upon Falsten and + the boatswain, whilst I was left to confront the negro Jynxstrop, who + attempted to strike me with the hammer which he brandished in his hand. I + endeavoured to paralyze his movements by pinioning his arms, but the + rascal was my superior in muscular strength. After wrestling for a few + moments, I felt that he was getting the mastery over me when all of a + sudden he rolled over on to the platform, dragging me with him. Andre + Letourneur had caught hold of one of his legs, and thus saved my life. + Jynxstrop dropped his weapon in his fall; I seized it instantly, and was + about to cleave the fellow’s skull, when I was myself arrested by Andre’s + hand upon my arm. + </p> + <p> + By this time the mutineers had been driven back to the forepart of the + raft, and Curtis, who had managed to parry the blows which had been aimed + at him, had caught hold of a hatchet, with which he was preparing to + strike at Owen. But Owen made a sidelong movement to avoid the blow, and + the weapon caught Wilson full in the chest. The unfortunate man rolled + over the side of the raft and instantly disappeared. + </p> + <p> + “Save him! save him!” shouted the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “It’s too late; he’s dead!” said Dowlas. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, well! he’ll do for—” began the boatswain; but he did not finish + his sentence. + </p> + <p> + Wilson’s death, however, put an end to the fray. Flaypole and Burke were + lying prostrate in a drunken stupour, and Jynxstrop was soon overpowered, + and lashed tightly to the foot of the mast. The carpenter and the + boatswain seized hold of Owen. + </p> + <p> + “Now then,” said Curtis, as he raised his blood-stained hatchet, “make + your peace with God, for you have not a moment to live.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you want to eat me, do you?” sneered Owen, with the most hardened + effrontery. + </p> + <p> + But the audacious reply saved his life; Curtis turned as pale as death, + the hatchet dropped from his hand, and he went and seated himself moodily + on the farthest corner of the raft. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0039" id="link2HCH0039"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIX. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 5th and 6th.—The whole scene made a deep impression on our + minds, and Owen’s speech coming as a sort of climax, brought before us our + misery with a force that was well-nigh overwhelming. + </p> + <p> + As soon as I recovered my composure, I did not forget to thank Andre + Letourneur for the act of intervention that had saved my life. + </p> + <p> + “Do you thank me for that; Mr. Kazallon?” he said; “it has only served to + prolong your misery.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind, M. Letourneur,” said Miss Herbey; “you did your duty.” + </p> + <p> + Enfeebled and emaciated as the young girl is, her sense of duty never + deserts her, and although her torn and bedraggled garments float + dejectedly about her body, she never utters a word of complaint, and never + loses courage. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Kazallon,” she said to me, “do you think we are fated to die of + hunger?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; Miss Herbey, I do,” I replied in a hard, cold tone. + </p> + <p> + “How long do you suppose we have to live?” she asked again. + </p> + <p> + “I cannot say; perhaps we shall linger on longer than we imagine.” + </p> + <p> + “The strongest constitutions suffer the most, do they not?” she said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; but they have one consolation; they die the soonest;” I replied + coldly. + </p> + <p> + Had every spark of humanity died out of my breast that I thus brought the + girl face to face with the terrible truth without a word of hope or + comfort? The eyes of Andre and his father, dilated with hunger, were fixed + upon me, and I saw reproach and astonishment written in their faces. + </p> + <p> + Afterwards, when we were quite alone, Miss Herbey asked me if I would + grant her a favour. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Miss Herbey; anything you like to ask,” I replied; and this + time my manner was kinder and more genial. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Kazallon,” she said, “I am weaker than you, and shall probably die + first. Promise me that, if I do, you will throw my body into the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Miss Herbey,” I began, “it was very wrong of me to speak to you as I + did!” + </p> + <p> + “No, no,” she replied, half smiling; “you were quite right. But it is a + weakness of mine; I don’t mind what they do with me as long as I am alive, + but when I am dead—” she stopped and shuddered. “Oh, promise me that + you will throw me into, the sea!” + </p> + <p> + I gave her the melancholy promise, which she acknowledged by pressing my + hand feebly with her emaciated fingers. + </p> + <p> + Another night passed away. At times my sufferings were so intense that + cries of agony involuntarily escaped my lips; then I became calmer, and + sank into a kind of lethargy. When I awoke, I was surprised to find my + companions still alive. + </p> + <p> + The one of our party who seems to bear his privations the best is Hobart + the steward, a man with whom hitherto I have had very little to do. He is + small, with a fawning expression remarkable for its indecision, and has a + smile which is incessantly playing round his lips; he goes about with his + eyes half-closed, as though he wished to conceal his thoughts, and there + is something altogether false and hypocritical about his whole demeanour. + I cannot say that he bears his privations without a murmur, for he sighs + and moans incessantly; but, with it all, I cannot but think that there is + a want of genuineness in his manner, and that the privation has not really + told upon him as much as it has upon the rest of us. I have my suspicions + about the man, and intend to watch him carefully. To-day, the 6th, M. + Letourneur drew me aside to the stern of the raft, saying that he had a + secret to communicate, but that he wished neither to be seen nor heard + speaking to me. I withdrew with him to the larboard corner of the raft; + and, as it was growing dusk, nobody observed what we were doing. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Kazallon,” M. Letourneur began in a low voice, “Andre is dying of + hunger: he is growing weaker and weaker, and oh! I cannot, will not see + him die!” + </p> + <p> + He spoke passionately, almost fiercely, and I fully understood his + feelings. Taking his hand, I tried to reassure him. + </p> + <p> + “We will not despair yet,” I said, “perhaps some passing ship—” + </p> + <p> + “Ship!” he cried impatiently, “don’t try to console me with empty + commonplaces; you know as well as I do that there is no chance of falling + in with a passing ship.” Then, breaking off suddenly, he asked,—“How + long is it since my son and all of you have had anything to eat?” + </p> + <p> + Astonished at his question, I replied that it was now four days since the + biscuit had failed. + </p> + <p> + “Four days,” he repeated; “well, then, it is eight since I have tasted + anything. I have been saving my share for my son.” + </p> + <p> + Tears rushed to my eyes; for a few moments I was unable to speak, and + could only once more grasp his hand in silence. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want me to do?” I asked at length. + </p> + <p> + “Hush! not so loud; some one will hear us,” he said, lowering his voice, + “I want you to offer it to Andre as though it came from yourself. He would + not accept it from me; he would think I had been depriving myself for him. + Let me implore you to do me this service and for your trouble,” and here + he gently stroked my hand, “for your trouble you shall have a morsel for + yourself.” + </p> + <p> + I trembled like a child as I listened to the poor father’s words, and my + heart was ready to burst when I felt a tiny piece of biscuit slipped into + my hand. + </p> + <p> + “Give it him,” M. Letourneur went on under his breath, “give it him; but + do not let any one see you; the monsters would murder you if they knew it. + This is only for to-day; I will give you some more to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + The poor fellow did not trust me, and well he might not, for I had the + greatest difficulty to withstand the temptation to carry the biscuit to my + mouth, But I resisted the impulse, and those alone who have suffered like + me can know what the effort was. + </p> + <p> + Night came on with the rapidity peculiar to these low latitudes, and I + glided gently up to Andre and slipped the piece of biscuit into his hand + as “a present from myself.” The young man clutched at it eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “But my father?” he said inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + I assured him that his father and I had each had our share, and that he + must eat this now, and, perhaps, I should be able to bring him some more + another time. Andre asked no more questions, and eagerly devoured the + morsel of food. + </p> + <p> + So this evening at least, notwithstanding M. Letourneur’s offer, I have + tasted nothing. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0040" id="link2HCH0040"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XL. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 7th.—During the last few days since the wind has freshened, + the salt water constantly dashing over the raft has terribly punished the + feet and legs of some of the sailors. Owen, whom the boatswain ever since + the revolt kept bound to the mast, is in a deplorable state, and at our + request has been released from his restraint. Sandon and Burke are also + suffering from the severe smarting caused in this way, and it is only + owing to our more sheltered position on the aft-part of the raft, that we + have not; all shared the same inconvenience. + </p> + <p> + Today the boatswain, maddened by starvation, laid hands upon everything + that met his voracious eyes, and I could hear the grating of his teeth as + he gnawed at fragments of sails and bits of wood, instinctively + endeavouring to fill his stomach by putting the mucus’ into circulation at + length, by dint of an eager search, he came upon a piece of leather + hanging to one of the spars that supported the platform. He snatched it + off and devoured it greedily, and as it was animal matter, it really + seemed as though the absorption of the substance afforded him some + temporary relief. Instantly we all followed his example; a leather hat, + the rims of caps, in short, anything that contained any animal matter at + all, were gnawed and sucked with the utmost avidity. Never shall I forget + the scene. We were no longer human, the impulses and instincts of brute + beasts seemed to actuate our every movement. + </p> + <p> + For a moment the pangs of hunger were somewhat allayed; but some of us + revolted against the loathsome food, and were seized either with violent + nausea or absolute sickness. I must be pardoned for giving these + distressing details, but how otherwise can I depict the misery, moral and + physical, which we are enduring? And with it all, I dare not venture to + hope that we have reached the climax of our sufferings. + </p> + <p> + The conduct of Hobart during the scene that I have just described has only + served to confirm my previous suspicions of him. He took no part in the + almost fiendish energy with which we gnawed at our scraps of leather, and + although by his conduct and perpetual groanings, he might be considered to + be dying of inanition, yet to me he has the appearance of being singularly + exempt from the tortures which we are all enduring. But whether the + hypocrite is being sustained, by some secret store of food, I have been + unable to discover. + </p> + <p> + Whenever the breeze drops the heat is overpowering; but although our + allowance of water is very meagre, at present the pangs of hunger far + exceed the pain of thirst. It has often been remarked that extreme thirst + is far less endurable than extreme hunger. Is it possible that still + greater agonies are in store for us? I cannot, dare not, believe it. + Fortunately, the broken barrel still contains a few pints of water, and + the other one has not yet been opened. But I am glad to say that + notwithstanding our diminished numbers, and in spite of some opposition, + the captain has thought right to reduce the daily allowance to half a pint + for each person. As for the brandy, of which there is only a quart now + left, it has been stowed away safely in the stern of the raft. + </p> + <p> + This evening has ended the sufferings of another of our companions, making + our number now only fourteen. My attentions and Miss Herbey’s nursing + could do nothing for Lieutenant Walter, and about half-past seven he + expired in my arms. + </p> + <p> + Before he died, in a few broken words he thanked Miss Herbey and myself + for the kindness we had shown him. A crumpled letter fell from his hand, + and in a voice that was scarcely audible from weakness, he said,— + </p> + <p> + “It is my mother’s letter: the last I had from her—she was expecting + me home; but she will never see me more. Oh, put it to my lips—let + me kiss it before I die. Mother! mother! Oh my God!” + </p> + <p> + I placed the letter in his cold hand, and raised it to his lips; his eye + lighted for a moment; we heard the faint sound of a kiss, and all was + over! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0041" id="link2HCH0041"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLI. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 8th.—All night I remained by the side of the poor fellow’s + corpse, and several times Miss Herbey joined me in my mournful watch. + </p> + <p> + Before daylight dawned the body was quite cold, and as I knew there must + be no delay in throwing it overboard, I asked Curtis to assist me in the + sad office. The body was frightfully emaciated, and I had every hope that + it would not float. + </p> + <p> + As soon as it was quite light, taking every precaution that no one should + see what we were about, Curtis and I proceeded to our melancholy task. We + took a few articles from the lieutenant’s pockets, which we purposed, if + either of us should survive, to remit to his mother. But as we wrapped him + in his tattered garments that would have to suffice for his winding-sheet, + I started back with a thrill of horror. The right foot had gone, leaving + the leg a bleeding stump! + </p> + <p> + No doubt that, overcome by fatigue, I must have fallen asleep for an + interval during the night, and some one had taken advantage of my slumber + to mutilate the corpse. But who could have been guilty of so foul a deed! + Curtis looked around with anger flashing In his eye; but all seemed as + usual, and the silence was only broken by a few groans of agony. + </p> + <p> + But there was no time to be lost; perhaps we were already observed, and + more horrible scenes might be likely to occur. Curtis said a few short + prayers, and we cast the body into the sea. It sank immediately. + </p> + <p> + “They are feeding the sharks well, and no mistake,” said a voice behind + me. + </p> + <p> + I turned round quickly, and found that it was Jynxstrop who had spoken. + </p> + <p> + As the boatswain now approached, I asked him whether he thought it + possible that any of the wretched men could have taken the dead man’s + foot. + </p> + <p> + “Oh yes, I dare say,” he replied, in a significant tone “and perhaps they + thought they were right.” + </p> + <p> + “Right! what do you mean?” I exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “Well, sir,” he said coldly, “isn’t it better to eat a dead man than a + living one?” + </p> + <p> + I was at a loss to comprehend him, and, turning away, laid myself down at + the end of the raft. + </p> + <p> + Towards eleven o’clock, a most suspicious incident occurred. The + boatswain, who had cast his lines early in the morning, caught three large + cod, each more than thirty inches long, of the species which, when dried, + is known by the name of stock-fish. Scarcely had he hauled them on board, + when the sailors made a dash at them, and it was with the utmost + difficulty that Curtis, Falsten, and myself could restore order, so that + we might divide the fish into equal portions. Three cod were not much + amongst fourteen starving persons, but, small as the quantity was, it was + allotted in strictly equal shares. Most of us devoured the food raw, + almost I might say, alive; only Curtis, Andre and Miss Herbey having the + patience to wait until their allowance had been boiled at a fire which + they made with a few scraps of wood. For myself, I confess that I + swallowed my portion of fish just as it was,—raw and bleeding. M. + Letourneur followed my example; the poor man devoured his food like a + famished wolf, and it is only a wonder to me how, after his lengthened + fast, he came to be alive at all. + </p> + <p> + The boatswain’s delight at his success was, excessive, and amounted almost + to delirium. I went up to him, and encouraged him to repeat his attempt. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes,” he said; “I’ll try again. I’ll try again.” + </p> + <p> + “And why not try at once,” I asked. + </p> + <p> + “Not now,” he said evasively; “the night is the best time for catching + large fish. Besides, I must manage to get some bait, for we have been + improvident enough not to save a single scrap.” + </p> + <p> + “But you have succeeded once without bait; why may you not succeed again?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! I had some very good bait last night,” he said. I stared at him in + amazement. He steadily returned my gaze, but said nothing. + </p> + <p> + “Have you none left?” at last I asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” he almost whispered and left me without another word. + </p> + <p> + Our meal, meagre as it had been, served to rally our shattered energies; + our hopes were slightly raised; there was no reason why the boatswain + should not have the same good luck again. + </p> + <p> + One evidence of the degree to which our spirits were revived was that our + minds were no longer fixed upon the miserable present and hopeless future, + but we began to recall and discuss the past; and M. Letourneur, Andre Mr. + Falsten, and I held a long conversation with the captain about the various + incidents of our eventful voyage, speaking of our lost companions, of the + fire, of the stranding of the ship, of our sojourn on Ham Rock, of the + springing of the leak, of our terrible voyage in the top-masts, of the + construction of the raft, and of the storm. All these things seemed to + have happened so long ago, and yet we were living still. Living, did I + say? Ay, if such an existence as ours could be called a life, fourteen of + us were living still. Who would be the next to go? We should then be + thirteen. + </p> + <p> + “An unlucky number!” said Andre with a mournful smile. + </p> + <p> + During the night the boatswain cast his lines from the stern of the raft, + and, unwilling to trust them to any one else, remained watching them + himself. In the morning I went to ascertain what success had attended his + patience. It was scarcely light, and with eager eyes he was peering down + into the water. He had neither seen nor heard me coming. + </p> + <p> + “Well, boatswain!” I said, touching him on the shoulder. + </p> + <p> + He turned round quickly. + </p> + <p> + “Those villainous sharks have eaten every morsel of my bait,” he said, in + a desponding voice. + </p> + <p> + “And you have no more left?” I asked. + </p> + <p> + “No more,” he said. Then grasping my arm he added, “and that only shows me + that it is no good doing things by halves.” + </p> + <p> + The truth flashed upon me at once, and I laid my hand upon his mouth. Poor + Walter! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0042" id="link2HCH0042"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 9th and 10th.—On the 9th the wind dropped, and there was a + dead calm; not a ripple disturbed the surface of the long undulations as + they rose and fell beneath us; and if it were not for the slight current + which is carrying us we know not whither, the raft would be absolutely + stationary. + </p> + <p> + The heat was intolerable; our thirst more intolerable still; and now it + was that for the first time I fully realized how the insufficiency of + drink could cause torture more unendurable than the pangs of hunger. + Mouth, throat, pharynx, all alike were parched and dry, every gland + becoming hard as horn under the action of the hot air we breathed. At my + urgent solicitation the captain was for once induced to double our + allowance of water; and this relaxation of the ordinary rule enabled us to + attempt to slake our thirst four times in the day, instead of only twice. + I use the word “attempt” advisedly; for the water at the bottom of the + barrel, though kept covered by a sail, became so warm that it was + perfectly flat and unrefreshing. + </p> + <p> + It was a most trying day, and the sailors relapsed into a condition of + deep despondency. The moon was nearly full, but when she rose the breeze + did not return. Continuance of high temperature in daytime is a sure proof + that we have been carried far to the south, and here, on this illimitable + ocean, we have long ceased even to look for land; it might almost seem as + though this globe of ours had veritably become a liquid sphere! + </p> + <p> + To-day we are still becalmed, and the temperature is as high as ever. The + air is heated like a furnace, and the sun scorches like fire. The torments + of famine are all forgotten: our thoughts are concentrated with fevered + expectation upon the longed-for moment when Curtis shall dole out the + scanty measure of lukewarm water that makes up our ration. O for one good + draught, even if it should exhaust the whole supply! At least, it seems as + if we then could die in peace! + </p> + <p> + About noon we were startled by sharp cries of agony, and looking round I + saw Owen writhing in the most horrible convulsions. I went towards him, + for, detestable as his conduct had been, common humanity prompted me to + see whether I could afford him any relief. But before I reached him, a + shout from Flaypole arrested my attention. + </p> + <p> + The man was up in the mast, and with great excitement pointing to the + east. + </p> + <p> + “A ship! A ship!” he cried. + </p> + <p> + In an instant all were on their feet. Even Owen stopped his cries and + stood erect. It was quite true that in the direction indicated by Flaypole + there was a white speck visible upon the horizon. But did it move? Would + the sailors with their keen vision pronounce it to be a sail? A silence + the most profound fell upon us all. I glanced at Curtis as he stood with + folded arms intently gazing at the distant point. His brow was furrowed, + and he contracted every feature, as with half-closed eyes, he concentrated + his power of vision upon that one faint spot in the far-off horizon. + </p> + <p> + But at length he dropped his arms and shook his head. I looked again, but + the spot was no longer there. If it were a ship, that ship had + disappeared; but probably it had been a mere reflection, or, more likely + still, only the crest of some curling wave. + </p> + <p> + A deep dejection followed this phantom ray of hope. All returned to their + accustomed places. Curtis alone remained motionless, but his eye no longer + scanned the distant view. + </p> + <p> + Owen now began to shriek more wildly than ever. He presented truly a most + melancholy sight; he writhed with the most hideous contortions, and had + all the appearance of suffering from tetanus. His throat was contracted by + repeated spasms, his tongue was parched, his body swollen, and his pulse, + though feeble, was rapid and irregular. The poor wretch’s symptoms were + precisely such as to lead us to suspect that he had taken some corrosive + poison. Of course it was quite out of our power to administer any + antidote; all that we could devise was to make him swallow something that + might act as an emetic. I asked Curtis for a little of the lukewarm water. + As the contents of the broken barrel were now exhausted, the captain, in + order to comply with my request, was about to tap the other barrel, when + Owen started suddenly to his knees, and with a wild, unearthly shriek, + exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “No! no! no! of that water I will not touch a drop.” + </p> + <p> + I supposed he did not understand what we were going to do, and endeavoured + to explain; but all in vain; he persisted in refusing to taste the water + in the second barrel. I then tried to induce vomiting by tickling his + uvula, and he brought off some bluish secretion from his stomach, the + character of which confirmed our previous suspicions—that he had + been poisoned by oxide of copper. We now felt convinced that any efforts + on our part to save him would be of no avail. The vomiting, however, had + for the time relieved him, and he was able to speak. + </p> + <p> + Curtis and I both implored him to let us know what he had taken to bring + about consequences so serious. His reply fell upon us as a startling blow. + </p> + <p> + The ill fated wretch had stolen several pints of water from the barrel + that had been untouched, and that water had poisoned him! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0043" id="link2HCH0043"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLIII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 11th to 14th.—Owen’s convulsions returned with increased + violence, and in the course of the night he expired in terrible agony. His + body was thrown overboard almost directly; it had decomposed so rapidly + that the flesh had not even consistency enough for any fragments of it to + be reserved for the boatswain to use to bait his lines. A plague the man + had been to us in his life; in his death he was now of no service! + </p> + <p> + And now, perhaps, still more than ever, did the horror of our situation + stare us in the face. There was no doubt that the poisoned barrel had at + some time or other contained copperas; but what strange fatality had + converted it into a water-cask, or what fatality, stranger still, had + caused it to be brought on board the raft, was a problem that none could + solve. Little, however, did it matter now: the fact was evident; the + barrel was poisoned, and of water we had not a drop. + </p> + <p> + One and all, we fell into the gloomiest silence. We were too irritable to + bear the sound of each other’s voices; and it did not require a word, a + mere look or gesture was enough, to provoke us to anger that was little + short of madness. How it was that we did not all become raving maniacs, I + cannot tell. + </p> + <p> + Throughout the 12th no drain of moisture crossed our lips, and not a cloud + arose to warrant the expectation of a passing shower; in the shade, if + shade it might be called, the thermometer would have registered at least + 100deg., and, perhaps, considerably more. + </p> + <p> + No change next day. The salt water began to chafe my legs, but although + the smarting was at times severe, it was an inconvenience to which I gave + little heed; others who had suffered from the same trouble had become no + worse. Oh! if this water that surrounds us could be reduced to vapour or + to ice! its particles of salt extracted, it would be available for drink. + But no! we have no appliances, and we must suffer on. + </p> + <p> + At the risk of being devoured by the sharks, the boatswain and two sailors + took a morning bath, and as their plunge seemed to refresh them, I and + three of my companions resolved to follow their example. We had never + learnt to swim, and had to be fastened to the end of a rope and lowered + into the water; while Curtis during the half-hour of our bath, kept a + sharp look-out to give warning of any danger from approaching sharks. No + recommendation, however, on our part, nor any representation of the + benefit we felt we had derived, could induce Miss Herbey to allay her + sufferings in the same way. + </p> + <p> + At about eleven o’clock, the captain came up to me, and whispered in my + ear,— + </p> + <p> + “Don’t say a word, Mr. Kazallon; I do not want to raise false hopes, but I + think I see a ship.” + </p> + <p> + It was as well that the captain had warned me; otherwise, I should have + raised an involuntary shout of joy; as it was, I had the greatest + difficulty in restraining my expressions of delight. + </p> + <p> + “Look behind to larboard,” he continued in an undertone. + </p> + <p> + Affecting an indifference which I was far from feeling, I cast an anxious + glance to that quarter of the horizon of which he spoke, and there, + although mine is not a nautical eye, I could plainly distinguish the + outline of a ship under sail. + </p> + <p> + Almost at the same moment the boatswain who happened to be looking in the + same direction, raised the cry, “Ship ahoy!” + </p> + <p> + Whether it was that no one believed it, or whether all energies were + exhausted, certain it is that the announcement produced none of the + effects that might have been expected. Not a soul exhibited the slightest + emotion, and it was only when the boatswain had several times sung out his + tidings that all eyes turned to the horizon. There, most undeniably, was + the ship, and the question rose at once to the minds of all, and to the + lips of many, “Would she see us?” + </p> + <p> + The sailors immediately began discussing the build of the vessel, and made + all sorts of conjectures as to the direction she was taking. Curtis was + far more deliberate in his judgment. After examining her attentively for + some time, he said, “She is a brig running close upon the wind, on the + starboard tack, If she keeps her course for a couple of hours, she will + come right athwart our track.” + </p> + <p> + A couple of hours! The words sounded to our ears like a couple of + centuries. The ship might change her course at any moment; closely trimmed + as she was, it was very probable that she was only tacking about to catch + the wind, in which case, as soon as she felt a breeze, she would resume + her larboard tack and make away again. On the other hand, if she were + really sailing with the wind, she would come nearer to us, and there would + be good ground for hope. + </p> + <p> + Meantime, no exertion must be spared, and no means left untried, to make + our position known. The brig was about twelve miles to the east of us, so + that it was out of the question to think of any cries of ours being + overheard; but Curtis gave directions that every possible signal should be + made. We had no fire-arms by which we could attract attention, and nothing + else occurred to us beyond hoisting a flag of distress. Miss Herbey’s red + shawl, as being of a colour most distinguishable against the background of + sea and sky, was run up to the mast-head, and was caught by the light + breeze that just then was ruffling the surface of the water. As a drowning + man clutches at a straw, so our hearts bounded with hope every time that + our poor flag fluttered in the wind. + </p> + <p> + For an hour our feelings alternated between hope and despair. The ship was + evidently making her way in the direction of the raft, but every now and + then she seemed to stop, and then our hearts would almost stand still with + agony lest she was going to put about. She carried all her canvas, even to + her royals and stay-sails, but her hull was only partially visible above + the horizon. + </p> + <p> + How slowly she advanced! The breeze was very, very feeble, and perhaps + soon it would drop altogether! We felt that we would give years of our + life to know the result of the coming hour! + </p> + <p> + At half-past twelve the captain and the boatswain considered that the brig + was about nine miles away; she had, therefore, gained only three miles in + an hour and a half, and it was doubtful whether the light breeze that had + been passing over our heads had reached her at all. I fancied, too, that + her sails were no longer filled, but were hanging loose against her masts. + Turning to the direction of the wind I tried to make out some chance of a + rising breeze; but no, the waves were calm and torpid, and the little puff + of air that had aroused our hopes had died away across the sea. + </p> + <p> + I stood aft with M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, and our glances + perpetually wandered from the distant ship to our captain’s face. Curtis + stood leaning against the mast, with the boatswain by his side; their eyes + seemed never for a moment to cease to watch the brig, but their + countenances clearly expressed the varying emotions that passed through + their minds. Not a word was uttered, nor was the silence broken, until the + carpenter exclaimed, in accents of despair,— + </p> + <p> + “She’s putting about!” + </p> + <p> + All started up: some to their knees, others to their feet, The boatswain + dropped a frightful oath. The ship was still nine miles away, and at such + a distance it was impossible for our signal to be seen; our tiny raft, a + mere speck upon the waters, would be lost in the intense irradiation of + the sunbeams. If only we could be seen, no doubt all would be well; no + captain would have the barbarous inhumanity to leave us to our fate; but + there had been no chance; only too well we knew that we had not been + within the range of sight. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said Curtis, “we must make a fire; it is our last and only + chance.” + </p> + <p> + Some planks were quickly loosened and thrown into a heap upon the fore + part of the raft. They were damp and troublesome to light; but the very + dampness made the smoke more dense, and ere long a tall column of dusky + fumes was rising straight upwards in the air. If darkness should come on + before the brig was completely out of view, the flames we hoped might + still be visible. But the hours passed on; the fire died out; and yet no + signs of help. + </p> + <p> + The temper of resignation now deserted me entirely; faith, hope, + confidence—all vanished from my mind, and like the boatswain, I + swore long and loudly. A gentle hand was laid upon my arm, and turning + round I saw Miss Herbey with her finger pointing to the sky. I could stand + it no longer, but gliding underneath the tent I hid my face in my hands + and wept aloud. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile the brig had altered her tack, and was moving slowly to the + east. Three hours later and the keenest eye could not have discerned her + top-sails above the horizon. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0044" id="link2HCH0044"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLIV. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 15th.—After this further shattering of our excited hopes + death alone now stares us in the face; slow and lingering as that death + may be, sooner or later it must inevitably come. + </p> + <p> + To-day some clouds that rose in the west have brought us a few puffs of + wind; and in spite of our prostration, we appreciate the moderation, + slight as it is, in the temperature. To my parched throat the air seemed a + little less trying but it is now seven days since the boatswain took his + haul of fish, and during that period we have eaten nothing even Andre + Letourneur finished yesterday the last morsel of the biscuit which his + sorrowful and self-denying father had entrusted to my charge. + </p> + <p> + Jynxstrop the negro has broken loose from his confinement, but Curtis has + taken no measures for putting him again under restraint. It is not to be + apprehended that the miserable fellow and his accomplices, weakened as + they are by their protracted fast, will attempt to do us any mischief now. + </p> + <p> + Some huge sharks made their appearance to-day, cleaving the water rapidly + with their great black fins. The monsters came close up to the edge of the + raft, and Flaypole, who was leaning over, narrowly escaped having his arm + snapped off by one of them. I could not help regarding them as living + sepulchres, which ere long might swallow up our miserable carcasses; yet, + withal, I profess that my feelings were rather those of fascination than + of horror. + </p> + <p> + The boatswain, who stood with clenched teeth and dilated eye, regarded + these sharks from quite another point of view. He thought about devouring + the sharks, not about the sharks devouring him; and if he could succeed in + catching one, I doubt if one of us would reject the tough and untempting + flesh. He determined to make the attempt, and as he had no whirl which he + could fasten to his rope he set to work to find something that might serve + as a substitute. Curtis and Dowlas were consulted, and after a short + conversation, during which they kept throwing bits of rope and spars into + the water in order to entice the sharks to remain by the raft, Dowlas went + and fetched his carpenter’s tool, which is at once a hatchet and a hammer. + Of this he proposed to make the whirl of which they were in need, under + the hope that either the sharp edge of the adze or the pointed extremity + opposite would stick firmly into the jaws of any shark that might swallow + it. The wooden handle of the hammer was secured to the rope, which, in its + turn, was tightly fastened to the raft. + </p> + <p> + With eager, almost breathless, excitement we stood watching the + preparations, at the same time using every means in our power to attract + the attention of the sharks. As soon as the whirl was ready the boatswain + began to think about bait; and, talking rapidly to himself, ransacked + every corner of the raft, as though he expected to find some dead body + coming opportunely to sight. But his search ended in nothing; and the only + plan that suggested itself was again to have recourse to Miss Herbey’s red + shawl, of which a fragment was wrapped round the head of the hammer. After + testing the strength of his line, and reassuring-himself that it was + fastened firmly both to the hammer and to the raft, the boatswain lowered + it into the water. + </p> + <p> + The sea was quite transparent, and any object was clearly visible to a + depth of two hundred feet below the surface. Leaning over the low parapet + of the raft we looked on in breathless silence, as the scarlet rag, + distinct as it was against the blue mass of water, made its slow descent. + But one by one the sharks seemed to disappear, They could not, however, + have gone far away, and it was not likely that anything in the shape of + bait dropped near them would long escape their keen voracity. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly, without speaking, the boatswain raised his hand and pointed to a + dark mass skimming along the surface of the water, and making straight in + our direction. It was a shark, certainly not less than twelve feet long. + As soon as the creature was about four fathoms from the raft, the + boatswain gently drew in his line until the whirl was in such a position + that the shark must cross right over it; at the same time he shook the + line a little, that he might give the whirl the appearance, if he could, + of being something alive and moving. As the creature came near, my heart + beat violently; I could see its eyes flashing above the waves; and its + gaping jaws, as it turned half over on its back, exhibited long rows of + pointed teeth. + </p> + <p> + I know not who it was, but some one at that moment uttered an involuntary + cry of horror. The shark came to a standstill, turned about, and escaped + quite out of sight. The boatswain was pale with anger. + </p> + <p> + “The first man who speaks,” he said, “I will kill him on the spot.” + </p> + <p> + Again he applied himself to his task. The whirl again was lowered, this + time to the depth of twenty fathoms, but for half an hour or more not a + shark could be distinguished; but as the waters far below seemed somehow + to be troubled I could not help believing that some of the brutes at least + were still there. + </p> + <p> + All at once, with a violent jerk, the cord was wrested from the + boatswain’s hands; firmly attached, however, as it was to the raft, it was + not lost. The bait had been seized by a shark, and the iron had made good + its hold upon the creature’s flesh. + </p> + <p> + “Now, then, my lads,” cried the boatswain, “haul away!” + </p> + <p> + Passengers and sailors, one and all, put forth what strength they had to + drag the rope, but so violent were the creature’s struggles that it + required all our efforts (and it is needless to say that they were willing + enough) to bring it to the surface, At length, after exertions that almost + exhausted us, the water became agitated by the violent flappings of the + tail and fins; and looking down I saw the huge carcase of the shark + writhing convulsively amidst waves that were stained with blood. + </p> + <p> + “Steady! steady!” said the boatswain, as the head appeared above. + </p> + <p> + The whirl had passed right through the jaw into the middle of the throat; + so that no struggle on the part of the animal could possibly release it. + Dowlas seized his hatchet, ready to despatch the brute the moment if + should be landed on the raft. A short sharp snap was heard. The shark had + closed its jaws, and bitten through the wooden handle of the hammer. + Another moment and it had turned round and was completely gone. + </p> + <p> + A howl of despair burst from all our lips. All the labour and the + patience, all had been in vain. Dowlas made a few more unsuccessful + attempts, but as the whirl was lost, and they had no means of replacing + it, there was no further room for hope. They did, indeed, lower some cords + twisted into running knots, but (as might have been expected) these only + slipped over, without holding, the slimy bodies of the sharks. As a last + resource the boatswain allowed his naked leg to hang over the side of the + raft; the monsters, however, were proof even against this attraction. + </p> + <p> + Reduced once again to a gloomy despondency, all turned to their places, to + await the end that cannot now be long deferred. + </p> + <p> + Just as I moved away I heard the boatswain say to Curtis,— + </p> + <p> + “Captain, when shall we draw lots?” + </p> + <p> + The captain made no reply. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0045" id="link2HCH0045"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLV. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 16th.—If the crew of any passing vessel had caught sight of + us as we lay still and inanimate upon our sail-cloth, they would scarcely, + at first sight, have hesitated to pronounce us dead. + </p> + <p> + My sufferings were terrible; tongue, lips, and throat were so parched and + swollen that if food had been at hand I question whether I could have + swallowed it. So exasperated were the feelings of us all, however, that we + glanced at each other with looks as savage as though we were about to + slaughter and without delay eat up one another. + </p> + <p> + The heat was aggravated by the atmosphere being somewhat stormy. Heavy + vapours gathered on the horizon, and there was a look as if it were + raining all around. Longing eyes and gasping mouths turned involuntarily + towards the clouds, and M. Letourneur, on bended knee, was raising his + hands, as it might be in supplication to the relentless skies. + </p> + <p> + It was eleven o’clock in the morning. I listened for distant rumblings + which might announce an approaching storm, but although the vapours had + obstructed the sun’s rays, they no longer presented the appearance of + being charged with electricity. Thus our prognostications ended in + disappointment; the clouds, which in the early morning had been marked by + the distinctness of their outline, had melted one into another and assumed + an uniform dull grey tint; in fact, we were enveloped in an ordinary fog. + But was it not still possible that this fog might turn to rain? + </p> + <p> + Happily this hope was destined to be realized; for in a very short time, + Dowlas, with a shout of delight, declared that rain was actually coming; + and sure enough, not half a mile from the raft, the dark parallel streaks + against the sky testified that there at least the rain was falling. I + fancied I could see the drops rebounding from the surface of the water. + The wind was fresh and bringing the cloud right on towards us, yet we + could not suppress our trepidation lest it; should exhaust itself before + it reached us. + </p> + <p> + But no: very soon large heavy drops began to fall, and the storm-cloud, + passing over our heads, was outpouring its contents upon us. The shower, + however, was very transient; already a bright streak of light along the + horizon marked the limit of the cloud and warned us that we must be quick + to make the most of what it had to give us. Curtis had placed the broken + barrel in the position that was most exposed, and every sail was spread + out to the fullest extent our dimensions would allow. + </p> + <p> + We all laid ourselves down flat upon our backs and kept our mouths wide + open. The rain splashed into my face, wetted my lips, and trickled down my + throat. Never can I describe the ecstasy with which I imbibed that + renovating moisture. The parched and swollen glands relaxed, I breathed + afresh, and my whole being seemed revived with a strange and requickened + life. + </p> + <p> + The rain lasted about twenty minutes, when the cloud, still only half + exhausted, passed quite away from over us. + </p> + <p> + We grasped each other’s hands as we rose from the platform on which we had + been lying, and mutual congratulations, mingled with gratitude, poured + forth from our long silent lips. Hope, however evanescent it might be, for + the moment had returned, and we yielded to the expectation that, ere long, + other and more abundant clouds might come and replenish our store. + </p> + <p> + The next consideration was how to preserve and economize what little had + been collected by the barrel, or imbibed by the outspread sails. It was + found that only a few pints of rain-water had fallen into the barrel to + this small quantity the sailors were about to add what they could by + wringing out the saturated sails, when Curtis made them desist from their + intention. + </p> + <p> + “Stop, stop!” he said, “we must wait a moment; we must see whether this + water from the sails is drinkable.” + </p> + <p> + I looked at him in amazement. Why should not this be as drinkable as the + other? He squeezed a few drops out of one of the folds of a sail into the + tin pot, and put it to his lips. To my surprise, he rejected it + immediately, and upon tasting it for myself I found it not merely + brackish, but briny as the sea itself. The fact was that the canvas had + been so long exposed to the action of the waves, that it had become + thoroughly impregnated by salt, which of course was taken up again by the + water that fell upon it. Disappointed we were; but with several pints of + water in our possession, we were not only contented for the present, but + sanguine in our prospect for the future. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0046" id="link2HCH0046"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLVI. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 17th.—As a natural consequence of the alleviation of our + thirst, the pangs of hunger returned more violently than ever. Although we + had no bait, and even if we had we could not use it for want of a whirl, + we could not help asking whether no possible means could be devised for + securing one out of the many sharks that were still perpetually swarming + about the raft. Armed with knives, like the Indians in the pearl + fisheries, was it not practicable to attack the monsters in their own + element? Curtis expressed his willingness personally to make the attempt, + but so numerous were the sharks that we would not for one moment hear of + his risking his life in a venture of which the danger was as great as the + success was doubtful. + </p> + <p> + By plunging into the sea, or by gnawing at a piece of metal, we could + always, or at least often, do something that cheated us into believing + that we were mitigating the pains of thirst; but with hunger it was + different. The prospect, too, of rain seemed hopeful, whilst for getting + food there appeared no chance; and, as we knew that nothing could + compensate for the lack of nutritive matter, we were soon all cast down + again. Shocking to confess, it would be untrue to deny that we surveyed + each other with the eye of an eager longing; and I need hardly explain to + what a degree of savageness the one idea that haunted us had reduced our + feelings. + </p> + <p> + Ever since the storm-cloud brought us the too transient shower the sky has + been tolerably clear, and although at that time the wind had slightly + freshened, it has since dropped, and the sail hangs idly against our mast. + Except for the trifling relief it brings by modifying the temperature we + care little now for any breeze. Ignorant as we are as to what quarter of + the Atlantic we have been carried by the currents, it matters very little + to us from what direction the wind may blow if only it would bring, in + rain or dew, the moisture of which we are so dreadfully in need. + </p> + <p> + The moon was entering her last quarter, so that it was dark till nearly + midnight, and the stars were misty, not glowing with that lustre which is + so often characteristic of cool nights. Half frantic with that sense of + hunger which invariably returns with redoubled vigour at the close of + every day, I threw myself, in a kind of frenzy, upon a bundle of sails + that was lying on the starboard of the raft, and leaning over, I tried to + get some measure of relief by inhaling the moist coolness that rarely + fails to circulate just above the water. My brain was haunted by the most + horrible nightmares; not that I suppose I was in any way more distressed + than my companions, who were lying in their usual places, vainly + endeavouring to forget their sufferings in sleep. + </p> + <p> + After a time I fell into a restless, dreamy doze. I was neither asleep nor + awake. How long I remained in that state of stupor I could hardly say, but + at length a strange sensation half brought me to myself. Was I dreaming, + or was there not really some unaccustomed odour floating in the air? My + nostrils became distended, and I could scarcely suppress a cry of + astonishment; but some instinct kept me quiet, and I laid myself down + again with the puzzled sensation sometimes experienced when we have + forgotten a word or name. Only a few minutes, however, had elapsed before + another still more savoury puff induced me to take several long + inhalations. Suddenly, the truth seemed to dash across my mind. “Surely,” + I muttered to myself “this must be cooked meat that I can smell.” + </p> + <p> + Again and again I sniffed and became more convinced than ever that my + senses were not deceiving me. But from what part of the raft could the + smell proceed? I rose to my knees, and having satisfied myself that the + odour came from the front, I crept stealthily as a cat under the sails and + between the spars in that direction. Following the promptings of my scent, + rather than my vision, like a bloodhound in the track of his prey, I + searched everywhere I could, now finding, now losing, the smell according + to my change of position, or the dropping of the wind. At length I got the + true scent; once for all, so that I could go straight to the object for + which I was in search. + </p> + <p> + Approaching the starboard angle of the raft, I came to the conclusion that + the smell that had thus keenly excited my cravings was the smell of smoked + bacon; the membranes of my tongue almost bristled with the intenseness of + my longing. + </p> + <p> + Crawling along a little farther, under a thick roll of sail-cloth, I was + not long in securing my prize. Forcing my arm below the roll, I felt my + hand in contact with something wrapped up in paper. I clutched it up, and + carried it off to a place where I could examine it by the help of the + light of the moon that had now made its appearance above the horizon. I + almost shrieked for joy. It was a piece of bacon. True, it did not weigh + many ounces, but small as it was it would suffice to alleviate the pangs + of hunger for one day at least. I was just on the point of raising it to + my mouth, when a hand was laid upon my arm. It was only by a most + determined effort that I kept myself from screaming out one instant more, + and I found myself face to face with Hobart. + </p> + <p> + In a moment I understood all. Plainly this rascal Hobart had saved some + provision from the wreck, upon which he had been subsisting ever since. + The steward had provided for himself, whilst all around him were dying of + starvation. Detestable wretch! This accounts for the inconsistency of his + well-to-do looks and his pitiable groans. Vile hypocrite! + </p> + <p> + Yet why, it struck me, should I complain? Was not I reaping the benefit of + that secret store that he, for himself, had saved? + </p> + <p> + But Hobart had no idea of allowing me the peaceable possession of what he + held to be his own. He made a dash at the fragment of bacon, and seemed + determined to wrest it from my grasp. We struggled with each other, but + although our wrestling was very violent, it was very noiseless. We were + both of us aware that it was absolutely necessary that not one of those on + board should know anything at all about the prize for which we were + contending. Nor was my own determination lessened by hearing him groan out + that it was his last, his only morsel. “His!” I thought; “it shall be mine + now!” + </p> + <p> + And still careful that no noise of commotion should arise, I threw him on + his back, and grasping his throat so that it gurgled again, I held him + down until, in rapid mouthfuls, I had swallowed up the last scrap of the + food for which we had fought so hard. + </p> + <p> + I released my prisoner, and quietly crept back to my own quarters. + </p> + <p> + And not a soul is aware that I have broken my fast! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0047" id="link2HCH0047"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLVII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 18th.—After this excitement I awaited the approach of day + with a strange anxiety. My conscience told me that Hobart had the right to + denounce me in the presence of all my fellow-passengers; yet my alarm was + vain. The idea of my proceedings being exposed by him was quite absurd; in + a moment he would himself be murdered without pity by the crew, if it + should be revealed that, unknown to them, he had been living on some + private store which, by clandestine cunning, he had reserved. But, in + spite of my anxiety, I had a longing for day to come. + </p> + <p> + The bit of food that I had thus stolen was very small; but small as it was + it had alleviated my hunger, and I was now tortured with remorse, because + I had not shared the meagre morsel with my fellow-sufferers. Miss Herbey, + Andre, his father, all had been forgotten, and from the bottom of my heart + I repented of my cruel selfishness. + </p> + <p> + Meantime the moon rose high in the heavens, and the first streaks of dawn + appeared. There is no twilight in these low latitudes, and the full + daylight came well nigh at once. I had not closed my eyes since my + encounter with the steward, and ever since the first blush of day I had + laboured under the impression that I could see some unusual dark mass half + way up the mast. But although it again and again caught my eye, it hardly + roused my curiosity, and I did not rise from the bundle of sails on which + I was lying to ascertain what it really was. But no sooner did the rays of + the sun fall full upon it than I saw at once that it was the body of a + man, attached to a rope, and swinging to and fro with the motion of the + raft. + </p> + <p> + A horrible presentiment carried me to the foot of the mast, and, just as I + had guessed, Hobart had hanged himself. I could not for a moment; doubt + that it was I myself that had impelled him to the suicide. A cry of horror + had scarcely escaped my lips, when my fellow-passengers were at my side, + and the rope was cut. Then came the sailors. And what was it that made the + group gather so eagerly around the body? Was it a humane desire to see + whether any spark of life remained? No, indeed; the corpse was cold, and + the limbs were rigid; there was no chance that animation should be + restored. What then was it that kept them lingering so close around? It + was only too apparent what they were about to do. + </p> + <p> + But I did not, could not, look. I refused to take part in the horrible + repast that was proposed. Neither would Miss Herbey, Andre nor his father, + consent to alleviate their pangs of hunger by such revolting means. I know + nothing for certain as to what Curtis did, and I did not venture to + inquire; but of the others,—Falsten, Dowlas, the boatswain, and all + the rest,—I know that, to assuage their cravings, they consented to + reduce themselves to the level of beasts of prey; they were transformed + from human beings into ravenous brutes. + </p> + <p> + The four of us who sickened at the idea of partaking of the horrid meal + withdrew to the seclusion of our tent; it was bad enough to hear; without + witnessing the appalling operation. But, in truth, I had the greatest + difficulty in the world in preventing Andre from rushing out upon the + cannibals, and snatching the odious food from their clutches. I + represented to him the hopelessness of his attempt, and tried to reconcile + him by telling him that if they liked the food they had a right to it. + Hobart had not been murdered; he had died by his own hand; and, after all, + as the boatswain had once remarked to me, “it was better to eat a dead man + than a live one.” + </p> + <p> + Do what I would, however, I could not quiet Andre’s feeling of abhorrence; + in his disgust and loathing he seemed for the time to have quite forgotten + his own sufferings. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, there was no concealing the truth that we were ourselves dying + of starvation, whilst our eight companions would probably, by their + loathsome diet, escape that frightful destiny. Owing to his secret hoard + of provisions Hobart had been by far the strongest amongst us; he had been + supported, so that no organic disease had affected his tissues, and really + might be said to be in good health when his chagrin drove him to his + desperate suicide. But what was I thinking of! whither were my meditations + carrying me away? was it not coming to pass that the cannibals were + rousing my envy instead of exciting my horror? + </p> + <p> + Very shortly after this I heard Dowlas talking about the possibility of + obtaining salt by evaporating sea-water in the sun; “and then,” he added, + “we can salt down the rest.” + </p> + <p> + The boatswain assented to what the carpenter had said, and probably the + suggestion was adopted. + </p> + <p> + Silence, the most profound, now reigns upon the raft. I presume that + nearly all have gone to sleep. One thing I do know, that they are no + longer hungry! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0048" id="link2HCH0048"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLVIII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 19th.—All through the day the sky remained unclouded and the + heat intense; and night came on without bringing much sensible moderation + in the temperature. I was unable to get any sleep, and, towards morning, + was disturbed by hearing an angry clamour going on outside the tent; it + aroused M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, as much as myself, and we + were anxious to ascertain the cause of the tumult. + </p> + <p> + The boatswain, Dowlas, and all the sailors were storming at each other in + frightful rage; and Curtis, who had come forward from the stern, was + vainly endeavouring to pacify them. + </p> + <p> + “But who has done it? we must know who has done it,” said Dowlas, scowling + with vindictive passion on the group around him. + </p> + <p> + “There’s a thief,” howled out the boatswain, “and he shall be found! Let’s + know who has taken it.” + </p> + <p> + “I haven’t taken it!” “Nor I!” “Nor I!” cried the sailors one after + another. + </p> + <p> + And then they set to work again to ransack every quarter of the raft; they + rolled every spar aside, they overturned everything on board, and only + grew more and more incensed with anger as their search proved fruitless. + </p> + <p> + “Can YOU tell us,” said the boatswain, coming up to me, “who is the + thief?” + </p> + <p> + “Thief!” I replied. “I don’t know what you mean.” + </p> + <p> + And while we were speaking the others all came up together, and told me + that they had looked everywhere else, and that they were going now to + search the tent. + </p> + <p> + “Shame!” I said. “You ought to allow those whom you know to be dying of + hunger at least to die in peace. There is not one of us who has left the + tent all night. Why suspect us?” + </p> + <p> + “Now just look here, Mr. Kazallon,” said the boatswain, in a voice which + he was endeavouring to calm down into moderation, “we are not accusing you + of anything; we know well enough you, and all the rest of you, had a right + to your shares as much as anybody; but that isn’t it. It’s all gone + somewhere, every bit.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Sandon gruffly; “it’s all gone somewheres, and we are a going + to search the tent.” + </p> + <p> + Resistance was useless, and Miss Herbey, M. Letourneur, and Andre were all + turned out. + </p> + <p> + I confess I was very fearful. I had a strong suspicion that for the sake + of his son, for whom he was ready to venture anything, M. Letourneur had + committed the theft; in that case I knew that nothing would have prevented + the infuriated men from tearing the devoted father to pieces. I beckoned + to Curtis for protection, and he came and stood beside me. He said + nothing, but waited with his hands in his pockets, and I think I am not + mistaken in my belief that there was some sort of a weapon in each. + </p> + <p> + To my great relief the search was ineffectual. There was no doubt that the + carcase of the suicide had been thrown overboard, and the rage of the + disappointed cannibals knew no bounds. + </p> + <p> + Yet who had ventured to do the deed! I looked at M. Letourneur and Miss + Herbey; but their countenances at once betrayed their ignorance. Andre + turned his face away, and his eyes did not meet my own. Probably it is he; + but, if it be, I wonder whether he has reckoned up the consequences of so + rash an act. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0049" id="link2HCH0049"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLIX. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 20th to 22nd.—For the day or two after the horrible repast + of the 18th those who had partaken of it appeared to suffer comparatively + little either from hunger or thirst; but for the four of us who had tasted + nothing, the agony of suffering grew more and more intense. It was enough + to make us repine over the loss of the provision that had so mysteriously + gone; and if any one of us should die, I doubt whether the survivors would + a second time resist the temptation to assuage their pangs by tasting + human flesh. + </p> + <p> + Before long, all the cravings of hunger began to return to the sailors, + and I could see their eyes greedily glancing upon us, starved as they knew + us to be, as though they were reckoning our hours, and already were + preparing to consume us as their prey. + </p> + <p> + As is always the case with shipwrecked men, we were tormented by thirst + far more than by hunger; and if, in the height of our sufferings, we had + been offered our choice between a few drops of water and a few crumbs of + biscuit, I do not doubt that we should, without exception, have preferred + to take the water. + </p> + <p> + And what a mockery to our condition did it seem that all this while there + was water, water, nothing but water, everywhere around us! Again and + again, incapable of comprehending how powerless it was to relieve me, I + put a few drops within my lips, but only with the invariable result of + bringing on a most trying nausea, and rendering my thirst more unendurable + than before. + </p> + <p> + Forty-two days had passed since we quitted the sinking “Chancellor.” There + could be no hope now; all of us must die, and by the most deplorable of + deaths. I was quite conscious that a mist was gathering over my brain; I + felt my senses sinking into a condition of torpor; I made an effort, but + all in vain, to master the delirium that I was aware was taking possession + of my reason. It is out of my power to decide for how long I lost my + consciousness; but when I came to myself I found that Miss Herbey had + folded some wet bandages around my forehead. I am somewhat better; but I + am weakened, mind and body, and I am conscious that I have not long to + live. + </p> + <p> + A frightful fatality occurred to-day. The scene was terrible. Jynxstrop + the negro went raving mad. Curtis and several of the men tried their + utmost to control him, but in spite of everything he broke loose, and tore + up and down the raft, uttering fearful yells. He had gained possession of + a handspike, and rushed upon us all with the ferocity of an infuriated + tiger; how we contrived to escape mischief from his attacks, I know not. + All at once, by one of those unaccountable impulses of madness, his rage + turned against himself. With his teeth and nails he gnawed and tore away + at his own flesh; dashing the blood into our faces, he shrieked out with a + demoniacal grin, “Drink, drink!” and flinging us gory morsels, kept saying + “Eat, eat!” In the midst of his insane shrieks he made a sudden pause, + then dashing back again from the stern to the front, he made a bound and + disappeared beneath the waves. + </p> + <p> + Falsten, Dowlas, and the boatswain, made a rush that at least they might + secure the body; but it was too late; all that they could see was a + crimson circle in the water, and some huge sharks disporting themselves + around the spot. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0050" id="link2HCH0050"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER L. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 23rd.—Only eleven of us now remain; and the probability is + very great that every day must now carry off at least its one victim, and + perhaps more. The end of the tragedy is rapidly approaching, and save for + the chance, which is next to an impossibility, of our sighting land, or + being picked up by a passing vessel, ere another week has elapsed not a + single survivor of the “Chancellor” will remain. + </p> + <p> + The wind freshened considerably in the night, and it is now blowing pretty + briskly from the north-east. It has filled our sail, and the white foam in + our wake is an indication that we are making some progress. The captain + reckons that we must be advancing at the rate of about three miles an + hour. + </p> + <p> + Curtis and Falsten are certainly in the best condition amongst us, and in + spite of their extreme emaciation they bear up wonderfully under the + protracted hardships we have all endured. Words cannot describe the + melancholy state to which poor Miss Herbey bodily is reduced; her whole + being seems absorbed into her soul, but that soul is brave and resolute as + ever, living in heaven rather than on earth. The boatswain, strong, + energetic man that he was, has shrunk into a mere shadow of his former + self, and I doubt whether any one would recognize him to be the same man. + He keeps perpetually to one corner of the raft, his head dropped upon his + chest, and his long, bony hands lying upon knees that project sharply from + his worn-out trowsers. Unlike Miss Herbey, his spirit seems to have sunk + into apathy, and it is at times difficult to believe that he is living at + all, so motionless and statue-like does he sit. + </p> + <p> + Silence continues to reign upon the raft. Not a sound, not even a groan, + escapes our lips. We do not exchange ten words in the course of the day, + and the few syllables that our parched tongue and swollen lips can + pronounce are almost unintelligible. Wasted and bloodless, we are no + longer human beings; we are spectres. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0051" id="link2HCH0051"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LI. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 24th.—I have inquired more than once of Curtis if he has the + faintest idea to what quarter of the Atlantic we have drifted, and each + time he has been unable to give me a decided answer, though from his + general observation of the direction of the wind and currents he imagines + that we have been carried westwards, that is to say, towards the land. + </p> + <p> + To-day the breeze has dropped entirely, but the heavy swell is still upon + the sea, and is an unquestionable sign that a tempest has been raging at + no great distance. The raft labours hard against the waves, and Curtis, + Falsten, and the boatswain, employ the little energy that remains to them + in strengthening the joints. Why do they give themselves such trouble? Why + not let the few frail planks part asunder, and allow the ocean to + terminate our miserable existence? Certain it seems that our sufferings + must have reached their utmost limit, and nothing could exceed the torture + that we are enduring. The sky pours down upon us a heat like that of + molten lead, and the sweat that saturates the tattered clothes that hang + about our bodies goes far to aggravate the agonies of our thirst. No words + of mine can describe this dire distress; these sufferings are beyond human + estimate. + </p> + <p> + Even bathing, the only means of refreshment that we possessed, has now + become impossible, for ever since Jynxstrop’s death the sharks have hung + about the raft in shoals. + </p> + <p> + To-day I tried to gain a few drops of fresh water by evaporation, but even + with the exercise of the greatest patience, it was with the utmost + difficulty that I obtained enough to moisten a little scrap of linen; and + the only kettle that we had was so old and battered, that it would not + bear the fire, so that I was obliged to give up the attempt in despair. + </p> + <p> + Falsten is now almost exhausted, and if he survives us at all, it can only + be for a few days. Whenever I raised my head I always failed to see him, + but he was probably lying sheltered somewhere beneath the sails. Curtis + was the only man who remained on his feet, but with indomitable pluck he + continued to stand on the front of the raft, waiting, watching, hoping. To + look at him, with his unflagging energy, almost tempted me to imagine that + he did well to hope, but I dared nor entertain one sanguine thought; and + there I lay, waiting, nay, longing for death. + </p> + <p> + How many hours passed away thus I cannot tell, but after a time a loud + peal of laughter burst upon my ear Some one else, then, was going mad, I + thought; but the idea did not rouse me in the least. The laughter was + repeated with greater vehemence, but I never raised my head. Presently I + caught a few incoherent words. + </p> + <p> + “Fields, fields, gardens and trees! Look, there’s an inn under the trees! + Quick, quick! brandy, gin, water! a guinea a drop! I’ll pay for it! I’ve + lots of money! lots! lots!” + </p> + <p> + Poor deluded wretch! I thought again; the wealth of a nation could not buy + a drop of water here. There was silence for a minute, when all of a sudden + I heard the shout of “Land! land!” + </p> + <p> + The words acted upon me like an electric shock, and, with a frantic + effort, I started to my feet. No land, indeed, was visible, but Flaypole, + laughing, singing, and gesticulating, was raging up and down the raft. + Sight, taste and hearing—all were gone; but the cerebral derangement + supplied their place, and in imagination the maniac was conversing with + absent friends, inviting them into the George Inn at Cardiff, offering + them gin, whisky, and, above all water! Stumbling at every step, and + singing in a cracked, discordant voice, he staggered about amongst us like + an intoxicated man. With the loss of his senses all his sufferings had + vanished, and his thirst was appeased. It was hard not to wish to be a + partaker of his hallucination. + </p> + <p> + Dowlas, Falsten, and the boatswain, seemed to think that the unfortunate + wretch would, like Jynxstrop, put an end to himself by leaping into the + sea; but, determined this time to preserve the body, that it might serve a + better purpose than merely feeding the sharks, they rose and followed the + madman everywhere he went, keeping a strict eye upon his every movement. + </p> + <p> + But the matter did not end as they expected. As though he were really + intoxicated by the stimulants of which he had been raving, Flaypole at + last sank down in a heap in a corner of the raft, where he lay lost in a + heavy slumber. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0052" id="link2HCH0052"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 25th.—Last night was very misty, and for some unaccountable + reason, one of the hottest that can be imagined. The atmosphere was really + so stifling, that it seemed as if it only required a spark to set it + alight. The raft was not only quite stationary, but did not even rise and + fall with any motion of the waves. + </p> + <p> + During the night I tried to count how many there were now on board, but I + was utterly unable to collect my ideas sufficiently to make the + enumeration. Sometimes I counted ten, sometimes twelve, and although I + knew that eleven, since Jynxstrop was dead, was the correct number, I + could never bring my reckoning right. Of one thing I felt quite sure, and + that was that the number would very soon be ten. I was convinced that I + could myself last but very little longer. All the events and associations + of my life passed rapidly through my brain, My country, my friends, and my + family all appeared as it were in a vision, and seemed as though they had + come to bid me a last farewell. + </p> + <p> + Towards morning I woke from my sleep, if the languid stupour into which I + had fallen was worthy of that name. One fixed idea had taken possession of + my brain; I would put an end to myself, and I felt a sort of pleasure as I + gloated over the power that I had to terminate my sufferings. I told + Curtis, with the utmost composure, of my intention, and he received the + intelligence as calmly as it was delivered. + </p> + <p> + “Of course you will do as you please,” he said; “for, my own part, I shall + not abandon my post. It is my duty to remain here, and unless death comes + to carry me away, I shall stay where I am to the very last.” + </p> + <p> + The dull grey fog still hung heavily over the ocean, but the sun was + evidently shining above the mist, and would, in course of time, dispel the + vapour. Towards seven o’clock I fancied I heard the cries of birds above + my head. The sound was repeated three times, and as I went up to the + captain to ask him about it, I heard him mutter to himself,— + </p> + <p> + “Birds! why, that looks as if land were not far off.” + </p> + <p> + But although Curtis might still cling to the hope of reaching land, I knew + not what it was to have one sanguine thought. For me there was neither + continent nor island; the world was one fluid sphere, uniform, monotonous, + as in the most primitive period of its formation. Nevertheless it must be + owned that it was with a certain amount of impatience that I awaited the + rising of the mist, for I was anxious to shake off the phantom fallacies + that Curtis’s words had suggested to my mind. + </p> + <p> + Not till eleven o’clock did the fog begin to break, and as it rolled in + heavy folds along the surface of the water, I could every now and then + catch glimpses of a clear blue sky beyond. Fierce sunbeams pierced the + cloud-rifts, scorching and burning our bodies like red-hot iron; but it + was only above our heads that there was any sunlight to condense the + vapour; the horizon was still quite invisible. There was no wind, and for + half an hour longer the fog hung heavily round the raft; whilst Curtis, + leaning against the side, strove to penetrate the obscurity. At length the + sun burst forth in full power, and, sweeping the surface of the ocean, + dispelled the fog, and left the horizon opened to our eyes. + </p> + <p> + There, exactly as we had seen it for the last six weeks, was the circle + that bounded sea and sky, unbroken, definite, distinct as ever! Curtis + gazed with intensest scrutiny, but did not speak a word. I pitied him + sincerely, for he alone of us all felt that he had not the right to put an + end to his misery. For myself I had fully determined that if I lived till + the following day, I would die by my own hand. Whether my companions were + still alive, I hardly cared to know; it seemed as though days had passed + since I had seen them. + </p> + <p> + Night drew on, but I could not sleep for a moment. Towards two o’clock in + the morning my thirst was so intense that I was unable to suppress loud + cries of agony. Was there nothing that would serve to quench the fire that + was burning within me? What if instead of drinking the blood of others I + were to drink my own? It would be all unavailing, I was well aware, but + scarcely had the thought crossed my mind, than I proceeded to put it into + execution. I unclasped my knife, and, stripping my arm, with a steady + thrust I opened a small vein. The blood oozed out slowly, drop by drop, + and as I eagerly swallowed the source of my very life, I felt that for a + moment my torments were relieved, But only for a moment; all energy had + failed my pulses, and almost immediately the blood had ceased to flow. + </p> + <p> + How long it seemed before the morning dawned! and when that morning came + it brought another fog, heavy as before that again shut out the horizon. + The fog was hot as the burning steam that issues from a boiler. It was to + be my last day upon earth, and I felt that I would like to press the hand + of a friend before I died. Curtis was standing near, and crawling up to + him, I took his hand in my own. He seemed to know that I was taking my + farewell, and with one last lingering hope he endeavoured to restrain me. + But all in vain, my mind was finally made up. + </p> + <p> + I should have like to speak once again to M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss + Herbey, but my courage failed me. I knew that the young girl would read my + resolution in my eyes, and that she would speak to me of duty and of God, + and of eternity, and I dared not meet her gaze; and I would not run the + risk of being persuaded to wait until a lingering death should overtake + me. I returned to the back of the raft, and after making several efforts, + I managed to get on to my feet. I cast one long look at the pitiless ocean + and the unbroken horizon; if a sail or the outline of a coast bad broken + on my view, I believe that I should only have deemed myself the victim of + an illusion; but nothing of the kind appeared, and the sea was dreary as a + desert. + </p> + <p> + It was ten o’clock in the morning. The pangs of hunger and the torments of + thirst were racking me with redoubled vigour. All instinct of + self-preservation had left me, and I felt that the hour had come when I + must cease to suffer. Just as I was on the point of casting myself + headlong into the sea, a voice, which I recognized as Dowlas’s; broke upon + my ear. + </p> + <p> + “Captain,” he said, “we are going to draw lots.” + </p> + <p> + Involuntarily I paused; I did not take my plunge, but returned to my place + upon the raft. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0053" id="link2HCH0053"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LIII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 26th.—All heard and understood the proposition; in fact, it + had been in contemplation for several days, but no one had ventured to put + the idea into words. However, it was done now; lots were to be drawn, and + to each would be assigned his share of the body of the one ordained by + fate to be the victim. For my own part, I profess that I was quite + resigned for the lot to fall upon myself. I thought I heard Andre + Letourneur beg for an exception to be made in favour of Miss Herbey, but + the sailors raised a murmur of dissent. As there were eleven of us on + board, there were ten chances to one in each one’s favour, a proportion + which would be diminished if Miss Herbey were excluded, so that the young + lady was forced to take her chance among the rest. + </p> + <p> + It was then half-past ten, and the boatswain, who had been roused from his + lethargy by what the carpenter had said, insisted that the drawing should + take place immediately. There was no reason for postponing the fatal + lottery. There was not one of us that clung in the least to life, and we + knew that at the worst, whoever should be doomed to die, would only + precede the rest by a few days, or even hours. All that we desired was + just once to slake our raging thirst and moderate our gnawing hunger. + </p> + <p> + How all the names found their way to the bottom of a hat I cannot tell. + Very likely Falsten wrote them upon a leaf torn from his memorandum-book. + But be that as it may, the eleven names were there, and it was unanimously + agreed that the last name drawn should be the victim. + </p> + <p> + But who would draw the names? There was hesitation for a moment; then, “I + will,” said a voice behind me. Turning round, I beheld M. Letourneur + standing with outstretched hand, and with his long white hair falling over + his thin livid face that was almost sublime in its calmness. I divined at + once the reason of this voluntary offer; I knew that it was the father’s + devotion in self-sacrifice that led him to undertake the office. + </p> + <p> + “As soon as you please,” said the boatswain, and handed him the hat. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur proceeded to draw out the folded strips of paper one by one, + and after reading out aloud the name upon it, handed it to its owner. + </p> + <p> + The first name called was that of Burke, who uttered a cry of delight; + then followed Flaypole and the boatswain. What his name really was I never + could exactly learn. Then came Falsten, Curtis, Sandon. More than half had + now been called, and my name had not yet been drawn. I calculated my + remaining chance; it was still four to one in my favour. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur continued his painful task. Since Burke’s first exclamation + of joy not a sound had escaped our lips, but all were listening in + breathless silence. The seventh name was Miss Herbey’s, but the young girl + heard it without a start. Then came mine, yes, mine! and the ninth was + that of Letourneur. + </p> + <p> + “Which one?” asked the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “Andre,” said M. Letourneur. + </p> + <p> + With one cry Andre fell back senseless. Only two names now remained in the + hat; those of Dowlas and of M. Letourneur himself. + </p> + <p> + “Go on,” almost roared the carpenter, surveying his partner in peril as + though he could devour him. M. Letourneur almost had a smile upon his + lips, as he drew forth the last paper but one, and with a firm, + unfaltering voice, marvelous for his age, unfolded it slowly, and read the + name of Dowlas. The carpenter gave a yell of relief as he heard the word. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur took the last bit of paper from the hat, and without looking + at it, tore it to pieces. But, unperceived by all but myself, one little + fragment flew into a corner of the raft. I crawled towards it and picked + it up. On one side of it was written Andr—; the rest of the word was + torn away. M. Letourneur saw what I had done, and rushing towards me, + snatched the paper from my hands, and flung it into the sea. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0054" id="link2HCH0054"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LIV. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 26th.—I understood it all; the devoted father having nothing + more to give, had given his life for his son. + </p> + <p> + M. Letourneur was no longer a human being in the eyes of the famished + creatures who were now yearning to see him sacrificed to their cravings. + At the very sight of the victim thus provided, all the tortures of hunger + returned with redoubled violence. With lips distended, and teeth + displayed, they waited like a herd of carnivora until they could attack + their prey with brutal voracity; it seemed almost doubtful whether they + would not fall upon him while he was still alive. It seemed impossible + that any appeal to their humanity could, at such a moment, have any + weight; nevertheless, the appeal was made, and, incredible as it may seem, + prevailed. + </p> + <p> + Just as the boatswain was about to act the part of butcher, and Dowlas + stood, hatchet in hand, ready to complete the barbarous work, Miss Herbey + advanced, or rather crawled, towards them. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” she pleaded, “will you not wait just one more day? If no + land or ship is in sight to-morrow, then I suppose our poor companion must + become your victim. But allow him one more day; in the name of mercy I + entreat, I implore you.” + </p> + <p> + My heart bounded as she made her pitiful appeal. It seemed to me as though + the noble girl had spoken with an inspiration on her lips, and I fancied + that, perhaps, in super-natural vision she had viewed the coast or the + ship of which she spoke; and one more day was not much to us who had + already suffered so long, and endured so much. + </p> + <p> + Curtis and Falsten agreed with me, and we all united to support Miss + Herbey’s merciful petition. The sailors did not utter a murmur, and the + boatswain in a smothered voice said,— + </p> + <p> + “Very well, we will wait till daybreak tomorrow,” and threw down his + hatchet. + </p> + <p> + To-morrow, then, unless land or a sail appear, the horrible sacrifice will + be accomplished. Stifling their sufferings by a strenuous effort, all + returned to their places. The sailors crouched beneath the sails, caring + nothing about scanning the ocean. Food was in store for them to-morrow, + and that was enough for them. + </p> + <p> + As soon as Andre Letourneur came to his senses, his first thought was for + his father, and I saw him count the passengers on the raft. He looked + puzzled; when he lost consciousness there had been only two names left in + the hat, those of his father and the carpenter; and yet M. Letourneur and + Dowlas were both there still. Miss Herbey went up to him and told him + quietly that the drawing of the lots had not yet been finished. Andre + asked no further question, but took his father’s hand. M. Letourneur’s + countenance was calm and serene; he seemed to be conscious of nothing + except that the life of his son was spared, and as the two sat conversing + in an undertone at the back of the raft, their whole existence seemed + bound up in each other. + </p> + <p> + Meantime, I could not disabuse my mind of the impression caused by Miss + Herbey’s intervention. Something told me that help was near at hand, and + that we were approaching the termination of our suspense and misery; the + chimeras that were floating through my brain resolved themselves into + realities, so that nothing appeared to me more certain than that either + land or sail, be they miles away, would be discovered somewhere to + leeward. + </p> + <p> + I imparted my convictions to M. Letourneur and his son. Andre was as + sanguine as myself; poor boy! he little thinks what a loss there is in + store for him tomorrow. His father listened gravely to all we said, and + whatever he might think in his own mind, he did not give us any + discouragement; Heaven, he said, he was sure would still spare the + survivors of the “Chancellor,” and then he lavished on his son caresses + which he deemed to be his last. + </p> + <p> + Some time afterwards, when I was alone with him, M. Letourneur whispered + in my ear,— + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Kazallon, I commend my boy to your care, and mark you, he must never + know—” + </p> + <p> + His voice was choked with tears, and he could not finish his sentence. + </p> + <p> + But I was full of hope, and, without a moment’s intermission, I kept my + eyes fixed upon the unbroken horizon, Curtis, Miss Herbey, Falsten, and + even the boatswain, were also eagerly scanning the broad expanse of sea. + </p> + <p> + Night has come on; but I have still a profound conviction that through the + darkness some ship will approach, and that at daybreak our raft will be + observed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0055" id="link2HCH0055"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LV. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 27th.—I did not close my eyes all night, and was keenly + alive to the faintest sounds, and every ripple of the water, and every + murmur of the waves, broke distinctly on my ear. One thing I noticed and + accepted as a happy omen; not a single shark now lingered-round the raft. + The waning moon rose at a quarter to one, and through the feeble glimmer + which she cast across the ocean, many and many a time I fancied I caught + sight of the longed-for sail, lying only a few cables’ lengths away. + </p> + <p> + But when morning came, the sun rose once again upon a desert ocean, and my + hopes began to fade. Neither ship nor shore had appeared, and as the + shocking hour of execution drew near, my dreams of deliverance melted + away; I shuddered in my very soul as I was brought face to face with the + stern reality. I dared not look upon the victim, and whenever his eyes, so + full of calmness and resignation, met my own, I turned away my head. I + felt choked with horror, and my brain reeled as though I were intoxicated. + </p> + <p> + It was now six o’clock, and all hope had vanished from my breast; my heart + beat rapidly, and a cold sweat of agony broke out all over me. Curtis and + the boatswain stood by the mast attentively scanning the horizon. The + boatswain’s countenance was terrible to look upon; one could see that + although he would not forestall the hour, he was determined not to wait a + moment after it arrived. As for the captain, it was impossible to tell + what really passed within his mind; his face was livid, and his whole + existence seemed concentrated in the exercise of his power of vision. The + sailors were crawling about the platform, with their eyes gleaming, like + wild beasts ready to pounce upon their devoted prey. + </p> + <p> + I could no longer keep my place, and glided along to the front of the + raft. The boatswain was still standing intent on his watch, but all of a + sudden, in a voice that made me start he shouted,— + </p> + <p> + “Now then, time’s up!” and followed by Dowlas, Burke, Flaypole, and + Sandon, ran to the back of the raft. As Dowlas seized the hatchet + convulsively, Miss Herbey could not suppress a cry of terror. Andre + started to his feet. + </p> + <p> + “What are you going to do to my father?” he asked in accents choked with + emotion. + </p> + <p> + “My boy,” said M. Letourneur, “the lot has fallen upon me, and I must + die!” + </p> + <p> + “Never!” shrieked Andre, throwing his arms about his father, “They shall + kill me first. It was I who threw Hobart’s body into the sea, and it is I + who ought to die!” + </p> + <p> + But the words of the unhappy youth had no other effect than to increase + the fury of the men who were so staunchly bent upon their bloody purpose. + </p> + <p> + “Come, come, no more fuss,” said Dowlas, as he tore the young man away + from his father’s embrace. + </p> + <p> + Andre fell upon his back, in which position two of the sailors held him + down so tightly that he could not move, whilst Burke and Sandon carried + off their victim to the front. + </p> + <p> + All this had taken place much more rapidly than I have been able to + describe it. I was transfixed with horror, and much as I wished to throw + myself between M. Letourneur and his executioners, I seemed to be rooted + to the spot where I was standing. + </p> + <p> + Meantime the sailors had been taking off some of M. Letourneur’s clothes, + and his neck and shoulders were already bare. + </p> + <p> + “Stop a moment!” he said in a tone in which was the ring of indomitable + courage. “Stop! I don’t want to deprive you of your ration; but I suppose + you will not require to eat the whole of me today.” + </p> + <p> + The sailors, taken aback by his suggestion, stared at him with amazement. + </p> + <p> + “There are ten of you,” he went on. “My two arms will give you each a + meal; cut them off for to-day, and to-morrow you shall have the rest of + me.” + </p> + <p> + “Agreed!” cried Dowlas; and as M. Letourneur held out his bare arms, quick + as lightning the carpenter raised his hatchet. + </p> + <p> + Curtis and I could bear this scene no longer; whilst we were alive to + prevent it, this butchery should not be permitted, and we rushed forwards + simultaneously to snatch the victim from his murderers. A furious struggle + ensued, and in the midst of the MELEE I was seized by one of the sailors, + and hurled violently into the sea. + </p> + <p> + Closing my lips, I tried to die of suffocation in the water; but in spite + of myself, my mouth opened, and a few drops trickled down my throat. + </p> + <p> + Merciful Heaven! the water was fresh! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0056" id="link2HCH0056"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LVI. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.—A change came over me as if by miracle. No + longer had I any wish to die, and already Curtis, who had heard my cries, + was throwing me a rope. I seized it eagerly, and was hauled up on to the + raft, “Fresh water!” were the first words I uttered. + </p> + <p> + “Fresh water?” cried Curtis, “why then, my friends, we are not far from + land!” + </p> + <p> + It was not too late; the blow had not been struck, and so the victim had + not yet fallen. Curtis and Andre (who had regained his liberty) had fought + with the cannibals, and it was just as they were yielding to overpowering + numbers that my voice had made itself heard. + </p> + <p> + The struggle came to an end. As soon as the words “Fresh water” had + escaped my lips, I leaned over the side of the raft and swallowed the + life-giving liquid in greedy draughts. Miss Herbey was the first to follow + my example, but soon Curtis, Falsten, and all the rest were on their knees + and drinking eagerly, The rough sailors seemed as if by a magic touch + transformed back from ravenous beasts to human beings, and I saw several + of them raise their hands to heaven in silent gratitude, Andre and his + father were the last to drink. + </p> + <p> + “But where are we?” I asked at length. + </p> + <p> + “The land is there,” said Curtis pointing towards the west. + </p> + <p> + We all stared at the captain as though he were mocking us; no land was in + sight, and the raft, just as ever, was the centre of a watery waste. Yet + our senses had not deceived us the water we had been drinking was + perfectly fresh. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” repeated the captain, “land is certainly there, not more than + twenty miles to leeward.” + </p> + <p> + “What land?” inquired the boatswain. + </p> + <p> + “South America,” answered Curtis, “and near the Amazon; no other river has + a current strong enough to freshen the ocean twenty miles from shore!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0057" id="link2HCH0057"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER LVII. + </h2> + <p> + JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.—Curtis, no doubt was right The discharge + from the mouth of the Amazon is enormously large, but we had probably + drifted into the only spot in the Atlantic where we could find fresh water + so far from land. Yet land, undoubtedly was there, and the breeze was + carrying us onwards slowly but surely to our deliverance. + </p> + <p> + Miss Herbey’s voice was heard pouring out fervent praise to Heaven, and we + were all glad to unite our thanksgivings with hers. Then the whole of us + (with the exception of Andre and his father, who remained by themselves + together at the stern) clustered in a group, and kept our expectant gaze + upon the horizon. + </p> + <p> + We had not long to wait. Before an hour had passed Curtis, leaped in + ecstasy and raised the joyous shout of “Land ahoy!” + </p> + <p> + * * * * + </p> + <p> + My journal has come to a close. + </p> + <p> + I have only to relate, as briefly as possible, the circumstances that + finally brought us to our destination. + </p> + <p> + A few hours after we first sighted land the raft was off Cape Magoari, on + the Island of Marajo, and was observed by some fishermen who, with + kind-hearted alacrity picked us up, and tended us most carefully. They + conveyed us to Para, where we became the objects of unbounded sympathy. + </p> + <p> + The raft was brought to land in lat. 0deg. 12min. N., so that since we + abandoned the “Chancellor” we had drifted at least fifteen degrees to the + south-west. Except for the influence of the Gulf Stream we must have been + carried far, far to the south, and in that case we should never have + reached the mouth of the Amazon, and must inevitably have been lost. + </p> + <p> + Of the thirty-two souls—nine passengers, and twenty-three seamen—who + left Charleston on board the ship, only five passengers and six seamen + remain. Eleven of us alone survive. + </p> + <p> + An official account of our rescue was drawn up by the Brazilian + authorities. Those who signed were Miss Herbey, J. R. Kazallon, M. + Letourneur, Andre Letourneur, Mr. Falsten, the boatswain, Dowlas, Burke, + Flaypole, Sandon, and last, though not least, + </p> + <p> + “Robert Curtis, captain.” + </p> + <p> + At Para we soon found facilities for continuing our homeward route. A + vessel took us to Cayenne, where we secured a passage on board one of the + steamers of the French Transatlantic Aspinwall line, the “Ville de St. + Nazaire,” which conveyed us to Europe. + </p> + <p> + After all the dangers and privations which we have undergone together, it + is scarcely necessary to say that there has arisen between the surviving + passengers of the “Chancellor” a bond of friendship too indissoluble, I + believe, for either time or circumstance to destroy; Curtis must ever + remain the honoured and valued friend of those whose welfare he consulted + so faithfully in their misfortunes; his conduct was beyond all praise. + </p> + <p> + When we were fairly on our homeward way, Miss Herbey by chance intimated + to us her intention of retiring from the world and devoting the remainder + of her life to the care of the sick and suffering. + </p> + <p> + “Then why not come and look after my son?” said M. Letourneur, adding, “he + is an invalid, and he requires, as he deserves, the best of nursing.” + </p> + <p> + Miss Herbey, after some deliberation, consented to become a member of + their family, and finds in M. Letourneur a father, and in Andre a brother. + A brother, I say; but may we not hope that she may be united by a dearer + and a closer tie, and that the noble-hearted girl may experience the + happiness that so richly she deserves? + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR *** + +***** This file should be named 1652-h.htm or 1652-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/5/1652/ + +Produced by An Anonymous Volunteer, and David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/1652.txt b/1652.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa32c80 --- /dev/null +++ b/1652.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6163 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Survivors of the Chancellor + +Author: Jules Verne + +Posting Date: November 20, 2008 [EBook #1652] +Release Date: February, 1999 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR *** + + + + +Produced by An Anonymous Volunteer + + + + + +THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR. + +DIARY OF J.R.KAZALLON, PASSENGER. + + +By Jules Verne + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +CHARLESTON, SEPTEMBER 27th, 1869.--It is high tide, and three o'clock +in the afternoon when we leave the Battery-quay; the ebb carries us off +shore, and as Captain Huntly has hoisted both main and top sails, the +northerly breeze drives the "Chancellor" briskly across the bay. Fort +Sumter ere long is doubled, the sweeping batteries of the mainland on +our left are soon passed, and by four o'clock the rapid current of the +ebbing tide has carried us through the harbour-mouth. + +But as yet we have not reached the open sea; we have still to thread our +way through the narrow channels which the surge has hollowed out amongst +the sand-banks. The captain takes a south-west course, rounding the +lighthouse at the corner of the fort; the sails are closely trimmed; the +last sandy point is safely coasted, and at length, at seven o'clock in +the evening; we are out free upon the wide Atlantic. + +The "Chancellor" is a fine square-rigged three-master, of 900 tons +burden, and belongs to the wealthy Liverpool firm of Laird Brothers. She +is two years old, is sheathed and secured with copper, her decks being +of teak, and the base of all her masts, except the mizzen, with all their +fittings, being of iron. She is registered first class A I, and is now +on her third voyage between Charleston and Liverpool. As she wended her +way through the channels of Charleston harbour, it was the British flag +that was lowered from her mast-head; but without colours at all, +no sailor could have hesitated for a moment in telling her +nationality,--for English she was, and nothing but English from her +water-line upwards to the truck of her masts. + +I must now relate how it happens that I have taken my passage on board +the "Chancellor" on her return voyage to England. At present there is no +direct steamship service between South Carolina and Great Britain, +and all who wish to cross must go either northwards to New York or +southwards to New Orleans. It is quite true that if I had chosen to +start from New York I might have found plenty of vessels belonging to +English, French, or Hamburg lines, any of which would have conveyed me +by a rapid voyage to my destination; and it is equally true that if I +had selected New Orleans for my embarkation I could readily have reached +Europe by one of the vessels of the National Steam Navigation Company, +which join the French Transatlantic line of Colon and Aspinwall. But it +was fated to be otherwise. + +One day, as I was loitering about the Charleston quays, my eye lighted +upon this vessel. There was something about the "Chancellor" that +pleased me, and a kind of involuntary impulse took me on board, where I +found the internal arrangements perfectly comfortable. Yielding to the +idea that a voyage in a sailing vessel had certain charms beyond the +transit in a steamer, and reckoning that with wind and wave in my +favour there would be little material difference in time; considering, +moreover, that in these low latitudes the weather in early autumn is +fine and unbroken, I came to my decision, and proceeded forthwith to +secure my passage by this route to Europe. + +Have I done right or wrong? Whether I shall have reason to regret my +determination is a problem to be solved in the future. However, I will +begin to record the incidents of our daily experience, dubious as I feel +whether the lines of my chronicle will ever find a reader. + + + +CHAPTER II. + +SEPTEMBER 28th.--John Silas Huntly, the captain of the "Chancellor," has +the reputation of being an experienced navigator of the Atlantic. He is +a Scotchman, a native of Dundee, and is about fifty years of age. He is +of middle height and slight build, and has a small head, which he has a +habit of holding a little over his left shoulder. I do not pretend to be +much of a physiognomist, but I am inclined to believe that my few hours' +acquaintance with our captain has given me considerable insight into +his character. That he is a good seaman and thoroughly understands his +duties I could not for a moment venture to deny; but that he is a man +of resolute temperament, or that he possesses the amount of courage +that would render him, physically or morally, capable of coping with +any great emergency, I confess I cannot believe. I observe a certain +heaviness and dejection about his whole carriage. His wavering glances, +the listless motions of his hands, and his slow, unsteady gait, all seem +to me to indicate a weak and sluggish disposition. He does not appear +as though he could be energetic enough ever to be stubborn; he never +frowns, sets his teeth, or clenches his fist. There is something +enigmatical about him; however, I shall study him closely and do what +I can to understand the man who, as commander of a vessel, should be to +those around him "second only to God." + +Unless I am greatly mistaken there is another man on board who, +if circumstances should require it, would take the more prominent +position--I mean the mate. I have hitherto, however, had such little +opportunity of observing his character, that I must defer saying more +about him at present. + +Besides the captain and this mate, whose name is Robert Curtis, our crew +consists of Walter, the lieutenant, the boatswain, and fourteen sailors, +all English or Scotch, making eighteen altogether, a number quite +sufficient for working a vessel of 900 tons burden. Up to this time my +sole experience of their capabilities is, that under the command of the +mate, they brought us skillfully enough through the narrow channels of +Charleston; and I have no reason to doubt but that they are well up to +their work. + +My list of the ship's officials is incomplete unless I mention Hobart, +the steward, and Jynxstrop, the negro cook. + +In addition to these, the "Chancellor" carries eight passengers, +including myself. Hitherto, the bustle of embarkation, the arrangement +of cabins, and all the variety of preparations inseparable from starting +on a voyage for at least twenty or five-and-twenty days have precluded +the formation of any acquaintanceships; but the monotony of the voyage, +the close proximity into which we must be thrown, and the natural +curiosity to know something of each other's affairs, will doubtless lead +us in due time to an interchange of ideas. Two days have elapsed and +I have not even seen all the passengers. Probably sea-sickness has +prevented some of them from making their appearance at the common +table. One thing, however, I do know; namely, that there are two ladies +occupying the stern-cabins, the windows of which are in the aft-board of +the vessel. + +I have seen the ship's list and subjoin a list of the passengers. They +are as follow:--Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Americans, of Buffalo. Miss Herbey, +a young English lady, companion to Mrs. Kear. M. Letourneur and his son +Andre, Frenchmen, of Havre. William Falsten, a Manchester engineer. John +Ruby, a Cardiff merchant; and myself, J. R. Kazallon, of London. + + + +CHAPTER III. + +SEPTEMBER 29th.--Captain Huntly's bill of lading, that is to say, the +document that describes the "Chancellor's" cargo and the conditions of +transport, is couched in the following terms:-- + +"BRONSFIELD AND CO., AGENTS, CHARLESTON. + +"I, John Silas Huntly, of Dundee, Scotland, commander of the ship +'Chancellor,' of about 900 tons burden, now at Charleston, do purpose, +by the blessing of God, at the earliest convenient season, and by the +direct route, to sail for the port of Liverpool, where I shall obtain +my discharge. I do hereby acknowledge that I have received from you, +Messrs. Bronsfield and Co., Commission Agents, Charleston, and have +placed the same under the gun-deck of the aforesaid ship, seventeen +hundred bales of cotton, of the estimated value of 26,000l., all in +good condition, marked and numbered as in the margin; which goods I do +undertake to transport to Liverpool, and there to deliver, free from +injury (save only such injury as shall have been caused by the chances +of the sea), to Messrs. Laird Brothers, or to their order, or to their +representative, who shall on due delivery of the said freight pay me the +sum of 2000l. inclusive, according to the charter-party and damages in +addition, according to the usages and customs of the sea. + +"And for the fulfillment of the above covenant, I have pledged and do +pledge my person, my property, and my interest in the vessel aforesaid, +with all its appurtenances. In witness whereof, I have signed three +agreements, all of the same purport; on the condition that when the +terms of one are accomplished, the other two shall be absolutely null +and void. + +"Given at Charleston, September 13th, 1869, + +"J. S. HUNTLY." + + +From the foregoing document it will be understood that the "Chancellor" +is conveying 1700 bales of cotton to Liverpool; that the shippers are +Bronsfield, of Charleston, and the consignees are Laird Brothers, of +Liverpool. The ship was constructed with the especial design of carrying +cotton, and the entire hold, with the exception of a very limited space +reserved for passengers' luggage, is closely packed with the bales, The +lading was performed with the utmost care, each bale being pressed into +its proper place by the aid of screw-jacks, so that the whole freight +forms one solid and compact mass; not an inch of space is wasted, and +the vessel is thus made capable of carrying her full complement of +cargo. + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +SEPTEMBER 30th to OCTOBER 6th.--The "Chancellor" is a rapid sailer, and +more than a match for many a vessel of the same dimensions. She scuds +along merrily in the freshening breeze, leaving in her wake, far as the +eye can reach, a long white line of foam as well defined as a delicate +strip of lace stretched upon an azure ground. + +The Atlantic is not visited by many gales, and I have every reason to +believe that the rolling and pitching of the vessel no longer incommode +any of the passengers, who are all more or less accustomed to the sea. +A vacant seat at our table is now very rare; we are beginning to know +something about each other, and our daily life, in consequence, is +becoming somewhat less monotonous. + +M. Letourneur, our French fellow-passenger, often has a chat with me. +He is a fine tall man, about fifty years of age, with white hair and a +grizzly beard. To say the truth, he looks older than he really is: his +drooping head, his dejected manner, and his eye, ever and again suffused +with tears, indicate that he is haunted by some deep and abiding sorrow. +He never laughs; he rarely even smiles, and then only on his son: +his countenance ordinarily bearing a look of bitterness tempered by +affection, while his general expression is one of caressing tenderness. +It excites an involuntary commiseration to learn that M. Letourneur is +consuming himself by exaggerated reproaches on account of the infirmity +of an afflicted son. + +Andre Letourneur is about twenty years of age, with a gentle, +interesting countenance, but, to the irrepressible grief of his father, +is a hopeless cripple. His left leg is miserably deformed, and he is +quite unable to walk without the assistance of a stick. It is obvious +that the father's life is bound up with that of his son; his devotion +is unceasing; every thought, every glance is for Andre; he seems to +anticipate his most trifling wish, watches his slightest movement, and +his arm is ever ready to support or otherwise assist the child whose +sufferings he more than shares. + +M. Letourneur seems to have taken a peculiar fancy to myself, +and constantly talks about Andre. This morning, in the course of +conversation, I said,-- + +"You have a good son, M. Letourneur. I have just been talking to him. He +is a most intelligent young man." + +"Yes, Mr. Kazallon," replied M. Letourneur, brightening up into a smile, +"his afflicted frame contains a noble mind. He is like his mother, who +died at his birth." + +"He is full of reverence and love for you, sir," I remarked. + +"Dear boy!" muttered the father half to himself. "Ah, Mr. Kazallon," +he continued, "you do not know what it is to a father to have a son a +cripple, beyond hope of cure." + +"M. Letourneur," I answered, "you take more than your share of the +affliction which has fallen upon you and your son. That M. Andre is +entitled to the very greatest commiseration no one can deny; but you +should remember, that after all a physical infirmity is not so hard to +bear as mental grief. Now, I have watched your son pretty closely, and +unless I am much mistaken there is nothing, that troubles him so much as +the sight of your own sorrow." + +"But I never let him see it," he broke in hastily. "My sole thought +is how to divert him. I have discovered, that in spite of his physical +weakness, he delights in travelling; so for the last few years we have +been constantly on the move. We first went all over Europe, and are now +returning from visiting the principal places in the United States. +I never allowed my son to go to college, but instructed him entirely +myself, and these travels, I hope, will serve to complete his education. +He is very intelligent, and has a lively imagination, and I am sometimes +tempted to hope that in contemplating the wonders of nature he forgets +his own infirmity." + +"Yes, sir, of course he does," I assented. + +"But," continued M. Letourneur, taking my hand, "although, perhaps, HE +may forget, I can never forget. Ah, sir, do you suppose that Andre can +ever forgive his parents for bringing him into the world a cripple?" + +The remorse of the unhappy father was very distressing, and I was +about to say a few kind words of sympathy when Andre himself made his +appearance. M. Letourneur hastened toward him and assisted him up the +few steep steps that led to the poop. + +As soon as Andre was comfortably seated on one of the benches, and his +father had taken his place by his side, I joined them, and we fell into +conversation upon ordinary topics, discussing the various points of +the "Chancellor," the probable length of the passage, and the different +details of our life on board. I find that M. Letourneur's estimate of +Captain Huntly's character very much coincided with my own, and that, +like me, he is impressed with the man's undecided manner and sluggish +appearance. Like me, too, he has formed a very favourable opinion of +Robert Curtis, the mate, a man of about thirty years of age, of great +muscular power, with a frame and a will that seem ever ready for action. + +Whilst we were still talking of him, Curtis himself came on deck, and as +I watched his movements I could not help being struck with his physical +development; his erect and easy carriage, his fearless glance and +slightly contracted brow all betokened a man of energy, thoroughly +endowed with the calmness and courage that are indispensable to the +true sailor. He seems a kind-hearted fellow, too, and is always ready +to assist and amuse young Letourneur, who evidently enjoys his company. +After he had scanned the weather and examined the trim of the sails, he +joined our party and proceeded to give us some information about those +of our fellow-passengers with whom at present we have made but slight +acquaintance. + +Mr. Kear, the American, who is accompanied by his wife, has made a large +fortune in the petroleum springs in the United States. He is a man of +about fifty, a most uninteresting companion, being overwhelmed with +a sense of his own wealth and importance, and consequently supremely +indifferent to all around him. His hands are always in his pockets, +and the chink of money seems to follow him wherever he goes. Vain and +conceited, a fool as well as an egotist, he struts about like a peacock +showing its plumage, and to borrow the words of the physiognomist +Gratiolet, "il se flaire, il se savoure, il se goute." Why he should +have taken his passage on board a mere merchant vessel instead of +enjoying the luxuries of a Transatlantic steamer, I am altogether at a +loss to explain. + +The wife is an insignificant, insipid woman, of about forty years of +age. She never reads, never talks, and I believe I am not wrong in +saying, never thinks. She seems to look without seeing, and listen +without hearing, and her sole occupation consists in giving her orders +to her companion, Miss Herbey, a young English girl of about twenty. + +Miss Herbey is extremely pretty. Her complexion is fair and her eyes +deep blue, whilst her pleasing countenance is altogether free from +that insignificance of feature which is not unfrequently alleged to be +characteristic of English beauty. Her mouth would be charming if she +ever smiled, but exposed as she is to the ridiculous whims and fancies +of a capricious mistress, her lips rarely relax from their ordinary +grave expression. Yet humiliating as her position must be, she never +utters a word of open complaint, but quietly and gracefully performs her +duties accepting without a murmur the paltry salary which the bumptious +petroleum-merchant condescends to allow her. + +The Manchester engineer, William Falsten, looks like a thorough +Englishman. He has the management of some extensive hydraulic works in +South Carolina, and is now on his way to Europe to obtain some improved +apparatus, and more especially to visit the mines worked by centrifugal +force, belonging to the firm of Messrs. Cail. He is forty-five years of +age, with all his interests so entirely absorbed by his machinery that +he seems to have neither a thought nor a care beyond his mechanical +calculations. Once let him engage you in conversation, and there is no +chance of escape; you have no help for it but to listen as patiently as +you can until he has completed the explanation of his designs. + +The last of our fellow-passengers, Mr. Ruby, is the type of a vulgar +tradesman. Without any originality or magnanimity in his composition, he +has spent twenty years of his life in mere buying and selling, and as +he has generally contrived to do business at a profit, he has realized a +considerable fortune. What he is going to do with the money, he does +not seem able to say: his ideas do not go beyond retail trade, his mind +having been so long closed to all other impressions that it appears +incapable of thought or reflection on any subject besides. Pascal says, +"L'homme est visiblement fait pour penser. C'est toute sa dignite +et tout-son merite;" but to Mr. Ruby the phrase seems altogether +inapplicable. + + + +CHAPTER V. + +OCTOBER 7th.--This is the tenth day since we left Charleston, and I +should think our progress has been very rapid. Robert Curtis, the mate, +with whom I continue to have many a friendly chat, informed me that we +could not be far off Cape Hatteras in the Bermudas; the ship's bearings, +he said were lat. 32deg. 20min. N. and long. 64deg. 50min. W., so that +he had every reason to believe that we should sight St. George's Island +before night. + +"The Bermudas!" I exclaimed. "But how is it we are off the Bermudas? I +should have thought that a vessel sailing from Charleston to Liverpool, +would have kept northwards, and have followed the track of the Gulf +Stream." + +"Yes, indeed; sir," replied Curtis, "that is the usual course; but you +see that this time the captain hasn't chosen to take it." + +"But why not?" I persisted. + +"That's not for me to say, sir; he ordered us eastwards, and eastwards +we go." + +"Haven't you called his attention to it?" I inquired. + +Curtis acknowledged that he had already pointed out what an unusual +route they were taking, but that the captain had said that he was quite +aware what he was about. The mate made no further remark; but the knit +of his brow, as he passed his hand mechanically across his forehead, +made me fancy that he was inclined to speak out more strongly. + +"All very well, Curtis," I said, "but I don't know what to think about +trying new routes. Here we are at the 7th of October, and if we are to +reach Europe before the bad weather sets in, I should suppose there is +not a day to be lost." + +"Right, sir, quite right; there is not a day to be lost." + +Struck by his manner, I ventured to add, "Do you mind, Mr. Curtis giving +me your honest opinion of Captain Huntly?" + +He hesitated a moment, and then replied shortly, "He is my captain, +sir." + +This evasive answer of course put an end to any further interrogation on +my part, but it only set me thinking the more. + +Curtis was not mistaken. At about three o'clock the lookout man sung out +that there was land to windward, and descried what seemed as if it might +be a line of smoke in the north-east horizon. At six, I went on deck +with M. Letourneur and his son, and we could then distinctly make out +the low group of the Bermudas, encircled by their formidable chain of +breakers. + +"There," said Andre Letourneur to me, as we stood gazing at the distant +land, "there lies the enchanted Archipelago, sung by your poet Moore. +The exile Waller, too, as long ago as 1643, wrote an enthusiastic +panegyric on the islands, and I have been told that at one time English +ladies would wear no other bonnets than such as were made of the leaves +of the Bermuda palm." + +"Yes," I replied, "the Bermudas were all the rage in the seventeenth +century, although latterly they have fallen into comparative oblivion." + +"But let me tell you, M. Andre," interposed Curtis, who had as usual +joined our party, "that although poets may rave, and be as enthusiastic +as they like about these islands, sailors will tell a different tale. +The hidden reefs that lie in a semicircle about two or three leagues +from shore make the attempt to land a very dangerous piece of business. +And another thing, I know. Let the natives boast as they will about +their splendid climate, they, are visited by the most frightful +hurricanes. They get the fag-end of the storms that rage over the +Antilles; and the fag-end of a storm is like the tail of a whale; +it's just the strongest bit of it. I don't think you'll find a sailor +listening much to your poets,--your Moores, and your Wallers." + +"No, doubt you are right, Mr. Curtis," said Andre, smiling, "but poets +are like proverbs; you can always find one to contradict another. +Although Waller and Moore have chosen to sing the praises of the +Bermudas, it has been supposed that Shakspeare was depicting them in the +terrible scenes that are found in 'The Tempest.'" + +The whole vicinity of these islands is beyond a question extremely +perilous to mariners. Situated between the Antilles and Nova Scotia, the +Bermudas have ever since their discovery belonged to the English, +who have mainly used them for a military station. But this little +archipelago, comprising some hundred and fifty different isles and +islets, is destined to increase, and that, perhaps, on a larger scale +than has yet been anticipated. Beneath the waves there are madrepores, +in infinity of number, silently but ceaselessly pursuing their labours; +and with time, that fundamental element in nature's workings, who shall +tell whether these may not gradually build up island after island, which +shall unite and form another continent? + +I may mention that there was not another of our fellow-passengers who +took the trouble to come on deck and give a glance at this strange +cluster of islands. Miss Herbey, it is true, was making an attempt to +join us, but she had barely reached the poop, when Mrs. Kear's languid +voice was heard recalling her for some trifling service to her side. + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +OCTOBER 8th to OCTOBER 13th.--The wind is blowing hard from the +north-east; and the "Chancellor" under low-reefed top-sail and +fore-sail, and labouring against a heavy sea, has been obliged to be +brought ahull. The joists and girders all creak again until one's teeth +are set on edge. I am the only passenger not remaining below; but I +prefer being on deck notwithstanding the driving rain, fine as dust, +which penetrates to my very skin. We have been driven along in this +fashion for the best part of two days; the "stiffish breeze" has +gradually freshened into "a gale;" the top-gallants have been lowered, +and, as I write, the wind is blowing with a velocity of fifty or sixty +miles an hour. Although the "Chancellor" has many good points, her drift +is considerable, and we have been carried far to the south we can +only guess at our precise position, as the cloudy atmosphere entirely +precludes us from taking the sun's altitude. + +All along throughout this period, my fellow-passengers are totally +ignorant of the extraordinary course that we are taking England lies +to the NORTH-EAST, yet we are sailing directly SOUTH-EAST, and Robert +Curtis owns that he is quite bewildered; he cannot comprehend why the +captain, ever since this north-easterly gale has been blowing, should +persist in allowing the ship to drive to the south, instead of tacking +to the north-west until she gets into better quarters. + +I was alone with Curtis to-day upon the poop, and could not help saying +to him "Curtis, is your captain mad?" + +"Perhaps, sir, I might be allowed to ask what YOU think upon that +matter," was his cautious reply. + +"Well to say the truth," I answered, "I can hardly tell; but I confess +there is every now and then a wandering in his eye, and an odd look on +his face that I do not like. Have you ever sailed with him before?" + +"No; this is our first voyage together. Again last night I spoke to him +about the route we were taking, but he only said he knew all about it, +and that it was all right." + +"What do Lieutenant Walter and your boatswain think of it all?" I +inquired. + +"Think; why they think just the same as I do," replied the mate; "but +if the captain chooses to take the ship to China we should obey his +orders." + +"But surely," I exclaimed, "there must be some limit to your obedience! +Suppose the man is actually mad, what then?" + +"If he should be mad enough, Mr. Kazallon, to bring the vessel into any +real danger, I shall know what to do." + +With this assurance I am forced to be content. Matters, however, have +taken a different turn to what I bargained for when I took my passage +on board the "Chancellor." The weather has become worse and worse. As I +have already said, the ship under her large low-reefed top-sail and fore +stay-sail has been brought ahull, that is to say, she copes directly +with the wind, by presenting her broad bows to the sea; and so we go on +still drift, drift, continually to the south. + +How southerly our course has been is very apparent; for upon the night +of the 11th we fairly entered upon that portion of the Atlantic which +is known as the Sargassos Sea. An extensive tract of water is this, +enclosed by the warm current of the Gulf Stream, and thickly covered +with the wrack, called by the Spaniards "sargasso," the abundance of +which so seriously impeded the progress of Columbus's vessels on his +first voyage across the ocean. + +Each morning at daybreak the Atlantic has presented an aspect so +remarkable, that at my solicitation, M. Letourneur and his son have +ventured upon deck to witness the unusual spectacle. The squally gusts +make the metal shrouds vibrate like harp-strings; and unless we were +on our guard to keep our clothes wrapped tightly to us, they would have +been torn off our backs in shreds. The scene presented to our eyes is +one of strangest interest. The sea, carpeted thickly with masses of +prolific fucus, is a vast unbroken plain of vegetation, through which +the vessel makes her way as a plough. Long strips of seaweed caught up +by the wind become entangled in the rigging, and hang between the masts +in festoons of verdure; whilst others, varying from two to three hundred +feet in length, twine themselves up to the very mast-heads, from whence +they float like streaming pendants. For many hours now, the "Chancellor" +has been contending with this formidable accumulation of algae; her +masts are circled with hydrophytes; her rigging is wreathed everywhere +with creepers, fantastic as the untrammelled tendrils of a vine, and as +she works her arduous course, there are times when I can only compare +her to an animated grove of verdure making its mysterious way over some +illimitable prairie. + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +OCTOBER 14th.--At last we are free from the sea of vegetation, the +boisterous gale has moderated into a steady breeze, the sun is shining +brightly, the weather is warm and genial, and thus, two reefs in her +top-sails, briskly and merrily sails the "Chancellor." + +Under conditions so favourable, we have been able to take the ship's +bearings: our latitude, we find, is 21deg. 33min. N., our longitude +50deg. 17min. W. + +Incomprehensible altogether is the conduct of Captain Huntly. Here we +are, already more than ten degrees south of the point from which, we +started, and yet still we are persistently following a south-easterly +course! I cannot bring myself to the conclusion that the man is mad. I +have had various conversations with him: he has always spoken rationally +and sensibly. He shows no tokens of insanity. Perhaps his case is one +of those in which insanity is partial, and where the mania is of +a character which extends only to the matters connected with his +profession. Yet it is unaccountable. + +I can get nothing out of Curtis; he listens coldly whenever I allude +to the subject, and only repeats what he has said before, that nothing +short of an overt act of madness on the part of the captain could induce +him to supersede the captain's authority and that the imminent peril of +the ship could alone justify him in taking so decided a measure. + +Last evening I went to my cabin about eight o'clock, and after an hour's +reading by the light of my cabin-lamp, I retired to my berth and was +soon asleep. Some hours later I was aroused by an unaccustomed noise on +deck. There were heavy footsteps hurrying to and fro, and the voices +of the men were loud and eager, as if the crew were agitated by some +strange disturbance. My first impression was, that some tacking had been +ordered which rendered it needful to fathom the yards; but the vessel +continuing to lie to starboard convinced me that this was not the origin +of the commotion, I was curious to know the truth, and made all haste +I could to go on deck; but before I was ready, the noise had ceased. +I heard Captain Huntly return to his cabin, and accordingly I retired +again to my own berth. Whatever may have been the meaning of the +manoeuvre, I cannot tell; it did not seem to have resulted in any +improvement in the ship's pace; still it must be owned there was not +much wind to speed us along. + +At six o'clock this morning I mounted the poop and made as keen a +scrutiny as I could of everything on board. Everything appeared as +usual. The "Chancellor" was running on the larboard tack, and carried +low-sails, top-sails, and gallant-sails. Well braced she was; and under +a fresh, but not uneasy breeze, was making no less than eleven knots an +hour. + +Shortly afterwards M. Letourneur and Andre came an deck. The young man +enjoyed the early morning air, laden with its briny fragrance, and I +assisted him to mount the poop. In answer to my inquiry as to whether +they had been disturbed by any bustle in the night, Andre replied that +he did not wake at all, and had heard nothing. + +"I am glad, my boy," said his father, "that you have slept so soundly. I +heard the noise of which Mr. Kazallon speaks. It must have; been about +three o'clock this morning, and it seemed to me as though they were +shouting. I thought I heard them say, 'Here, quick, look to the +hatches!' but as nobody was called up, I presumed that nothing serious +was the matter." + +As he spoke I cast my eye at the panel-slides, which fore and aft of the +main-mast open into the hold. They seemed to be all close as usual, +but I now observed for the first time that they were covered with heavy +tarpauling. Wondering; in my own mind what could be the reason for +these extra precautions I did not say anything to M. Letourneur, but +determined to wait until the mate should come on watch, when he would +doubtless give me, I thought, an explanation of the mystery. + +The sun rose gloriously, with every promise of a fine dry day. The +waning moon was yet above the western horizon, for as it still wants +three days to her last quarter she does not set until 10.57 am. On +consulting my almanac, I find that there will be a new moon on the 24th, +and that on that day, little as it may affect us here in mid ocean, the +phenomenon of the high sygyzian tides will take place on the shores of +every continent and island. + +At the breakfast hour M. Letourneur and Andre went below for a cup of +tea, and I remained on the poop alone. As I expected, Curtis appeared, +that he might relieve Lieutenant Walter of the watch. I advanced to meet +him, but before he even wished me good morning, I saw him cast a quick +and searching glance upon the deck, and then, with a slightly contracted +brow, proceed to examine the state of the weather and the trim of the +sails. + +"Where is Captain Huntly?" he said to Walter. + +"I have seen nothing of him," answered the lieutenant "is there anything +fresh up?" + +"Nothing, whatever," was the curt reply. + +They then conversed for a few moments in an undertone, and I could see +that Walter by his gesture gave a negative answer to some question which +the mate had asked him. "Send me the boatswain, Walter," said Curtis +aloud as the lieutenant moved away. + +The boatswain immediately appeared, and another conversation was carried +on in whispers. The man repeatedly shook his head as he replied to +Curtis's inquiries, and then, in obedience to orders, called the men +who were on watch, and made them plentifully water the tarpauling that +covered the great hatchway. + +Curious to fathom the mystery I went up to Curtis and began to talk to +him upon ordinary topics, hoping that he would himself introduce the +subject that was uppermost in my mind; finding, however, that he did not +allude to it; I asked him point blank. + +"What was the matter in the night, Curtis?" + +He looked at me steadily, but made no reply. + +"What was it?" I repeated. "M. Letourneur and myself were both of us +disturbed by a very unusual commotion overhead." + +"Oh, a mere nothing," he said at length; "the man at the helm had made a +false move, and we had to pipe hands to brace the ship a bit; but it was +soon all put to rights. It was nothing, nothing at all." + +I said no more; but I cannot resist the impression that Robert Curtis +has not acted with me in his usual straightforward manner. + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +OCTOBER 15th to OCTOBER 18th.--The wind is still in the north-east. +There is no change in the "Chancellor's" course, and to an unprejudiced +eye all would appear to be going on as usual. But I have an uneasy +consciousness that something is not quite right. Why should the +hatchways be so hermetically closed as though a mutinous crew was +imprisoned between decks? I cannot help thinking too that there is +something in the sailors so constantly standing in groups and breaking +off their talk so suddenly whenever we approach; and several times I +have caught the word "hatches" which arrested M. Letourneur's attention +on the night of the disturbance. + +On the 15th, while I was walking on the forecastle, I overheard one of +the sailors, a man named Owen say to his mates,-- + +"Now I just give you all warning that I am not going to wait until the +last minute. Every one for himself, say I." + +"Why, what do you mean to do?" asked Jynxstrop, the cook. + +"Pshaw!" said Owen, "do you suppose that longboats were only made for +porpoises?" + +Something at that moment occurred to interrupt the conversation, and I +heard no more. It occurred to me whether there was not some conspiracy +among the crew, of which probably Curtis had already detected the +symptoms. I am quite aware that some sailors are most rebelliously +disposed, and require to be ruled with a rod of iron. + +Yesterday and to-day I have observed Curtis remonstrating somewhat +vehemently with Captain Huntly, but there is no obvious result arising +from their interviews; the Captain apparently being bent upon some +purpose, of which it is only too manifest that the mate decidedly +disapproves. + +Captain Huntly is undoubtedly labouring under strong nervous excitement; +and M. Letourneur has more than once remarked how silent he has become +at meal-times; for although Curtis continually endeavours to start some +subject of general interest, yet neither Mr. Falsten, Mr. Kear, nor Mr. +Ruby are the men to take it up, and consequently the conversation flags +hopelessly, and soon drops. The passengers too are now, with good cause, +beginning to murmur at the length of the voyage, and Mr. Kear, who +considers that the very elements ought to yield to his convenience, lets +the captain know by his consequential and haughty manner that he holds +him responsible for the delay. + +During the course of yesterday the mate gave repeated orders for the +deck to be watered again and again, and although as a general rule this +is a business which is done, once for all, in the early morning, the +crew did not utter a word of complaint at the additional work thus +imposed upon them. The tarpaulins on the hatches have thus been kept +continually wet, so that their close and heavy texture is rendered quite +impervious to the air, The "Chancellor's" pumps afford a copious supply +of water, so that I should not suppose that even the daintiest and most +luxurious craft belonging to an aristocratic yacht-club was ever subject +to a more thorough scouring. I tried to reconcile myself to the belief +that it was the high temperature of the tropical regions upon which +we are entering, that rendered such extra sousings a necessity, and +recalled to my recollection how, during the night of the 13th, I had +found the atmosphere below deck so stifling that in spite of the heavy +swell I was obliged to open the porthole of my cabin, on the starboard +side, to get a breath of air. + +This morning at daybreak I went on deck. The sun had scarcely risen, and +the air was fresh and cool, in strange contrast to the heat which below +the poop had been quite oppressive. The sailors as usual were washing +the deck, A great sheet of water, supplied continuously by the pumps was +rolling in tiny wavelets, and escaping now to starboard, now to larboard +through the scupper-holes. After watching the men for a while as they +ran about bare-footed, I could not resist the desire to join them, so +taking off my shoes and stockings I proceeded to dabble in the flowing +water. + +Great was my amazement to find the deck perfectly hot to my feet! Curtis +heard my exclamation of surprise, and before I could put my thoughts +into words, said,-- + +"Yes! there is fire on board!" + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +OCTOBER 19th.--Everything, then, is clear. The uneasiness of the crew, +their frequent conferences, Owen's mysterious words, the constant +scourings of the deck and the oppressive heat of the cabins which had +been noticed even by my fellow-passengers, all are explained. + +After his grave communication, Curtis remained silent. I shivered with a +thrill of horror; a calamity the most terrible that can befall a voyager +stared me in the face, and it was some seconds before I could recover +sufficient composure to inquire when the fire was first discovered. + +"Six days ago," replied the mate. + +"Six days ago!" I exclaimed; "why, then, it was that night." + +"Yes," he said, interrupting me; "it was the night you heard the +disturbance upon deck. The men on watch noticed a slight smoke issuing +from the large hatchway and immediately called Captain Huntly and +myself. We found beyond all doubt, that the cargo was on fire, and what +was worse, that there was no possibility of getting at the seat of the +combustion. What could we do? Why; we took the only precaution that +was practicable under the circumstances, and resolved most carefully +to exclude every breath of air from penetrating into the hold, For some +time I hoped that we had been successful. I thought that the fire was +stifled; but during the last three days there is every reason to make us +know that it has been gaining strength. Do what we will, the deck gets +hotter and hotter, and unless it were kept constantly wet, it would be +unbearable to the feet. But I am glad, Mr. Kazallon," he added; "that +you have made the discovery. It is better that you should know it." + +I listened in silence, I was now fully aroused to the gravity of the +situation and thoroughly comprehended how we were in the very face of a +calamity which it seemed that no human power could avert. + +"Do you know what has caused the fire?" I presently inquired. + +"It probably arose," he answered, "from the spontaneous combustion of +the cotton. The case is rare, but it is far from unknown. Unless the +cotton is perfectly dry when it is shipped, its confinement in a damp +or ill-ventilated hold will sometimes cause it to ignite; and I have no +doubt it is this that has brought about our misfortune." + +"But after all," I said, "the cause matters very little. Is there no +remedy? Is there nothing to be done?" + +"Nothing; Mr. Kazallon," he said. "As I told you before, we have adopted +the only possible measure within our power to check the fire. At one +time I thought of knocking a hole in the ship's timbers just on +her waterline, and letting in just as much water as the pumps could +afterwards get rid of again; but we found the combustion was right +in the middle of the cargo and that we should be obliged to flood +the entire hold before we could get at the right place. That scheme +consequently was no good. During the night, I had the deck bored in +various places and water poured down through the holes; but that again +seemed all of no use. There is only one thing that can be done; we must +persevere in excluding most carefully every breath of outer air, so that +perhaps the conflagration deprived of oxygen may smoulder itself out. +That is our only hope." + +"But, you say the fire is increasing?" + +"Yes; and that shows that in spite of all our care there is some +aperture which we have not been able to discover, by which, somehow or +other, air gets into the hold." + +"Have you ever heard of a vessel surviving such circumstances?" I asked. + +"Yes, Mr. Kazallon," said Curtis; "it is not at all an unusual thing for +ships laden with cotton to arrive at Liverpool or Havre with a portion +of their cargo consumed; and I have myself known more than one captain +run into port with his deck scorching his very feet, and who, to save +his vessel and the remainder of his freight has been compelled to unload +with the utmost expedition. But, in such cases, of course the fire has +been more or less under control throughout the voyage; with us, it +is increasing day by day, and I tell you I am convinced there is an +aperture somewhere which has escaped our notice." + +"But would it not be advisable for us to retrace our course, and make +for the nearest land?" + +"Perhaps it would," he answered. "Walter and I, and the boatswain, are +going to talk the matter over seriously with the captain to-day. But, +between ourselves, I have taken the responsibility upon myself; I have +already changed the tack to the south-west; we are now straight before +the wind, and consequently we are sailing towards the coast." + +"I need hardly ask," I added; "whether any of the other passengers are +at all aware of the imminent danger in which we are placed." + +"None of them," he said; "not in the least; and I hope you will not +enlighten them. We don't want terrified women and cowardly men to add to +our embarrassment; the crew are under orders to keep a strict silence on +the subject. Silence is indispensable." + +I promised to keep the matter a profound secret, as I fully entered into +Curtis's views as to the absolute necessity for concealment. + + + +CHAPTER X. + +OCTOBER 20th AND 21st.--The "Chancellor" is now crowded with all the +canvas she can carry, and at times her top-masts threaten to snap with +the pressure. But Curtis is ever on the alert; he never leaves his post +beside the man at the helm, and without compromising the safety of the +vessel, he contrives by tacking to the breeze, to urge her on at her +utmost speed. + +All day long on the 20th, the passengers were assembled on the poop. +Evidently they found the heat of the cabins painfully oppressive, and +most of them lay stretched upon benches and quietly enjoyed the gentle +rolling of the vessel. The increasing heat of the deck did not reveal +itself to their well-shod feet and the constant scouring of the boards +did not excite any suspicion in their torpid minds. M. Letourneur, it +is true, did express his surprise that the crew of an ordinary merchant +vessel should be distinguished by such extraordinary cleanliness, but as +I replied to him in a very casual tone, he passed no further remark. I +could not help regretting that I had given Curtis my pledge of silence, +and longed intensely to communicate the melancholy secret to +the energetic Frenchman; for at times when I reflect upon the +eight-and-twenty victims who may probably, only too soon, be a prey to +the relentless flames, my heart seems ready to burst. + +The important consultation between captain, mate, lieutenant, and +boatswain has taken place. Curtis has confided the result to me. He says +that Huntly, the captain, is completely demoralized; he has lost all +power and energy; and practically leaves the command of the ship to him. +It is now certain the fire is beyond control, and that sooner or +later it will burst out in full violence The temperature of the crew's +quarters has already become almost unbearable. One solitary hope +remained; it is that we may reach the shore before the final catastrophe +occurs. The Lesser Antilles are the nearest land; and although they +are some five or six hundred miles away, if the wind remains north-east +there is yet a chance of reaching them in time. + +Carrying royals and studding-sails, the "Chancellor" during the last +four-and-twenty hours has held a steady course. M. Letourneur is the +only one of all the passengers who has remarked the change of tack; +Curtis however, has set all speculation on his part to rest by telling +him that he wanted to get ahead of the wind, and that he was tacking to +the west to catch a favourable current. + +To-day, the 21st, all has gone on as usual; and as far as the +observation of the passengers has reached, the ordinary routine has been +undisturbed. Curtis indulges the hope even yet that by excluding the +air, the fire may be stifled before it ignites the general cargo; he has +hermetically closed every accessible aperture, and has even taken the +precaution of plugging the orifices of the pumps, under the impression +that their suction-tubes, running as they do to the bottom of the +hold, may possibly be channels for conveying some molecules of air. +Altogether, he considers it a good sign that the combustion has not +betrayed itself by some external issue of smoke. + +The day would have passed without any incident worth recording if I had +not chanced to overhear a fragment of a conversation which demonstrated +that our situation hitherto precarious enough, had now become most +appalling. + +As I was sitting on the poop, two of my fellow-passengers, Falsten, +the engineer, and Ruby, the merchant whom I had observed to be often in +company, were engaged in conversation almost close to me. What they said +was evidently not intended for my hearing, but my attention was directed +towards them by some very emphatic gestures of dissatisfaction on the +part of Falsten, and I could not forbear listening to what followed. + +"Preposterous! shameful!" exclaimed Falsten; "nothing could be more +imprudent." + +"Pooh! pooh!" replied Ruby; "it's all right; it is not the first time I +have done it." + +"But don't you know that any shock at any time might cause an +explosion?" + +"Oh, it's all properly secured," said Ruby, "tight enough; I have no +fears on that score, Mr. Falsten." + +"But why," asked Falsten, "did you not inform the captain?" + +"Just because if I had informed him, he would not have taken the case on +board." + +The wind dropped for a few seconds; and for a brief interval I could +not catch what passed; but I could see that Falsten continued to +remonstrate, whilst Ruby answered by shrugging his shoulders. At length +I heard Falsten say,-- + +"Well, at any rate the captain must be informed of this, and the package +shall be thrown overboard. I don't want, to be blown up." + +I started. To what could the engineer be alluding? Evidently he had not +the remotest suspicion that the cargo was already on fire. In another +moment the words "picrate of potash" brought me to my feet? and with an +involuntary impulse I rushed up to Ruby, and seized him by the shoulder. + +"Is there picrate of potash on board?" I almost shrieked. + +"Yes," said Falsten, "a case containing thirty pounds." + +"Where is it?" I cried. + +"Down in the hold, with the cargo." + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +What my feelings were I cannot describe; but it was hardly in terror so +much as with a kind of resignation that I made my way to Curtis on +the forecastle, and made him aware that the alarming character of our +situation was now complete, as there was enough explosive matter on +board to blow up a mountain. Curtis received the information as coolly +as it was delivered, and after I had made him acquainted with all the +particulars said,-- + +"Not a word of this must be mentioned to any one else, Mr. Kazallon, +where is Ruby now?" + +"On the poop," I said. + +"Will you then come with me, sir?" + +Ruby and Falsten were sitting just as I had left them. Curtis walked +straight up to Ruby, and asked him whether what he had been told was +true. + +"Yes, quite true," said Ruby, complacently, thinking that the worst +that could befall him would be that he might be convicted of a little +smuggling. + +I observed that Curtis was obliged for a moment or two to clasp his +hands tightly together behind his back to prevent himself from +seizing the unfortunate passenger by the throat; but suppressing his +indignation, he proceeded quietly, though sternly, to interrogate him +about the facts of the case. Ruby only confirmed what I had already told +him. With characteristic Anglo-Saxon incautiousness he had brought +on board with the rest of his baggage, a case containing no less than +thirty pounds of picrate, and had allowed the explosive matter to be +stowed in the hold with as little compunction as a Frenchman would feel +in smuggling a single bottle of wine. He had not informed the captain +of the dangerous nature of the contents of the package, because he was +perfectly aware that he would have been refused permission to bring the +package on board. + +"Any way," he said, with a shrug of his shoulders, "you can't hang me +for it; and if the package gives you so much concern, you are quite at +liberty to throw it into the sea. My luggage is insured." + +I was beside myself with fury, and not being endowed with Curtis's +reticence and self-control, before he could interfere to stop me, I +cried out,-- + +"You fool! don't you know that there is fire on board?" + +In an instant I regretted my words. Most earnestly I wished them +unuttered, But it was too late: their effect upon Ruby was electrical. +He was paralyzed with terror his limbs stiffened convulsively; his eye +was dilated; he gasped for breath, and was speechless. All of a +sudden he threw up his arms and, as though he momentarily expected an +explosion, he darted down from the poop, and paced frantically up and down +the deck, gesticulating like a madman, and shouting,-- + +"Fire on board! Fire! Fire!" + +On hearing the outcry, all the crew, supposing that the fire had now +in reality broken out, rushed on deck; the rest of the passengers soon +joined them, and the scene that ensued was one of the utmost confusion. +Mrs. Kear fell down senseless on the deck, and her husband, occupied in +looking after himself, left her to the tender mercies of Miss Herbey. +Curtis endeavoured to silence Ruby's ravings, whilst I, in as few words +as I could, made M. Letourneur aware of the extent to which the cargo +was on fire. The father's first thought was for Andre but the young +man preserved an admirable composure, and begged his father not to be +alarmed, as the danger was not immediate. Meanwhile the sailors had +loosened all the tacklings of the long-boat; and were preparing to +launch it, when Curtis's voice was heard peremptorily bidding them to +desist; he assured them that the fire had made no further progress; that +Mr. Ruby had been unduly excited and not conscious of what he had said; +and he pledged his word that when the right moment should arrive he +would allow them all to leave the ship; but that moment, he said, had +not yet come. + +At the sound of a voice which they had learned to honour and respect, +the crew paused in their operations, and the long-boat remained +suspended in its place. Fortunately, even Ruby himself in the midst +of his ravings, had not dropped a word about the picrate that had +been deposited in the hold; for although the mate had a power over the +sailors that Captain Huntly had never possessed, I feel certain that if +the true state of the case had been known, nothing on earth would +have prevented some of them, in their consternation, from effecting an +escape. As it was, only Curtis, Falsten, and myself were cognizant of +the terrible secret. + +As soon as order was restored, the mate and, I joined Falsten on the +poop, where he had remained throughout the panic, and where we found +him with folded arms, deep in thought, as it might be, solving some hard +mechanical problem. He promised, at my request, that he would reveal +nothing of the new danger to which we were exposed through Ruby's +imprudence. Curtis himself took the responsibility of informing Captain +Huntly of our critical situation. + +In order to insure complete secrecy, it was necessary to secure the +person of the unhappy Ruby, who, quite beside himself, continued to rave +up and down the deck with the incessant cry of "Fire! fire!" Accordingly +Curtis gave orders to some of his men to seize him and gag him; and +before he could make any resistance the miserable man was captured and +safely lodged in confinement in his own cabin. + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +OCTOBER 22nd.--Curtis has told the captain everything; for he persists +in ostensibly recognizing him as his superior officer, and refuses +to conceal from him our true situation. Captain Huntly received the +communication in perfect silence, and merely passing his hand across his +forehead as though to, banish some distressing thought, re-entered his +cabin without a word. + +Curtis, Lieutenant Walter, Falsten, and myself have been discussing +the chances of our safety, and I am surprised to find with how much +composure we can all survey our anxious predicament. + +"There is no doubt" said Curtis, "that we must abandon all hope +of arresting the fire; the heat towards the bow has already become +well-nigh unbearable, and the time must come when the flames will find +a vent through the deck. If the sea is calm enough for us to make use +of the boats, well and good; we shall of course get quit of the ship as +quietly as we can; if on the other hand, the weather should be adverse, +or the wind be boisterous, we must stick to our place, and contend with +the flames to the very last; perhaps, after all, we shall fare better +with the fire as a declared enemy than as a hidden one." + +Falsten and I agreed with what he said, but I pointed out to him that +he had quite overlooked the fact of there being thirty pounds of +combustible matter in the hold. + +"No" he gravely replied, "I have not forgotten it, but it is a +circumstance of which I do not trust myself to think I dare not run +the risk of admitting air into the hold by going down to search for the +powder, and yet I know not at what moment it may explode. No; it is a +matter that I cannot take at all into my reckoning, it must remain in +higher hands than mine." + +We bowed our heads in a silence which was solemn. In the present state +of the weather, immediate flight was, we knew, impossible. + +After a considerable pause, Falsten, as calmly as though he were +delivering some philosophic dogma, observed,-- + +"The explosion, if I may use the formula of science, is not necessary, +but contingent." + +"But tell me, Mr. Falsten," I asked, "is it possible for picrate of +potash to ignite without concussion?" + +"Certainly it is," replied the engineer. "Under-ordinary circumstances, +picrate of potash although not MORE inflammable than common powder, yet +possesses the same degree of inflammability." + +We now prepared to go on deck. As we left the saloon, in which we had +been sitting, Curtis seized my hand. + +"Oh, Mr. Kazallon," he exclaimed, "if you only knew the bitterness of +the agony I feel at seeing this fine vessel doomed to be devoured by +flames, and at being so powerless to save her." Then quickly recovering +himself, he continued, "But I am forgetting myself; you, if no other, +must know what I am suffering. It is all over now," he said more +cheerfully. + +"Is our condition quite desperate?" I asked. + +"It is just this," he answered deliberately "we are over a mine, and +already the match has been applied to the train. How long that train may +be, 'tis not for me to say." And with these words he left me. + +The other passengers, in common with the crew, are still in entire +ignorance of the extremity of peril to which we are exposed, although +they are all aware that there is fire in the hold. As soon as the fact +was announced, Mr. Kear, after communicating to Curtis his instructions +that he thought he should have the fire immediately extinguished and +intimating that he held him responsible for all contingencies that might +happen, retired to his cabin, where he has remained ever since, fully +occupied in collecting and packing together the more cherished articles +of his property and without the semblance of a care or a thought for his +unfortunate wife, whose condition, in spite of her ludicrous complaints, +was truly pitiable. Miss Herbey, however, is unrelaxing in her +attentions, and the unremitted diligence with which she fulfills her +offices of duty, commands my highest admiration. + +OCTOBER 23rd.--This morning, Captain Huntly sent for Curtis into his +cabin, and the mate has since made me acquainted with what passed +between them. + +"Curtis," began the captain, his haggard eye betraying only too plainly +some mental derangement, "I am a sailor, am I not?" + +"Certainly, captain," was the prompt acquiescence of the mate. + +"I do not know how it is," continued the captain, "but I seem +bewildered; I cannot recollect anything. Are we not bound for Liverpool? +Ah! yes! of course. And have we kept a north-easterly direction since we +left?" + +"No, sir, according to your orders we have been sailing south-east, and +here we are in the tropics." + +"And what is the name of the ship?" + +"The 'Chancellor,' sir." + +"Yes, yes, the 'Chancellor,' so it is. Well, Curtis, I really can't take +her back to the north. I hate the sea, the very sight of it makes me +ill, I would much rather not leave my cabin." + +Curtis went on to tell me how he had tried to persuade him that with a +little time and care he would soon recover his indisposition, and feel +himself again; but the captain had interrupted him by saying,-- + +"Well, well; we shall see by-and-by; but for the present you must take +this for my positive order; you must, from this time, at once take +the command of the ship, and act just as if I were not on board. Under +present circumstances, I can do nothing. My brain is all in a whirl, you +cannot tell what I am suffering;" and the unfortunate man pressed both +his hands convulsively against his forehead. + +"I weighed the matter carefully for a moment," added Curtis, "and seeing +what his condition too truly was, I acquiesced in all that he required +and withdrew, promising him that all his orders should be obeyed." + +After hearing these particulars, I could not help remarking how +fortunate it was that the captain had resigned of his own accord, for +although he might not be actually insane, it was very evident that his +brain was in a very morbid condition. + +"I succeed him at a very critical moment;" said Curtis thoughtfully; +"but I shall endeavour to do my duty." + +A short time afterwards he sent for the boatswain, and ordered him to +assemble the crew at the foot of the main-mast. As soon as the men were +together, he addressed them very calmly, but very firmly. + +"My men," he said, "I have to tell you that Captain Huntly, on account +of the dangerous situation in which circumstances have placed us, and +for other reasons known to myself, has thought right to resign his +command to me. From this time forward, I am captain of this vessel." + +Thus quietly and simply the change was effected, and we have the +satisfaction of knowing that the "Chancellor" is now under the command +of a conscientious, energetic man, who will shirk nothing that he +believes to be for our common good. M. Letourneur, Andre, Mr. Falsten, +and myself immediately offered him our best wishes, in which Lieutenant +Walter and the boatswain most cordially joined. + +The ship still holds her course south-west and Curtis crowds on all +sail and makes as speedily as possible for the nearest of the Lesser +Antilles. + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +OCTOBER 24th to 29th.--For the last five days the sea has been very +heavy, and although the "Chancellor" sails with wind and wave in her +favour, yet her progress is considerably impeded. Here on board this +veritable fireship I cannot help contemplating with a longing eye this +vast ocean that surrounds us. The water supply should be all we need. + +"Why not bore the deck?" I said to Curtis. "Why not admit the water by +tons into the hold? What could be the harm? The fire would be quenched; +and what would be easier than to pump the water out again?" + +"I have already told you, Mr. Kazallon," said Curtis, "that the very +moment we admit the air, the flames will rush forth to the very top of +the masts. No; we must have courage and patience; we must wait. There is +nothing whatever to be done, except to close every aperture." + +The fire continued to progress even more rapidly than we had hitherto +suspected. The heat gradually drove the passengers nearly all, on deck, +and the two stern cabins, lighted, as I said, by their windows in the +aft-board were the only quarters below that were inhabitable. Of these +Mrs. Kear occupied one, and Curtis reserved the other for Ruby, who, +a raving maniac, had to be kept rigidly under restraint. I went down +occasionally to see him, but invariably found him in a state of abject +terror, uttering horrible shrieks, as though possessed with the idea +that he was being scorched by the most excruciating heat. + +Once or twice, too, I looked in upon the ex-captain. He was always calm +and spoke quite rationally upon any subject except his own profession; +but in connexion with that he prated away the merest nonsense. He +suffered greatly, but steadily declined all my offers of attention, and +pertinaciously refused to leave his cabin. + +To-day, an acrid, nauseating smoke made its way through the panellings +that partition off the quarters of the crew. At once Curtis ordered the +partition to be enveloped in wet tarpaulin, but the fumes penetrated +even this, and filled the whole neighbourhood of the ship's bows with +a reeking vapour that was positively stifling. As we listened, too, we +could hear a dull rumbling sound, but we were as mystified as ever to +comprehend where the air could have entered that was evidently fanning +the flames. Only too certainly, it was now becoming a question not +of days nor even of hours before we must be prepared for the final +catastrophe. The sea was still running high, and escape by the boats was +plainly impossible. Fortunately, as I have said, the main-mast and the +mizzen are of iron; otherwise the heat at their base would long ago +have brought them down and our chances of safety would have been +much imperiled; but by crowding on sail the "Chancellor" in the full +north-east wind continued to make her way with undiminished speed. + +It is now a fortnight since the fire was first discovered, and the +proper working of the ship has gradually become a more and more +difficult matter. Even with thick shoes any attempt to walk upon deck up +to the forecastle was soon impracticable, and the poop, simply because +its door is elevated somewhat above the level of the hold, is now the +only available standing-place. Water began to lose its effect upon the +scorched and shrivelling planks; the resin oozed out from the knots +in the wood, the seams burst open, and the tar, melted by the heat, +followed the rollings of the vessel, and formed fantastic patterns about +the deck. + +Then to complete our perplexity, the wind shifted suddenly round to the +north-west, whence it blew a perfect hurricane. To no purpose did Curtis +do everything in his power to bring the ship ahull; every effort was +vain; the "Chancellor" could not bear her trysail, so there was nothing +to be done but to let her go with the wind, and drift further and +further from the land for which we are longing so eagerly. + +To-day, the 29th, the tempest seemed to reach its height; the waves +appeared to us mountains high, and dashed the spray most violently +across the deck. A boat could not live for a moment in such a sea. + +Our situation is terrible. We all wait in silence, some few on the +forecastle, the great proportion of us on the poop. As for the picrate, +for the time we have quite forgotten its existence; indeed it might +almost seem as though its explosion would come as a relief, for no +catastrophe, however terrible, could far exceed the torture of our +suspense. + +While he had still the remaining chance, Curtis rescued from the +store-room such few provisions as the heat of the compartment allowed +him to obtain; and a lot of cases of salt meat and biscuits, a cask of +brandy, some barrels of fresh water, together with some sails and wraps, +a compass and other instruments are now lying packed in a mass all ready +for prompt removal to the boats whenever we shall be obliged to leave +the ship. + +About eight o'clock in the evening, a noise is heard, distinct even +above the raging of the hurricane. The panels of the deck are upheaved, +and volumes of black smoke issue upwards as if from a safety-valve. An +universal consternation seizes one and all: we must leave the volcano +which is about to burst beneath our feet. The crew run to Curtis for +orders. He hesitates; looks first at the huge and threatening waves; +looks then at the boats. The long-boat is there, suspended right along +the centre of the deck; but it is impossible to approach it now; +the yawl, however, hoisted on the starboard side, and the whale-boat +suspended aft, are still available. The sailors make frantically for the +yawl. + +"Stop, stop," shouts Curtis; "do you mean to cut off our last and only +chance of safety? Would you launch a boat in such a sea as this?" + +A few of them, with Owen at their head, give no heed to what he says. +Rushing to the poop, and seizing a cutlass, Curtis shouts again,-- + +"Touch the tackling of the davit, one of you; only touch it, and I'll +cleave your skull." + +Awed by his determined manner, the men retire, some clambering into the +shrouds, whilst others mount to the very top of the masts. + +At eleven o'clock, several loud reports are heard, caused by the +bursting asunder of the partitions of the hold. Clouds of smoke issue +from the front, followed by a long tongue of lambent flame that seems to +encircle the mizzen-mast. The fire now reaches to the cabin occupied by +Mrs. Kear, who, shrieking wildly, is brought on deck by Miss Herbey. +A moment more, and Silas Huntly makes his appearance, his face all +blackened with the grimy smoke; he bows to Curtis, as he passes, and +then proceeds in the calmest manner to mount the aft-shrouds, and +installs himself at the very top of the mizzen. + +The sight of Huntly recalls to my recollection the prisoner still below, +and my first impulse is to rush to the staircase and do what I can to +set him free. But the maniac has already eluded his confinement, and +with singed hair and his clothes already alight, rushes upon deck. Like +a salamander he passes across the burning deck with unscathed feet, +and glides through the stifling smoke with unchoked breath. Not a sound +escapes his lips. + +Another loud report; the long-boat is shivered into fragments; the +middle panel bursts the tarpaulin that covered it, and a stream of fire, +free at length from the restraint that had held it, rises half-mast +high. + +"The picrate! the picrate!" shrieks the madman; "we shall all be blown +up! the picrate will blow us all up." + +And in an instant, before we can get near him, he has hurled himself, +through the open hatchway, down into the fiery furnace below. + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +OCTOBER 29th:--NIGHT.--The scene, as night came on, was terrible indeed. +Notwithstanding the desperateness of our situation, however, there +was not one of us so paralyzed by fear, but that we fully realized the +horror of it all. + +Poor Ruby, indeed, is lost and gone, but his last words were productive +of serious consequences. The sailors caught his cry of "Picrate, +picrate!" and being thus for the first time made aware of the true +nature of their peril, they resolved at every hazard to accomplish their +escape. Beside themselves with terror, they either did not or would +not, see that no boat could brave the tremendous waves that were raging +around, and accordingly they made a frantic rush towards the yawl. +Curtis again made a vigorous endeavour to prevent them, but this time +all in vain; Owen urged them on, and already the tackling was loosened, +so that the boat was swung over to the ship's side, For a moment it hung +suspended in mid-air, and then, with a final effort from the sailors, it +was quickly lowered into the sea. But scarcely had it touched the water, +when it was caught by an enormous wave which, recoiling with resistless +violence, dashed it to atoms against the "Chancellor's" side. + +The men stood aghast; they were dumbfoundered. Long-boat and yawl both +gone, there was nothing now remaining to us but a small whale-boat. Not +a word was spoken; not a sound was heard but the hoarse whistling of +the wind, and the mournful roaring of the flames. From the centre of the +ship, which was hollowed out like a furnace, there issued a column of +sooty vapour that ascended to the sky. All the passengers, and several +of the crew, took refuge in the aft-quarters of the poop. Mrs. Kear +was lying senseless on one of the hen-coops, with Miss Herbey sitting +passively at her side; M. Letourneur held his son tightly clasped to his +bosom. I saw Falsten calmly consult his watch, and note down the time +in his memorandum-book, but I was far from sharing his, composure, for I +was overcome by a nervous agitation that I could not suppress. + +As far as we knew, Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, and such of the +crew as were not with us, were safe in the bow; but it was impossible +to tell how they were faring because the sheet of fire intervened like a +curtain, and cut off all communication between stem and stern. + +I broke the dismal silence, saying "All over now, Curtis." + +"No, sir, not yet," he replied, "now that the panel is open we will set +to work, and pour water with all our might down into the furnace, and +may be, we shall put it out, even yet." + +"But how can you work your pumps while the deck is burning? and how can +you get at your men beyond that sheet of flame?" + +He made no answer to my impetuous questions, and finding that he had +nothing more to say, I repeated that it was all over now. + +After a pause, he said, "As long as a plank of the ship remains to stand +on, Mr. Kazallon, I shall not give up my hope." + +But the conflagration raged with redoubled fury, the sea around us was +lighted with a crimson glow, and the clouds above shone with a lurid +glare. Long jets of fire darted across the hatchways, and we were forced +to take refuge on the taffrail at the extreme end of the poop. Mrs. +Kear was laid in the whale-boat that hung from the stern, Miss Herbey +persisting to the last in retaining her post by her side. + +No pen could adequately portray the horrors of this fearful night. The +"Chancellor" under bare poles, was driven, like a gigantic fire-ship +with frightful velocity across the raging ocean; her very speed as it +were, making common cause with the hurricane to fan the fire that was +consuming her. Soon there could be no alternative between throwing +ourselves into the sea, or perishing in the flames. + +But where, all this time, was the picrate? perhaps, after all, Ruby +had deceived us and there was no volcano, such as we dreaded, below our +feet. + +At half-past eleven, when the tempest seems at its very height there +is heard a peculiar roar distinguishable even above the crash of the +elements. The sailors in an instant recognize its import. + +"Breakers to starboard!" is the cry. + +Curtis leaps on to the netting, casts a rapid glance at the snow-white +billows, and turning to the helmsman shouts with all his might +"Starboard the helm!" + +But it is too late. There is a sudden shock; the ship is caught up by an +enormous wave; she rises upon her beam ends; several times she strikes +the ground; the mizzen-mast snaps short off level with the deck, falls +into the sea, and the "Chancellor" is motionless. + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +THE NIGHT OF THE 29th CONTINUED.--It was not yet midnight; the darkness +was most profound, and we could see nothing. But was it probable that we +had stranded on the coast of America? + +Very shortly after the ship had thus come to a standstill a clanking of +chains was heard proceeding from her bows. + +"That is well," said Curtis; "Walter and the boatswain have cast both +the anchors. Let us hope they will hold." + +Then, clinging to the netting, he clambered along the starboard side, +on which the ship had heeled, as far as the flames would allow him. He +clung to the holdfasts of the shrouds, and in spite of the heavy +seas that dashed against the vessel he maintained his position for a +considerable time, evidently listening to some sound that had caught +his ear in the midst of the tempest. In about a quarter of an hour he +returned to the poop. + +"Heaven be praised!" he said, "the water is coming in, and perhaps may +get the better of the fire." + +"True," said I, "but what then?" + +"That," he replied, "is a question for by-and-by. We can now only think +of the present." + +Already I fancied that the violence of the flames was somewhat abated, +and that the two opposing elements were in fierce contention. Some plank +in the ship's side was evidently stove in, admitting free passage for +the waves. But how, when the water had mastered the fire, should we be +able to master the water? Our natural course would be to use the +pumps, but these, in the very midst of the conflagration, were quite +unavailable. + +For three long hours, in anxious suspense, we watched and watched, and +waited. Where we were we could not tell. One thing alone was certain: +the tide was ebbing beneath us, and the waves were relaxing in their +violence. Once let the fire be extinguished, and then, perhaps, there +would be room to hope that the next high tide would set us afloat. + +Towards half-past four in the morning the curtain of fire and smoke, +which had shut off communication between the two extremities of the +ship, became less dense, and we could faintly distinguish that party +of the crew who had taken refuge in the forecastle; and before long, +although it was impracticable to step upon the deck, the lieutenant and +the boatswain contrived to clamber over the gunwale, along the rails, +and joined Curtis on the poop. + +Here they held a consultation, to which I was admitted. They were all +of opinion that nothing could be done until daylight should give us +something of an idea of our actual position. If we then found that we +were near the shore, we would, weather permitting, endeavour to land, +either in the boat or upon a raft. If, on the other hand, no land were +in sight, and the "Chancellor" were ascertained to be stranded on some +isolated reef, all we could do would be to get her afloat, and put her +into condition for reaching the nearest coast. Curtis told us that it +was long since he had been able to take any observation of altitude, but +there was no doubt the north-west wind had driven us far to the south; +and he thought, as he was ignorant of the existence of any reef in this +part of the Atlantic, that it was just possible that we had been driven +on to the coast of some portion of South America. + +I reminded him that we were in momentary expectation of an explosion, +and suggested that it would be advisable to abandon the ship and take +refuge on the reef. But he would not hear of such a proceeding, said +that the reef would probably be covered at high tide, and persisted in +the original resolution, that no decided action could be taken before +the daylight appeared. + +I immediately reported this decision of the captain to my fellow +passengers. None of them seem to realize the new danger to which the +"Chancellor" may be exposed by being cast upon an unknown reef, hundreds +of miles it may be from land. All are for the time possessed with one +idea, one hope; and that is, that the fire may now be quenched and the +explosion averted. + +And certainly their hopes seem in a fair way of being fulfilled. Already +the raging flames that poured forth from the hatches have given place +to dense black smoke, and although occasionally some fiery streaks dart +across the dusky fumes, yet they are instantly extinguished. The waves +are doing what pumps and buckets could never have effected; by their +inundation they are steadily stifling the fire which was as steadily +spreading to the whole bulk of the 1700 bales of cotton. + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +OCTOBER 30th.--At the first gleam of daylight we eagerly scanned the +southern and western horizons, but the morning mists limited our view. +Land was nowhere to be seen. The tide was now almost at its lowest ebb, +and the colour of the few peaks of rock that jutted up around us showed +that the reef on which we had stranded was of basaltic formation. There +were now only about six feet of water around the "Chancellor," though +with a full freight she draws about fifteen. It was remarkable how far +she had been carried on to the shelf of rock, but the number of times +that she had touched the bottom before she finally ran aground left us +no doubt that she had been lifted up and borne along on the top of an +enormous wave. She now lies with her stern considerably higher than her +bows, a position which renders walking upon the deck anything but an +easy matter; moreover as the tide-receded she heeled over so much to +larboard that at one time Curtis feared she would altogether capsize; +that fear, however, since the tide has reached its lowest mark, has +happily proved groundless. + +At six o'clock some violent blows were felt against the ship's side, and +at the same time a voice was distinguished, shouting loudly, "Curtis! +Curtis!" Following the direction of the cries we saw that the broken +mizzen-mast was being washed against the vessel, and in the dusky morning +twilight we could make out the figure of a man clinging to the rigging. +Curtis, at the peril of his life, hastened to bring the man on board, +It proved to be none other than Silas Huntly, who, after being carried +overboard with the mast, had thus, almost by a miracle, escaped a +watery grave. Without a word of thanks to his deliverer, the ex-captain, +passive, like an automaton, passed on and took his seat in the most +secluded corner of the poop. The broken mizzen may, perhaps, be of +service to us at some future time, and with that idea it has been +rescued from the waves and lashed securely to the stern. + +By this time it was light enough to see for a distance of three miles +round; but as yet nothing could be discerned to make us think that +we were near a coast. The line of breakers ran for about a mile from +south-west to north-east, and two hundred fathoms to the north of the +ship an irregular mass of rocks formed a small islet. This islet rose +about fifty feet above the sea, and was consequently above the level of +the highest tides; whilst a sort of causeway, available at low water, +would enable us to reach the island, if necessity required. But +there the reef ended; beyond it the sea again resumed its sombre hue, +betokening deep water. In all probability, then, this was a solitary +shoal, unattached to a shore, and the gloom of a bitter disappointment +began to weigh upon our spirits. + +In another hour the mists had totally disappeared, and it was broad +daylight. I and M. Letourneur stood watching Curtis as he continued +eagerly to scan the western horizon. Astonishment was written on his +countenance; to him it appeared perfectly incredible that, after our +course for so long had been due south from the Bermudas, no land should +be in sight. But not a speck, however minute, broke the clearly-defined +line that joined sea and sky. After a time Curtis made his way along the +netting to the shrouds, and swung himself quickly up to the top of the +mainmast. For several minutes he remained there examining the open space +around, then seizing one of the backstays he glided down and rejoined us +on the poop. + +"No land in sight," he said, in answer to our eager looks of inquiry. + +At this point Mr. Kear interposed, and in a gruff, ill-tempered tone, +asked Curtis where we were. Curtis replied that he did not know. + +"You don't know, sir? Then all I can say is that you ought to know!" +exclaimed the petroleum merchant. + +"That may be, sir; but at present I am as ignorant of our whereabouts as +you are yourself," said Curtis. + +"Well," said Mr. Kear, "just please to know that I don't want to stay +for ever on your everlasting ship, so I beg you will make haste and +start off again." + +Curtis condescended to make no other reply than a shrug of the +shoulders, and turning away he informed M. Letourneur and myself that if +the sun came out he intended to take its altitude and find out to what +part of the ocean we had been driven. His next care was to distribute +preserved meat and biscuit amongst the passengers and crew already half +fainting with hunger and fatigue, and then he set to work to devise +measures for setting the ship afloat. + +The conflagration was greatly abated; no flames now appeared, and +although some black smoke still issued from the interior, yet its volume +was far less than before. The first step was to discover how much water +had entered the hold. The deck was still too hot to walk upon; but +after two hours' irrigation the boards became sufficiently cool for the +boatswain to proceed to take some soundings, and he shortly afterwards +announced that there were five feet of water below. This the captain +determined should not be pumped out at present, as he wanted it +thoroughly to do its duty before he got rid of it. + +The next subject for consideration was whether it would be advisable to +abandon the vessel, and to take refuge on the reef. Curtis thought not; +and the lieutenant and the boatswain agreed with him. The chances of an +explosion were greatly diminished, as it had been ascertained that the +water had reached that part of the hold in which Ruby's luggage had been +deposited; while, on the other hand, in the event of rough weather, +our position even upon the most elevated points of rock might be very +critical. It was accordingly resolved that both passengers and crew were +safest on board. + +Acting upon this decision we proceeded to make a kind of encampment on +the poop, and the few mattresses that were rescued uninjured have been +given up for the use of the two ladies. Such of the crew as had saved +their hammocks have been told to place them under the forecastle where +they would have to stow themselves as best they could, their ordinary +quarters being absolutely uninhabitable. + +Fortunately, although the store-room has been considerably exposed +to the heat, its contents are not very seriously damaged, and all +the barrels of water and the greater part of the provisions are quite +intact. The stack of spare sails, which had been packed away in front, +is also free from injury. The wind has dropped considerably since the +early morning, and the swell in the sea is far less heavy. On the whole +our spirits are reviving, and we begin to think we may yet find a way +out of our troubles. + +M. Letourneur, his son, and I, have just had a long conversation about +the ship's officers. We consider their conduct, under the late trying +circumstances, to have been most exemplary, and their courage, energy, +and endurance to have been beyond all praise. Lieutenant Walter, +the boatswain, and Dowlas the carpenter have all alike distinguished +themselves, and made us feel that they are men to be relied on. As for +Curtis, words can scarcely be found to express our admiration of his +character; he is the same as he has ever been, the very life of his +crew, cheering them on by word or gesture; finding an expedient for +every difficulty, and always foremost in every action. + +The tide turned at seven this morning, and by eleven all the rocks were +submerged, none of them being visible except the cluster of those which +formed the rim of a small and almost circular basin from 250 to 300 feet +in diameter, in the north angle of which the ship is lying. As the tide +rose the white breakers disappeared, and the sea, fortunately for +the "Chancellor," was pretty calm; otherwise the dashing of the waves +against her sides, as she lies motionless, might have been attended by +serious consequences. + +As might be supposed, the height of the water in the hold increased +with the tide from five feet to nine; but this was rather a matter for +congratulation, inasmuch as it sufficed to inundate another layer of +cotton. + +At half-past eleven the sun, which had been behind the clouds since +ten o'clock, broke forth brightly. The captain, who had already in the +morning been able to calculate an horary angle, now prepared to take +the meridian altitude, and succeeded at midday in making his observation +most satisfactorily. After retiring for a short time to calculate the +result; he returned to the poop and announced that we are in lat; 18deg. +5min. N. and long. 45deg. 53min. W., but that the reef on which we are +aground is not marked upon the charts. The only explanation that can be +given for the omission is that the islet must be of recent formation, +and has been caused by some subterranean volcanic disturbance. But +whatever may be the solution of the mystery, here we are 800 miles from +land; for such, on consulting the map, we find to be the actual distance +to the coast of Guiana, which is the nearest shore. Such is the position +to which we have been brought, in the first place, by Huntly's senseless +obstinacy, and, secondly, by the furious north-west gale. + +Yet, after all, the captain's communication does not dishearten us. As +I said before, our spirits are reviving. We have escaped the peril of +fire; the fear of explosion is past and gone; and oblivious of the fact +that the ship with a hold full of water is only too likely to founder +when she puts out to sea, we feel a confidence in the future that +forbids us to despond. + +Meanwhile Curtis prepares to do all that common sense demands. He +proposes, when the fire is quite extinguished, to throw overboard the +whole, or the greater portion of the cargo, including of course, the +picrate; he will next plug up the leak, and then, with a lightened +ship, he will take advantage of the first high tide to quit the reef as +speedily as possible. + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +OCTOBER 30th.--Once again I talked to M. Letourneur about our situation, +and endeavoured to animate him with the hope that we should not be +detained for long in our present predicament; but he could not be +brought to take a very sanguine view of our prospects. + +"But surely," I protested, "it will not be difficult to throw overboard +a few hundred bales of cotton; two or three days at most will suffice +for that." + +"Likely enough," he replied, "when the business is once begun; but you +must remember, Mr. Kazallon, that the very heart of the cargo is still +smouldering, and that it will still be several days before any one will +be able to venture into the hold. Then the leak, too, that has to be +caulked; and, unless it is stopped up very effectually, we shall be +only doomed most certainly to perish at sea. Don't, then, be deceiving +yourself; it must be three weeks at least before you can expect to put +out to sea. I can only hope meanwhile that the weather will continue +propitious; it wouldn't take many storms to knock the 'Chancellor,' +shattered as she is, completely into pieces." + +Here, then, was the suggestion of a new danger to which we were to be +exposed; the fire might be extinguished, the water might be got rid of +by the pumps, but, after all, we must be at the mercy of the wind and +waves; and, although the rocky island might afford a temporary refuge +from the tempest, what was to become of passengers and crew if the +vessel should be reduced to a total wreck? I made no remonstrance, +however, to this view of our case, but merely asked M. Letourneur if he +had confidence in Robert Curtis? + +"Perfect confidence," he answered; "and I acknowledge it most +gratefully, as a providential circumstance, that Captain Huntly had +given him the command in time. Whatever man can do I know that Curtis +will not leave undone to extricate us from our dilemma." + +Prompted by this conversation with M. Letourneur I took the first +opportunity of trying to ascertain from Curtis himself, how long he +reckoned we should be obliged to remain upon the reef; but he merely +replied, that it must depend upon circumstances, and that he hoped the +weather would continue favourable. Fortunately the barometer is rising +steadily, and there is every sign of a prolonged calm. + +Meantime Curtis is taking active measures for totally extinguishing the +fire. He is at no great pains to spare the cargo, and as the bales that +lie just above the level of the water are still a-light he has resorted +to the expedient of thoroughly saturating the upper layers of the +cotton, in order that the combustion may be stifled between the moisture +descending from above and that ascending from below. This scheme has +brought the pumps once more into requisition. At present the crew are +adequate to the task of working them, but I and some of our fellow +passengers are ready to offer our assistance whenever it shall be +necessary. + +With no immediate demand upon our labour, we are thrown upon our own +resources for passing our time. Letourneur, Andre and myself, have +frequent conversations; I also devote an hour or two to my diary. +Falsten holds little communication with any of us, but remains absorbed +in his calculations, and amuses himself by tracing mechanical diagrams +with ground-plan, section, elevation, all complete. It would be a happy +inspiration if he could invent some mighty engine that could set us all +afloat again. Mr. and Mrs. Kear, too, hold themselves aloof from +their fellow passengers, and we are not sorry to be relieved from the +necessity of listening to their incessant grumbling; unfortunately, +however, they carry off Miss Herbey with them, so that we enjoy little +or nothing of the young lady's society. As for Silas Huntly, he has +become a complete nonentity; he exists, it is true, but merely, it would +seem, to vegetate. + +Hobart, the steward, an obsequious, sly sort of fellow, goes through his +routine of duties just as though the vessel were pursuing her ordinary +course; and, as usual, is continually falling out with Jynxstrop, the +cook, an impudent, ill-favoured negro, who interferes with the other +sailors in a manner which, I think, ought not to be allowed. + +Since it appears likely that we shall have abundance of time on our +hands, I have proposed to M. Letourneur and his son that we shall +together explore the reef on which we are stranded. It is not very +probable that we shall be able to discover much about the origin of this +strange accumulation of rock, yet the attempt will at least occupy us +for some hours, and will relieve us from the monotony of our confinement +on board. Besides, as the reef is not marked in any of the maps, I could +not but believe that it would be rendering a service to hydrography if +we were to take an accurate plan of the rocks, of which Curtis could +afterwards verify the true position by a second observation made with a +closer precision than the one he has already taken. + +M. Letourneur agrees to my proposal, Curtis has promised to let us have +the boat and some sounding-lines, and to allow one of the sailors to +accompany us; so to-morrow morning, we hope to make our little voyage of +investigation. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +OCTOBER 31st to NOVEMBER 5th.--Our first proceeding on the morning of +the 31st was to make the proposed tour of the reef, which is about a +quarter of a mile long. With the aid of our sounding-lines we found that +the water was deep, right up to the very rocks, and that no shelving +shores prevented us coasting along them. There was not a shadow of doubt +as to the rock being of purely volcanic origin, upheaved by some mighty +subterranean convulsion. It is formed of blocks of basalt, arranged +in perfect order, of which the regular prisms give the whole mass the +effect of being one gigantic crystal; and the remarkable transparency +of the sea enabled us plainly to observe the curious shafts of the +prismatic columns that support the marvelous substructure. + +"This is indeed a singular island," said M. Letourneur; "evidently it is +of quite a recent origin." + +"Yes, father," said Andre, "and I should think it has been caused by +a phenomenon similar to those which produced the Julia Island, off +the coast of Sicily, or the group of the Santorini, in the Grecian +Archipelago. One could almost fancy that it had been created expressly +for the 'Chancellor' to stand upon." + +"It is very certain," I observed, "that some upheaving has lately taken +place. This is by no means an unfrequented part of the Atlantic, so that +it is not at all likely that it could have escaped the notice of sailors +if it had been always in existence; yet it is not marked even in the +most modern charts. We must try and explore it thoroughly and give +future navigators the benefit of our observations." + +"But, perhaps, it will disappear as it came," said Andre. "You are no +doubt aware, Mr. Kazallon, that these volcanic islands sometimes have +a very transitory existence. Not impossibly, by the time it gets marked +upon the maps it may no longer be here." + +"Never mind, my boy," answered his father, "it is better to give warning +of a danger that does not exist than overlook one that does. I daresay +the sailors will not grumble much, if they don't find a reef where we +have marked one." + +"No, I daresay not, father," said Andre "and after all this island is +very likely as firm as a continent. However, if it is to disappear, I +expect Captain Curtis would be glad to see it take its departure as soon +as possible after he has finished his repairs; it would save him a world +of trouble in getting his ship afloat." + +"Why, what a fellow you are Andre!" I said, laughing, "I believe you +would like to rule Nature with a magic wand; first of all, you would +call up a reef from the depth of the ocean to give the 'Chancellor' time +to extinguish her flames, and then you would make it disappear just that +the ship might be free again." + +Andre smiled; then, in a more serious tone, he expressed his gratitude +for the timely help that had been vouchsafed us in our hour of need. + +The more we examined the rocks that formed the base of the little +island, the more we became convinced that its formation was quite +recent, Not a mollusk, not a tuft of seaweed was found clinging to the +sides of the rocks; not a germ had the wind carried to its surface, not +a bird had taken refuge amidst the crags upon its summits. To a lover of +natural history, the spot did not yield a single point of interest; the +geologist alone would find subject of study in the basaltic mass. + +When we reached the southern point of the island I proposed that we +should disembark. My companions readily assented, young Letourneur +jocosely observing that if the little island was destined to vanish, +it was quite right that it should first be visited by human beings. The +boat was accordingly brought alongside, and we set, foot upon the +reef, and began to ascend the gradual slope that leads to its highest +elevation. + +The walking was not very rough, and as Andre could get along tolerably +well without the assistance of an arm, he led the way, his father and I +following close behind. A quarter of an hour sufficed to bring us to the +loftiest point in the islet, when we seated ourselves on the basaltic +prism that crowned its summit. + +Andre took a sketch-book from his pocket, and proceeded to make a +drawing of the reef. Scarcely had he completed the outline when his +father exclaimed,-- + +"Why, Andre, you have drawn a ham!" + +"Something uncommonly like it, I confess," replied Andre. "I think we +had better ask Captain Curtis to let us call our island Ham Rock." + +"Good," said I; "though sailors will need to keep it at a respectful +distance, for they will scarcely find that their teeth are strong enough +to tackle with it." + +M. Letourneur was quite correct; the outline of the reef as it stood +clearly defined against the deep green water resembled nothing so much, +as a fine York ham, of which the little creek, where the "Chancellor" +had been stranded, corresponded to the hollow place above the knuckle. +The tide at this time was low, and the ship now lay heeled over very +much to the starboard side, the few points of rock that emerged in the +extreme south of the reef plainly marking the narrow passage through +which she had been forced before she finally ran aground. + +As soon as Andre had finished his sketch we descended by a slope as +gradual as that by which we had come up, and made our way towards the +west. We had not gone very far when a beautiful grotto, perfect as an +architectural structure, arrested our attention, M. Letourneur and Andre +who have visited the Hebrides, pronounced it to be a Fingal's cave +in miniature; a Gothic chapel that might form a fit vestibule for the +cathedral cave of Staffa. The basaltic rocks had cooled down into the +same regular concentric prisms; there was the same dark canopied +roof with its interstices filled up with its yellow lutings; the same +precision of outline in the prismatic angles, sharp as though chiselled +by a sculptor's hand; the same sonorous vibration of the air across the +basaltic rocks, of which the Gaelic poets have feigned that the harps of +the Fingal minstrelsy were made. But whereas at Staffa the floor of the +cave is always covered with a sheet of water, here the grotto was beyond +the reach of all but the highest waves, whilst the prismatic shafts +themselves formed quite a solid pavement. + +After remaining nearly an hour in our newly-discovered grotto we +returned to the "Chancellor," and communicated the result of our +explorations to Curtis, who entered the island upon his chart by the +name that Andre Letourneur had proposed. + +Since its discovery we have not permitted a day to pass without spending +some time in our Ham Rock grotto. Curtis has taken an opportunity of +visiting it, but he is too preoccupied with other matters to have much +interest to spare for the wonders of nature. Falsten, too, came once and +examined the character of the rocks, knocking and chipping them about +with all the mercilessness of a geologist. Mr. Kear would not trouble +himself to leave the ship; and although I asked his wife to join us in +one of our excursions she declined, upon the plea that the fatigue, as +well as the inconvenience of embarking in the boat, would be more than +she could bear. + +Miss Herbey, only too thankful to escape even for an hour from her +capricious mistress, eagerly accepted M. Letourneur's invitation to pay +a visit to the reef but to her great disappointment Mrs. Kear at first +refused point-blank to allow her to leave the ship. I felt intensely +annoyed, and resolved to intercede in Miss Herbey's favour; and as I +had already rendered that self-indulgent lady sundry services which she +thought she might probably be glad again to accept, I gained my point, +and Miss Herbey has several times been permitted to accompany us across +the rocks, where the young girl's delight at her freedom has been a +pleasure to behold. + +Sometimes we fish along the shore, and, then enjoy a luncheon in the +grotto, whilst the basalt columns vibrate like harps to the breeze. +This arid reef, little as it is, compared with the cramped limits of +the "Chancellor's" deck is like some vast domain; soon there will be +scarcely a stone with which we are not familiar, scarcely a portion of +its surface which we have not merrily trodden, and I am sure that when +the hour of departure arrives we shall leave it with regret. + +In the course of conversation, Andre Letourneur one day happened to say +that he believed the island of Staffa belonged to the Macdonald family, +who let it for the small sum of 12 pounds a year. + +"I suppose then," said Miss Herbey, "that we should hardly get more than +half-a-crown a year for our pet little island." + +"I don't think you would get a penny for it, Miss Herbey; but are you +thinking of taking a lease?" I said, laughing. + +"Not at present," she said; then added, with a half-suppressed sigh, +"and yet it is a place where I have seemed to know what it is to be +really happy." + +Andre murmured some expression of assent, and we all felt that there was +something touching in the words of the orphaned, friendless girl who had +found her long-lost sense of happiness on a lonely rock in the Atlantic. + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +NOVEMBER 6th to NOVEMBER 15th.--For the first five days after the +"Chancellor" had run aground, there was a dense black smoke continually +rising from the hold; but it gradually diminished until the 6th of +November, when we might consider that the fire was extinguished. Curtis, +nevertheless, deemed it prudent to persevere in working the pumps, which +he did until the entire hull of the ship, right up to the deck, had been +completely inundated. + +The rapidity, however, with which the water, at every retreat of the +tide, drained off to the level of the sea, was an indication that the +leak must be of considerable magnitude; and such, on investigation, +proved to be the case. One of the sailors, named Flaypole, dived one +day at low water to examine the extent of the damage, and found that the +hole was not much less than four feet square, and was situated thirty +feet fore of the helm, and two feet above the rider of the keel; three +planks had been stoved in by a sharp point of rock, and it was only a +wonder that the violence with which the heavily-laden vessel had been +thrown ashore did not result in the smashing in of many parts besides. + +As it would be a couple of days or more before the hold would be in a +condition for the bales of cotton to be removed for the carpenter to +examine the damage from the interior of the ship, Curtis employed the +interval in having the broken mizzen-mast repaired. Dowlas the carpenter, +with considerable skill, contrived to mortice it into its former stump, +and made the junction thoroughly secure by strong iron-belts and bolts. +The shrouds, the stays and backstays, were then carefully refitted, +some of the sails were changed, and the whole of the running rigging was +renewed. Injury, to some extent, had been done to the poop and to the +crew's lockers, in the front; but time and labour were all that were +wanted to make them good; and with such a will, did every one set to +work that it was not long before all the cabins were again available for +use. + +On the 8th the unlading of the ship commenced. Pulleys and tackling were +put over the hatches, and passengers and crew together proceeded to haul +up the heavy bales which had been deluged so frequently by water that +the cotton was all but spoiled. One by one the sodden bales were placed +in the boat to be transported to the reef. After the first layer of +cotton had been removed it became necessary to drain off part of the +water that filled the hold. For this purpose the leak in the side had +somehow or other to be stopped, and this was an operation which was +cleverly accomplished by Dowlas and Flaypole, who contrived to dive at +low tide and nail a sheet of copper over the entire hole. This, however, +of itself would have been utterly inadequate to sustain the pressure +that would arise from the action of the pumps; so Curtis ordered that a +number of the bales should be piled up inside against the broken planks. +The scheme succeeded very well, and as the water got lower and lower in +the hold the men were enabled to resume their task of unlading. + +Curtis thinks it quite probable that the leaks may be mended from the +interior. By far the best way of repairing the damage would be to careen +the ship, and to shift the planking, but the appliances are wanting for +such an undertaking; moreover, any bad weather which might occur while +the ship was on her flank would only too certainly be fatal to her +altogether. But the captain has very little doubt that by some device or +other he shall manage to patch up the hole in such a way as will insure +our reaching land in safety. + +After two days' toil the water was entirely reduced and without further +difficulty the unlading was completed. All of us, including even Andre +Letourneur, have been taking our turn at the pumps, for the work is so +extremely fatiguing that the crew require some occasional respite; arms +and back soon become strained and weary with the incessant swing of +the handles, and I can well understand the dislike which sailors always +express to the labour. + +One thing there is which is much in our favour; the ship lies on a firm +and solid bottom, and we have the satisfaction of knowing that we +are not contending with a flood that encroaches faster than it can be +resisted. Heaven grant that we may not be called to make like efforts, +and to make them hopelessly, for a foundering ship! + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +NOVEMBER 15th to 20th.--The examination of the hold has at last been +made. Amongst the first things that were found was the case of picrate, +perfectly intact; having neither been injured by the water, nor of +course reached by the flames. Why it was not at once pitched into the +sea I cannot say; but it was merely conveyed to the extremity of the +island, and there it remains. + +While they were below, Curtis and Dowlas made themselves acquainted with +the full extent of the mischief that had been done by the conflagration. +They found that the deck and the cross-beams that supported it had been +much less injured than they expected, and the thick, heavy planks had +only been scorched very superficially. But the action of the fire on +the flanks of the ship had been of a much more serious character; a long +portion of the inside boarding had been burnt away, and the very ribs +of the vessel were considerably damaged; the oakum caulkings had all +started away from the butt-ends and seams; so much so that it was +little short of a miracle that the whole ship had not long since gaped +completely open. + +The captain and the carpenter returned to the deck with anxious faces. +Curtis lost no time in assembling passengers and crew, and announcing to +them the facts of the case. + +"My friends," he said, "I am here to tell you that the 'Chancellor' has +sustained far greater injuries than we suspected, and that her hull is +very seriously damaged. If we had been stranded anywhere else than on a +barren reef, that may at any time be overwhelmed by a tempestuous sea +I should not have hesitated to take the ship to pieces, and construct a +smaller vessel that might have carried us safely to land; but I dare not +run the risk of remaining here. We are now 800 miles from the coast of +Paramaribo, the nearest portion of Dutch Guiana, and in ten or twelve +days, if the weather should be favourable, I believe we could reach the +shore. What I now propose to do is to stop the leak by the best means we +can command, and make at once for the nearest port." + +As no better plan seemed to suggest itself, Curtis's proposal was +unanimously accepted Dowlas and his assistants immediately set to work +to repair the charred frame-work of the ribs, and to stop the leak; they +took care thoroughly to caulk from the outside all the seams that were +above low water mark; lower than that they were unable to work, and +had to content themselves with such repairs as they could effect in the +interior. But after all the pains there is no doubt the "Chancellor" is +not fit for a long voyage, and would be condemned as unseaworthy at any +port at which we might put in. + +To-day, the 20th, Curtis having done all that human power could do to +repair his ship, determined to put her to sea. + +Ever since the "Chancellor" had been relieved of her cargo, and of the +water in her hold, she had been able to float in the little natural +basin into which she had been driven. The basin was enclosed on either +hand by rocks that remained uncovered even at high water, but was +sufficiently wide to allow the vessel to turn quite round at its +broadest part, and by means of hawsers fastened on the reef to be +brought with her bows towards the south; while, to prevent her being +carried back on to the reef, she has been anchored fore and aft. + +To all appearance, then, it seemed as though it would be an easy matter +to put the "Chancellor" to sea; if the wind were favourable the sails +would be hoisted, if otherwise, she would have to be towed through the +narrow passage. All seemed simple. But unlooked-for difficulties had yet +to be surmounted. + +The mouth of the passage is guarded by a kind of ridge of basalt, which +at high tide we knew was barely covered with sufficient water to float +the "Chancellor," even when entirely unfreighted. To be sure she had +been carried over the obstacle once before, but then, as I have already +said, she had been caught up by an enormous wave, and might have been +said to be LIFTED over the barrier into her present position. Besides, +on that ever-memorable night, there had not only been the ordinary +spring-tide, but an equinoctial tide, such a one as could not be +expected to occur again for many months. Waiting was out of the +question; so Curtis determined to run the risk, and to take advantage of +the spring-tide, which would occur to-day, to make an attempt to get the +ship, lightened as she was, over the bar; after which, he might ballast +her sufficiently to sail. + +The wind was blowing from the north-west, and consequently right in the +direction of the passage. The captain, however, after a consultation, +preferred to tow the ship over the ridge, as he considered it was +scarcely safe to allow a vessel of doubtful stability at full sail to +charge an obstacle that would probably bring her to a dead lock. Before +the operation was commenced, Curtis took the precaution of having +an anchor ready in the stern, for, in the event of the attempt being +unsuccessful, it would be necessary to bring the ship back to her +present moorings. Two more anchors were next carried outside the +passage, which was not more than two hundred feet in length. The +chains were attached to the windlass, the sailors worked away at the +handspikes, and at four o'clock in the afternoon the "Chancellor" was in +motion. + +High tide would be at twenty minutes past four, and at ten minutes +before that time the ship had been hauled as far as her sea-range would +allow; her keel grazed the ridge, and her progress was arrested. When +the lowest part of her stern, however, just cleared the obstruction, +Curtis deemed that there was no longer any reason why the mechanical +action of the wind should not be brought to bear and contribute its +assistance. Without delay, all sails were unfurled and trimmed to the +wind. The tide was exactly at its height, passengers and crew together +were at the windlass, M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself being +at the starboard bar. Curtis stood upon the poop, giving his chief +attention to the sails; the lieutenant was on the forecastle; the +boatswain by the helm. The sea seemed propitiously calm and, as it +swelled gently to and fro, lifted the ship several times. + +"Now, my boys," said Curtis in his calm clear voice, "all together! +Off!" + +Round went the windlass; click, click, clanked the chains as link by +link they were forced through the hawse-holes. + +The breeze freshened, and the masts gave to the pressure of the sails, +but round and round we went, keeping time in regular monotony to the +sing-song tune hummed by one of the sailors. + +We had gained about twenty feet, and were redoubling our efforts when +the ship grounded again. + +And now no effort would avail; all was in vain; the tide began to turn; +and the "Chancellor" would not advance an inch. Was there time to go +back? She would inevitably go to pieces if left balanced upon the ridge. +In an instant the captain has ordered the sails to be furled, and the +anchor dropped from the stern. + +One moment of terrible anxiety, and all is well. + +The "Chancellor" tacks to stern, and glides back into the basin, which +is once more her prison. + +"Well, captain," says the boatswain, "what's to be done now?" + +"I don't know" said Curtis, "but we shall get across somehow." + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +NOVEMBER 21st to 24th.--There was assuredly no time to be lost before we +ought to leave Ham Rock reef. The barometer had been falling ever since +the morning, the sea was getting rougher, and there was every symptom +that the weather, hitherto so favourable, was on the point of breaking; +and in the event of a gale the "Chancellor" must inevitably be dashed to +pieces on the rocks. + +In the evening, when the tide was quite low, and the rocks uncovered, +Curtis, the boatswain, and Dowlas went to examine the ridge which had +proved so serious an obstruction, Falsten and I accompanied them. We +came to the conclusion that the only way of effecting a passage was by +cutting away the rocks with pikes over a surface measuring ten feet by +six. An extra depth of nine or ten inches would give a sufficient gauge, +and the channel might be accurately marked out by buoys; in this way it +was conjectured the ship might be got over the ridge and so reach the +deep water beyond. + +"But this basalt is as hard as granite," said the boatswain; "besides, +we can only get at it at low water, and consequently could only work at +it for two hours out of the twenty-four." + +"All the more reason why we should begin at once, boatswain," said +Curtis. + +"But if it is to take us a month, captain, perhaps by that time the ship +may be knocked to atoms. Couldn't we manage to blow up the rock? we have +got some powder on board." + +"Not enough for that;" said the boatswain. + +"You have something better than powder," said Falsten. + +"What's that?" asked the captain. + +"Picrate of potash," was the reply. + +And so the explosive substance with which poor Ruby had so grievously +imperilled the vessel was now to serve her in good stead, and I now saw +what a lucky thing it was that the case had been deposited safely on the +reef, instead of being thrown into the sea. + +Picric acid is a crystalline bitter product extracted from coal-tar, and +forming, in combination with potash, a yellow salt known as picrate of +potash. The explosive power of this substance is inferior to that +of gun-cotton or of dynamite, but far greater than that of ordinary +gunpowder; one grain of picric powder producing an effect equal to that +of thirteen grains of common powder. Picrate is easily ignited by +any sharp or violent shock, and some gun-priming which we had in our +possession would answer the purpose of setting it alight. + +The sailors went off at once for their pikes, and Dowlas and his +assistants, under the direction of Falsten, who, as an engineer, +understood such matters, proceeded to hollow out a mine wherein to +deposit the powder. At first we hoped that everything would be ready for +the blasting to take place on the following morning, but when daylight +appeared we found that the men, although they had laboured with a will, +had only been able to work for an hour at low water and that four tides +must ebb before the mine had been sunk to the required depth. + +Not until eight o'clock on the morning of the 23rd was the work +complete. The hole was bored obliquely in the rock, and was large enough +to contain about ten pounds of explosive matter. Just as the picrate was +being introduced into the aperture, Falsten interposed:-- + +"Stop," he said, "I think it will be best to mix the picrate with common +powder, as that will allow us to fire the mine with a match instead of +the gun-priming which would be necessary to produce a shock. Besides, +it is an understood thing that the addition of gunpowder renders picrate +far more effective in blasting such rocks as this, as then the violence +of the picrate prepares the way for the powder which, slower in its +action, will complete the disseverment of the basalt." + +Falsten is not a great talker, but what he does say is always very +much to the point. His good advice was immediately followed; the two +substances were mixed together, and after a match had been introduced +the compound was rammed closely into the hole. + +Notwithstanding that the "Chancellor" was at a distance from the rocks +that insured her from any danger of being injured by the explosion, it +was thought advisable that the passengers and crew should take refuge in +the grotto at the extremity of the reef, and even Mr. Kear, in spite of +his many objections, was forced to leave the ship. Falsten, as soon as +he had set fire to the match, joined us in our retreat. + +The train was to burn for ten minutes, and at the end of that time the +explosion took place; the report, on account of the depth of the +mine, being muffled, and much less noisy than we had expected. But the +operation had been perfectly successful. Before we reached the ridge we +could see that the basalt had been literally reduced to powder, and that +a little channel, already being filled by the rising tide, had been +cut right through the obstacle. A loud hurrah rang through the air; our +prison-doors were opened, and we were prisoners no more! + +At high tide the "Chancellor" weighed anchor and floated out into the +open sea, but she was not in a condition to sail until she had been +ballasted; and for the next twenty-four hours the crew were busily +employed in taking up blocks of stone, and such of the bales of cotton +as had sustained the least amount of injury. + +In the course of the day, M. Letourneur, Andre, Miss Herbey, and I took +a farewell walk round the reef, and Andre with artistic skill, carved on +the wall of the grotto the word "Chancellor,"--the designation Ham Rock, +which we had given to the reef,--and the date of our running aground. +Then we bade adieu to the scene of our three week's sojourn, where we +had passed days that to some at least of our party will be reckoned as +far from being the least happy of their lives. + +At high tide this morning, the 24th, with low, top, and gallant sails +all set, the "Chancellor" started on her onward way, and two hours later +the last peak of Ham Rock had vanished below the horizon. + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +NOVEMBER 24th to DECEMBER 1st.--Here we were then once more at sea, and +although on board a ship of which the stability was very questionable, +we had hopes, if the wind continued favourable, of reaching the coast of +Guiana in the course of a few days. + +Our way was south-west and consequently with the wind, and although +Curtis would not crowd on all sail lest the extra speed should have a +tendency to spring the leak afresh, the "Chancellor" made a progress +that was quite satisfactory. Life on board began to fall back into its +former routine; the feeling of insecurity and the consciousness that +we were merely retracing our path doing much, however, to destroy the +animated intercourse that would otherwise go on between passenger and +passenger. + +The first few days passed without any incident worth recording, then +on the 29th, the wind shifted to the north, and it became necessary to +brace the yards, trim the sails, and take a starboard tack. This made +the ship lurch very much on one side, and as Curtis felt that she was +labouring far too heavily, he clued up the top-gallants, prudently +reckoning that, under the circumstances, caution was far more important +than speed. + +The night came on dark and foggy. The breeze freshened considerably, +and, unfortunately for us, hailed from the north-west. Although we +carried no top-sails at all, the ship seemed to heel over more than +ever. Most of the passengers had retired to their cabins, but all the +crew remained on deck, whilst Curtis never quitted his post upon the +poop. + +Towards two o'clock in the morning I was myself preparing to go to my +cabin, when Burke, one of the sailors who had been down into the hold, +came on deck with the ominous cry,-- + +"Two feet of water below." + +In an instant Curtis and the boatswain had descended the ladder. The +startling news was only too true; the sea-water was entering the hold, +but whether the leak had sprung afresh, or whether the caulking in some +of the seams was insufficient, it was then impossible to determine; all +that could be done was to let the ship go with the wind and wait for +day. + +At daybreak they sounded again:--"Three feet of water!" was the report, +I glanced at Curtis, his lips were white, but he had not lost his +self-possession. He quietly informed such of the passengers as were +already on deck of the new danger that threatened us; it was better that +they should know the worst, and the fact could not be long concealed. I +told M. Letourneur that I could not help hoping that there might yet be +time to reach the land before the last crisis came. Falsten was about to +give vent to an expression of despair, but he was soon silenced by Miss +Herbey asserting her confidence that all would yet be well. + +Curtis at once divided the crew into two sets, and made them work +incessantly, turn and turn about at the pumps. The men applied +themselves to their task with resignation rather than with ardour; the +labour was hard and scarcely repaid them; the pumps were constantly +getting out of order, the valves being choked up by the ashes and bits +of cotton that were floating about in the hold, while every moment that +was spent in cleaning or repairing them was so much time lost. + +Slowly, but surely, the water continued to rise, and on the following +morning the soundings gave five feet for its depth, I noticed that +Curtis's brow contracted each time that the boatswain or the lieutenant +brought him their report. There was no doubt it was only a question of +time, and not for an instant must the efforts for keeping down the level +be relaxed. Already the ship had sunk a foot lower in the water, and as +her weight increased she no longer rose buoyantly with the waves, but +pitched and rolled considerably. + +All yesterday, and last night, the pumping continued; but still the +sea gained upon us. The crew are weary and discouraged, but the second +officer and the boatswain set them a fine example of endurance, and the +passengers have now begun to take their turn at the pumps. + +But all are conscious of toiling almost against hope; we are no longer +secured firmly to the solid soil of the Ham Rock reef, but we are +floating over an abyss which daily, nay hourly, threatens to swallow us +into its depths. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +DECEMBER 2nd and 3rd.--For four hours we have succeeded in keeping the +water in the hold to one level; now, however, it is very evident that +the time cannot be far distant when the pumps will be quite unequal to +their task. + +Yesterday Curtis, who does not allow himself a minute's rest, made a +personal inspection of the hold. I, with the boatswain and carpenter, +accompanied him. After dislodging some of the bales of cotton we could +hear a splashing, or rather gurgling sound; but whether the water +was entering at the original aperture, or whether it found its way in +through a general dislocation of the seams, we were unable to discover. +But whichever might be the case, Curtis determined to try a plan which, +by cutting off communication between the interior and exterior of the +vessel, might, if only for a few hours, render her hull more watertight. +For this purpose he had some strong, well-tarred sails drawn upwards by +ropes from below the keel, as high as the previous leaking-place, and +then fastened closely and securely to the side of the hull. The +scheme was dubious, and the operation difficult, but for a time it +was effectual, and at the close of the day the level of the water +had actually been reduced by several inches. The diminution was small +enough, but the consciousness that more water was escaping through +the scupper-holes than was finding its way into the hold gave us fresh +courage to persevere with our work. + +The night was dark, but the captain carried all the sail he could, +eager to take every possible advantage of the wind, which was freshening +considerably. If he could have sighted a ship he would have made signals +of distress, and would not have hesitated to transfer the passengers, +and even have allowed the crew to follow, if they were ready to forsake +him; for himself his mind was made up, he should remain on board the +"Chancellor" until she foundered beneath his feet. No sail, however, +hove in sight; consequently escape by such means was out of our power. + +During the night the canvas covering yielded to the pressure of the +waves, and this morning, after taking the sounding, the boatswain could +not suppress an oath when he announced "Six feet of water in the hold!" + +The ship, then, was filling once again, and already had sunk +considerably below her previous water-line. With aching arms and +bleeding hands we worked harder than ever at the pumps, and Curtis makes +those who are not pumping form a line and pass buckets, with all the +speed they can, from hand to hand. + +But all in vain! At half-past eight more water is reported in the hold, +and some of the sailors, overcome by despair, refuse to work one minute +longer. + +The first to abandon his post was Owen, a man whom I have mentioned +before, as exhibiting something of a mutinous spirit, He is about forty +years of age, and altogether unprepossessing in appearance; his face +is bare, with the exception of a reddish beard, which terminates in a +point; his forehead is furrowed with sinister-looking wrinkles, his lips +curl inwards, and his ears protrude, whilst his bleared and bloodshot +eyes are encircled with thick red rings. + +Amongst the five or six other men who had struck work, I noticed +Jynxstrop the cook, who evidently shared all Owen's ill feelings. + +Twice did Curtis order the men back to the pumps, and twice did Owen, +acting as spokesman for the rest, refuse; and when Curtis made a step +forward as though to approach him, he said savagely,-- + +"I advise you not to touch me," and walked away to the forecastle. + +Curtis descended to his cabin, and almost immediately returned with a +loaded revolver in his hand. + +For a moment Owen surveyed the captain with a frown of defiance; but +at a sign from Jynxstrop he seemed to recollect himself; and, with the +remainder of the men, he returned to his work. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +DECEMBER 4th.--The first attempt at mutiny being thus happily +suppressed, it is to be hoped that Curtis will succeed as well in +future. An insubordinate crew would render us powerless indeed. + +Throughout the night the pumps were kept, without respite, steadily at +work, but without producing the least sensible benefit. The ship became +so water-logged and heavy that she hardly rose at all to the waves, +which consequently often washed over the deck and contributed their +part towards aggravating our case. Our situation was rapidly becoming as +terrible as it had been when the fire was raging in the midst of us; +and the prospect of being swallowed by the devouring billows was no less +formidable than that of perishing in the flames. + +Curtis kept the men up to the mark, and, willing or unwilling, they had +no alternative but to work on as best they might; but, in spite of all +their efforts, the water perpetually rose, till, at length, the men in +the hold who were passing the buckets found themselves immersed up to +their waists and were obliged to come on deck. + +This morning, after a somewhat protracted consultation with Walter and +the boatswain, Curtis resolved to abandon the ship. The only remaining +boat was far too small to hold us all, and it would therefore be +necessary to construct a raft that should carry those who could not find +room in her. Dowlas the carpenter, Mr. Falsten, and ten sailors were +told off to put the raft in hand, the rest of the crew being ordered to +continue their work assiduously at the pumps, until the time came and +everything was ready for embarkation. + +Hatchet or saw in hand, the carpenter and his assistants made a +beginning without delay by cutting and trimming the spare yards and +extra spars to a proper length. These were then lowered into the sea, +which was propitiously calm, so as to favour the operation (which +otherwise would have been very difficult) of lashing them together into +a firm framework, about forty feet long and twenty-five feet wide, upon +which the platform was to be supported. + +I kept my own place steadily at the pumps, and Andre Letourneur worked +at my side; I often noticed his father glance at him sorrowfully, as +though he wondered what would become of him if he had to struggle with +waves to which even the strongest man could hardly fail to succumb. But +come what may, his father will never forsake him, and I myself shall not +be wanting in rendering him whatever assistance I can. + +Mrs. Kear, who had been for some time in a state of drowsy +unconsciousness, was not informed of the immediate danger, but when +Miss Herbey, looking somewhat pale with fatigue, paid one of her flying +visits to the deck, I warned her to take every precaution for herself +and to be ready for any emergency. + +"Thank you, doctor, I am always ready," she cheerfully replied, and +returned to her duties below. I saw Andre follow the young girl with his +eyes, and a look of melancholy interest passed over his countenance. + +Towards eight o'clock in the evening the framework for the raft was +almost complete, and the men were lowering empty barrels, which had +first been securely bunged, and were lashing them to the wood-work to +insure its floating. + +Two hours later and suddenly there arose the startling cry, "We are +sinking! we are sinking!" + +Up to the poop rushed Mr. Kear, followed immediately by Falsten and Miss +Herbey, who were bearing the inanimate form of Mrs. Kear. Curtis ran to +his cabin, instantly returning with a chart; a sextant, and a compass in +his hand. + +The scene that followed will ever be engraven in my memory; the cries of +distress, the general confusion, the frantic rush of the sailors towards +the raft that was not yet ready to support them, can never be forgotten. +The whole period of my life seemed to be concentrated into that terrible +moment when the planks bent below my feet and the ocean yawned beneath +me. + +Some of the sailors had taken their delusive refuge in the shrouds, and +I was preparing to follow them when a hand was laid upon my shoulder. +Turning round I beheld M. Letourneur, with tears in his eyes, pointing +towards his son. "Yes, my friend," I said, pressing his hand, "we will +save him, if possible." + +But Curtis had already caught hold of the young man, and was hurrying +him to the main-mast shrouds, when the "Chancellor," which had been +scudding along rapidly with the wind, stopped suddenly, with a violent +shock, and began to settle, The sea rose over my ankles and almost +instinctively I clutched at the nearest rope. All at once, when it +seemed all over, the ship ceased to sink, and hung motionless in +mid-ocean. + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +NIGHT OF DECEMBER 4th.--Curtis caught young Letourneur again in his +arms, and running with him across the flooded deck deposited him safely +in the starboard shrouds, whither his father and I climbed up beside +him. + +I now had time to look about me. The night was not very dark, and I +could see that Curtis had returned to his post upon the poop; whilst in +the extreme aft near the taffrail, which was still above water, I could +distinguish the forms of Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Miss Herbey, and Mr. Falsten +The lieutenant and the boatswain were on the far end of the forecastle; +the remainder of the crew in the shrouds and top-masts. + +By the assistance of his father, who carefully guided his feet up the +rigging, Andre was hoisted into the main-top. Mrs. Kear could not be +induced to join him in his elevated position, in spite of being +told that if the wind were to freshen she would inevitably be +washed overboard by the waves; nothing could induce her to listen to +remonstrance, and she insisted upon remaining on the poop, Miss Herbey, +of course, staying by her side. + +As soon as the captain saw the "Chancellor" was no longer sinking, +he set to work to take down all the sails, yards and all, and the +top-gallants, in the hope that by removing everything that could +compromise the equilibrium of the ship he might diminish the chance of +her capsizing altogether. + +"But may she not founder at any moment?" I said to Curtis, when I had +joined him for a while upon the poop. + +"Everything depends upon the weather," he replied, in his calmest +manner; "that, of course, may change at any hour. One thing, however, is +certain, the 'Chancellor' preserves her equilibrium for the present." + +"But do you mean to say," I further asked, "that she can sail with two +feet of water over her deck?" + +"No, Mr. Kazallon, she can't sail, but she can drift with the wind, and +if the wind remains in its present quarter, in the course of a few days +we might possibly sight the coast. Besides, we shall have our raft as a +last resource; in a few hours it will be ready, and at daybreak we can +embark." + +"You have not then," I added, "abandoned all hope even yet?" I marvelled +at his composure. + +"While there's life there's hope, you know Mr. Kazallon; out of a +hundred chances, ninety-nine may be against us, but perhaps the odd one +may be in our favour. Besides, I believe that our case is not without +precedent. In the year 1795 a three-master, the 'Juno,' was precisely +in the same half-sunk, water-logged condition as ourselves; and yet with +her passengers and crew clinging to her top-masts she drifted for twenty +days, until she came in sight of land, when those who had survived the +deprivation and fatigue were saved. So let us not despair; let us hold +on to the hope that the survivors of the 'Chancellor' may be equally +fortunate." + +I was only too conscious that there was not much to be said in support +of Curtis's sanguine view of things, and that the force of reason +pointed all the other way; but I said nothing, deriving what comfort I +could from the fact that the captain did not yet despond of an ultimate +rescue. + +As it was necessary to be prepared to abandon the ship almost at a +moment's notice, Dowlas was making every exertion to hurry on the +construction of the raft. A little before midnight he was on the point +of conveying some planks for this purpose, when, to his astonishment and +horror, he found that the framework had totally disappeared. The ropes +that had attached it to the vessel had snapped as she became vertically +displaced, and probably it had been adrift for more than an hour. + +The crew were frantic at this new misfortune, and shouting "Overboard +with the masts!" they began to cut down the rigging preparatory to +taking possession of the masts for a new raft. + +But here Curtis interposed:-- + +"Back to your places, my men; back to your places. The ship will not +sink yet, so don't touch a rope until I give you leave." + +The firmness of the captain's voice brought the men to their senses, and +although some of them could ill disguise their reluctance, all returned +to their posts. + +When daylight had sufficiently advanced Curtis mounted the mast, and +looked around for the missing raft; but it was nowhere to be seen. The +sea was far too rough for the men to venture to take out the whaleboat +in search of it, and there was no choice but to set to work and to +construct a new raft immediately. + +Since the sea has become so much rougher, Mrs. Kear has been induced to +leave the poop, and has managed to join M. Letourneur and his son on +the main-top, where she lies in a state of complete prostration. I need +hardly add that Miss Herbey continues in her unwearied attendance. The +space to which these four people are limited is necessarily very small, +nowhere measuring twelve feet across; to prevent them losing their +balance some spars have been lashed from shroud to shroud, and for the +convenience of the two ladies Curtis has contrived to make a temporary +awning of a sail. Mr. Kear has installed himself with Silas Huntly on +the foretop. + +A few cases of preserved meat and biscuit and some barrels of water, +that floated between the masts after the submersion of the deck, have +been hoisted to the top-masts and fastened firmly to the stays. These +are now our only provisions. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +DECEMBER 5th.--The day was very hot. December in latitude 16deg. N. is a +summer month, and unless a breeze should rise to temper the burning sun, +we might expect to suffer from an oppressive heat. + +The sea still remained very rough, and as the heavy waves broke over the +ship as though she were a reef, the foam flew up to the very top-masts, +and our clothes were perpetually drenched by the spray. + +The "Chancellor's" hull is three-fourths immerged; besides the three +masts and the bowsprit, to which the whale-boat was suspended, the poop +and the forecastle are the only portions that now are visible; and as +the intervening section of the deck is quite below the water, these +appear to be connected only by the framework of the netting that +runs along the vessel's sides. Communication between the top-masts is +extremely difficult, and would be absolutely precluded, were it not that +the sailors, with practised dexterity, manage to hoist themselves about +by means of the stays. For the passengers, cowering on their narrow +and unstable platform, the spectacle of the raging sea below was truly +terrific; every wave that dashed over the ship shook the masts till they +trembled again, and one could venture scarcely to look or to think lest +he should be tempted to cast himself into the vast abyss. + +Meanwhile, the crew worked away with all their remaining vigour at the +second raft, for which the top-gallants and yards were all obliged to +be employed; the planks, too, which were continually being loosened +and broken away by the violence of the waves from the partitions of +the ship, were rescued before they had drifted out of reach, and were +brought into use. The symptoms of the ship foundering did not appear +to be immediate; so that Curtis insisted upon the raft being made with +proper care to insure its strength; we were still several hundred miles +from the coast of Guiana, and for so long a voyage it was indispensable +to have a structure of considerable solidity. The reasonableness of this +was self-apparent, and as the crew had recovered their assurance they +spared no pains to accomplish their work effectually. + +Of all the number, there was but one, an Irishman, named O'Ready, who +seemed to question the utility of all their toil. He shook his head with +an oracular gravity. He is an oldish man, not less than sixty, with his +hair and beard bleached with the storms of many travels. As I was making +my way towards the poop, he came up to me and began talking. + +"And why, bedad, I'd like to know, why is it that they'll all be afther +lavin' of the ship?" + +He turned his quid with the most serene composure, and continued,-- + +"And isn't it me myself that's been wrecked nine times already? and +sure, poor fools are they that ever have put their trust in rafts or +boats sure and they found a wathery grave. Nay, nay; while the ould ship +lasts, let's stick to her, says I." + +Having thus unburdened his mind he relapsed, into silence, and soon went +away. + +About three o'clock I noticed that Mr. Kear and Silas Huntly were +holding an animated conversation in the fore top. The petroleum merchant +had evidently some difficulty in bringing the ex-captain round to his +opinion, for I, saw him several times shake his head as he gave long and +scrutinizing looks at the sea and sky. In less than an hour afterwards +I saw Huntly let himself down by the forestays and clamber along to the +forecastle where he joined the group of sailors, and I lost sight of +him. + +I attached little importance to the incident, and shortly afterwards +joined the party in the main-top, where we continued talking for some +hours. The heat was intense, and if it had not been for the shelter' +afforded by the sail-tent, would have been unbearable. At five o'clock +we took as refreshment some dried meat and biscuit, each individual +being also allowed half a glass of water. Mrs. Kear, prostrate with +fever, could not touch a mouthful; and nothing could be done by Miss +Herbey to relieve her, beyond occasionally moistening her parched lips. +The unfortunate lady suffers greatly, and sometimes I am inclined to +think that she will succumb to the exposure and privation. Not once had +her husband troubled himself about her; but when shortly afterwards I +heard him hail some of the sailors on the forecastle and ask them to +help him down from the foretop, I began to think that the selfish fellow +was coming to join his wife. + +At first the sailors took no notice of his request, but on his repeating +it with the promise of paying them handsomely for their services, two +of them, Burke and Sandon, swung themselves along the netting into the +shrouds, and were soon at his side. + +A long discussion ensued. The men evidently were asking more than Mr. +Kear was inclined to give, and at one time if seemed as though the +negotiation would fall through altogether. But at length the bargain +was struck, and I saw Mr. Kear take a bundle of paper dollars from his +waistcoat pocket, and hand a number of them over to one of the men, +The man counted them carefully, and from the time it took him, I should +think that he could not have pocketed anything less than a hundred +dollars. + +The next business was to get Mr. Kear down from the foretop, and +Burke and Sandon proceeded to tie a rope round his waist, which they +afterwards fastened to the forestay; then, in a way which provoked +shouts of laughter from their mates, they gave the unfortunate man a +shove, and sent him rolling down like a bundle of dirty clothes on to +the forecastle. + +I was quite mistaken as to his object. Mr. Kear had no intention of +looking after his wife, but remained by the side of Silas Huntly until +the gathering darkness hid them both from view. + +As night drew on, the wind grew calmer, but the sea remained very rough. +The moon had been up ever since four in the afternoon, though she only +appeared at rare intervals between the clouds. Some long lines of vapour +on the horizon were tinged with a rosy glare that foreboded a strong +breeze for the morrow, and all felt anxious to know from which quarter +the breeze would come, for any but a north-easter would bear the frail +raft on which we were to embark far away from land. + +About eight o'clock in the evening Curtis mounted to the main-top but +he seemed preoccupied and anxious, and did not speak to any one. He +remained for a quarter of an hour, then after silently pressing my hand, +he returned to his old post. + +I laid myself down in the narrow space at my disposal, and tried to +sleep; but my mind was filled with strange forebodings, and sleep was +impossible. The very calmness of the atmosphere was oppressive; scarcely +a breath of air vibrated through the metal rigging, and yet the sea rose +with a heavy swell as though it felt the warnings of a coming tempest. + +All at once, at about eleven o'clock, the moon burst brightly forth +through a rift in the clouds, and the waves sparkled again as if +illumined by a submarine glimmer. I start up and look around me. Is it +merely imagination? or do I really see a black speck floating on the +dazzling whiteness of the waters, a speck that cannot be a rock; because +it rises and falls with the heaving motion of the billows? But the moon +once again becomes overclouded; the sea, is darkened, and I return to my +uneasy couch close to the larboard shrouds. + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +DECEMBER 6th.--I must have fallen asleep for a few hours, when at four +o'clock in the morning, I was rudely aroused by the roaring of the +wind, and could distinguish Curtis's voice as he shouted in the brief +intervals between the heavy gusts. + +I got up, and holding tightly to the purlin--for the waves made the +masts tremble with their violence--I tried to look around and below me. +The sea was literally raging beneath, and great masses of livid-looking +foam were dashing between the masts, which were oscillating +terrifically. It was still dark, and I could only faintly distinguish +two figures on the stern, whom, by the sound of their voices, that I +caught occasionally above the tumult, I made out to be Curtis and the +boatswain. + +Just at that moment a sailor, who had mounted to the main-top to do +something to the rigging, passed close behind me. + +"What's the matter?" I asked, + +"The wind has changed," he answered, adding something which I could not +hear distinctly, but which sounded like "dead against us." + +Dead against us! then, thought I, the wind had shifted to the +south-west, and my last night's forebodings had been correct. + +When daylight at length appeared, I found the wind although not blowing +actually from the south-west, had veered round to the north-west, a +change which was equally disastrous to us, inasmuch as it was carrying +us away from land. Moreover, the ship had sunk considerably during +the night, and there were now five feet of water above deck; the side +netting had completely disappeared, and the forecastle and the poop were +now all but on a level with the sea, which washed over them incessantly. +With all possible expedition Curtis and his crew were labouring away +at their raft, but the violence of the swell materially impeded their +operations, and it became a matter of doubt as to whether the woodwork +would not fall asunder before it could be properly fastened together. + +As I watched the men at their work M. Letourneur, with one arm +supporting his son, came and stood by my side. + +"Don't you think this main-top will soon give way?" he said, as the +narrow platform on which we stood creaked and groaned with the swaying +of the masts. + +Miss Herbey heard his words, and pointing towards Mrs. Kear, who was +lying prostrate at her feet, asked what we thought ought to be done. + +"We can do nothing but stay where we are," I replied. + +"No;" said Andre "this is our best refuge; I hope you are not afraid." + +"Not for myself," said the young girl quietly "only for those to whom +life is precious." + +At a quarter to eight we heard the boatswain calling to the sailors in +the bows. + +"Ay, ay, sir," said one of the men--O'Ready, I think. + +"Where's the whale boat?" shouted the boatswain. + +"I don't know, sir. Not with us," was the reply. + +"She's gone adrift, then!" + +And sure enough the whale-boat was no longer hanging from the bowsprit; +and in a moment the discovery was made that Mr. Kear, Silas Huntly, and +three sailors,--a Scotchman and two Englishmen,--were missing. Afraid +that the "Chancellor" would founder before the completion of the raft, +Kear and Huntly had plotted together to effect their escape, and had +bribed the three sailors to seize the only remaining boat. + +This, then, was the black speck that I had seen during the night. The +miserable husband had deserted his wife, the faithless captain had +abandoned the ship that had once been under his command. + +"There are five saved, then," said the boatswain. + +"Faith, an it's five lost ye'll be maning," said O'Ready; and the state +of the sea fully justified his opinion. + +The crew were furious when they heard of the surreptitious flight, +and loaded the fugitives with all the invectives they could lay their +tongues to. So enraged were they at the dastardly trick of which they +had been made the dupes, that if chance should bring the deserters again +on board I should be sorry to answer for the consequences. + +In accordance with my advice, Mrs. Kear has not been informed of her +husband's disappearance. The unhappy lady is wasting away with a fever +for which we are powerless to supply a remedy, for the medicine chest +was lost when the ship began to sink. Nevertheless, I do not think we +have anything to regret on that score, feeling as I do, that in a case +like Mrs. Kear's, drugs would be of no avail. + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +DECEMBER 6th CONTINUED.--The "Chancellor" no longer maintained her +equilibrium; we felt that she was gradually going down, and her hull was +probably breaking up. The main-top was already only ten feet above the +water, whilst the bowsprit, with the exception of the extreme end, that +rose obliquely from the waves, was entirely covered. + +The "Chancellor's" last day, we felt, had come. + +Fortunately the raft was all but finished, and unless Curtis preferred +to wait till morning we should be able to embark in the evening. + +The raft is a very solid structure. The spars that form the framework +are crossed one above another and lashed together with stout ropes, so +that the whole pile rises a couple of feet above the water. The upper +platform is constructed from the planks that were broken from the ship's +sides by the violence of the waves, and which had not drifted away. The +afternoon has been employed in charging the raft with such provisions, +sails, tools, and instruments as we have been able to save. + +And how can I attempt to give any idea of the feelings with which, one +and all, we now contemplated the fate before us? For my own part I was +possessed rather by a benumbed indifference than by any sense of genuine +resignation. M. Letourneur was entirely absorbed in his son, who, in +his turn, thought only of his father; at the same time exhibiting a calm +Christian fortitude, which was shown by no one else of the party +except Miss Herbey, who faced her danger with the same brave composure. +Incredible as it may seem, Falsten remained the same as ever, occupying +himself with writing down figures and memoranda in his pocket-book. Mrs. +Kear, in spite of all that Miss Herbey could do for her, was evidently +dying. + +With regard to the sailors, two or three of them were calm enough, but +the rest had well-nigh lost their wits. Some of the more ill-disposed +amongst them seemed inclined to run into excesses; and their conduct, +under the bad influence of Owen and Jynxstrop, made it doubtful whether +they would submit to control when once we were limited to the narrow +dimensions of the raft. Lieutenant Walter, although his courage never +failed him, was worn out with bodily fatigue, and obliged to give up all +active labour; but Curtis and the boatswain were resolute, energetic and +firm as ever. To borrow an expression from the language of metallurgic +art, they were men "at the highest degree of hardness." + +At five o'clock one of our companions in misfortune was released from +her sufferings. Mrs. Kear, after a most distressing illness, through +which her young companion tended her with the most devoted care, has +breathed her last. A few deep sighs and all was over, and I doubt +whether the sufferer was ever conscious of the peril of, her situation. + +The night passed on without further incident. Towards morning I touched +the dead woman's hand, and it was cold and stiff. The corpse could +not remain any longer on the main-top, and after Miss Herbey and I had +carefully wrapped the garments about it, with a few short prayers the +body of the first victim of our miseries was committed to the deep. + +As the sea closed over the body I heard one of the men in the shrouds +say,-- + +"There goes a carcass that we shall be sorry we have thrown away!" + +I looked round sharply. It was Owen who had spoken, But horrible as were +his words, the conviction was forced upon my mind that the day could not +be far distant when we must want for food. + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +DECEMBER 7th.--The ship was sinking rapidly; the water had risen to the +fore-top; the poop and forecastle were completely submerged; the top +of the bowsprit had disappeared, and only the three mast-tops projected +from the waves. + +But all was ready on the raft; an erection had been made on the fore to +hold a mast, which was supported by shrouds fastened to the sides of the +platform; this mast carried a large royal. + +Perhaps, after all, these few frail planks will carry us to the shore +which the "Chancellor" has failed to reach; at any rate, we cannot yet +resign all hope. + +We were just on the point of embarking at 7 a.m. when the "Chancellor" +all at once began to sink so rapidly that the carpenter and men who were +on the raft were obliged with all speed to cut the ropes that secured +it to the vessel to prevent it from being swallowed up in the eddying +waters. Anxiety, the most intense, took possession of us all. At the +very moment when the ship was descending into the fathomless abyss, the +raft, our only hope of safety, was drifting off before our eyes. Two +of the sailors and an apprentice, beside themselves with terror, threw +themselves headlong into the sea; but it was evident from the very first +that they were quite powerless to combat the winds and waves. Escape was +impossible; they could neither reach the raft, nor return to the +ship. Curtis tied a rope round his waist and tried to swim to their +assistance; but long before he could reach them the unfortunate men, +after a vain struggle for life, sank below the waves and were seen no +more. Curtis, bruised and beaten with the surf that raged about the +mast-heads, was hauled back to the ship. + +Meantime, Dowlas and his men, by means of some spars which they used as +oars, were exerting themselves to bring back the raft, which had drifted +about two cables-lengths away; but, in spite of all their efforts, it +was fully an hour,--an hour which seemed to us, waiting as we were with +the water up to the level of the top-masts, like an eternity--before +they succeeded in bringing the raft alongside, and lashing it once again +to the "Chancellor's" main-mast. + +Not a moment was then to be lost. The waves were eddying like a +whirlpool around the submerged vessel, and numbers of enormous +air-bubbles were rising to the surface of the water. + +The time was come. At Curtis's word "Embark!" we all hurried to the +raft. Andre who insisted upon seeing Miss Herbey go first, was helped +safely on to the platform, where his father immediately joined him. In +a very few minutes all except Curtis and old O'Ready had left the +"Chancellor." + +Curtis remained standing on the main-top, deeming it not only his duty, +but his right, to be the last to leave the vessel he had loved so well, +and the loss of which he so much deplored. + +"Now then, old fellow off of this!" cried the captain to the old +Irishman, who did not move. + +"And is it quite sure ye are that she's sinkin?" he said. + +"Ay, ay! sure enough, my man; and you'd better look sharp." + +"Faith, then, and I think I will;" and not a moment too soon (for the +water was up to his waist) he jumped on to the raft. + +Having cast one last, lingering look around him, Curtis then left the +ship; the rope was cut and we went slowly adrift. + +All eyes were fixed upon the spot where the "Chancellor" lay foundering. +The top of the mizzen was the first to disappear, then followed the +main-top; and soon, of what had been a noble vessel, not a vestige was +to be seen. + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +Will this frail float, forty feet by twenty, bear us in safety? Sink +it cannot; the material of which it is composed is of a kind that +must surmount the waves. But it is questionable whether it will hold +together. The cords that bind it will have a tremendous strain to bear +in resisting the violence of the sea. The most sanguine amongst us +trembles to face the future; the most confident dares to think only of +the present. After the manifold perils of the last seventy-two days' +voyage all are too agitated to look forward without dismay to what in +all human probability must be a time of the direst distress. + +Vain as the task may seem, I will not pause in my work of registering +the events of our drama, as scene after scene they are unfolded before +our eyes. + +Of the twenty-eight persons who left Charleston in the "Chancellor," +only eighteen are left to huddle together upon this narrow raft; this +number includes the five passengers, namely M. Letourneur, Andre, +Miss Herbey, Falsten, and myself; the ship's officers, Captain Curtis, +Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, Hobart the steward, Jynxstrop the +cook, and Dowlas the carpenter; and seven sailors, Austin, Owen, Wilson, +O'Ready, Burke, Sandon, and Flaypole. + +Such are the passengers on the raft; it is but a brief task to enumerate +their resources. + +The greater part of the provisions in the store-room were destroyed at +the time when the ship's deck was submerged, and the small quantity that +Curtis has been able to save will be very inadequate to supply the wants +of eighteen people, who too probably have many days to wait ere they +sight either land or a passing vessel. One cask of biscuit, another of +preserved meat, a small keg of brandy, and two barrels of water complete +our store, so that the utmost frugality in the distribution of our daily +rations becomes absolutely necessary. + +Of spare clothes we have positively none; a few sails will serve for +shelter by day, and covering by night. Dowlas has his carpenter's tools, +we have each a pocket-knife, and O'Ready an old tin pot; of which he +takes the most tender care; in addition to these, we are in possession +of a sextant, a compass, a chart, and a metal tea-kettle, everything +else that was placed on deck in readiness for the first raft having been +lost in the partial submersion of the vessel. + +Such then is our situation; critical indeed, but after all perhaps +not desperate. We have one great fear; some there are amongst us whose +courage, moral as well as physical, may give way, and over failing +spirits such as these we may have no control. + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +DECEMBER 7th CONTINUED.--Our first day on the raft has passed without +any special incident. At eight o'clock this morning Curtis asked our +attention for a moment. + +"My friends," he said, "listen to me. Here on this raft, just as when we +were on board the 'Chancellor,' I consider myself your captain; and as +your captain, I expect that all of you will strictly obey my orders. Let +me beg of you, one and all, to think solely of our common welfare; let +us work with one heart and with one soul, and may Heaven protect us!" + +After delivering these few words with an emotion that evidenced their +earnestness, the captain consulted his compass, and found that the +freshening breeze was blowing from the north. This was fortunate for us, +and no time was to be lost in taking advantage of it to speed us on our +dubious way. Dowlas was occupied in fixing the mast into the socket that +had already been prepared for its reception, and in order to support +it more firmly he placed spurs of wood, forming arched buttresses, on +either side. While he was thus employed the boatswain and the other +seamen were stretching the large royal sail on the yard that had been +reserved for that purpose. + +By half-past nine the mast was hoisted, and held firmly in its place by +some shrouds attached securely to the sides of the raft; then the +sail was run up and trimmed to the wind, and the raft began to make a +perceptible progress under the brisk breeze. + +As soon as we had once started, the carpenter set to work to contrive +some sort of a rudder, that would enable us to maintain our desired +direction. Curtis and Falsten assisted him with some serviceable +suggestions, and in a couple of hours' time he had made and fixed to +the back of the raft a kind of paddle, very similar to those used by the +Malays. + +At noon, after the necessary preliminary observations, Curtis took +the altitude of the sun. The result gave lat. 15deg. 7min. N. by long. +49deg. 35min. W. as our position, which, on consulting the chart, proved +to be about 650 miles north-east of the coast of Paramaribo in Dutch +Guiana. + +Now even under the most favourable circumstances, with trade-winds and +weather always in our favour, we cannot by any chance hope to make more +than ten or twelve miles a day, so that the voyage cannot possibly be +performed under a period of two months. To be sure there is the hope to +be indulged that we may fall in with a passing vessel, but as the part +of the Atlantic into which we have been driven is intermediate between +the tracks of the French and English Transatlantic steamers either +from the Antilles or the Brazils, we cannot reckon at all upon such a +contingency happening in our favour; whilst if a calm should set in, +or worse still, if the wind were to blow from the east, not only two +months, but twice, nay, three times that length of time will be required +to accomplish the passage. + +At best, however, our provisions, even though used with the greatest +care, will barely last three months. Curtis has called us into +consultation, and as the working of the raft does not require such +labour as to exhaust our physical strength, all have agreed to submit +to a regimen which, although it will suffice to keep us alive, will +certainly not fully satisfy the cravings of hunger and thirst. + +As far as we can estimate, we have somewhere about 500 lbs. of meat and +about the same quantity of biscuit. To make this last for three months +we ought not to consume very much more than 5 lbs. a day of each, which, +when divided among eighteen people, will make the daily ration 5 oz. of +meat and 5 oz. of biscuit for each person. Of water we have certainly +not more than 200 gallons, but by reducing each person's allowance to +a pint a day, we hope to eke out that, too, over the space of three +months. + +It is arranged that the food shall be distributed under the boatswain's +superintendence every morning at ten o'clock. Each person will then +receive his allowance of meat and biscuit, which may be eaten when and +how he pleases. The water will be given out twice a day--at ten in the +morning and six in the evening; but as the only drinking-vessels in our +possession are the tea-kettle and the old Irishman's tin pot, the water +has to be consumed immediately on distribution. As for the brandy, +of which there are only five gallons, it will be doled out with the +strictest limitation, and no one will be allowed to touch it except with +the captain's express permission. + +I should not forget that there are two sources from which we may hope to +increase our store. First, any rain that may fall will add to our supply +of water, and two empty barrels have been placed ready to receive it; +secondly, we hope to do something in the way of fishing, and the sailors +have already begun to prepare some lines. + +All have mutually agreed to abide by the rules that have been laid down, +for all are fully aware that by nothing but the most precise regimen can +we hope to avert the horrors of famine, and forewarned by the fate, +of many who in similar circumstances have miserably perished, we are +determined to do all that prudence can suggest for husbanding our +stores. + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +DECEMBER 8th to 17th.--When night came we wrapped ourselves in our +sails. For my own part, worn out with the fatigue of the long watch in +the top-mast, I slept for several hours; M. Letourneur and Andre did +the same, and Miss Herbey obtained sufficient rest to relieve the tired +expression that her countenance had lately been wearing. The night +passed quietly. As the raft was not very heavily laden the waves did not +break over it at all, and we were consequently able to keep ourselves +perfectly dry. To say the truth, it was far better for us that the sea +should remain somewhat boisterous, for any diminution in the swell of +the waves would indicate that; the wind had dropped, and it was with a +feeling of regret that when the morning came I had to note down "weather +calm" in my journal. + +In these low latitudes the heat in the day-time is so intense, and +the sun burns with such an incessant glare, that the entire atmosphere +becomes pervaded with a glowing vapour. The wind, too, blows only in +fitful gusts and through long intervals of perfect calm the sails flap +idly and uselessly against the mast. Curtis and the boatswain, however, +are of opinion that we are not entirely dependent on the wind. Certain +indications, which a sailor's eye alone could detect, make them almost +sure that we are being carried along by a westerly current, that flows +at the rate of three or four miles an hour. If they are not mistaken, +this is a circumstance that may materially assist our progress, and +at which we can hardly fail to rejoice, for the high temperature often +makes our scanty allowance of water quite inadequate to allay our +thirst. + +But with all our hardships I must confess that our condition is +far preferable to what it was when we were still clinging to the +"Chancellor." Here at least we have a comparatively solid platform +beneath our feet, and we are relieved from the incessant dread of being +carried down with a foundering vessel. In the day-time we can move about +with a certain amount of freedom, discuss the weather, watch the sea, +and examine our fishing-lines; whilst at night we can rest securely +under the shelter of our sails. + +"I really think, Mr. Kazallon," said Andre Letourneur to me a few +days after we had embarked, "that our time on board the raft passes as +pleasantly as it did upon Ham Rock; and the raft has one advantage even +over the reef, for it is capable of motion." + +"Yes, Andre," replied, "as long as the wind continues favourable the +raft has decidedly the advantage; but supposing the wind shifts, what +then?" + +"Oh, we mustn't think about that," he said; "let us keep up our courage +while we can." + +I felt that he was right, and that the dangers we had escaped should +make us more hopeful for the future; and I think that nearly all of us +are inclined to share his opinion. + +Whether the captain is equally sanguine I am unable to say. He holds +himself very much aloof, and as he evidently feels that he has the great +responsibility of saving other lives than his own, we are reluctant to +disturb his silent meditations. + +Such of the crew as are not on watch spend the greater portion of their +time in dozing on the fore part of the raft. The aft, by the captain's +orders, has been reserved for the use of us passengers, and by erecting +some uprights we have contrived to make a sort of tent, which affords +some shelter from the burning sun. On the whole our bill of health is +tolerably satisfactory. Lieutenant Walter is the only invalid, and he, +in spite of all our careful nursing, seems to get weaker every day. + +Andre Letourneur is the life of our party, and I have never appreciated +the young man so well. His originality of perception makes his +conversation both lively and entertaining and as he talks, his wan +and suffering countenance lights up with an intelligent animation. His +father seems to become more devoted to him than ever, and I have seen +him sit for an hour at a time, with his hand resting on his son's, +listening eagerly to his every word. + +Miss Herbey occasionally joins in our conversation, but although we all +do our best to make her forget that she has lost those who should have +been her natural protectors, M. Letourneur is the only one amongst us to +whom she speaks without a certain reserve. To him, whose age gives him +something of the authority of a father, she has told the history of her +life--a life of patience and self-denial such as not unfrequently falls +to the lot of orphans. She had been, she said, two years with Mrs. +Kear, and although now left alone in the world, homeless and without +resources, hope for the future does not fail her. The young lady's +modest deportment and energy of character command the respect of all +on board, and I do not think that even the coarsest of the sailors has +either by word or gesture acted towards her in a way that she could deem +offensive. + +The 12th, 13th, and 14th of December passed away without any change in +our condition. The wind continued to blow in irregular gusts, but always +in the same direction, and the helm, or rather the paddle at the back of +the raft has never once required shifting; and the watch, who are posted +on the fore, under orders to examine the sea with the most scrupulous +attention, have had no change of any kind to report. + +At the end of a week we found ourselves growing accustomed to our +limited diet, and as we had no manual exertion, and no wear and tear +of our physical constitution, we managed very well. Our greatest +deprivation was the short supply of water, for, as I said before, the +unmitigated heat made our thirst at times very painful. + +On the 15th we held high festival. A shoal of fish, of the sparus tribe, +swarmed round the raft, and although our tackle consisted merely of long +cords baited with morsels of dried meat stuck upon bent nails, the fish +were so voracious that in the course of a couple of days we had caught +as many as weighed almost 200lbs., some of which were grilled, and +others boiled in sea-water over a fire made on the fore part of the +raft. This marvelous haul was doubly welcome, inasmuch as it not only +afforded us a change of diet, but enabled us to economize our stores; if +only some rain had fallen at the same time we should have been more than +satisfied. + +Unfortunately the shoal of fish did not remain long in our vicinity. On +the 17th they all disappeared, and some sharks, not less than twelve or +fifteen feet long, belonging to the species of spotted dog-fish, took +their place. These horrible creatures have black backs and fins, covered +with white spots and stripes. Here, on our low raft, we seem almost on +a level with them, and more than once their tails have struck the spars +with terrible violence. The sailors manage to keep them at a distance +by means of handspikes, but I shall not be surprised if they persist in +following us, instinctively intelligent that we are destined to become +their prey. For myself, I confess that they give me a feeling of +uneasiness; they seem to me like monsters of ill-omen. + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. + +DECEMBER 18th to 20th.--On the 18th the wind freshened a little, but as +it blew from the same favourable quarter we did not complain, and only +took the precaution of putting an extra support to the mast, so that it +should not snap with the tension of the sail. This done, the raft was +carried along with something more than its ordinary speed, and left a +long line of foam in its wake. + +In the afternoon the sky became slightly overclouded, and the heat +consequently somewhat less oppressive. The swell made it more difficult +for the raft to keep its balance, and we shipped two or three heavy +seas; but the carpenter managed to make with some planks a kind of wall +about a couple of feet high, which protected us from the direct action +of the waves. Our casks of food and water were secured to the raft +with double ropes, for we dared not run the risk of their being carried +overboard, an accident that would at once have reduced us to the direst +distress. + +In the course of the day the sailors gathered some of the marine plants +known by the name of sargassos, very similar to those we saw in such +profusion between the Bermudas and Ham Rock. I advised my companions to +chew the laminary tangles, which they would find contained a saccharine +juice, affording considerable relief to their parched lips and throats. + +The remainder of the day passed without incident. I should not, however, +omit to mention that the frequent conferences held amongst the sailors, +especially between Owen, Burke, Flaypole, Wilson, and Jynxstrop, the +negro, aroused some uneasy suspicions in my mind. What was the subject +of their conversation I could not discover, for they became silent +immediately that a passenger or one of the officers approached them. +When I mentioned the matter to Curtis I found he had already noticed +these secret interviews, and that they had given him enough concern to +make him determined to keep a strict eye upon Jynxstrop and Owen, who, +rascals as they were themselves, were evidently trying to disaffect +their mates. + +On the 19th the heat was again excessive. The sky was cloudless, and as +there was not enough wind to fill the sail the raft lay motionless +upon the surface of the water. Some of the sailors found a transient +alleviation for their thirst by plunging into the sea, but as we were +fully aware that the water all round was infested with sharks, none of +us was rash enough to follow their example, though if, as seems likely, +we remain long becalmed, we shall probably in time overcome our fears, +and feel constrained to indulge ourselves with a bath. + +The health of Lieutenant Walter continues to cause us grave anxiety, the +young man being weakened by attacks of intermittent fever. Except for +the loss of the medicine-chest we might have temporarily reduced this by +quinine; but it is only too evident that the poor fellow is consumptive, +and that that hopeless malady is making ravages upon him that no +medicine could permanently arrest. His sharp dry cough, his short +breathing, his profuse perspirations, more especially in the morning; +the pinched-in nose, the hollow cheeks, of which the general pallour is +only relieved by a hectic flush, the contracted lips, the too brilliant +eye and wasted form--all bear witness to a slow but sure decay. + +To-day, the 20th, the temperature is as high as ever, and the raft still +motionless. The rays of the sun penetrate even through the shelter of +our tent, where we sit literally gasping with the heat. The impatience +with which we awaited the moment when the boatswain should dole out our +meagre allowance of water, and the eagerness with which those lukewarm +drops were swallowed, can only be realized by those who for themselves +have endured the agonies of thirst. + +Lieutenant Walter suffers more than any of us from the scarcity of +water, and I noticed that Miss Herbey reserved almost the whole of her +own share for his use. Kind and compassionate as ever, the young girl +does all that lies in her power to relieve the poor fellow's sufferings. + +"Mr. Kazallon," she said to me this morning, "that young man gets +manifestly weaker every day." + +"Yes, Miss Herbey," I replied, "and how sorrowful it is that we can do +nothing for him, absolutely nothing." + +"Hush!" she said, with her wonted consideration, "perhaps he will hear +what we are saying." + +And then she sat down near the edge of the raft, where, with her head +resting on her hands, she remained lost in thought. + +An incident sufficiently unpleasant occurred to-day. For nearly an +hour Owen, Flaypole, Burke, and Jynxstrop had been engaged in close +conversation and, although their voices were low, their gestures had +betrayed that they were animated by some strong excitement. At the +conclusion of the colloquy Owen got up and walked deliberately to +the quarter of the raft that has been reserved for the use of the +passengers. + +"Where are you off to now, Owen?" said the boatswain. + +"That's my business," said the man insolently, and pursued his course. + +The boatswain was about to stop him, but before he could interfere +Curtis was standing and looking Owen steadily in the face. + +"Ah, captain, I've got a word from my mates to say to you," he said, +with all the effrontery imaginable. + +"Say on, then," said the captain coolly. + +"We should like to know about that little keg of brandy. Is it being +kept for the porpoises or the officers?" + +Finding that he obtained no reply, he went on,-- + +"Look here, captain, what we want is to have our grog served out every +morning as usual." + +"Then you certainly will not," said the captain. + +"What! what!" exclaimed Owen, "don't you mean to let us have our grog?" + +"Once and for all, no." + +For a moment, with a malicious grin upon his lips, Owen stood +confronting the captain; then, as though thinking better of himself, +he turned round and rejoined his companions, who were still talking +together in an undertone. + +When I was afterwards discussing the matter with Curtis I asked him +whether he was sure he had done right in refusing the brandy. + +"Right!" he cried, "to be sure I have. Allow those men to have brandy! I +would throw it all overboard first." + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. + +DECEMBER 21st.--No further disturbance has taken place amongst the men. +For a few hours the fish appeared again, and we caught a great many +of them, and stored them away in an empty barrel. This addition to our +stock of provisions makes us hope that food, at least, will not fail us. + +Usually the nights in the tropics are cool, but to-day, as evening drew +on, the wonted freshness did not return, but the air remained stifling +and oppressive, whilst heavy masses of vapour hung over the water. + +There was no moonlight; there would be a new moon at half-past one in +the morning, but the night was singularly dark, except for dazzling +flashes of summer lightning that from time to time illumined the horizon +far and wide. There was, however, no answering roll of thunder, and the +silence of the atmosphere seemed almost awful, For a couple of hours, +in the vain hope of catching a breath of air, Miss Herbey, Andre +Letourneur, and I, sat watching the imposing struggle of the electric +vapours. The clouds appeared like embattled turrets crested with flame, +and the very sailors, coarse-minded men as they were, seemed struck with +the grandeur of the spectacle, and regarded attentively, though with an +anxious eye, the preliminary tokens of a coming storm. Until midnight we +kept our seats upon the stern of the raft, whilst the lightning ever and +again shed around us a livid glare similar to that produced by adding +salt to lighted alcohol. + +"Are you afraid of a storm, Miss Herbey?" said Andre to the girl. + +"No, Mr. Andre, my feelings are always rather those of awe than of +fear," she replied. "I consider a storm one of the sublimest phenomena +that we can behold--don't you think so too?" + +"Yes, and especially when the thunder is pealing," he said; "that +majestic rolling, far different to the sharp crash of artillery, rises +and falls like the long-drawn notes of the grandest music, and I can +safely say that the tones of the most accomplished ARTISTE have never +moved me like that incomparable voice of nature." + +"Rather a deep bass, though," I said, laughing. + +"That may be," he answered; "but I wish we might hear it now, for this +silent lightning is somewhat unexpressive." + +"Never mind that, Andre" I said; "enjoy a storm when it comes, if you +like, but pray don't wish for it." + +"And why not?" said he; "a storm will bring us wind, you know." + +"And water, too," added Miss Herbey, "the water of which we are so +seriously in need." + +The young people evidently wished to regard the storm from their own +point of view, and although I could have opposed plenty of common sense +to their poetical sentiments, I said no more, but let them talk on as +they pleased for fully an hour. + +Meantime the sky was becoming quite overclouded, and after the zodiacal +constellations had disappeared in the mists that hung round the horizon, +one by one the stars above our heads were veiled in dark rolling +masses of vapour, from which every instant there issued forth sheets of +electricity that formed a vivid background to the dark grey fragments of +cloud that floated beneath. + +As the reservoir of electricity was confined to the higher strata of the +atmosphere, the lightning was still unaccompanied by thunder; but the +dryness of the air made it a weak conductor. Evidently the fluid could +only escape by terrible shocks, and the storm must ere long burst forth +with fearful violence. + +This was the opinion of Curtis and the boatswain. The boatswain is only +weather-wise from his experience as a sailor; but Curtis, in addition to +his experience, has some scientific knowledge, and he pointed out to me +an appearance in the sky known to meteorologists as a "cloud-ring," +and scarcely ever seen beyond the regions of the torrid zone, which are +impregnated by damp vapours brought from all quarters of the ocean by +the action of the trade-winds. + +"Yes, Mr. Kazallon," said Curtis, "our raft has been driven into the +region of storms, of which it has been justly remarked that any one +endowed with very sensitive organs can at any moment distinguish the +growlings of thunder." + +"Hark!" I said, as I strained my ears to listen, "I think I can hear it +now." + +"You can," he answered; "yet what you hear is but the first warning of +the storm which, in a couple of hours, will burst upon us with all its +fury. But never mind, we must be ready for it." + +Sleep, even if we wished it, would have been impossible in that stifling +temperature. The lightning increased in brilliancy, and appeared from +all quarters of the horizon, each flash covering large arcs, varying +from 100deg. to 150deg., leaving the atmosphere pervaded by one +incessant phosphorescent glow. + +The thunder became at length more and more distinct, the reports, if I +may use the expression, being "round," rather than rolling. It seemed +almost as though the sky were padded with heavy clouds of which the +elasticity muffled the sound of the electric bursts. + +Hitherto, the sea had been calm, almost stagnant as a pond. Now, +however, long undulations took place, which the sailors recognized, all +too well, as being the rebound produced by a distant tempest. A ship, in +such a case, would have been instantly brought ahull, but no manoeuvring +could be applied to our raft, which could only drift before the blast. + +At one o'clock in the morning one vivid flash, followed, after the +interval of a few seconds, by a loud report of thunder, announced that +the storm was rapidly approaching. Suddenly the horizon was enveloped in +a vapourous fog, and seemed to contract until it was close around us. At +the same instant the voice of one of the sailors was heard shouting,-- + +"A squall! a squall!" + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. + +DECEMBER 21st, NIGHT.--The boatswain rushed to the halliards that +supported the sail, and instantly lowered the yard; and not a moment too +soon, for with the speed of an arrow the squall was upon us, and if +it had not been for the sailor's timely warning we must all have been +knocked down and probably precipitated into the sea; as it was, our tent +on the back of the raft was carried away. + +The raft itself, however, being so nearly level with the water, had +little peril to encounter from the actual wind; but from the mighty +waves now raised by the hurricane we had everything to dread. At first +the waves had been crushed and flattened as it were by the pressure of +the air, but now, as though strengthened by the reaction, they rose with +the utmost fury. The raft followed the motions of the increasing swell, +and was tossed up and down, to and fro, and from side to side with the +most violent oscillations "Lash yourselves tight," cried the boatswain, +as he threw us some ropes; and in a few moments, with Curtis's +assistance, M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself were fastened so +firmly to the raft, that nothing but its total disruption could carry us +away. Miss Herbey was bound by a rope passed round her waist to one +of the uprights that had supported our tent, and by the glare of the +lightning I could see that her countenance was as serene and composed as +ever. + +Then the storm began to rage indeed. Flash followed flash, peal followed +peal in quick succession. Our eyes were blinded, our ears deafened, with +the roar and glare. The clouds above, the ocean beneath, seemed verily +to have taken fire, and several times I saw forked lightnings dart +upwards from the crest of the waves, and mingle with those that radiated +from the fiery vault above. A strong odour of sulphur pervaded the air, +but though thunderbolts fell thick around us, not one had touched our +raft. + +By two o'clock the storm had reached its height. The hurricane had +increased, and the heavy waves, heated to a strange heat by the general +temperature, dashed over us until we were drenched to the skin. Curtis, +Dowlas, the boatswain, and the sailors did what they could to strengthen +the raft with additional ropes. M. Letourneur placed himself in front +of Andre to shelter him from the waves. Miss Herbey stood upright and +motionless as a statue. + +Soon dense masses of lurid clouds came rolling up, and a crackling, like +the rattle of musketry, resounded through the air. This was produced by +a series of electrical concussions, in which volleys of hailstones were +discharged from the cloud-batteries above. In fact, as the storm-sheet +came in contact with a current of cold air, hail was formed with great +rapidity, and hailstones, large as nuts, came pelting down, making the +platform of the raft re-echo with a metallic ring. + +For about half an hour the meteoric shower continued to descend, and +during that time the wind slightly abated in violence; but after having +shifted from quarter to quarter, it once more blew with all its former +fury. The shrouds were broken, but happily the mast, already bending +almost double, was removed by the men from its socket before it should +be snapped short off. One gust caught away the tiller, which went adrift +beyond all power of recovery, and the same blast blew down several of +the planks that formed the low parapet on the larboard side, so that the +waves dashed in without hindrance through the breach. + +The carpenter and his mates tried to repair the damage, but, tossed from +wave to wave, the raft was inclined to an angle of more than forty-five +degrees, making it impossible for them to keep their footing, and +rolling one over another, they were thrown down by the violent shocks. +Why they were not altogether carried away, why we were not all hurled +into the sea, was to me a mystery. Even if the cords that bound us +should retain their hold, it seemed perfectly incredible that the raft +itself should not be overturned, so that we should be carried down and +stifled in the seething waters. + +At last, towards three in the morning, when the hurricane seemed to be +raging more fiercely than ever, the raft, caught up on the crest of +an enormous wave, stood literally perpendicularly on its edge. For +an instant, by the illumination of the lightning, we beheld ourselves +raised to an incomprehensible height above the foaming breakers. Cries +of terror escaped our lips. All must be over now! But no; another +moment, and the raft had resumed its horizontal position. Safe, indeed, +we were, but the tremendous upheaval was not without its melancholy +consequences. The cords that secured the cases of provisions had +burst asunder. One case rolled overboard, and the side of one of the +water-barrels was staved in, so that the water which it contained was +rapidly escaping. Two of the sailors rushed forward to rescue the case +of preserved meat; but one of them caught his foot between the planks +of the platform, and, unable to disengage it, the poor fellow stood +uttering-cries of distress. + +I tried to go to his assistance, and had already untied the cord that +was round me; but I was too late. Another heavy sea dashed over us, and +by the light of a dazzling flash I saw the unhappy man, although he +had managed without assistance to disengage his foot, washed overboard +before it was in my power to get near him. His companion had also +disappeared. + +The same ponderous wave laid me prostrate on the platform, and as my +head came in collision with the corner of a spar, for a time I lost all +consciousness. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. + +DECEMBER 22nd.--Daylight came at length, and the sun broke through and +dispersed the clouds that the storm had left behind. The struggle of the +elements, while it lasted, had been terrific, but the swoon into which +I was thrown by my fall, prevented me from observing the final incidents +of the visitation. All that I know is, that shortly after we had shipped +the heavy sea that I have mentioned, a shower of rain had the effect +of calming the severity of the hurricane, and tended to diminish the +electric tension of the atmosphere. + +Thanks to the kind care of M. Letourneur and Miss Herbey, I recovered +consciousness, but I believe that it is to Robert Curtis that I owe my +real deliverance, for he it was that prevented me from being carried +away by a second heavy wave. + +The tempest, fierce as it was, did not last more than a few hours; +but even in that short space of time what an irreparable loss we have +sustained, and what a load of misery seems stored up for us in the +future! + +Of the two sailors who perished in the storm, one was Austin, a fine +active young man of about eight-and-twenty; the other was old O'Ready, +the survivor of so many ship wrecks. Our party is thus reduced to +sixteen souls, leaving a total barely exceeding half the number of those +who embarked on board the "Chancellor" at Charleston. + +Curtis's first care had been to take a strict account of the remnant of +our provisions. Of all the torrents of rain that fell in the night we +were unhappily unable to catch a single drop; but water will not fail us +yet, for about fourteen gallons still remain in the bottom of the broken +barrel, whilst the second barrel has not yet been touched. But of food +we have next to nothing. The cases containing the dried meat, and the +fish that we had preserved, have both been washed away, and all that now +remains to us is about sixty pounds of biscuit. Sixty pounds of biscuit +between sixteen persons! Eight days, with half a pound a day apiece, +will consume it all. + +The day has passed away in silence. A general depression has fallen +upon all: the spectre of famine has appeared amongst us, and each +has remained wrapped in his own gloomy meditations, though each has +doubtless but one idea dominant in his mind. + +Once, as I passed near the group of sailors lying on the fore part of +the raft, I heard Flaypole say with a sneer,-- + +"Those who are going to die had better make haste about it." + +"Yes," said Owen, "leave their share of food to others." + +At the regular hour each person received his half-pound of biscuit. +Some, I noticed, swallowed it ravenously, others reserved it for another +time. Falsten divided his ration into several portions, corresponding, +I believe, to the number of meals to which he was ordinarily accustomed. +What prudence he shows! If any one survives this misery, I think it will +be he. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. + +DECEMBER 23rd to 30th--After the storm the wind settled back into its +old quarter, blowing pretty briskly from the north-east. As the breeze +was all in our favour it was important to make the most of it, and +after Dowlas had carefully readjusted the mast, the sail was once more +hoisted, and we were carried along at the rate of two or two and a half +knots an hour. A new rudder, formed of a spar and a good-sized plank, +has been fitted in the place of the one we lost, but with the wind in +its present quarter it is in little requisition. The platform of the +raft has been repaired, the disjointed planks have been closed by means +of ropes and wedges, and that portion of the parapet that was washed +away has been replaced, so that we are no longer wetted by the waves. In +fact, nothing has been left undone to insure the solidity of our raft, +and to render it capable of resisting the wear and tear of the wind and +waves. But the dangers of wind and waves are not those which we have +most to dread. + +Together with the unclouded sky came a return of the tropical +heat, which during the preceding days had caused us such serious +inconvenience; fortunately on the 23rd the excessive warmth was somewhat +tempered by the breeze, and as the tent was once again put up, we were +able to find shelter under it by turns. + +But the want of food was beginning to tell upon us sadly, and our sunken +cheeks and wasted forms were visible tokens of what we were enduring. +With most of us hunger seemed to attack the entire nervous system, and +the constriction of the stomach produced an acute sensation of pain. A +narcotic, such as opium or tobacco, might have availed to soothe, if not +to cure, the gnawing agony; but of sedatives we had none, so the pain +must be endured. + +One alone there was amongst us who did not feel the pangs of hunger. +Lieutenant Walter seemed as it were to feed upon the fever that raged +within him; but then he was the victim of the most torturing thirst, +Miss Herbey, besides reserving for him a portion of her own insufficient +allowance, obtained from the captain a small extra supply of water, with +which every quarter of an hour she moistened the parched lips of the +young man, who almost too weak to speak, could only express his thanks +by a grateful smile. Poor fellow! all our care cannot avail to save him +now; he is doomed, most surely doomed to die. + +On the 23rd he seemed to be conscious of his condition, for he made +a sign to me to sit down by his side, and then summoning up all his +strength to speak, he asked me in a few broken words how long I +thought he had to live? Slight as my hesitation was, Walter noticed it +immediately. + +"The truth," he said; "tell me the plain truth." + +"My dear fellow, I am not a doctor, you know," I began, "and I can +scarcely judge--" + +"Never mind," he interrupted, "tell me just what you think." + +I looked at him attentively for some moments, then laid my ear against +his chest. In the last few days his malady had made fearfully rapid +strides, and it was only too evident that one lung had already ceased +to act, whilst the other was scarcely capable of performing the work of +respiration. The young man was now suffering from the fever which is the +sure symptom of the approaching end in all tuberculous complaints. + +The lieutenant kept his eye fixed upon me with a look of eager inquiry. +I knew not what to say, and sought to evade his question. + +"My dear boy," I said, "in our present circumstances not one of us can +tell how long he has to live. Not one of us knows what may happen in the +course of the next eight days." + +"The next eight days," he murmured, as he looked eagerly into my face. + +And then, turning away his head, he seemed to fall into a sort of doze. + +The 24th, 25th, and 26th passed without any alteration in our +circumstances, and strange, nay, incredible as it may sound, we began to +get accustomed to our condition of starvation. Often, when reading the +histories of shipwrecks, I have suspected the accounts to be greatly +exaggerated; but now I fully realize their truth, and marvel when I find +on how little nutriment it is possible to exist for so long a time. To +our daily half-pound of biscuit the captain has thought to add a few +drops of brandy, and the stimulant helps considerably to sustain our +strength. If we had the same provisions for two months, or even for one, +there might be room for hope; but our supplies diminish rapidly, and the +time is fast approaching when of food and drink there will be none. + +The sea had furnished us with food once, and, difficult as the task of +fishing had now become, at all hazards the attempt must be made again. +Accordingly the carpenter and the boatswain set to work and made lines +out of some untwisted hemp, to which they fixed some nails that they +pulled out of the flooring of the raft, and bent into proper shape. The +boatswain regarded his device with evident satisfaction. + +"I don't mean to say," said he to me, "that these nails are first-rate +fish-hooks; but one thing I do know, and that is, with proper bait they +will act as well as the best. But this biscuit is no good at all. Let me +but just get hold of one fish, and I shall know fast enough how to use +it to catch some more." + +And the true difficulty was how to catch the first fish. It was evident +that fish were not abundant in these waters, nevertheless the lines were +cast. But the biscuit with which they were baited dissolved at once in +the water, and we did not get a single bite. For two days the attempt +was made in vain, and as it only involved what seemed a lavish waste of +our only means of subsistence, it was given up in despair. + +To-day, the 30th, as a last resource, the boatswain tried what a piece +of coloured rag might do by way of attracting some voracious fish, and +having obtained from Miss Herbey a little piece of the red shawl she +wears, he fastened it to his hook. But still no success; for when, +after several hours, he examined his lines, the crimson shred was still +hanging intact as he had fixed it. The man was quite discouraged at his +failure. + +"But there will be plenty of bait before long," he said to me in a +solemn undertone. + +"What do you mean?" said I, struck by his significant manner. + +"You'll know soon enough," he answered. + +What did he insinuate? The words, coming from a man usually so reserved, +have haunted me all night. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. + +JANUARY 1st to 5th.--More than three months had elapsed since we left +Charleston in the "Chancellor," and for no less than twenty days had +we now been borne along on our raft at the mercy of the wind and waves. +Whether we were approaching the American coast, or whether we were +drifting farther and farther to sea, it was now impossible to determine, +for, in addition to the other disasters caused by the hurricane, the +captain's instruments had been hopelessly smashed, and Curtis had no +longer any compass by which to direct his course, nor a sextant by which +he might make an observation. + +Desperate, however, as our condition might be judged, hope did not +entirely abandon our hearts, and day after day, hour after hour were +our eyes strained towards the horizon, and many and many a time did our +imagination shape out the distant land. But ever and again the illusion +vanished; a cloud, a mist, perhaps even a wave, was all that had +deceived us; no land, no sail ever broke the grey line that united sea +and sky, and our raft remained the centre of the wide and dreary waste. + +On the 1st of January we swallowed our last morsel of biscuit. The +1st of January! New Year's Day! What a rush of sorrowful recollections +overwhelmed our minds! Had we not always associated the opening of +another year with new hopes, new plans, and coming joys? And now, where +were we? Could we dare to look at one another, and breathe a new year's +greeting? + +The boatswain approached me with a peculiar look on his countenance. + +"You are surely not going to wish me a happy new year?" I said. + +"No indeed, sir," he replied, "I was only going to wish you well through +the first day of it; and that is pretty good assurance on my part, for +we have not another crumb to eat." + +True as it was, we scarcely realized the fact of there being actually +nothing until on the following morning the hour came round for the +distribution of the scanty ration, and then, indeed, the truth was +forced upon us in a new and startling light. Towards evening I was +seized with violent pains in the stomach, accompanied by a constant +desire to yawn and gape that was most distressing; but in a couple of +hours the extreme agony passed away, and on the 3rd I was surprised to +find that I did not suffer more. I felt, it is true, that there was some +great void within myself, but the sensation was quite as much moral +as physical. My head was so heavy that I could not hold it up; it was +swimming with giddiness, as though I were looking over a precipice. + +My symptoms were not shared by all my companions, some of whom endured +the most frightful tortures. Dowlas and the boatswain especially, who +were naturally large eaters, uttered involuntary cries of agony, +and were obliged to gird themselves tightly with ropes to subdue the +excruciating pain that was gnawing their very vitals. + +And this was only the second day of our misery! what would we not have +given for half, nay, for a quarter of the meagre ration which a few days +back we had deemed so inadequate to supply our wants, and which now, +eked out crumb by crumb, might, perhaps, serve for several days? In the +streets of a besieged city, dire as the distress may be, some gutter, +some rubbish-heap, some corner may yet be found that will furnish a +dry bone or a scrap of refuse that may for a moment allay the pangs +of hunger; but these bare planks, so many times washed clean by the +relentless waves, offer nothing to our eager search, and after every +fragment of food that the wind carried into their interstices has been +scraped out devoured, our resources are literally at an end. + +The nights seem even longer than the days. Sleep, when it comes, brings +no relief; it is rather a feverish stupour, broken and disturbed by +frightful nightmares. Last night, however, overcome by fatigue, I +managed to rest for several hours. + +At six o'clock this morning I was roused by the sound of angry voices, +and, starting up, I saw Owen and Jynxstrop, with Flaypole, Wilson, +Burke, and Sandon, standing in a threatening attitude. They had taken +possession of the carpenter's tools, and now, armed with hatchets, +chisels, and hammers, they were preparing to attack the captain, the +boatswain, and Dowlas. I attached myself in a moment to Curtis's party. +Falsten followed my example, and although our knives were the only +weapons at our disposal, we were ready to defend ourselves to the very +last extremity. + +Owen and his men advanced towards us. The miserable wretches were +all drunk, for during the night they had knocked a hole in the +brandy-barrel, and had recklessly swallowed its contents. What they +wanted they scarcely seemed to know, but Owen and Jynxstrop, not quite +so much intoxicated as the rest; seemed to be urging them on to massacre +the captain and the officers. + +"Down with the captain! Overboard with Curtis! Owen shall take the +command!" they shouted from time to time in their drunken fury; and, +armed as they were, they appeared completely masters of the situation. + +"Now, then, down with your arms!" said Curtis sternly, as he advanced to +meet them. + +"Overboard with the captain!" howled Owen, as by word and gesture he +urged on his accomplices. + +Curtis' pushed aside the excited rascals, and, walking straight up to +Owen, asked him what he wanted. + +"What do we want? Why, we want no more captains; we are all equals now." + +Poor stupid fool! as though misery and privation had not already reduced +us all to the same level. + +"Owen," said the captain once, again, "down with your arms!" + +"Come on, all of you," shouted Owen to his companions, without giving +the slightest heed to Curtis's words. + +A regular struggle ensued. Owen and Wilson attacked Curtis, who defended +himself with a piece of a spar; Burke and Flaypole rushed upon Falsten +and the boatswain, whilst I was left to confront the negro Jynxstrop, who +attempted to strike me with the hammer which he brandished in his hand. +I endeavoured to paralyze his movements by pinioning his arms, but the +rascal was my superior in muscular strength. After wrestling for a few +moments, I felt that he was getting the mastery over me when all of a +sudden he rolled over on to the platform, dragging me with him. Andre +Letourneur had caught hold of one of his legs, and thus saved my life. +Jynxstrop dropped his weapon in his fall; I seized it instantly, and +was about to cleave the fellow's skull, when I was myself arrested by +Andre's hand upon my arm. + +By this time the mutineers had been driven back to the forepart of the +raft, and Curtis, who had managed to parry the blows which had been +aimed at him, had caught hold of a hatchet, with which he was preparing +to strike at Owen. But Owen made a sidelong movement to avoid the blow, +and the weapon caught Wilson full in the chest. The unfortunate man +rolled over the side of the raft and instantly disappeared. + +"Save him! save him!" shouted the boatswain. + +"It's too late; he's dead!" said Dowlas. + +"Ah, well! he'll do for--" began the boatswain; but he did not finish +his sentence. + +Wilson's death, however, put an end to the fray. Flaypole and Burke were +lying prostrate in a drunken stupour, and Jynxstrop was soon overpowered, +and lashed tightly to the foot of the mast. The carpenter and the +boatswain seized hold of Owen. + +"Now then," said Curtis, as he raised his blood-stained hatchet, "make +your peace with God, for you have not a moment to live." + +"Oh, you want to eat me, do you?" sneered Owen, with the most hardened +effrontery. + +But the audacious reply saved his life; Curtis turned as pale as death, +the hatchet dropped from his hand, and he went and seated himself +moodily on the farthest corner of the raft. + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX. + +JANUARY 5th and 6th.--The whole scene made a deep impression on our +minds, and Owen's speech coming as a sort of climax, brought before us +our misery with a force that was well-nigh overwhelming. + +As soon as I recovered my composure, I did not forget to thank Andre +Letourneur for the act of intervention that had saved my life. + +"Do you thank me for that; Mr. Kazallon?" he said; "it has only served +to prolong your misery." + +"Never mind, M. Letourneur," said Miss Herbey; "you did your duty." + +Enfeebled and emaciated as the young girl is, her sense of duty never +deserts her, and although her torn and bedraggled garments float +dejectedly about her body, she never utters a word of complaint, and +never loses courage. + +"Mr. Kazallon," she said to me, "do you think we are fated to die of +hunger?" + +"Yes; Miss Herbey, I do," I replied in a hard, cold tone. + +"How long do you suppose we have to live?" she asked again. + +"I cannot say; perhaps we shall linger on longer than we imagine." + +"The strongest constitutions suffer the most, do they not?" she said. + +"Yes; but they have one consolation; they die the soonest;" I replied +coldly. + +Had every spark of humanity died out of my breast that I thus brought +the girl face to face with the terrible truth without a word of hope +or comfort? The eyes of Andre and his father, dilated with hunger, were +fixed upon me, and I saw reproach and astonishment written in their +faces. + +Afterwards, when we were quite alone, Miss Herbey asked me if I would +grant her a favour. + +"Certainly, Miss Herbey; anything you like to ask," I replied; and this +time my manner was kinder and more genial. + +"Mr. Kazallon," she said, "I am weaker than you, and shall probably die +first. Promise me that, if I do, you will throw my body into the sea." + +"Oh, Miss Herbey," I began, "it was very wrong of me to speak to you as +I did!" + +"No, no," she replied, half smiling; "you were quite right. But it is +a weakness of mine; I don't mind what they do with me as long as I am +alive, but when I am dead--" she stopped and shuddered. "Oh, promise me +that you will throw me into, the sea!" + +I gave her the melancholy promise, which she acknowledged by pressing my +hand feebly with her emaciated fingers. + +Another night passed away. At times my sufferings were so intense that +cries of agony involuntarily escaped my lips; then I became calmer, and +sank into a kind of lethargy. When I awoke, I was surprised to find my +companions still alive. + +The one of our party who seems to bear his privations the best is Hobart +the steward, a man with whom hitherto I have had very little to do. He +is small, with a fawning expression remarkable for its indecision, and +has a smile which is incessantly playing round his lips; he goes about +with his eyes half-closed, as though he wished to conceal his thoughts, +and there is something altogether false and hypocritical about his whole +demeanour. I cannot say that he bears his privations without a murmur, +for he sighs and moans incessantly; but, with it all, I cannot but +think that there is a want of genuineness in his manner, and that the +privation has not really told upon him as much as it has upon the rest +of us. I have my suspicions about the man, and intend to watch him +carefully. To-day, the 6th, M. Letourneur drew me aside to the stern of +the raft, saying that he had a secret to communicate, but that he wished +neither to be seen nor heard speaking to me. I withdrew with him to +the larboard corner of the raft; and, as it was growing dusk, nobody +observed what we were doing. + +"Mr. Kazallon," M. Letourneur began in a low voice, "Andre is dying of +hunger: he is growing weaker and weaker, and oh! I cannot, will not see +him die!" + +He spoke passionately, almost fiercely, and I fully understood his +feelings. Taking his hand, I tried to reassure him. + +"We will not despair yet," I said, "perhaps some passing ship--" + +"Ship!" he cried impatiently, "don't try to console me with empty +commonplaces; you know as well as I do that there is no chance of +falling in with a passing ship." Then, breaking off suddenly, he +asked,--"How long is it since my son and all of you have had anything to +eat?" + +Astonished at his question, I replied that it was now four days since +the biscuit had failed. + +"Four days," he repeated; "well, then, it is eight since I have tasted +anything. I have been saving my share for my son." + +Tears rushed to my eyes; for a few moments I was unable to speak, and +could only once more grasp his hand in silence. + +"What do you want me to do?" I asked at length. + +"Hush! not so loud; some one will hear us," he said, lowering his voice, +"I want you to offer it to Andre as though it came from yourself. He +would not accept it from me; he would think I had been depriving myself +for him. Let me implore you to do me this service and for your trouble," +and here he gently stroked my hand, "for your trouble you shall have a +morsel for yourself." + +I trembled like a child as I listened to the poor father's words, and +my heart was ready to burst when I felt a tiny piece of biscuit slipped +into my hand. + +"Give it him," M. Letourneur went on under his breath, "give it him; but +do not let any one see you; the monsters would murder you if they knew +it. This is only for to-day; I will give you some more to-morrow." + +The poor fellow did not trust me, and well he might not, for I had the +greatest difficulty to withstand the temptation to carry the biscuit to +my mouth, But I resisted the impulse, and those alone who have suffered +like me can know what the effort was. + +Night came on with the rapidity peculiar to these low latitudes, and I +glided gently up to Andre and slipped the piece of biscuit into his hand +as "a present from myself." The young man clutched at it eagerly. + +"But my father?" he said inquiringly. + +I assured him that his father and I had each had our share, and that he +must eat this now, and, perhaps, I should be able to bring him some more +another time. Andre asked no more questions, and eagerly devoured the +morsel of food. + +So this evening at least, notwithstanding M. Letourneur's offer, I have +tasted nothing. + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +JANUARY 7th.--During the last few days since the wind has freshened, the +salt water constantly dashing over the raft has terribly punished the +feet and legs of some of the sailors. Owen, whom the boatswain ever +since the revolt kept bound to the mast, is in a deplorable state, and +at our request has been released from his restraint. Sandon and Burke +are also suffering from the severe smarting caused in this way, and +it is only owing to our more sheltered position on the aft-part of the +raft, that we have not; all shared the same inconvenience. + +Today the boatswain, maddened by starvation, laid hands upon everything +that met his voracious eyes, and I could hear the grating of his teeth +as he gnawed at fragments of sails and bits of wood, instinctively +endeavouring to fill his stomach by putting the mucus' into circulation +at length, by dint of an eager search, he came upon a piece of leather +hanging to one of the spars that supported the platform. He snatched +it off and devoured it greedily, and as it was animal matter, it really +seemed as though the absorption of the substance afforded him some +temporary relief. Instantly we all followed his example; a leather hat, +the rims of caps, in short, anything that contained any animal matter +at all, were gnawed and sucked with the utmost avidity. Never shall I +forget the scene. We were no longer human, the impulses and instincts of +brute beasts seemed to actuate our every movement. + +For a moment the pangs of hunger were somewhat allayed; but some of us +revolted against the loathsome food, and were seized either with +violent nausea or absolute sickness. I must be pardoned for giving these +distressing details, but how otherwise can I depict the misery, moral +and physical, which we are enduring? And with it all, I dare not venture +to hope that we have reached the climax of our sufferings. + +The conduct of Hobart during the scene that I have just described has +only served to confirm my previous suspicions of him. He took no part +in the almost fiendish energy with which we gnawed at our scraps of +leather, and although by his conduct and perpetual groanings, he might +be considered to be dying of inanition, yet to me he has the appearance +of being singularly exempt from the tortures which we are all enduring. +But whether the hypocrite is being sustained, by some secret store of +food, I have been unable to discover. + +Whenever the breeze drops the heat is overpowering; but although our +allowance of water is very meagre, at present the pangs of hunger far +exceed the pain of thirst. It has often been remarked that extreme +thirst is far less endurable than extreme hunger. Is it possible that +still greater agonies are in store for us? I cannot, dare not, believe +it. Fortunately, the broken barrel still contains a few pints of water, +and the other one has not yet been opened. But I am glad to say that +notwithstanding our diminished numbers, and in spite of some opposition, +the captain has thought right to reduce the daily allowance to half a +pint for each person. As for the brandy, of which there is only a quart +now left, it has been stowed away safely in the stern of the raft. + +This evening has ended the sufferings of another of our companions, +making our number now only fourteen. My attentions and Miss Herbey's +nursing could do nothing for Lieutenant Walter, and about half-past +seven he expired in my arms. + +Before he died, in a few broken words he thanked Miss Herbey and myself +for the kindness we had shown him. A crumpled letter fell from his hand, +and in a voice that was scarcely audible from weakness, he said,-- + +"It is my mother's letter: the last I had from her--she was expecting me +home; but she will never see me more. Oh, put it to my lips--let me kiss +it before I die. Mother! mother! Oh my God!" + +I placed the letter in his cold hand, and raised it to his lips; his eye +lighted for a moment; we heard the faint sound of a kiss, and all was +over! + + + +CHAPTER XLI. + +JANUARY 8th.--All night I remained by the side of the poor fellow's +corpse, and several times Miss Herbey joined me in my mournful watch. + +Before daylight dawned the body was quite cold, and as I knew there must +be no delay in throwing it overboard, I asked Curtis to assist me in +the sad office. The body was frightfully emaciated, and I had every hope +that it would not float. + +As soon as it was quite light, taking every precaution that no one +should see what we were about, Curtis and I proceeded to our melancholy +task. We took a few articles from the lieutenant's pockets, which we +purposed, if either of us should survive, to remit to his mother. But as +we wrapped him in his tattered garments that would have to suffice for +his winding-sheet, I started back with a thrill of horror. The right +foot had gone, leaving the leg a bleeding stump! + +No doubt that, overcome by fatigue, I must have fallen asleep for +an interval during the night, and some one had taken advantage of my +slumber to mutilate the corpse. But who could have been guilty of so +foul a deed! Curtis looked around with anger flashing In his eye; but +all seemed as usual, and the silence was only broken by a few groans of +agony. + +But there was no time to be lost; perhaps we were already observed, and +more horrible scenes might be likely to occur. Curtis said a few short +prayers, and we cast the body into the sea. It sank immediately. + +"They are feeding the sharks well, and no mistake," said a voice behind +me. + +I turned round quickly, and found that it was Jynxstrop who had spoken. + +As the boatswain now approached, I asked him whether he thought it +possible that any of the wretched men could have taken the dead man's +foot. + +"Oh yes, I dare say," he replied, in a significant tone "and perhaps +they thought they were right." + +"Right! what do you mean?" I exclaimed. + +"Well, sir," he said coldly, "isn't it better to eat a dead man than a +living one?" + +I was at a loss to comprehend him, and, turning away, laid myself down +at the end of the raft. + +Towards eleven o'clock, a most suspicious incident occurred. The +boatswain, who had cast his lines early in the morning, caught three +large cod, each more than thirty inches long, of the species which, when +dried, is known by the name of stock-fish. Scarcely had he hauled them +on board, when the sailors made a dash at them, and it was with the +utmost difficulty that Curtis, Falsten, and myself could restore order, +so that we might divide the fish into equal portions. Three cod were not +much amongst fourteen starving persons, but, small as the quantity was, +it was allotted in strictly equal shares. Most of us devoured the food +raw, almost I might say, alive; only Curtis, Andre and Miss Herbey +having the patience to wait until their allowance had been boiled at a +fire which they made with a few scraps of wood. For myself, I confess +that I swallowed my portion of fish just as it was,--raw and bleeding. +M. Letourneur followed my example; the poor man devoured his food like +a famished wolf, and it is only a wonder to me how, after his lengthened +fast, he came to be alive at all. + +The boatswain's delight at his success was, excessive, and amounted +almost to delirium. I went up to him, and encouraged him to repeat his +attempt. + +"Oh, yes," he said; "I'll try again. I'll try again." + +"And why not try at once," I asked. + +"Not now," he said evasively; "the night is the best time for catching +large fish. Besides, I must manage to get some bait, for we have been +improvident enough not to save a single scrap." + +"But you have succeeded once without bait; why may you not succeed +again?" + +"Oh! I had some very good bait last night," he said. I stared at him in +amazement. He steadily returned my gaze, but said nothing. + +"Have you none left?" at last I asked. + +"Yes!" he almost whispered and left me without another word. + +Our meal, meagre as it had been, served to rally our shattered energies; +our hopes were slightly raised; there was no reason why the boatswain +should not have the same good luck again. + +One evidence of the degree to which our spirits were revived was that +our minds were no longer fixed upon the miserable present and hopeless +future, but we began to recall and discuss the past; and M. Letourneur, +Andre Mr. Falsten, and I held a long conversation with the captain +about the various incidents of our eventful voyage, speaking of our lost +companions, of the fire, of the stranding of the ship, of our sojourn +on Ham Rock, of the springing of the leak, of our terrible voyage in the +top-masts, of the construction of the raft, and of the storm. All these +things seemed to have happened so long ago, and yet we were living +still. Living, did I say? Ay, if such an existence as ours could be +called a life, fourteen of us were living still. Who would be the next +to go? We should then be thirteen. + +"An unlucky number!" said Andre with a mournful smile. + +During the night the boatswain cast his lines from the stern of the +raft, and, unwilling to trust them to any one else, remained watching +them himself. In the morning I went to ascertain what success had +attended his patience. It was scarcely light, and with eager eyes he was +peering down into the water. He had neither seen nor heard me coming. + +"Well, boatswain!" I said, touching him on the shoulder. + +He turned round quickly. + +"Those villainous sharks have eaten every morsel of my bait," he said, +in a desponding voice. + +"And you have no more left?" I asked. + +"No more," he said. Then grasping my arm he added, "and that only shows +me that it is no good doing things by halves." + +The truth flashed upon me at once, and I laid my hand upon his mouth. +Poor Walter! + + + +CHAPTER XLII. + +JANUARY 9th and 10th.--On the 9th the wind dropped, and there was a dead +calm; not a ripple disturbed the surface of the long undulations as +they rose and fell beneath us; and if it were not for the slight current +which is carrying us we know not whither, the raft would be absolutely +stationary. + +The heat was intolerable; our thirst more intolerable still; and now it +was that for the first time I fully realized how the insufficiency of +drink could cause torture more unendurable than the pangs of hunger. +Mouth, throat, pharynx, all alike were parched and dry, every gland +becoming hard as horn under the action of the hot air we breathed. At +my urgent solicitation the captain was for once induced to double our +allowance of water; and this relaxation of the ordinary rule enabled us +to attempt to slake our thirst four times in the day, instead of only +twice. I use the word "attempt" advisedly; for the water at the bottom +of the barrel, though kept covered by a sail, became so warm that it was +perfectly flat and unrefreshing. + +It was a most trying day, and the sailors relapsed into a condition of +deep despondency. The moon was nearly full, but when she rose the breeze +did not return. Continuance of high temperature in daytime is a sure +proof that we have been carried far to the south, and here, on this +illimitable ocean, we have long ceased even to look for land; it might +almost seem as though this globe of ours had veritably become a liquid +sphere! + +To-day we are still becalmed, and the temperature is as high as ever. +The air is heated like a furnace, and the sun scorches like fire. The +torments of famine are all forgotten: our thoughts are concentrated with +fevered expectation upon the longed-for moment when Curtis shall dole +out the scanty measure of lukewarm water that makes up our ration. O for +one good draught, even if it should exhaust the whole supply! At least, +it seems as if we then could die in peace! + +About noon we were startled by sharp cries of agony, and looking round I +saw Owen writhing in the most horrible convulsions. I went towards him, +for, detestable as his conduct had been, common humanity prompted me to +see whether I could afford him any relief. But before I reached him, a +shout from Flaypole arrested my attention. + +The man was up in the mast, and with great excitement pointing to the +east. + +"A ship! A ship!" he cried. + +In an instant all were on their feet. Even Owen stopped his cries +and stood erect. It was quite true that in the direction indicated by +Flaypole there was a white speck visible upon the horizon. But did it +move? Would the sailors with their keen vision pronounce it to be a +sail? A silence the most profound fell upon us all. I glanced at Curtis +as he stood with folded arms intently gazing at the distant point. His +brow was furrowed, and he contracted every feature, as with half-closed +eyes, he concentrated his power of vision upon that one faint spot in +the far-off horizon. + +But at length he dropped his arms and shook his head. I looked again, +but the spot was no longer there. If it were a ship, that ship had +disappeared; but probably it had been a mere reflection, or, more likely +still, only the crest of some curling wave. + +A deep dejection followed this phantom ray of hope. All returned to +their accustomed places. Curtis alone remained motionless, but his eye +no longer scanned the distant view. + +Owen now began to shriek more wildly than ever. He presented truly a +most melancholy sight; he writhed with the most hideous contortions, +and had all the appearance of suffering from tetanus. His throat was +contracted by repeated spasms, his tongue was parched, his body swollen, +and his pulse, though feeble, was rapid and irregular. The poor wretch's +symptoms were precisely such as to lead us to suspect that he had +taken some corrosive poison. Of course it was quite out of our power +to administer any antidote; all that we could devise was to make him +swallow something that might act as an emetic. I asked Curtis for a +little of the lukewarm water. As the contents of the broken barrel were +now exhausted, the captain, in order to comply with my request, was +about to tap the other barrel, when Owen started suddenly to his knees, +and with a wild, unearthly shriek, exclaimed,-- + +"No! no! no! of that water I will not touch a drop." + +I supposed he did not understand what we were going to do, and +endeavoured to explain; but all in vain; he persisted in refusing to +taste the water in the second barrel. I then tried to induce vomiting +by tickling his uvula, and he brought off some bluish secretion from his +stomach, the character of which confirmed our previous suspicions--that +he had been poisoned by oxide of copper. We now felt convinced that +any efforts on our part to save him would be of no avail. The vomiting, +however, had for the time relieved him, and he was able to speak. + +Curtis and I both implored him to let us know what he had taken to bring +about consequences so serious. His reply fell upon us as a startling +blow. + +The ill fated wretch had stolen several pints of water from the barrel +that had been untouched, and that water had poisoned him! + + + +CHAPTER XLIII. + +JANUARY 11th to 14th.--Owen's convulsions returned with increased +violence, and in the course of the night he expired in terrible agony. +His body was thrown overboard almost directly; it had decomposed so +rapidly that the flesh had not even consistency enough for any fragments +of it to be reserved for the boatswain to use to bait his lines. A +plague the man had been to us in his life; in his death he was now of no +service! + +And now, perhaps, still more than ever, did the horror of our situation +stare us in the face. There was no doubt that the poisoned barrel had +at some time or other contained copperas; but what strange fatality had +converted it into a water-cask, or what fatality, stranger still, had +caused it to be brought on board the raft, was a problem that none could +solve. Little, however, did it matter now: the fact was evident; the +barrel was poisoned, and of water we had not a drop. + +One and all, we fell into the gloomiest silence. We were too irritable +to bear the sound of each other's voices; and it did not require a +word, a mere look or gesture was enough, to provoke us to anger that was +little short of madness. How it was that we did not all become raving +maniacs, I cannot tell. + +Throughout the 12th no drain of moisture crossed our lips, and not +a cloud arose to warrant the expectation of a passing shower; in +the shade, if shade it might be called, the thermometer would have +registered at least 100deg., and, perhaps, considerably more. + +No change next day. The salt water began to chafe my legs, but although +the smarting was at times severe, it was an inconvenience to which I +gave little heed; others who had suffered from the same trouble had +become no worse. Oh! if this water that surrounds us could be reduced to +vapour or to ice! its particles of salt extracted, it would be available +for drink. But no! we have no appliances, and we must suffer on. + +At the risk of being devoured by the sharks, the boatswain and two +sailors took a morning bath, and as their plunge seemed to refresh them, +I and three of my companions resolved to follow their example. We had +never learnt to swim, and had to be fastened to the end of a rope and +lowered into the water; while Curtis during the half-hour of our bath, +kept a sharp look-out to give warning of any danger from approaching +sharks. No recommendation, however, on our part, nor any representation +of the benefit we felt we had derived, could induce Miss Herbey to allay +her sufferings in the same way. + +At about eleven o'clock, the captain came up to me, and whispered in my +ear,-- + +"Don't say a word, Mr. Kazallon; I do not want to raise false hopes, but +I think I see a ship." + +It was as well that the captain had warned me; otherwise, I should +have raised an involuntary shout of joy; as it was, I had the greatest +difficulty in restraining my expressions of delight. + +"Look behind to larboard," he continued in an undertone. + +Affecting an indifference which I was far from feeling, I cast an +anxious glance to that quarter of the horizon of which he spoke, and +there, although mine is not a nautical eye, I could plainly distinguish +the outline of a ship under sail. + +Almost at the same moment the boatswain who happened to be looking in +the same direction, raised the cry, "Ship ahoy!" + +Whether it was that no one believed it, or whether all energies were +exhausted, certain it is that the announcement produced none of +the effects that might have been expected. Not a soul exhibited the +slightest emotion, and it was only when the boatswain had several times +sung out his tidings that all eyes turned to the horizon. There, most +undeniably, was the ship, and the question rose at once to the minds of +all, and to the lips of many, "Would she see us?" + +The sailors immediately began discussing the build of the vessel, and +made all sorts of conjectures as to the direction she was taking. Curtis +was far more deliberate in his judgment. After examining her attentively +for some time, he said, "She is a brig running close upon the wind, on +the starboard tack, If she keeps her course for a couple of hours, she +will come right athwart our track." + +A couple of hours! The words sounded to our ears like a couple of +centuries. The ship might change her course at any moment; closely +trimmed as she was, it was very probable that she was only tacking about +to catch the wind, in which case, as soon as she felt a breeze, she +would resume her larboard tack and make away again. On the other hand, +if she were really sailing with the wind, she would come nearer to us, +and there would be good ground for hope. + +Meantime, no exertion must be spared, and no means left untried, to make +our position known. The brig was about twelve miles to the east of us, +so that it was out of the question to think of any cries of ours being +overheard; but Curtis gave directions that every possible signal should +be made. We had no fire-arms by which we could attract attention, and +nothing else occurred to us beyond hoisting a flag of distress. Miss +Herbey's red shawl, as being of a colour most distinguishable against +the background of sea and sky, was run up to the mast-head, and was +caught by the light breeze that just then was ruffling the surface of +the water. As a drowning man clutches at a straw, so our hearts bounded +with hope every time that our poor flag fluttered in the wind. + +For an hour our feelings alternated between hope and despair. The ship +was evidently making her way in the direction of the raft, but every +now and then she seemed to stop, and then our hearts would almost stand +still with agony lest she was going to put about. She carried all +her canvas, even to her royals and stay-sails, but her hull was only +partially visible above the horizon. + +How slowly she advanced! The breeze was very, very feeble, and perhaps +soon it would drop altogether! We felt that we would give years of our +life to know the result of the coming hour! + +At half-past twelve the captain and the boatswain considered that the +brig was about nine miles away; she had, therefore, gained only three +miles in an hour and a half, and it was doubtful whether the light +breeze that had been passing over our heads had reached her at all. I +fancied, too, that her sails were no longer filled, but were hanging +loose against her masts. Turning to the direction of the wind I tried to +make out some chance of a rising breeze; but no, the waves were calm and +torpid, and the little puff of air that had aroused our hopes had died +away across the sea. + +I stood aft with M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, and our glances +perpetually wandered from the distant ship to our captain's face. Curtis +stood leaning against the mast, with the boatswain by his side; their +eyes seemed never for a moment to cease to watch the brig, but their +countenances clearly expressed the varying emotions that passed through +their minds. Not a word was uttered, nor was the silence broken, until +the carpenter exclaimed, in accents of despair,-- + +"She's putting about!" + +All started up: some to their knees, others to their feet, The boatswain +dropped a frightful oath. The ship was still nine miles away, and at +such a distance it was impossible for our signal to be seen; our +tiny raft, a mere speck upon the waters, would be lost in the intense +irradiation of the sunbeams. If only we could be seen, no doubt all +would be well; no captain would have the barbarous inhumanity to leave +us to our fate; but there had been no chance; only too well we knew that +we had not been within the range of sight. + +"My friends," said Curtis, "we must make a fire; it is our last and only +chance." + +Some planks were quickly loosened and thrown into a heap upon the fore +part of the raft. They were damp and troublesome to light; but the very +dampness made the smoke more dense, and ere long a tall column of dusky +fumes was rising straight upwards in the air. If darkness should come +on before the brig was completely out of view, the flames we hoped might +still be visible. But the hours passed on; the fire died out; and yet no +signs of help. + +The temper of resignation now deserted me entirely; faith, hope, +confidence--all vanished from my mind, and like the boatswain, I swore +long and loudly. A gentle hand was laid upon my arm, and turning round I +saw Miss Herbey with her finger pointing to the sky. I could stand it +no longer, but gliding underneath the tent I hid my face in my hands and +wept aloud. + +Meanwhile the brig had altered her tack, and was moving slowly to the +east. Three hours later and the keenest eye could not have discerned her +top-sails above the horizon. + + + +CHAPTER XLIV. + +JANUARY 15th.--After this further shattering of our excited hopes death +alone now stares us in the face; slow and lingering as that death may +be, sooner or later it must inevitably come. + +To-day some clouds that rose in the west have brought us a few puffs +of wind; and in spite of our prostration, we appreciate the moderation, +slight as it is, in the temperature. To my parched throat the air seemed +a little less trying but it is now seven days since the boatswain took +his haul of fish, and during that period we have eaten nothing even +Andre Letourneur finished yesterday the last morsel of the biscuit which +his sorrowful and self-denying father had entrusted to my charge. + +Jynxstrop the negro has broken loose from his confinement, but Curtis has +taken no measures for putting him again under restraint. It is not to be +apprehended that the miserable fellow and his accomplices, weakened as +they are by their protracted fast, will attempt to do us any mischief +now. + +Some huge sharks made their appearance to-day, cleaving the water +rapidly with their great black fins. The monsters came close up to the +edge of the raft, and Flaypole, who was leaning over, narrowly escaped +having his arm snapped off by one of them. I could not help regarding +them as living sepulchres, which ere long might swallow up our miserable +carcasses; yet, withal, I profess that my feelings were rather those of +fascination than of horror. + +The boatswain, who stood with clenched teeth and dilated eye, regarded +these sharks from quite another point of view. He thought about +devouring the sharks, not about the sharks devouring him; and if he +could succeed in catching one, I doubt if one of us would reject the +tough and untempting flesh. He determined to make the attempt, and as +he had no whirl which he could fasten to his rope he set to work to +find something that might serve as a substitute. Curtis and Dowlas +were consulted, and after a short conversation, during which they kept +throwing bits of rope and spars into the water in order to entice the +sharks to remain by the raft, Dowlas went and fetched his carpenter's +tool, which is at once a hatchet and a hammer. Of this he proposed to +make the whirl of which they were in need, under the hope that either +the sharp edge of the adze or the pointed extremity opposite would stick +firmly into the jaws of any shark that might swallow it. The wooden +handle of the hammer was secured to the rope, which, in its turn, was +tightly fastened to the raft. + +With eager, almost breathless, excitement we stood watching the +preparations, at the same time using every means in our power to +attract the attention of the sharks. As soon as the whirl was ready the +boatswain began to think about bait; and, talking rapidly to himself, +ransacked every corner of the raft, as though he expected to find some +dead body coming opportunely to sight. But his search ended in nothing; +and the only plan that suggested itself was again to have recourse to +Miss Herbey's red shawl, of which a fragment was wrapped round the +head of the hammer. After testing the strength of his line, and +reassuring-himself that it was fastened firmly both to the hammer and to +the raft, the boatswain lowered it into the water. + +The sea was quite transparent, and any object was clearly visible to +a depth of two hundred feet below the surface. Leaning over the low +parapet of the raft we looked on in breathless silence, as the scarlet +rag, distinct as it was against the blue mass of water, made its slow +descent. But one by one the sharks seemed to disappear, They could not, +however, have gone far away, and it was not likely that anything in the +shape of bait dropped near them would long escape their keen voracity. + +Suddenly, without speaking, the boatswain raised his hand and pointed to +a dark mass skimming along the surface of the water, and making straight +in our direction. It was a shark, certainly not less than twelve feet +long. As soon as the creature was about four fathoms from the raft, the +boatswain gently drew in his line until the whirl was in such a position +that the shark must cross right over it; at the same time he shook the +line a little, that he might give the whirl the appearance, if he could, +of being something alive and moving. As the creature came near, my heart +beat violently; I could see its eyes flashing above the waves; and its +gaping jaws, as it turned half over on its back, exhibited long rows of +pointed teeth. + +I know not who it was, but some one at that moment uttered an +involuntary cry of horror. The shark came to a standstill, turned about, +and escaped quite out of sight. The boatswain was pale with anger. + +"The first man who speaks," he said, "I will kill him on the spot." + +Again he applied himself to his task. The whirl again was lowered, this +time to the depth of twenty fathoms, but for half an hour or more not a +shark could be distinguished; but as the waters far below seemed somehow +to be troubled I could not help believing that some of the brutes at +least were still there. + +All at once, with a violent jerk, the cord was wrested from the +boatswain's hands; firmly attached, however, as it was to the raft, it +was not lost. The bait had been seized by a shark, and the iron had made +good its hold upon the creature's flesh. + +"Now, then, my lads," cried the boatswain, "haul away!" + +Passengers and sailors, one and all, put forth what strength they had +to drag the rope, but so violent were the creature's struggles that +it required all our efforts (and it is needless to say that they were +willing enough) to bring it to the surface, At length, after exertions +that almost exhausted us, the water became agitated by the violent +flappings of the tail and fins; and looking down I saw the huge carcase +of the shark writhing convulsively amidst waves that were stained with +blood. + +"Steady! steady!" said the boatswain, as the head appeared above. + +The whirl had passed right through the jaw into the middle of the +throat; so that no struggle on the part of the animal could possibly +release it. Dowlas seized his hatchet, ready to despatch the brute the +moment if should be landed on the raft. A short sharp snap was heard. +The shark had closed its jaws, and bitten through the wooden handle of +the hammer. Another moment and it had turned round and was completely +gone. + +A howl of despair burst from all our lips. All the labour and the +patience, all had been in vain. Dowlas made a few more unsuccessful +attempts, but as the whirl was lost, and they had no means of replacing +it, there was no further room for hope. They did, indeed, lower some +cords twisted into running knots, but (as might have been expected) +these only slipped over, without holding, the slimy bodies of the +sharks. As a last resource the boatswain allowed his naked leg to +hang over the side of the raft; the monsters, however, were proof even +against this attraction. + +Reduced once again to a gloomy despondency, all turned to their places, +to await the end that cannot now be long deferred. + +Just as I moved away I heard the boatswain say to Curtis,-- + +"Captain, when shall we draw lots?" + +The captain made no reply. + + + +CHAPTER XLV. + +JANUARY 16th.--If the crew of any passing vessel had caught sight of us +as we lay still and inanimate upon our sail-cloth, they would scarcely, +at first sight, have hesitated to pronounce us dead. + +My sufferings were terrible; tongue, lips, and throat were so parched +and swollen that if food had been at hand I question whether I could +have swallowed it. So exasperated were the feelings of us all, however, +that we glanced at each other with looks as savage as though we were +about to slaughter and without delay eat up one another. + +The heat was aggravated by the atmosphere being somewhat stormy. Heavy +vapours gathered on the horizon, and there was a look as if it were +raining all around. Longing eyes and gasping mouths turned involuntarily +towards the clouds, and M. Letourneur, on bended knee, was raising his +hands, as it might be in supplication to the relentless skies. + +It was eleven o'clock in the morning. I listened for distant rumblings +which might announce an approaching storm, but although the vapours had +obstructed the sun's rays, they no longer presented the appearance +of being charged with electricity. Thus our prognostications ended in +disappointment; the clouds, which in the early morning had been marked +by the distinctness of their outline, had melted one into another and +assumed an uniform dull grey tint; in fact, we were enveloped in an +ordinary fog. But was it not still possible that this fog might turn to +rain? + +Happily this hope was destined to be realized; for in a very short time, +Dowlas, with a shout of delight, declared that rain was actually coming; +and sure enough, not half a mile from the raft, the dark parallel +streaks against the sky testified that there at least the rain was +falling. I fancied I could see the drops rebounding from the surface of +the water. The wind was fresh and bringing the cloud right on towards +us, yet we could not suppress our trepidation lest it; should exhaust +itself before it reached us. + +But no: very soon large heavy drops began to fall, and the storm-cloud, +passing over our heads, was outpouring its contents upon us. The shower, +however, was very transient; already a bright streak of light along +the horizon marked the limit of the cloud and warned us that we must be +quick to make the most of what it had to give us. Curtis had placed the +broken barrel in the position that was most exposed, and every sail was +spread out to the fullest extent our dimensions would allow. + +We all laid ourselves down flat upon our backs and kept our mouths wide +open. The rain splashed into my face, wetted my lips, and trickled down +my throat. Never can I describe the ecstasy with which I imbibed that +renovating moisture. The parched and swollen glands relaxed, I breathed +afresh, and my whole being seemed revived with a strange and requickened +life. + +The rain lasted about twenty minutes, when the cloud, still only half +exhausted, passed quite away from over us. + +We grasped each other's hands as we rose from the platform on which +we had been lying, and mutual congratulations, mingled with gratitude, +poured forth from our long silent lips. Hope, however evanescent it +might be, for the moment had returned, and we yielded to the expectation +that, ere long, other and more abundant clouds might come and replenish +our store. + +The next consideration was how to preserve and economize what little had +been collected by the barrel, or imbibed by the outspread sails. It was +found that only a few pints of rain-water had fallen into the barrel +to this small quantity the sailors were about to add what they could +by wringing out the saturated sails, when Curtis made them desist from +their intention. + +"Stop, stop!" he said, "we must wait a moment; we must see whether this +water from the sails is drinkable." + +I looked at him in amazement. Why should not this be as drinkable as the +other? He squeezed a few drops out of one of the folds of a sail into +the tin pot, and put it to his lips. To my surprise, he rejected it +immediately, and upon tasting it for myself I found it not merely +brackish, but briny as the sea itself. The fact was that the canvas +had been so long exposed to the action of the waves, that it had become +thoroughly impregnated by salt, which of course was taken up again by +the water that fell upon it. Disappointed we were; but with several +pints of water in our possession, we were not only contented for the +present, but sanguine in our prospect for the future. + + + +CHAPTER XLVI. + +JANUARY 17th.--As a natural consequence of the alleviation of our +thirst, the pangs of hunger returned more violently than ever. Although +we had no bait, and even if we had we could not use it for want of +a whirl, we could not help asking whether no possible means could +be devised for securing one out of the many sharks that were still +perpetually swarming about the raft. Armed with knives, like the Indians +in the pearl fisheries, was it not practicable to attack the monsters in +their own element? Curtis expressed his willingness personally to make +the attempt, but so numerous were the sharks that we would not for one +moment hear of his risking his life in a venture of which the danger was +as great as the success was doubtful. + +By plunging into the sea, or by gnawing at a piece of metal, we could +always, or at least often, do something that cheated us into believing +that we were mitigating the pains of thirst; but with hunger it was +different. The prospect, too, of rain seemed hopeful, whilst for getting +food there appeared no chance; and, as we knew that nothing could +compensate for the lack of nutritive matter, we were soon all cast down +again. Shocking to confess, it would be untrue to deny that we surveyed +each other with the eye of an eager longing; and I need hardly explain +to what a degree of savageness the one idea that haunted us had reduced +our feelings. + +Ever since the storm-cloud brought us the too transient shower the +sky has been tolerably clear, and although at that time the wind had +slightly freshened, it has since dropped, and the sail hangs idly +against our mast. Except for the trifling relief it brings by modifying +the temperature we care little now for any breeze. Ignorant as we are as +to what quarter of the Atlantic we have been carried by the currents, it +matters very little to us from what direction the wind may blow if +only it would bring, in rain or dew, the moisture of which we are so +dreadfully in need. + +The moon was entering her last quarter, so that it was dark till nearly +midnight, and the stars were misty, not glowing with that lustre which +is so often characteristic of cool nights. Half frantic with that sense +of hunger which invariably returns with redoubled vigour at the close of +every day, I threw myself, in a kind of frenzy, upon a bundle of sails +that was lying on the starboard of the raft, and leaning over, I tried +to get some measure of relief by inhaling the moist coolness that rarely +fails to circulate just above the water. My brain was haunted by the +most horrible nightmares; not that I suppose I was in any way more +distressed than my companions, who were lying in their usual places, +vainly endeavouring to forget their sufferings in sleep. + +After a time I fell into a restless, dreamy doze. I was neither asleep +nor awake. How long I remained in that state of stupor I could hardly +say, but at length a strange sensation half brought me to myself. Was +I dreaming, or was there not really some unaccustomed odour floating in +the air? My nostrils became distended, and I could scarcely suppress a +cry of astonishment; but some instinct kept me quiet, and I laid myself +down again with the puzzled sensation sometimes experienced when we +have forgotten a word or name. Only a few minutes, however, had elapsed +before another still more savoury puff induced me to take several +long inhalations. Suddenly, the truth seemed to dash across my mind. +"Surely," I muttered to myself "this must be cooked meat that I can +smell." + +Again and again I sniffed and became more convinced than ever that my +senses were not deceiving me. But from what part of the raft could the +smell proceed? I rose to my knees, and having satisfied myself that the +odour came from the front, I crept stealthily as a cat under the sails +and between the spars in that direction. Following the promptings of +my scent, rather than my vision, like a bloodhound in the track of his +prey, I searched everywhere I could, now finding, now losing, the smell +according to my change of position, or the dropping of the wind. At +length I got the true scent; once for all, so that I could go straight +to the object for which I was in search. + +Approaching the starboard angle of the raft, I came to the conclusion +that the smell that had thus keenly excited my cravings was the smell +of smoked bacon; the membranes of my tongue almost bristled with the +intenseness of my longing. + +Crawling along a little farther, under a thick roll of sail-cloth, I was +not long in securing my prize. Forcing my arm below the roll, I felt my +hand in contact with something wrapped up in paper. I clutched it up, +and carried it off to a place where I could examine it by the help +of the light of the moon that had now made its appearance above the +horizon. I almost shrieked for joy. It was a piece of bacon. True, +it did not weigh many ounces, but small as it was it would suffice to +alleviate the pangs of hunger for one day at least. I was just on the +point of raising it to my mouth, when a hand was laid upon my arm. It +was only by a most determined effort that I kept myself from screaming +out one instant more, and I found myself face to face with Hobart. + +In a moment I understood all. Plainly this rascal Hobart had saved some +provision from the wreck, upon which he had been subsisting ever since. +The steward had provided for himself, whilst all around him were dying +of starvation. Detestable wretch! This accounts for the inconsistency of +his well-to-do looks and his pitiable groans. Vile hypocrite! + +Yet why, it struck me, should I complain? Was not I reaping the benefit +of that secret store that he, for himself, had saved? + +But Hobart had no idea of allowing me the peaceable possession of what +he held to be his own. He made a dash at the fragment of bacon, and +seemed determined to wrest it from my grasp. We struggled with each +other, but although our wrestling was very violent, it was very +noiseless. We were both of us aware that it was absolutely necessary +that not one of those on board should know anything at all about +the prize for which we were contending. Nor was my own determination +lessened by hearing him groan out that it was his last, his only morsel. +"His!" I thought; "it shall be mine now!" + +And still careful that no noise of commotion should arise, I threw him +on his back, and grasping his throat so that it gurgled again, I held +him down until, in rapid mouthfuls, I had swallowed up the last scrap of +the food for which we had fought so hard. + +I released my prisoner, and quietly crept back to my own quarters. + +And not a soul is aware that I have broken my fast! + + + +CHAPTER XLVII. + +JANUARY 18th.--After this excitement I awaited the approach of day with +a strange anxiety. My conscience told me that Hobart had the right to +denounce me in the presence of all my fellow-passengers; yet my alarm +was vain. The idea of my proceedings being exposed by him was quite +absurd; in a moment he would himself be murdered without pity by the +crew, if it should be revealed that, unknown to them, he had been living +on some private store which, by clandestine cunning, he had reserved. +But, in spite of my anxiety, I had a longing for day to come. + +The bit of food that I had thus stolen was very small; but small as it +was it had alleviated my hunger, and I was now tortured with remorse, +because I had not shared the meagre morsel with my fellow-sufferers. +Miss Herbey, Andre, his father, all had been forgotten, and from the +bottom of my heart I repented of my cruel selfishness. + +Meantime the moon rose high in the heavens, and the first streaks of +dawn appeared. There is no twilight in these low latitudes, and the +full daylight came well nigh at once. I had not closed my eyes since my +encounter with the steward, and ever since the first blush of day I had +laboured under the impression that I could see some unusual dark mass +half way up the mast. But although it again and again caught my eye, it +hardly roused my curiosity, and I did not rise from the bundle of sails +on which I was lying to ascertain what it really was. But no sooner did +the rays of the sun fall full upon it than I saw at once that it was +the body of a man, attached to a rope, and swinging to and fro with the +motion of the raft. + +A horrible presentiment carried me to the foot of the mast, and, just +as I had guessed, Hobart had hanged himself. I could not for a moment; +doubt that it was I myself that had impelled him to the suicide. A cry +of horror had scarcely escaped my lips, when my fellow-passengers were +at my side, and the rope was cut. Then came the sailors. And what was it +that made the group gather so eagerly around the body? Was it a humane +desire to see whether any spark of life remained? No, indeed; the corpse +was cold, and the limbs were rigid; there was no chance that animation +should be restored. What then was it that kept them lingering so close +around? It was only too apparent what they were about to do. + +But I did not, could not, look. I refused to take part in the horrible +repast that was proposed. Neither would Miss Herbey, Andre nor his +father, consent to alleviate their pangs of hunger by such revolting +means. I know nothing for certain as to what Curtis did, and I did not +venture to inquire; but of the others,--Falsten, Dowlas, the boatswain, +and all the rest,--I know that, to assuage their cravings, they +consented to reduce themselves to the level of beasts of prey; they were +transformed from human beings into ravenous brutes. + +The four of us who sickened at the idea of partaking of the horrid +meal withdrew to the seclusion of our tent; it was bad enough to hear; +without witnessing the appalling operation. But, in truth, I had the +greatest difficulty in the world in preventing Andre from rushing out +upon the cannibals, and snatching the odious food from their clutches. +I represented to him the hopelessness of his attempt, and tried to +reconcile him by telling him that if they liked the food they had a +right to it. Hobart had not been murdered; he had died by his own hand; +and, after all, as the boatswain had once remarked to me, "it was better +to eat a dead man than a live one." + +Do what I would, however, I could not quiet Andre's feeling of +abhorrence; in his disgust and loathing he seemed for the time to have +quite forgotten his own sufferings. + +Meanwhile, there was no concealing the truth that we were ourselves +dying of starvation, whilst our eight companions would probably, by +their loathsome diet, escape that frightful destiny. Owing to his secret +hoard of provisions Hobart had been by far the strongest amongst us; he +had been supported, so that no organic disease had affected his tissues, +and really might be said to be in good health when his chagrin drove him +to his desperate suicide. But what was I thinking of! whither were +my meditations carrying me away? was it not coming to pass that the +cannibals were rousing my envy instead of exciting my horror? + +Very shortly after this I heard Dowlas talking about the possibility +of obtaining salt by evaporating sea-water in the sun; "and then," he +added, "we can salt down the rest." + +The boatswain assented to what the carpenter had said, and probably the +suggestion was adopted. + +Silence, the most profound, now reigns upon the raft. I presume that +nearly all have gone to sleep. One thing I do know, that they are no +longer hungry! + + + +CHAPTER XLVIII. + +JANUARY 19th.--All through the day the sky remained unclouded and +the heat intense; and night came on without bringing much sensible +moderation in the temperature. I was unable to get any sleep, and, +towards morning, was disturbed by hearing an angry clamour going on +outside the tent; it aroused M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, +as much as myself, and we were anxious to ascertain the cause of the +tumult. + +The boatswain, Dowlas, and all the sailors were storming at each other +in frightful rage; and Curtis, who had come forward from the stern, was +vainly endeavouring to pacify them. + +"But who has done it? we must know who has done it," said Dowlas, +scowling with vindictive passion on the group around him. + +"There's a thief," howled out the boatswain, "and he shall be found! +Let's know who has taken it." + +"I haven't taken it!" "Nor I!" "Nor I!" cried the sailors one after +another. + +And then they set to work again to ransack every quarter of the raft; +they rolled every spar aside, they overturned everything on board, +and only grew more and more incensed with anger as their search proved +fruitless. + +"Can YOU tell us," said the boatswain, coming up to me, "who is the +thief?" + +"Thief!" I replied. "I don't know what you mean." + +And while we were speaking the others all came up together, and told me +that they had looked everywhere else, and that they were going now to +search the tent. + +"Shame!" I said. "You ought to allow those whom you know to be dying of +hunger at least to die in peace. There is not one of us who has left the +tent all night. Why suspect us?" + +"Now just look here, Mr. Kazallon," said the boatswain, in a voice which +he was endeavouring to calm down into moderation, "we are not accusing +you of anything; we know well enough you, and all the rest of you, had +a right to your shares as much as anybody; but that isn't it. It's all +gone somewhere, every bit." + +"Yes," said Sandon gruffly; "it's all gone somewheres, and we are a +going to search the tent." + +Resistance was useless, and Miss Herbey, M. Letourneur, and Andre were +all turned out. + +I confess I was very fearful. I had a strong suspicion that for the sake +of his son, for whom he was ready to venture anything, M. Letourneur +had committed the theft; in that case I knew that nothing would have +prevented the infuriated men from tearing the devoted father to pieces. +I beckoned to Curtis for protection, and he came and stood beside me. He +said nothing, but waited with his hands in his pockets, and I think I am +not mistaken in my belief that there was some sort of a weapon in each. + +To my great relief the search was ineffectual. There was no doubt that +the carcase of the suicide had been thrown overboard, and the rage of +the disappointed cannibals knew no bounds. + +Yet who had ventured to do the deed! I looked at M. Letourneur and Miss +Herbey; but their countenances at once betrayed their ignorance. Andre +turned his face away, and his eyes did not meet my own. Probably it is +he; but, if it be, I wonder whether he has reckoned up the consequences +of so rash an act. + + + +CHAPTER XLIX. + +JANUARY 20th to 22nd.--For the day or two after the horrible repast of +the 18th those who had partaken of it appeared to suffer comparatively +little either from hunger or thirst; but for the four of us who had +tasted nothing, the agony of suffering grew more and more intense. It +was enough to make us repine over the loss of the provision that had so +mysteriously gone; and if any one of us should die, I doubt whether the +survivors would a second time resist the temptation to assuage their +pangs by tasting human flesh. + +Before long, all the cravings of hunger began to return to the sailors, +and I could see their eyes greedily glancing upon us, starved as they +knew us to be, as though they were reckoning our hours, and already were +preparing to consume us as their prey. + +As is always the case with shipwrecked men, we were tormented by thirst +far more than by hunger; and if, in the height of our sufferings, we had +been offered our choice between a few drops of water and a few crumbs +of biscuit, I do not doubt that we should, without exception, have +preferred to take the water. + +And what a mockery to our condition did it seem that all this while +there was water, water, nothing but water, everywhere around us! Again +and again, incapable of comprehending how powerless it was to relieve +me, I put a few drops within my lips, but only with the invariable +result of bringing on a most trying nausea, and rendering my thirst more +unendurable than before. + +Forty-two days had passed since we quitted the sinking "Chancellor." +There could be no hope now; all of us must die, and by the most +deplorable of deaths. I was quite conscious that a mist was gathering +over my brain; I felt my senses sinking into a condition of torpor; I +made an effort, but all in vain, to master the delirium that I was aware +was taking possession of my reason. It is out of my power to decide for +how long I lost my consciousness; but when I came to myself I found +that Miss Herbey had folded some wet bandages around my forehead. I am +somewhat better; but I am weakened, mind and body, and I am conscious +that I have not long to live. + +A frightful fatality occurred to-day. The scene was terrible. Jynxstrop +the negro went raving mad. Curtis and several of the men tried their +utmost to control him, but in spite of everything he broke loose, +and tore up and down the raft, uttering fearful yells. He had gained +possession of a handspike, and rushed upon us all with the ferocity +of an infuriated tiger; how we contrived to escape mischief from his +attacks, I know not. All at once, by one of those unaccountable impulses +of madness, his rage turned against himself. With his teeth and nails he +gnawed and tore away at his own flesh; dashing the blood into our faces, +he shrieked out with a demoniacal grin, "Drink, drink!" and flinging us +gory morsels, kept saying "Eat, eat!" In the midst of his insane shrieks +he made a sudden pause, then dashing back again from the stern to the +front, he made a bound and disappeared beneath the waves. + +Falsten, Dowlas, and the boatswain, made a rush that at least they might +secure the body; but it was too late; all that they could see was a +crimson circle in the water, and some huge sharks disporting themselves +around the spot. + + + +CHAPTER L. + +JANUARY 23rd.--Only eleven of us now remain; and the probability is very +great that every day must now carry off at least its one victim, and +perhaps more. The end of the tragedy is rapidly approaching, and save +for the chance, which is next to an impossibility, of our sighting land, +or being picked up by a passing vessel, ere another week has elapsed not +a single survivor of the "Chancellor" will remain. + +The wind freshened considerably in the night, and it is now blowing +pretty briskly from the north-east. It has filled our sail, and +the white foam in our wake is an indication that we are making some +progress. The captain reckons that we must be advancing at the rate of +about three miles an hour. + +Curtis and Falsten are certainly in the best condition amongst us, and +in spite of their extreme emaciation they bear up wonderfully under +the protracted hardships we have all endured. Words cannot describe the +melancholy state to which poor Miss Herbey bodily is reduced; her whole +being seems absorbed into her soul, but that soul is brave and resolute +as ever, living in heaven rather than on earth. The boatswain, strong, +energetic man that he was, has shrunk into a mere shadow of his former +self, and I doubt whether any one would recognize him to be the same +man. He keeps perpetually to one corner of the raft, his head dropped +upon his chest, and his long, bony hands lying upon knees that project +sharply from his worn-out trowsers. Unlike Miss Herbey, his spirit seems +to have sunk into apathy, and it is at times difficult to believe that +he is living at all, so motionless and statue-like does he sit. + +Silence continues to reign upon the raft. Not a sound, not even a groan, +escapes our lips. We do not exchange ten words in the course of the +day, and the few syllables that our parched tongue and swollen lips can +pronounce are almost unintelligible. Wasted and bloodless, we are no +longer human beings; we are spectres. + + + +CHAPTER LI. + +JANUARY 24th.--I have inquired more than once of Curtis if he has the +faintest idea to what quarter of the Atlantic we have drifted, and each +time he has been unable to give me a decided answer, though from +his general observation of the direction of the wind and currents he +imagines that we have been carried westwards, that is to say, towards +the land. + +To-day the breeze has dropped entirely, but the heavy swell is still +upon the sea, and is an unquestionable sign that a tempest has been +raging at no great distance. The raft labours hard against the waves, +and Curtis, Falsten, and the boatswain, employ the little energy that +remains to them in strengthening the joints. Why do they give themselves +such trouble? Why not let the few frail planks part asunder, and allow +the ocean to terminate our miserable existence? Certain it seems that +our sufferings must have reached their utmost limit, and nothing could +exceed the torture that we are enduring. The sky pours down upon us a +heat like that of molten lead, and the sweat that saturates the tattered +clothes that hang about our bodies goes far to aggravate the agonies +of our thirst. No words of mine can describe this dire distress; these +sufferings are beyond human estimate. + +Even bathing, the only means of refreshment that we possessed, has now +become impossible, for ever since Jynxstrop's death the sharks have hung +about the raft in shoals. + +To-day I tried to gain a few drops of fresh water by evaporation, but +even with the exercise of the greatest patience, it was with the utmost +difficulty that I obtained enough to moisten a little scrap of linen; +and the only kettle that we had was so old and battered, that it would +not bear the fire, so that I was obliged to give up the attempt in +despair. + +Falsten is now almost exhausted, and if he survives us at all, it can +only be for a few days. Whenever I raised my head I always failed to see +him, but he was probably lying sheltered somewhere beneath the sails. +Curtis was the only man who remained on his feet, but with indomitable +pluck he continued to stand on the front of the raft, waiting, watching, +hoping. To look at him, with his unflagging energy, almost tempted me to +imagine that he did well to hope, but I dared nor entertain one sanguine +thought; and there I lay, waiting, nay, longing for death. + +How many hours passed away thus I cannot tell, but after a time a loud +peal of laughter burst upon my ear Some one else, then, was going mad, +I thought; but the idea did not rouse me in the least. The laughter was +repeated with greater vehemence, but I never raised my head. Presently I +caught a few incoherent words. + +"Fields, fields, gardens and trees! Look, there's an inn under the +trees! Quick, quick! brandy, gin, water! a guinea a drop! I'll pay for +it! I've lots of money! lots! lots!" + +Poor deluded wretch! I thought again; the wealth of a nation could not +buy a drop of water here. There was silence for a minute, when all of a +sudden I heard the shout of "Land! land!" + +The words acted upon me like an electric shock, and, with a frantic +effort, I started to my feet. No land, indeed, was visible, but +Flaypole, laughing, singing, and gesticulating, was raging up and down +the raft. Sight, taste and hearing--all were gone; but the cerebral +derangement supplied their place, and in imagination the maniac was +conversing with absent friends, inviting them into the George Inn at +Cardiff, offering them gin, whisky, and, above all water! Stumbling at +every step, and singing in a cracked, discordant voice, he staggered +about amongst us like an intoxicated man. With the loss of his senses +all his sufferings had vanished, and his thirst was appeased. It was +hard not to wish to be a partaker of his hallucination. + +Dowlas, Falsten, and the boatswain, seemed to think that the unfortunate +wretch would, like Jynxstrop, put an end to himself by leaping into the +sea; but, determined this time to preserve the body, that it might serve +a better purpose than merely feeding the sharks, they rose and followed +the madman everywhere he went, keeping a strict eye upon his every +movement. + +But the matter did not end as they expected. As though he were really +intoxicated by the stimulants of which he had been raving, Flaypole at +last sank down in a heap in a corner of the raft, where he lay lost in a +heavy slumber. + + + +CHAPTER LII. + +JANUARY 25th.--Last night was very misty, and for some unaccountable +reason, one of the hottest that can be imagined. The atmosphere was +really so stifling, that it seemed as if it only required a spark to set +it alight. The raft was not only quite stationary, but did not even rise +and fall with any motion of the waves. + +During the night I tried to count how many there were now on board, +but I was utterly unable to collect my ideas sufficiently to make the +enumeration. Sometimes I counted ten, sometimes twelve, and although +I knew that eleven, since Jynxstrop was dead, was the correct number, I +could never bring my reckoning right. Of one thing I felt quite sure, +and that was that the number would very soon be ten. I was convinced +that I could myself last but very little longer. All the events and +associations of my life passed rapidly through my brain, My country, my +friends, and my family all appeared as it were in a vision, and seemed +as though they had come to bid me a last farewell. + +Towards morning I woke from my sleep, if the languid stupour into +which I had fallen was worthy of that name. One fixed idea had taken +possession of my brain; I would put an end to myself, and I felt a +sort of pleasure as I gloated over the power that I had to terminate my +sufferings. I told Curtis, with the utmost composure, of my intention, +and he received the intelligence as calmly as it was delivered. + +"Of course you will do as you please," he said; "for, my own part, I +shall not abandon my post. It is my duty to remain here, and unless +death comes to carry me away, I shall stay where I am to the very last." + +The dull grey fog still hung heavily over the ocean, but the sun was +evidently shining above the mist, and would, in course of time, dispel +the vapour. Towards seven o'clock I fancied I heard the cries of birds +above my head. The sound was repeated three times, and as I went up to +the captain to ask him about it, I heard him mutter to himself,-- + +"Birds! why, that looks as if land were not far off." + +But although Curtis might still cling to the hope of reaching land, +I knew not what it was to have one sanguine thought. For me there was +neither continent nor island; the world was one fluid sphere, +uniform, monotonous, as in the most primitive period of its formation. +Nevertheless it must be owned that it was with a certain amount of +impatience that I awaited the rising of the mist, for I was anxious to +shake off the phantom fallacies that Curtis's words had suggested to my +mind. + +Not till eleven o'clock did the fog begin to break, and as it rolled in +heavy folds along the surface of the water, I could every now and then +catch glimpses of a clear blue sky beyond. Fierce sunbeams pierced the +cloud-rifts, scorching and burning our bodies like red-hot iron; but +it was only above our heads that there was any sunlight to condense the +vapour; the horizon was still quite invisible. There was no wind, and +for half an hour longer the fog hung heavily round the raft; whilst +Curtis, leaning against the side, strove to penetrate the obscurity. At +length the sun burst forth in full power, and, sweeping the surface of +the ocean, dispelled the fog, and left the horizon opened to our eyes. + +There, exactly as we had seen it for the last six weeks, was the circle +that bounded sea and sky, unbroken, definite, distinct as ever! Curtis +gazed with intensest scrutiny, but did not speak a word. I pitied him +sincerely, for he alone of us all felt that he had not the right to put +an end to his misery. For myself I had fully determined that if I +lived till the following day, I would die by my own hand. Whether my +companions were still alive, I hardly cared to know; it seemed as though +days had passed since I had seen them. + +Night drew on, but I could not sleep for a moment. Towards two o'clock +in the morning my thirst was so intense that I was unable to suppress +loud cries of agony. Was there nothing that would serve to quench the +fire that was burning within me? What if instead of drinking the blood +of others I were to drink my own? It would be all unavailing, I was well +aware, but scarcely had the thought crossed my mind, than I proceeded to +put it into execution. I unclasped my knife, and, stripping my arm, with +a steady thrust I opened a small vein. The blood oozed out slowly, drop +by drop, and as I eagerly swallowed the source of my very life, I felt +that for a moment my torments were relieved, But only for a moment; all +energy had failed my pulses, and almost immediately the blood had ceased +to flow. + +How long it seemed before the morning dawned! and when that morning came +it brought another fog, heavy as before that again shut out the horizon. +The fog was hot as the burning steam that issues from a boiler. It was +to be my last day upon earth, and I felt that I would like to press the +hand of a friend before I died. Curtis was standing near, and crawling +up to him, I took his hand in my own. He seemed to know that I was +taking my farewell, and with one last lingering hope he endeavoured to +restrain me. But all in vain, my mind was finally made up. + +I should have like to speak once again to M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss +Herbey, but my courage failed me. I knew that the young girl would read +my resolution in my eyes, and that she would speak to me of duty and of +God, and of eternity, and I dared not meet her gaze; and I would not +run the risk of being persuaded to wait until a lingering death should +overtake me. I returned to the back of the raft, and after making +several efforts, I managed to get on to my feet. I cast one long look at +the pitiless ocean and the unbroken horizon; if a sail or the outline of +a coast bad broken on my view, I believe that I should only have deemed +myself the victim of an illusion; but nothing of the kind appeared, and +the sea was dreary as a desert. + +It was ten o'clock in the morning. The pangs of hunger and the torments +of thirst were racking me with redoubled vigour. All instinct of +self-preservation had left me, and I felt that the hour had come when +I must cease to suffer. Just as I was on the point of casting myself +headlong into the sea, a voice, which I recognized as Dowlas's; broke +upon my ear. + +"Captain," he said, "we are going to draw lots." + +Involuntarily I paused; I did not take my plunge, but returned to my +place upon the raft. + + + +CHAPTER LIII. + +JANUARY 26th.--All heard and understood the proposition; in fact, it had +been in contemplation for several days, but no one had ventured to put +the idea into words. However, it was done now; lots were to be drawn, +and to each would be assigned his share of the body of the one ordained +by fate to be the victim. For my own part, I profess that I was quite +resigned for the lot to fall upon myself. I thought I heard Andre +Letourneur beg for an exception to be made in favour of Miss Herbey, but +the sailors raised a murmur of dissent. As there were eleven of us on +board, there were ten chances to one in each one's favour, a proportion +which would be diminished if Miss Herbey were excluded, so that the +young lady was forced to take her chance among the rest. + +It was then half-past ten, and the boatswain, who had been roused from +his lethargy by what the carpenter had said, insisted that the drawing +should take place immediately. There was no reason for postponing the +fatal lottery. There was not one of us that clung in the least to life, +and we knew that at the worst, whoever should be doomed to die, would +only precede the rest by a few days, or even hours. All that we desired +was just once to slake our raging thirst and moderate our gnawing +hunger. + +How all the names found their way to the bottom of a hat I cannot +tell. Very likely Falsten wrote them upon a leaf torn from his +memorandum-book. But be that as it may, the eleven names were there, and +it was unanimously agreed that the last name drawn should be the victim. + +But who would draw the names? There was hesitation for a moment; then, +"I will," said a voice behind me. Turning round, I beheld M. Letourneur +standing with outstretched hand, and with his long white hair falling +over his thin livid face that was almost sublime in its calmness. I +divined at once the reason of this voluntary offer; I knew that it was +the father's devotion in self-sacrifice that led him to undertake the +office. + +"As soon as you please," said the boatswain, and handed him the hat. + +M. Letourneur proceeded to draw out the folded strips of paper one by +one, and after reading out aloud the name upon it, handed it to its +owner. + +The first name called was that of Burke, who uttered a cry of delight; +then followed Flaypole and the boatswain. What his name really was I +never could exactly learn. Then came Falsten, Curtis, Sandon. More +than half had now been called, and my name had not yet been drawn. I +calculated my remaining chance; it was still four to one in my favour. + +M. Letourneur continued his painful task. Since Burke's first +exclamation of joy not a sound had escaped our lips, but all were +listening in breathless silence. The seventh name was Miss Herbey's, but +the young girl heard it without a start. Then came mine, yes, mine! and +the ninth was that of Letourneur. + +"Which one?" asked the boatswain. + +"Andre," said M. Letourneur. + +With one cry Andre fell back senseless. Only two names now remained in +the hat; those of Dowlas and of M. Letourneur himself. + +"Go on," almost roared the carpenter, surveying his partner in peril as +though he could devour him. M. Letourneur almost had a smile upon +his lips, as he drew forth the last paper but one, and with a firm, +unfaltering voice, marvelous for his age, unfolded it slowly, and read +the name of Dowlas. The carpenter gave a yell of relief as he heard the +word. + +M. Letourneur took the last bit of paper from the hat, and without +looking at it, tore it to pieces. But, unperceived by all but myself, +one little fragment flew into a corner of the raft. I crawled towards it +and picked it up. On one side of it was written Andr--; the rest of +the word was torn away. M. Letourneur saw what I had done, and rushing +towards me, snatched the paper from my hands, and flung it into the sea. + + + +CHAPTER LIV. + +JANUARY 26th.--I understood it all; the devoted father having nothing +more to give, had given his life for his son. + +M. Letourneur was no longer a human being in the eyes of the famished +creatures who were now yearning to see him sacrificed to their cravings. +At the very sight of the victim thus provided, all the tortures of +hunger returned with redoubled violence. With lips distended, and teeth +displayed, they waited like a herd of carnivora until they could attack +their prey with brutal voracity; it seemed almost doubtful whether they +would not fall upon him while he was still alive. It seemed impossible +that any appeal to their humanity could, at such a moment, have any +weight; nevertheless, the appeal was made, and, incredible as it may +seem, prevailed. + +Just as the boatswain was about to act the part of butcher, and Dowlas +stood, hatchet in hand, ready to complete the barbarous work, Miss +Herbey advanced, or rather crawled, towards them. + +"My friends," she pleaded, "will you not wait just one more day? If no +land or ship is in sight to-morrow, then I suppose our poor companion +must become your victim. But allow him one more day; in the name of +mercy I entreat, I implore you." + +My heart bounded as she made her pitiful appeal. It seemed to me as +though the noble girl had spoken with an inspiration on her lips, and I +fancied that, perhaps, in super-natural vision she had viewed the coast +or the ship of which she spoke; and one more day was not much to us who +had already suffered so long, and endured so much. + +Curtis and Falsten agreed with me, and we all united to support Miss +Herbey's merciful petition. The sailors did not utter a murmur, and the +boatswain in a smothered voice said,-- + +"Very well, we will wait till daybreak tomorrow," and threw down his +hatchet. + +To-morrow, then, unless land or a sail appear, the horrible sacrifice +will be accomplished. Stifling their sufferings by a strenuous effort, +all returned to their places. The sailors crouched beneath the sails, +caring nothing about scanning the ocean. Food was in store for them +to-morrow, and that was enough for them. + +As soon as Andre Letourneur came to his senses, his first thought was +for his father, and I saw him count the passengers on the raft. He +looked puzzled; when he lost consciousness there had been only two +names left in the hat, those of his father and the carpenter; and yet M. +Letourneur and Dowlas were both there still. Miss Herbey went up to +him and told him quietly that the drawing of the lots had not yet been +finished. Andre asked no further question, but took his father's +hand. M. Letourneur's countenance was calm and serene; he seemed to be +conscious of nothing except that the life of his son was spared, and as +the two sat conversing in an undertone at the back of the raft, their +whole existence seemed bound up in each other. + +Meantime, I could not disabuse my mind of the impression caused by Miss +Herbey's intervention. Something told me that help was near at hand, and +that we were approaching the termination of our suspense and misery; the +chimeras that were floating through my brain resolved themselves into +realities, so that nothing appeared to me more certain than that either +land or sail, be they miles away, would be discovered somewhere to +leeward. + +I imparted my convictions to M. Letourneur and his son. Andre was as +sanguine as myself; poor boy! he little thinks what a loss there is in +store for him tomorrow. His father listened gravely to all we said, +and whatever he might think in his own mind, he did not give us any +discouragement; Heaven, he said, he was sure would still spare the +survivors of the "Chancellor," and then he lavished on his son caresses +which he deemed to be his last. + +Some time afterwards, when I was alone with him, M. Letourneur whispered +in my ear,-- + +"Mr. Kazallon, I commend my boy to your care, and mark you, he must +never know--" + +His voice was choked with tears, and he could not finish his sentence. + +But I was full of hope, and, without a moment's intermission, I kept my +eyes fixed upon the unbroken horizon, Curtis, Miss Herbey, Falsten, and +even the boatswain, were also eagerly scanning the broad expanse of sea. + +Night has come on; but I have still a profound conviction that through +the darkness some ship will approach, and that at daybreak our raft will +be observed. + + + +CHAPTER LV. + +JANUARY 27th.--I did not close my eyes all night, and was keenly alive +to the faintest sounds, and every ripple of the water, and every murmur +of the waves, broke distinctly on my ear. One thing I noticed and +accepted as a happy omen; not a single shark now lingered-round the +raft. The waning moon rose at a quarter to one, and through the feeble +glimmer which she cast across the ocean, many and many a time I fancied +I caught sight of the longed-for sail, lying only a few cables' lengths +away. + +But when morning came, the sun rose once again upon a desert ocean, and +my hopes began to fade. Neither ship nor shore had appeared, and as the +shocking hour of execution drew near, my dreams of deliverance melted +away; I shuddered in my very soul as I was brought face to face with the +stern reality. I dared not look upon the victim, and whenever his eyes, +so full of calmness and resignation, met my own, I turned away my +head. I felt choked with horror, and my brain reeled as though I were +intoxicated. + +It was now six o'clock, and all hope had vanished from my breast; my +heart beat rapidly, and a cold sweat of agony broke out all over me. +Curtis and the boatswain stood by the mast attentively scanning the +horizon. The boatswain's countenance was terrible to look upon; +one could see that although he would not forestall the hour, he was +determined not to wait a moment after it arrived. As for the captain, it +was impossible to tell what really passed within his mind; his face was +livid, and his whole existence seemed concentrated in the exercise of +his power of vision. The sailors were crawling about the platform, with +their eyes gleaming, like wild beasts ready to pounce upon their devoted +prey. + +I could no longer keep my place, and glided along to the front of the +raft. The boatswain was still standing intent on his watch, but all of a +sudden, in a voice that made me start he shouted,-- + +"Now then, time's up!" and followed by Dowlas, Burke, Flaypole, and +Sandon, ran to the back of the raft. As Dowlas seized the hatchet +convulsively, Miss Herbey could not suppress a cry of terror. Andre +started to his feet. + +"What are you going to do to my father?" he asked in accents choked with +emotion. + +"My boy," said M. Letourneur, "the lot has fallen upon me, and I must +die!" + +"Never!" shrieked Andre, throwing his arms about his father, "They shall +kill me first. It was I who threw Hobart's body into the sea, and it is +I who ought to die!" + +But the words of the unhappy youth had no other effect than to increase +the fury of the men who were so staunchly bent upon their bloody +purpose. + +"Come, come, no more fuss," said Dowlas, as he tore the young man away +from his father's embrace. + +Andre fell upon his back, in which position two of the sailors held him +down so tightly that he could not move, whilst Burke and Sandon carried +off their victim to the front. + +All this had taken place much more rapidly than I have been able to +describe it. I was transfixed with horror, and much as I wished to throw +myself between M. Letourneur and his executioners, I seemed to be rooted +to the spot where I was standing. + +Meantime the sailors had been taking off some of M. Letourneur's +clothes, and his neck and shoulders were already bare. + +"Stop a moment!" he said in a tone in which was the ring of indomitable +courage. "Stop! I don't want to deprive you of your ration; but I +suppose you will not require to eat the whole of me today." + +The sailors, taken aback by his suggestion, stared at him with +amazement. + +"There are ten of you," he went on. "My two arms will give you each a +meal; cut them off for to-day, and to-morrow you shall have the rest of +me." + +"Agreed!" cried Dowlas; and as M. Letourneur held out his bare arms, +quick as lightning the carpenter raised his hatchet. + +Curtis and I could bear this scene no longer; whilst we were alive +to prevent it, this butchery should not be permitted, and we rushed +forwards simultaneously to snatch the victim from his murderers. A +furious struggle ensued, and in the midst of the MELEE I was seized by +one of the sailors, and hurled violently into the sea. + +Closing my lips, I tried to die of suffocation in the water; but in +spite of myself, my mouth opened, and a few drops trickled down my +throat. + +Merciful Heaven! the water was fresh! + + + +CHAPTER LVI. + +JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.--A change came over me as if by miracle. No +longer had I any wish to die, and already Curtis, who had heard my +cries, was throwing me a rope. I seized it eagerly, and was hauled up on +to the raft, "Fresh water!" were the first words I uttered. + +"Fresh water?" cried Curtis, "why then, my friends, we are not far from +land!" + +It was not too late; the blow had not been struck, and so the victim +had not yet fallen. Curtis and Andre (who had regained his liberty) +had fought with the cannibals, and it was just as they were yielding to +overpowering numbers that my voice had made itself heard. + +The struggle came to an end. As soon as the words "Fresh water" had +escaped my lips, I leaned over the side of the raft and swallowed the +life-giving liquid in greedy draughts. Miss Herbey was the first to +follow my example, but soon Curtis, Falsten, and all the rest were on +their knees and drinking eagerly, The rough sailors seemed as if by a +magic touch transformed back from ravenous beasts to human beings, and +I saw several of them raise their hands to heaven in silent gratitude, +Andre and his father were the last to drink. + +"But where are we?" I asked at length. + +"The land is there," said Curtis pointing towards the west. + +We all stared at the captain as though he were mocking us; no land was +in sight, and the raft, just as ever, was the centre of a watery waste. +Yet our senses had not deceived us the water we had been drinking was +perfectly fresh. + +"Yes," repeated the captain, "land is certainly there, not more than +twenty miles to leeward." + +"What land?" inquired the boatswain. + +"South America," answered Curtis, "and near the Amazon; no other river +has a current strong enough to freshen the ocean twenty miles from +shore!" + + + +CHAPTER LVII. + +JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.--Curtis, no doubt was right The discharge from +the mouth of the Amazon is enormously large, but we had probably drifted +into the only spot in the Atlantic where we could find fresh water +so far from land. Yet land, undoubtedly was there, and the breeze was +carrying us onwards slowly but surely to our deliverance. + +Miss Herbey's voice was heard pouring out fervent praise to Heaven, and +we were all glad to unite our thanksgivings with hers. Then the whole +of us (with the exception of Andre and his father, who remained by +themselves together at the stern) clustered in a group, and kept our +expectant gaze upon the horizon. + +We had not long to wait. Before an hour had passed Curtis, leaped in +ecstasy and raised the joyous shout of "Land ahoy!" + +* * * * + +My journal has come to a close. + +I have only to relate, as briefly as possible, the circumstances that +finally brought us to our destination. + +A few hours after we first sighted land the raft was off Cape Magoari, +on the Island of Marajo, and was observed by some fishermen who, with +kind-hearted alacrity picked us up, and tended us most carefully. They +conveyed us to Para, where we became the objects of unbounded sympathy. + +The raft was brought to land in lat. 0deg. 12min. N., so that since we +abandoned the "Chancellor" we had drifted at least fifteen degrees to +the south-west. Except for the influence of the Gulf Stream we must have +been carried far, far to the south, and in that case we should never +have reached the mouth of the Amazon, and must inevitably have been +lost. + +Of the thirty-two souls--nine passengers, and twenty-three seamen--who +left Charleston on board the ship, only five passengers and six seamen +remain. Eleven of us alone survive. + +An official account of our rescue was drawn up by the Brazilian +authorities. Those who signed were Miss Herbey, J. R. Kazallon, M. +Letourneur, Andre Letourneur, Mr. Falsten, the boatswain, Dowlas, Burke, +Flaypole, Sandon, and last, though not least, + +"Robert Curtis, captain." + +At Para we soon found facilities for continuing our homeward route. A +vessel took us to Cayenne, where we secured a passage on board one of +the steamers of the French Transatlantic Aspinwall line, the "Ville de +St. Nazaire," which conveyed us to Europe. + +After all the dangers and privations which we have undergone together, +it is scarcely necessary to say that there has arisen between the +surviving passengers of the "Chancellor" a bond of friendship too +indissoluble, I believe, for either time or circumstance to destroy; +Curtis must ever remain the honoured and valued friend of those whose +welfare he consulted so faithfully in their misfortunes; his conduct was +beyond all praise. + +When we were fairly on our homeward way, Miss Herbey by chance intimated +to us her intention of retiring from the world and devoting the +remainder of her life to the care of the sick and suffering. + +"Then why not come and look after my son?" said M. Letourneur, adding, +"he is an invalid, and he requires, as he deserves, the best of +nursing." + +Miss Herbey, after some deliberation, consented to become a member +of their family, and finds in M. Letourneur a father, and in Andre a +brother. A brother, I say; but may we not hope that she may be united +by a dearer and a closer tie, and that the noble-hearted girl may +experience the happiness that so richly she deserves? + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Survivors of the Chancellor, by Jules Verne + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR *** + +***** This file should be named 1652.txt or 1652.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/5/1652/ + +Produced by An Anonymous Volunteer + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/1652.zip b/1652.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4653e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/1652.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eebace1 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #1652 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1652) diff --git a/old/tsotc10.txt b/old/tsotc10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e657924 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/tsotc10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6489 @@ +Project Gutenberg Etext of Survivors of the Chancellor, by Verne +#9 in our series by Jules Verne + + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. + + +The Survivors of the Chancellor + +by Jules Verne + +February, 1999 [Etext #1652] + + +Project Gutenberg Etext of Survivors of the Chancellor, by Verne +******This file should be named tsotc10.txt or tsotc10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, tsotc11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, tsotc10a.txt + + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we do NOT keep these books +in compliance with any particular paper edition, usually otherwise. + + +We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance +of the official release dates, for time for better editing. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an +up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes +in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has +a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a +look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a +new copy has at least one byte more or less. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-two text +files per month, or 384 more Etexts in 1998 for a total of 1500+ +If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the +total should reach over 150 billion Etexts given away. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only 10% of the present number of computer users. 2001 +should have at least twice as many computer users as that, so it +will require us reaching less than 5% of the users in 2001. + + +We need your donations more than ever! + + +All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are +tax deductible to the extent allowable by law. (CMU = Carnegie- +Mellon University). + +For these and other matters, please mail to: + +Project Gutenberg +P. O. Box 2782 +Champaign, IL 61825 + +When all other email fails try our Executive Director: +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +We would prefer to send you this information by email +(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail). + +****** +If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please +FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives: +[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type] + +ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd etext/etext90 through /etext96 +or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information] +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET INDEX?00.GUT +for a list of books +and +GET NEW GUT for general information +and +MGET GUT* for newsletters. + +**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor** +(Three Pages) + + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG- +tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor +Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at +Carnegie-Mellon University (the "Project"). Among other +things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this +etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, +officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost +and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or +indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: +[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, +or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word pro- + cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the + net profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie-Mellon + University" within the 60 days following each + date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare) + your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, +scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty +free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution +you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg +Association / Carnegie-Mellon University". + +*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* + + + + + +THE SURVIVORS OF THE CHANCELLOR. + +DIARY OF J.R.KAZALLON, PASSENGER. + +By JULES VERNE. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +CHARLESTON, SEPTEMBER 27th, 1869.--It is high tide, and three +o'clock in the afternoon when we leave the Battery-quay; the ebb +carries us off shore, and as Captain Huntly has hoisted both main +and top sails, the northerly breeze drives the "Chancellor" +briskly across the bay. Fort Sumter ere long is doubled, the +sweeping batteries of the mainland on our left are soon passed, +and by four o'clock the rapid current of the ebbing tide has +carried us through the harbour-mouth. + +But as yet we have not reached the open sea; we have still to +thread our way through the narrow channels which the surge has +hollowed out amongst the sand-banks. The captain takes a south- +west course, rounding the lighthouse at the corner of the fort; +the sails are closely trimmed; the last sandy point is safely +coasted, and at length, at seven o'clock in the evening; we are +out free upon the wide Atlantic. + +The "Chancellor" is a fine square-rigged three-master, of 900 +tons burden, and belongs to the wealthy Liverpool firm of Laird +Brothers. She is two years old, is sheathed and secured with +copper, her decks being of teak, and the base of all her masts, +except the mizen, with all their fittings, being of iron. She is +registered first class A I, and is now on her third voyage +between Charleston and Liverpool. As she wended her way through +the channels of Charleston harbour, it was the British flag that +was lowered from her mast-head; but without colours at all, no +sailor could have hesitated for a moment in telling her +nationality,--for English she was, and nothing but English from +her water-line upwards to the truck of her masts. + +I must now relate how it happens that I have taken my passage on +board the "Chancellor" on her return voyage to England. +At present there is no direct steamship service between South +Carolina and Great Britain, and all who wish to cross must go +either northwards to New York or southwards to New Orleans. It +is quite true that if I had chosen to start from New York I might +have found plenty of vessels belonging to English, French, or +Hamburg lines, any of which would have conveyed me by a rapid +voyage to my destination; and it is equally true that if I had +selected New Orleans for my embarkation I could readily have +reached Europe by one of the vessels of the National Steam +Navigation Company, which join the French Transatlantic line of +Colon and Aspinwall. But it was fated to be otherwise. + +One day, as I was loitering about the Charleston quays, my eye +lighted upon this vessel. There was something about the +"Chancellor" that pleased me, and a kind of involuntary impulse +took me on board, where I found the internal arrangements +perfectly comfortable. Yielding to the idea that a voyage in a +sailing vessel had certain charms beyond the transit in a +steamer, and reckoning that with wind and wave in my favour there +would be little material difference in time; considering, +moreover, that in these low latitudes the weather in early autumn +is fine and unbroken, I came to my decision, and proceeded +forthwith to secure my passage by this route to Europe. + +Have I done right or wrong? Whether I shall have reason to +regret my determination is a problem to be solved in the future. +However, I will begin to record the incidents of our daily +experience, dubious as I feel whether the lines of my chronicle +will ever find a reader. + + + +CHAPTER II. + +SEPTEMBER 28th.--John Silas Huntly, the captain of the +"Chancellor," has the reputation of being an experienced +navigator of the Atlantic. He is a Scotchman, a native of +Dundee, and is about fifty years of age. He is of middle height +and slight build, and has a small head, which he has a habit of +holding a little over his left shoulder. I do not pretend to be +much of a physiognomist, but I am inclined to believe that my few +hours' acquaintance with our captain has given me considerable +insight into his character. That he is a good seaman and +thoroughly understands his duties I could not for a moment +venture to deny; but that he is a man of resolute temperament, or +that he possesses the amount of courage that would render him, +physically or morally, capable of coping with any great +emergency, I confess I cannot believe. I observe a certain +heaviness and dejection about his whole carriage. His wavering +glances, the listless motions of his hands, and his slow, +unsteady gait, all seem to me to indicate a weak and sluggish +disposition. He does not appear as though he could be energetic +enough ever to be stubborn; he never frowns, sets his teeth, or +clenches his fist. There is something enigmatical about him; +however, I shall study him closely and do what I can to +understand the man who, as commander of a vessel, should be to +those around him "second only to God." + +Unless I am greatly mistaken there is another man on board who, +if circumstances should require it, would take the more prominent +position--I mean the mate. I have hitherto, however, had such +little opportunity of observing his character, that I must defer +saying more about him at present. + +Besides the captain and this mate, whose name is Robert Curtis, +our crew consists of Walter, the lieutenant, the boatswain, and +fourteen sailors, all English or Scotch, making eighteen +altogether, a number quite sufficient for working a vessel of 900 +tons burden. Up to this time my sole experience of their +capabilities is, that under the command of the mate, they brought +us skilfully enough through the narrow channels of Charleston; +and I have no reason to doubt but that they are well up to their +work. + +My list of the ship's officials is incomplete unless I mention +Hobart, the steward, and Jynxstrop, the negro cook. + +In addition to these, the "Chancellor" carries eight passengers, +including myself. Hitherto, the bustle of embarkation, the +arrangement of cabins, and all the variety of preparations +inseparable from starting on a voyage for at least twenty or +five-and-twenty days have precluded the formation of any +acquaintanceships; but the monotony of the voyage, the close +proximity into which we must be thrown, and the natural curiosity +to know something of each other's affairs, will doubtless lead us +in due time to an interchange of ideas. Two days have elapsed +and I have not even seen all the passengers. Probably sea- +sickness has prevented some of them from making their appearance +at the common table. One thing, however, I do know; namely, that +there are two ladies occupying the stern-cabins, the windows of +which are in the aft-board of the vessel. + +I have seen the ship's list and subjoin a list of the passengers. +They are as follow:-- Mr. and Mrs. Kear, Americans, of Buffalo. +Miss Herbey, a young English lady, companion to Mrs. Kear. M. +Letourneur and his son Andre, Frenchmen, of Havre. William +Falsten, a Manchester engineer. John Ruby, a Cardiff merchant; +and myself, J. R. Kazallon, of London. + + + +CHAPTER III. + +SEPTEMBER 29th.--Captain Huntly's bill of lading, that is to say, +the document that describes the "Chancellor's" cargo and the +conditions of transport, is couched in the following terms:-- + +"BRONSFIELD AND CO., AGENTS, CHARLESTON. + +"I, John Silas Huntly, of Dundee, Scotland, commander of the ship +'Chancellor,' of about 900 tons burden, now at Charleston, do +purpose, by the blessing of God, at the earliest convenient +season, and by the direct route, to sail for the port of +Liverpool, where I shall obtain my discharge. I do hereby +acknowledge that I have received from you, Messrs. Bronsfield and +Co., Commission Agents, Charleston, and have placed the same +under the gun-deck of the aforesaid ship, seventeen hundred bales +of cotton, of the estimated value of 26,000l., all in good +condition, marked and numbered as in the margin; which goods I do +undertake to transport to Liverpool, and there to deliver, free +from injury (save only such injury as shall have been caused by +the chances of the sea), to Messrs. Laird Brothers, or to their +order, or to their representative, who shall on due delivery of +the said freight pay me the sum of 2000l. inclusive, according +to the charter-party and damages in addition, according to the +usages and customs of the sea. + +"And for the fulfilment of the above covenant, I have pledged and +do pledge my person, my property, and my interest in the vessel +aforesaid, with all its appurtenances. In witness whereof, I +have signed three agreements, all of the same purport; on the +condition that when the terms of one are accomplished, the other +two shall be absolutely null and void. + +"Given at Charleston, September 13th, 1869, + "J. S. HUNTLY." + +From the foregoing document it will be understood that the +"Chancellor" is conveying 1700 bales of cotton to Liverpool; that +the shippers are Bronsfield, of Charleston, and the consignees +are Laird Brothers, of Liverpool. The ship was constructed with +the especial design of carrying cotton, and the entire hold, with +the exception of a very limited space reserved for passengers' +luggage, is closely packed with the bales, The lading was +performed with the utmost care, each bale being pressed into its +proper place by the aid of screw-jacks, so that the whole freight +forms one solid and compact mass; not an inch of space is wasted, +and the vessel is thus made capable of carrying her full +complement of cargo. + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +SEPTEMBER 30th to OCTOBER 6th.--The "Chancellor" is a rapid +sailer, and more than a match for many a vessel of the same +dimensions. She scuds along merrily in the freshening breeze, +leaving in her wake, far as the eye can reach, a long white line +of foam as well defined as a delicate strip of lace stretched +upon an azure ground. + +The Atlantic is not visited by many gales, and I have every +reason to believe that the rolling and pitching of the vessel no +longer incommode any of the passengers, who are all more or less +accustomed to the sea. A vacant seat at our table is now very +rare; we are beginning to know something about each other, and +our daily life, in consequence, is becoming somewhat less +monotonous. + +M. Letourneur, our French fellow-passenger, often has a chat with +me. He is a fine tall man, about fifty years of age, with white +hair and a grizzly beard. To say the truth, he looks older than +he really is: his drooping head, his dejected manner, and his +eye, ever and again suffused with tears, indicate that he is +haunted by some deep and abiding sorrow. He never laughs; he +rarely even smiles, and then only on his son: his countenance +ordinarily bearing a look of bitterness tempered by affection, +while his general expression is one of caressing tenderness. It +excites an involuntary commiseration to learn that M. Letourneur +is consuming himself by exaggerated reproaches on account of the +infirmity of an afflicted son. + +Andre Letourneur is about twenty years of age, with a gentle, +interesting countenance, but, to the irrepressible grief of his +father, is a hopeless cripple. His left leg is miserably +deformed, and he is quite unable to walk without the assistance +of a stick. It is obvious that the father's life is bound up +with that of his son; his devotion is unceasing; every thought, +every glance is for Andre; he seems to anticipate his most +trifling wish, watches his slightest movement, and his arm is +ever ready to support or otherwise assist the child whose +sufferings he more than shares. + +M. Letourneur seems to have taken a peculiar fancy to myself, and +constantly talks about Andre. This morning, in the course of +conversation, I said,-- + +"You have a good son, M. Letourneur. I have just been talking to +him. He is a most intelligent young man." + +"Yes, Mr. Kazallon," replied M. Letourneur, brightening up into a +smile, "his afflicted frame contains a noble mind. He is like +his mother, who died at his birth." + +"He is full of reverence and love for you, sir," I remarked. + +"Dear boy!" muttered the father half to himself. "Ah, Mr. +Kazallon," he continued, "you do not know what it is to a father +to have a son a cripple, beyond hope of cure." + +"M. Letourneur," I answered, "you take more than your share of +the affliction which has fallen upon you and your son. That M. +Andre is entitled to the very greatest commiseration no one can +deny; but you should remember, that after all a physical +infirmity is not so hard to bear as mental grief. Now, I have +watched your son pretty closely, and unless I am much mistaken +there is nothing, that troubles him so much as the sight of your +own sorrow." + +"But I never let him see it," he broke in hastily. "My sole +thought is how to divert him. I have discovered, that in spite +of his physical weakness, he delights in travelling; so for the +last few years we have been constantly on the move. We first +went all over Europe, and are now returning from visiting the +principal places in the United States. I never allowed my son to +go to college, but instructed him entirely myself, and these +travels, I hope, will serve to complete his education. He is +very intelligent, and has a lively imagination, and I am +sometimes tempted to hope that in contemplating the wonders of +nature he forgets his own infirmity." + +"Yes, sir, of course he does," I assented. + +"But," continued M. Letourneur, taking my hand, "although, +perhaps, HE may forget, I can never forget. Ah, sir, do you +suppose that Andre can ever forgive his parents for bringing him +into the world a cripple?" + +The remorse of the unhappy father was very distressing, and I was +about to say a few kind words of sympathy when Andre himself made +his appearance. M. Letourneur hastened toward him and assisted +him up the few steep steps that led to the poop. + +As soon as Andre was comfortably seated on one of the benches, +and his father had taken his place by his side, I joined them, +and we fell into conversation upon ordinary topics, discussing +the various points of the "Chancellor," the probable length of +the passage, and the different details of our life on board. I +find that M. Letourneur's estimate of Captain Huntly's character +very much coincided with my own, and that, like me, he is +impressed with the man's undecided manner and sluggish +appearance. Like me, too, he has formed a very favourable +opinion of Robert Curtis, the mate, a man of about thirty years +of age, of great muscular power, with a frame and a will that +seem ever ready for action. + +Whilst we were still talking of him, Curtis himself came on deck, +and as I watched his movements I could not help being struck with +his physical development; his erect and easy carriage, his +fearless glance and slightly contracted brow all betokened a man +of energy, thoroughly endowed with the calmness and courage that +are indispensable to the true sailor. He seems a kind-hearted +fellow, too, and is always ready to assist and amuse young +Letourneur, who evidently enjoys his company. After he had +scanned the weather and examined the trim of the sails, he joined +our party and proceeded to give us some information about those +of our fellow-passengers with whom at present we have made but +slight acquaintance. + +Mr. Kear, the American, who is accompanied by his wife, has made +a large fortune in the petroleum springs in the United States. +He is a man of about fifty, a most uninteresting companion, being +overwhelmed with a sense of his own wealth and importance, and +consequently supremely indifferent to all around him. His hands +are always in his pockets, and the chink of money seems to follow +him wherever he goes. Vain and conceited, a fool as well as an +egotist, he struts about like a peacock showing its plumage, and +to borrow the words of the physiognomist Gratiolet, "il se +flaire, il se savoure, il se goute." Why he should have taken +his passage on board a mere merchant vessel instead of enjoying +the luxuries of a Transatlantic steamer, I am altogether at a +loss to explain. + +The wife is an insignificant, insipid woman, of about forty years +of age. She never reads, never talks, and I believe I am not +wrong in saying, never thinks. She seems to look without seeing, +and listen without hearing, and her sole occupation consists in +giving her orders to her companion, Miss Herbey, a young English +girl of about twenty. + +Miss Herbey is extremely pretty. Her complexion is fair and her +eyes deep blue, whilst her pleasing countenance is altogether +free from that insignificance of feature which is not +unfrequently alleged to be characteristic of English beauty. Her +mouth would be charming if she ever smiled, but exposed as she is +to the ridiculous whims and fancies of a capricious mistress, her +lips rarely relax from their ordinary grave expression. Yet +humiliating as her position must be, she never utters a word of +open complaint, but quietly and gracefully performs her duties +accepting without a murmur the paltry salary which the bumptious +petroleum-merchant condescends to allow her. + +The Manchester engineer, William Falsten, looks like a thorough +Englishman. He has the management of some extensive hydraulic +works in South Carolina, and is now on his way to Europe to +obtain some improved apparatus, and more especially to visit the +mines worked by centrifugal force, belonging to the firm of +Messrs. Cail. He is forty-five years of age, with all his +interests so entirely absorbed by his machinery that he seems to +have neither a thought nor a care beyond his mechanical +calculations. Once let him engage you in conversation, and there +is no chance of escape; you have no help for it but to listen as +patiently as you can until he has completed the explanation of +his designs. + +The last of our fellow-passengers, Mr. Ruby, is the type of a +vulgar tradesman. Without any originality or magnanimity in his +composition, he has spent twenty years of his life in mere buying +and selling, and as he has generally contrived to do business at +a profit, he has realized a considerable fortune. What he is +going to do with the money, be does not seem able to say: his +ideas do not go beyond retail trade, his mind having been so long +closed to all other impressions that it appears incapable of +thought or reflection on any subject besides. Pascal says, +"L'homme est visiblement fait pour penser. C'est toute sa +dignite et tout-son merite;" but to Mr. Ruby the phrase seems +altogether inapplicable. + + + +CHAPTER V. + +OCTOBER 7th.--This is the tenth day since we left Charleston, and +I should think our progress has been very rapid. Robert Curtis, +the mate, with whom I continue to have many a friendly chat, +informed me that we could not be far off Cape Hatteras in the +Bermudas; the ship's bearings, he said were lat. 32deg. 20min. N. +and long. 64deg. 50min. W., so that he had every reason to +believe that we should sight St. George's Island before night. + +"The Bermudas!" I exclaimed. "But how is it we are off the +Bermudas? I should have thought that a vessel sailing from +Charleston to Liverpool, would have kept northwards, and have +followed the track of the Gulf Stream." + +"Yes, indeed; sir," replied Curtis, "that is the usual course; +but you see that this time the captain hasn't chosen to take it." + +"But why not?" I persisted. + +"That's not for me to say, sir; he ordered us eastwards, and +eastwards we go." + +"Haven't you called his attention to it?" I inquired. + +Curtis acknowledged that he had already pointed out what an +unusual route they were taking, but that the captain had said +that he was quite aware what he was about. The mate made no +further remark; but the knit of his brow, as he passed his hand +mechanically across his forehead, made me fancy that he was +inclined to speak out more strongly. + +"All very well, Curtis," I said, "but I don't know what to think +about trying new routes. Here we are at the 7th of October, and +if we are to reach Europe before the bad weather sets in, I +should suppose there is not a day to be lost." + +"Right, sir, quite right; there is not a day to be lost." + +Struck by his manner, I ventured to add, "Do you mind, Mr. Curtis +giving me your honest opinion of Captain Huntly?" + +He hesitated a moment, and then replied shortly, "He is my +captain, sir." + +This evasive answer of course put an end to any further +interrogation on my part, but it only set me thinking the more. + +Curtis was not mistaken. At about three o'clock the lookout man +sung out that there was land to windward, and descried what +seemed as if it might be a line of smoke in the north-east +horizon. At six, I went on deck with M. Letourneur and his son, +and we could then distinctly make out the low group of the +Bermudas, encircled by their formidable chain of breakers. + +"There," said Andre Letourneur to me, as we stood gazing at the +distant land, "there lies the enchanted Archipelago, sung by your +poet Moore. The exile Waller, too, as long ago as 1643, wrote an +enthusiastic panegyric on the islands, and I have been told that +at one time English ladies would wear no other bonnets than such +as were made of the leaves of the Bermuda palm." + +"Yes," I replied, "the Bermudas were all the rage in the +seventeenth century, although laterly they have fallen into +comparative oblivion." + +"But let me tell you, M. Andre," interposed Curtis, who had as +usual joined our party, "that although poets may rave, and be as +enthusiastic as they like about these islands, sailors will tell +a different tale. The hidden reefs that lie in a semicircle +about two or three leagues from shore make the attempt to land a +very dangerous piece of business. And another thing, I know. +Let the natives boast as they will about their splendid climate, +they, are visited by the most frightful hurricanes. They get the +fag-end of the storms that rage over the Antilles; and the fag- +end of a storm is like the tail of a whale; it's just the +strongest bit of it. I don't think you'll find a sailor +listening much to your poets,--your Moores, and your Wallers." + +"No, doubt you are right, Mr. Curtis," said Andre, smiling, "but +poets are like proverbs; you can always find one to contradict +another. Although Waller and Moore have chosen to sing the +praises of the Bermudas, it has been supposed that Shakspeare was +depicting them in the terrible scenes that are found in 'The +Tempest.'" + +The whole vicinity of these islands is beyond a question +extremely perilous to mariners. Situated between the Antilles +and Nova Scotia, the Bermudas have ever since their discovery +belonged to the English, who have mainly used them for a military +station. But this little archipelago, comprising some hundred +and fifty different isles and islets, is destined to increase, +and that, perhaps, on a larger scale than has yet been +anticipated. Beneath the waves there are madrepores, in infinity +of number, silently but ceaselessly pursuing their labours; and +with time, that fundamental element in nature's workings, who +shall tell whether these may not gradually build up island after +island, which shall unite and form another continent? + +I may mention that there was not another of our fellow-passengers +who took the trouble to come on deck and give a glance at this +strange cluster of islands. Miss Herbey, it is true, was making +an attempt to join us, but she had barely reached the poop, when +Mrs. Kear's languid voice was heard recalling her for some +trifling service to her side. + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +OCTOBER 8th to OCTOBER 13th.--The wind is blowing hard from the +north-east; and the "Chancellor" under low-reefed top-sail and +fore-sail, and labouring against a heavy sea, has been obliged to +be brought ahull. The joists and girders all creak again until +one's teeth are set on edge. I am the only passenger not +remaining below; but I prefer being on deck notwithstanding the +driving rain, fine as dust, which penetrates to my very skin. We +have been driven along in this fashion for the best part of two +days; the "stiffish breeze" has gradually freshened into "a +gale;" the top-gallants have been lowered, and, as I write, the +wind is blowing with a velocity of fifty or sixty miles an hour. +Although the "Chancellor" has many good points, her drift is +considerable, and we have been carried far to the south we can +only guess at our precise position, as the cloudy atmosphere +entirely precludes us from taking the sun's altitude. + +All along throughout this period, my fellow-passengers are +totally ignorant of the extraordinary course that we are taking +England lies to the NORTH-EAST, yet we are sailing directly +SOUTH-EAST, and Robert Curtis owns that he is quite bewildered; +he cannot comprehend why the captain, ever since this north- +easterly gale has been blowing, should persist in allowing the +ship to drive to the south, instead of tacking to the north-west +until she gets into better quarters. + +I was alone with Curtis to-day upon the poop, and could not help +saying to him "Curtis, is your captain mad?" + +"Perhaps, sir, I might be allowed to ask what YOU think upon that +matter," was his cautious reply. + +"Well to say the truth," I answered, "I can hardly tell; but I +confess there is every now and then a wandering in his eye, and +an odd look on his face that I do not like. Have you ever sailed +with him before?" + +"No; this is our first voyage together. Again last night I spoke +to him about the route we were taking, but he only said he knew +all about it, and that it was all right." + +"What do Lieutenant Walter and your boatswain think of it all?" +I inquired. + +"Think; why they think just the same as I do," replied the mate; +"but if the captain chooses to take the ship to China we should +obey his orders." + +"But surely," I exclaimed, "there must be some limit to your +obedience! Suppose the man is actually mad, what then?" + +"If he should be mad enough, Mr. Kazallon, to bring the vessel +into any real danger, I shall know what to do." + +With this assurance I am forced to be content. Matters, however, +have taken a different turn to what I bargained for when I took +my passage on board the "Chancellor." The weather has become +worse and worse. As I have already said, the ship under her +large low-reefed top-sail and fore stay-sail has been brought +ahull, that is to say, she copes directly with the wind, by +presenting her broad bows to the sea; and so we go on still +drift, drift, continually to the south. + +How southerly our course has been is very apparent; for upon the +night of the 11th we fairly entered upon that portion of the +Atlantic which is known as the Sargassos Sea. An extensive tract +of water is this, enclosed by the warm current of the Gulf +Stream, and thickly covered with the wrack, called by the +Spaniards "sargasso," the abundance of which so seriously impeded +the progress of Columbus's vessels on his first voyage across the +ocean. + +Each morning at daybreak the Atlantic has presented an aspect so +remarkable, that at my solicitation, M. Letourneur and his son +have ventured upon deck to witness the unusual spectacle. The +squally gusts make the metal shrouds vibrate like harp-strings; +and unless we were on our guard to keep our clothes wrapped +tightly to us, they would have been torn off our backs in shreds. +The scene presented to our eyes is one of strangest interest. +The sea, carpeted thickly with masses of prolific fucus, is a +vast unbroken plain of vegetation, through which the vessel makes +her way as a plough. Long strips of seaweed caught up by the +wind become entangled in the rigging, and hang between the masts +in festoons of verdure; whilst others, varying from two to three +hundred feet in length, twine themselves up to the very mast- +heads, from whence they float like streaming pendants. For many +hours now, the "Chancellor" has been contending with this +formidable accumulation of algae; her masts are circled with +hydrophytes; her rigging is wreathed everywhere with creepers, +fantastic as the untrammelled tendrils of a vine, and as she +works her arduous course, there are times when I can only compare +her to an animated grove of verdure making its mysterious way +over some illimitable prairie. + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +OCTOBER 14th.--At last we are free from the sea of vegetation, +the boisterous gale has moderated into a steady breeze, the sun +is shining brightly, the weather is warm and genial, and thus, +two reefs in her top-sails, briskly and merrily sails the +"Chancellor." + +Under conditions so favourable, we have been able to take the +ship's bearings: our latitude, we find, is 21deg. 33min. N., our +longitude 50deg. 17min. W. + +Incomprehensible altogether is the conduct of Captain Huntly. +Here we are, already more than ten degrees south of the point +from which, we started, and yet still we are persistently +following a south-easterly course! I cannot bring myself to the +conclusion that the man is mad. I have had various conversations +with him: he has always spoken rationally and sensibly. He +shows no tokens of insanity. Perhaps his case is one of those in +which insanity is partial, and where the mania is of a character +which extends only to the matters connected with his profession. +Yet it is unaccountable. + +I can get nothing out of Curtis; he listens coldly whenever I +allude to the subject, and only repeats what he has said before, +that nothing short of an overt act of madness on the part of the +captain could induce him to supersede the captain's authority and +that the imminent peril of the ship could alone justify him in +taking so decided a measure. + +Last evening I went to my cabin about eight o'clock, and after an +hour's reading by the light of my cabin-lamp, I retired to my +berth and was soon asleep. Some hours later I was aroused by an +unaccustomed noise on deck. There were heavy footsteps hurrying +to and fro, and the voices of the men were loud and eager, as if +the crew were agitated by some strange disturbance. My first +impression was, that some tacking had been ordered which rendered +it needful to fathom the yards; but the vessel continuing to lie +to starboard convinced me that this was not the origin of the +commotion, I was curious to know the truth, and made all haste I +could to go on deck; but before I was ready, the noise had +ceased. I heard Captain Huntly return to his cabin, and +accordingly I retired again to my own berth. Whatever may have +been the meaning of the manoeuvre, I cannot tell; it did not seem +to have resulted in any improvement in the ship's pace; still it +must be owned there was not much wind to speed us along. + +At six o'clock this morning I mounted the poop and made as keen a +scrutiny as I could of everything on board. Everything appeared +as usual. The "Chancellor" was running on the larboard tack, and +carried low-sails, top-sails, and gallant-sails. Well braced she +was; and under a fresh, but not uneasy breeze, was making no less +than eleven knots an hour. + +Shortly afterwards M. Letourneur and Andre came an deck. The +young man enjoyed the early morning air, laden with its briny +fragrance, and I assisted him to mount the poop. In answer to my +inquiry as to whether they had been disturbed by any bustle in +the night, Andre replied that he did not wake at all, and had +heard nothing. + +"I am glad, my boy," said his father, that you have slept so +soundly. I heard the noise of which Mr. Kazallon speaks. It +must have; been about three o'clock this morning, and it seemed +to me as though they were shouting. I thought I heard them say, +'Here, quick, look to the hatches!' but as nobody was called up, +I presumed that nothing serious was the matter." + +As he spoke I cast my eye at the panel-slides, which fore and aft +of the main-mast open into the hold. They seemed to be all close +as usual, but I now observed for the first time that they were +covered with heavy tarpauling. Wondering; in my own mind what +could be the reason for these extra precautions I did not say +anything to M. Letourneur, but determined to wait until the mate +should come on watch, when he would doubtless give me, I thought, +an explanation of the mystery. + +The sun rose gloriously, with every promise of a fine dry day. +The waning moon was yet above the western horizon, for as it +still wants three days to her last quarter she does not set until +10.57 am. On consulting my almanac, I find that there will be a +new moon on the 24th, and that on that day, little as it may +affect us here in mid ocean, the phenomenon of the high sygyzian +tides will take place on the shores of every continent and +island. + +At the breakfast hour M. Letourneur and Andre went below for a +cup of tea, and I remained on the poop alone. As I expected, +Curtis appeared, that he might relieve Lieutenant Walter of the +watch. I advanced to meet him, but before he even wished me good +morning, I saw him cast a quick and searching glance upon the +deck, and then, with a slightly contracted brow, proceed to +examine the state of the weather and the trim of the sails. + +"Where is Captain Huntly?" he said to Walter. + +"I have seen nothing of him," answered the lieutenant "is there +anything fresh up?" + +"Nothing, whatever," was the curt reply. + +They then conversed for a few moments in an undertone, and I +could see that Walter by his gesture gave a negative answer to +some question which the mate had asked him. "Send me the +boatswain, Walter," said Curtis aloud as the lieutenant moved +away. + +The boatswain immediately appeared, and another conversation was +carried on in whispers. The man repeatedly shook his head as he +replied to Curtis's inquiries, and then, in obedience to orders, +called the men who were on watch, and made them plentifully water +the tarpauling that covered the great hatchway. + +Curious to fathom the mystery I went up to Curtis and began to +talk to him upon ordinary topics, hoping that he would himself +introduce the subject that was uppermost in my mind; finding, +however, that he did not allude to it; I asked him point blank. + +"What was the matter in the night, Curtis?" + +He looked at me steadily, but made no reply. + +"What was it?" I repeated. "M. Letourneur and myself were both +of us disturbed by a very unusual commotion overhead." + +"Oh, a mere nothing," he said at length; "the man at the helm had +made a false move, and we had to pipe hands to brace the ship a +bit; but it was soon all put to rights. It was nothing, nothing +at all." + +I said no more; but I cannot resist the impression that Robert +Curtis has not acted with me in his usual straightforward manner. + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +OCTOBER 15th to OCTOBER 18th.--The wind is still in the north- +east. There is no change in the "Chancellor's" course, and to an +unprejudiced eye all would appear to be going on as usual. But I +have an uneasy consciousness that something is not quite right. +Why should the hatchways be so hermetically closed as though a +mutinous crew was imprisoned between decks? I cannot help +thinking too that there is something in the sailors so constantly +standing in groups and breaking off their talk so suddenly +whenever we approach; and several times I have caught the word +"hatches" which arrested M. Letourneur's attention on the night +of the disturbance. + +On the 15th, while I was walking on the forecastle, I overheard +one of the sailors, a man named Owen say to his mates,-- + +"Now I just give you all warning that I am not going to wait +until the last minute. Every one for himself, say I." + +"Why, what do you mean to do?" asked Jynxstrop, the cook. + +"Pshaw!" said Owen, "do you suppose that longboats were only +made for porpoises?" + +Something at that moment occurred to interrupt the conversation, +and I heard no more. It occurred to me whether there was not +some conspiracy among the crew, of which probably Curtis had +already detected the symptoms. I am quite aware that some +sailors are most rebelliously disposed, and require to be ruled +with a rod of iron. + +Yesterday and to-day I have observed Curtis remonstrating +somewhat vehemently with Captain Huntly, but there is no obvious +result arising from their interviews; the Captain apparently +being bent upon some purpose, of which it is only too manifest +that the mate decidedly disapproves. + +Captain Huntly is undoubtedly labouring under strong nervous +excitement; and M. Letourneur has more than once remarked how +silent he has become at meal-times; for although Curtis +continually endeavours to start some subject of general interest, +yet neither Mr. Falsten, Mr. Kear, nor Mr. Ruby are the men to +take it up, and consequently the conversation flags hopelessly, +and soon drops. The passengers too are now, with good cause, +beginning to murmur at the length of the voyage, and Mr. Kear, +who considers that the very elements ought to yield to his +convenience, lets the captain know by his consequential and +haughty manner that he holds him responsible for the delay. + +During the course of yesterday the mate gave repeated orders for +the deck to be watered again and again, and although as a general +rule this is a business which is done, once for all, in the early +morning, the crew did not utter a word of complaint at the +additional work thus imposed upon them. The tarpaulins on the +hatches have thus been kept continually wet, so that their close +and heavy texture is rendered quite impervious to the air, The +"Chancellor's" pumps afford a copious supply of water, so that I +should not suppose that even the daintiest and most luxurious +craft belonging to an aristocratic yacht-club was ever subject to +a more thorough scouring. I tried to reconcile myself to the +belief that it was the high temperature of the tropical regions +upon which we are entering, that rendered such extra sousings a +necessity, and recalled to my recollection how, during the night +of the 13th, I had found the atmosphere below deck so stifling +that in spite of the heavy swell I was obliged to open the +porthole of my cabin, on the starboard side, to get a breath of +air. + +This morning at daybreak I went on deck. The sun had scarcely +risen, and the air was fresh and cool, in strange contrast to the +heat which below the poop had been quite oppressive. The sailors +as usual were washing the deck, A great sheet of water, supplied +continuously by the pumps was rolling in tiny wavelets, and +escaping now to starboard, now to larboard through the scupper- +holes. After watching the men for a while as they ran about +bare-footed, I could not resist the desire to join them, so +taking off my shoes and stockings I proceeded to dabble in the +flowing water. + +Great was my amazement to find the deck perfectly hot to my feet! +Curtis heard my exclamation of surprise, and before I could put +my thoughts into words, said,-- + +"Yes! there is fire on board!" + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +OCTOBER 19th.--Eveything, then, is clear. The uneasiness of the +crew, their frequent conferences, Owen's mysterious words, the +constant scourings of the deck and the oppressive heat of the +cabins which had been noticed even by my fellow-passengers, all +are explained. + +After his grave communication, Curtis remained silent. I +shivered with a thrill of horror; a calamity the most terrible +that can befall a voyager stared me in the face, and it was some +seconds before I could recover sufficient composure to inquire +when the fire was first discovered. + +"Six days ago," replied the mate. + +"Six days ago!" I exclaimed; "why, then, it was that night." + +"Yes," he said, interrupting me; "it was the night you heard the +disturbance upon deck. The men on watch noticed a slight smoke +issuing from the large hatchway and immediately called Captain +Huntly and myself. We found beyond all doubt, that the cargo was +on fire, and what was worse,that there was no possibility of +getting at the seat of the combustion. What could we do? Why; +we took the only precaution that was practicable under the +circumstances, and resolved most carefully to exclude every +breath of air from penetrating into the hold, For some time I +hoped that we had been successful. I thought that the fire was +stifled; but during the last three days there is every reason to +make us know that it has been gaining strength. Do what we will, +the deck gets hotter and hotter, and unless it were kept +constantly wet, it would be unbearable to the feet. But I am +glad, Mr. Kazallon," he added; "that you have made the discovery. +It is better that you should know it." + +I listened in silence, I was now fully aroused to the gravity of +the situation and thoroughly comprehended how we were in the very +face of a calamity which it seemed that no human power could +avert. + +"Do you know what has caused the fire?" I presently inquired. + +"It probably arose," he answered, "from the spontaneous +combustion of the cotton. The case is rare, but it is far from +unknown. Unless the cotton is perfectly dry when it is shipped, +its confinement in a damp or ill-ventilated hold will sometimes +cause it to ignite; and I have no doubt it is this that has +brought about our misfortune." + +"But after all," I said, "the cause matters very little. Is +there no remedy? Is there nothing to be done?" + +"Nothing; Mr. Kazallon," he said. "As I told you before, we have +adopted the only possible measure within our power to check the +fire. At one time I thought of knocking a hole in the ship's +timbers just on her waterline, and letting in just as much water +as the pumps could afterwards get rid of again; but we found the +combustion was right in the middle of the cargo and that we +should be obliged to flood the entire hold before we could get at +the right place. That scheme consequently was no good. During +the night, I had the deck bored in various places and water +poured down through the holes; but that again seemed all of no +use. There is only one thing that can be done; we must persevere +in excluding most carefully every breath of outer air, so that +perhaps the conflagration deprived of oxygen may smoulder itself +out. That is our only hope." + +"But, you say the fire is increasing?" + +"Yes; and that shows that in spite of all our care there is some +aperture which we have not beep able to discover, by which, +somehow or other, air gets into the hold." + +"Have you ever heard of a vessel surviving such circumstances?" +I asked. + +"Yes, Mr. Kazallon," said Curtis; "it is not at all an unusual +thing for ships laden with cotton to arrive at Liverpool or Havre +with a portion of their cargo consumed; and I have myself known +more than one captain run into port with his deck scorching his +very feet, and who, to save his vessel and the remainder of his +freight has been compelled to unload with the utmost expedition. +But, in such cases, of course the fire has been more or less +under control throughout the voyage; with us, it is increasing +day by day, and I tell you I am convinced there is an aperture +somewhere which has escaped our notice." + +"But would it not be advisable for us to retrace our course, and +make for the nearest land?" + +"Perhaps it would," he answered. "Walter and I, and the +boatswain, are going to talk the matter over seriously with the +captain to-day. But, between ourselves, I have taken the +responsibility upon myself; I have already changed the tack to +the south-west; we are now straight before the wind, and +consequently we are sailing towards the coast." + +"I need hardly ask," I added; "whether any of the other +passengers are at all aware of the imminent danger in which we +are placed." + +"None of them," he said; "not in the least; and I hope you will +not enlighten them. We don't want terrified women and cowardly +men to add to our embarrassment; the crew are under orders to +keep a strict silence on the subject. Silence is indispensable." + +I promised to keep the matter a profound secret, as I fully +entered into Curtis's views as to the absolute necessity for +concealment. + + + +CHAPTER X. + +OCTOBER 20th AND 21st.--The "Chancellor" is now crowded with all +the canvas she can carry, and at times her top-masts threaten to +snap with the pressure. But Curtis is ever on the alert; he +never leaves his post beside the man at the helm, and without +compromising the safety of the vessel, he contrives by tacking to +the breeze, to urge her on at her utmost speed. + +All day long on the 20th, the passengers were assembled on the +poop. Evidently they found the heat of the cabins painfully +oppressive, and most of them lay stretched upon benches and +quietly enjoyed the gentle rolling of the vessel. The increasing +heat of the deck did not reveal itself to their well-shod feet +and the constant scouring of the boards did not excite any +suspicion in their torpid minds. M. Letourneur, it is true, did +express his surprise that the crew of an ordinary merchant vessel +should be distinguished by such extraordinary cleanliness, but as +I replied to him in a very casual tone, he passed no further +remark. I could not help regretting that I had given Curtis my +pledge of silence, and longed intensely to communicate the +melancholy secret to the energetic Frenchman; for at times when I +reflect upon the eight-and-twenty victims who may probably, only +too soon, be a prey to the relentless flames, my heart seems +ready to burst. + +The important consultation between captain, mate, lieutenant, and +boatswain has taken place. Curtis has confided the result to me. +He says that Huntly, the captain, is completely demoralized; he +has lost all power and energy; and practically leaves the command +of the ship to him. It is now certain the fire is beyond +control, and that sooner or later it will burst out in full +violence The temperature of the crew's quarters has already +become almost unbearable. One solitary hope remained; it is that +we may reach the shore before the final catastrophe occurs. The +Lesser Antilles are the nearest land; and although they are some +five or six hundred miles away, if the wind remains north-east +there is yet a chance of reaching them in time. + +Carrying royals and studding-sails, the "Chancellor" during the +last four-and-twenty hours has held a steady course. M. +Letourneur is the only one of all the passengers who has remarked +the change of tack; Curtis however, has set all speculation on +his part to rest by telling him that he wanted to get ahead of +the wind, and that he was tacking to the west to catch a +favourable current. + +To-day, the 21st, all has gone on as usual; and as far as the +observation of the passengers has reached, the ordinary routine +has been undisturbed. Curtis indulges the hope even yet that by +excluding the air, the fire may be stifled before it ignites the +general cargo; he has hermetically closed every accessible +aperture, and has even taken the precaution of plugging the +orifices of the pumps, under the impression that their suction- +tubes, running as they do to the bottom of the hold, may possibly +be channels for conveying some molecules of air. Altogether, he +considers it a good sign that the combustion has not betrayed +itself by some external issue of smoke. + +The day would have passed without any incident worth recording if +I had not chanced to overhear a fragment of a conversation which +demonstrated that our situation hitherto precarious enough, had +now become most appalling. + +As I was sitting on the poop, two of my fellow-passengers, +Falsten, the engineer, and Ruby, the merchant whom I had observed +to be often in company, were engaged in conversation almost close +to me. What they said was evidently not intended for my hearing, +but my attention was directed towards them by some very emphatic +gestures of dissatisfaction on the part of Falsten, and I could +not forbear listening to what followed. + +"Preposterous! shameful!" exclaimed Falsten; "nothing could be +more imprudent." + +"Pooh! pooh!" replied Ruby; "it's all right; it is not the +first time I have done it." + +"But don't you know that any shock at any time might cause an +explosion?" + +"Oh, it's all properly secured," said Ruby, "tight enough; I have +no fears on that score, Mr, Falsten." + +"But why," asked Falsten, "did you not inform the captain?" + +"Just because if I had informed him, he would not have taken the +case on board." + +The wind dropped for a few seconds; and for a brief interval I +could not catch what passed; but I could see that Falsten +continued to remonstrate, whilst Ruby answered by shrugging his +shoulders. At length I heard Falsten say,-- + +"Well, at any rate the captain must be informed of this, and the +package shall be thrown overboard. I don't want, to be blown +up." + +I started. To what could the engineer be alluding? Evidently he +had not the remotest suspicion that the cargo was already on +fire. In another moment the words "picrate of potash" brought +me to my feet? and with an involuntary impulse I rushed up to +Ruby, and seized him by the shoulder. + +"Is there picrate of potash on board?" I almost shieked. + +"Yes," said Falsten, "a case containing thirty pounds." + +"Where is it?" I cried. + +"Down in the hold, with the cargo." + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +What my feelings were I cannot describe; but it was hardly in +terror so much as with a kind of resignation that I made my way +to Curtis on the forecastle, and made him aware that the alarming +character of our situation was now complete, as there was enough +explosive matter on board to blow up a mountain. Curtis received +the information as coolly as it was delivered, and after I had +made him acquainted with all the particulars said,-- + +"Not a word of this must be mentioned to any one else, Mr. +Kazallon, where is Ruby now?" + +"On the poop," I said. + +"Will you then come with me, sir?" + +Ruby and Falsten were sitting just as I had left them. Curtis +walked straight up to Ruby, and asked him whether what he had +been told was true. + +"Yes, quite true," said Ruby, complacently, thinking that the +worst that could befall him would be that he might be convicted +of a little smuggling. + +I observed that Curtis was obliged for a moment or two to clasp +his hands tightly together behind his back to prevent himself +from seizing the unfortunate passenger by the throat; but +suppressing his indignation, he proceeded quietly, though +sternly, to interrogate him about the facts of the case. Ruby +only confirmed what I had already told him. With characteristic +Anglo-Saxon incautiousness he had brought on board with the rest +of his baggage, a case containing no less than thirty pounds of +picrate, and had allowed the explosive matter to be stowed in the +hold with as little compunction as a Frenchman would feel in +smuggling a single bottle of wine. He had not informed the +captain of the dangerous nature of the contents of the package, +because he was perfectly aware that he would have been refused +permission to bring the package on board. + +"Any way," he said, with a shrug of his shoulders, "you can't +hang me for it; and if the package gives you so much concern, you +are quite at liberty to throw it into the sea. My luggage is +insured." + +I was beside myself with fury, and not being endowed with +Curtis's reticence and self-control, before he could interfere to +stop me, I cried out,-- + +"You fool! don't you know that there is fire on board?" + +In an instant I regretted my words. Most earnestly I wished them +unuttered, But it was too late: their effect upon Ruby was +electrical. He was paralyzed with terror his limbs stiffened +convulsively; his eye was dilated; he gasped for breath, and was +speechless. All of a sudden he threw up his arms and, as though +he momentarily expected an explosion, he darted down from the +poop, and paced franticly up and down the deck, gesticulating +like a madman, and shouting,-- + +"Fire on board! Fire! Fire!" + +On hearing the outcry, all the crew, supposing that the fire had +now in reality broken out, rushed on deck; the rest of the +passengers soon joined them, and the scene that ensued was one of +the utmost confusion. Mrs. Kear fell down senseless on the deck, +and her husband, occupied in looking after himself, left her to +the tender mercies of Miss Herbey. Curtis endeavoured to silence +Ruby's ravings, whilst I, in as few words as I could, made M. +Letourneur aware of the extent to which the cargo was on fire. +The father's first thought was for Andre but the young man +preserved an admirable composure, and begged his father not to be +alarmed, as the danger was not immediate. Meanwhile the sailors +had loosened all the tacklings of the long-boat; and were +preparing to launch it, when Curtis's voice was heard +peremptorily bidding them to desist; he assured them that the +fire had made no further progress; that Mr. Ruby had been unduly +excited and not conscious of what he had said; and he pledged his +word that when the right moment should arrive he would allow them +all to leave the ship; but that moment, he said, had not yet +come. + +At the sound of a voice which they had learned to honour and +respect, the crew paused in their operations, and the long-boat +remained suspended in its place. Fortunately, even Ruby himself +in the midst of his ravings, had not dropped a word about the +picrate that had been deposited in the hold; for although the +mate had a power over the sailors that Captain Huntly had never +possessed, I feel certain that if the true state of the case had +been known, nothing on earth would have prevented some of them, +in their consternation, from effecting an escape. As it was, +only Curtis, Falsten, and myself were cognizant of the terrible +secret. + +As soon as order was restored, the mate and, I joined Falsten on +the poop, where he had remained throughout the panic, and where +we found him with folded arms, deep in thought, as it might be, +solving some hard mechanical problem. He promised, at my +request, that he would reveal nothing of the new danger to which +we were exposed through Ruby's imprudence. Curtis himself took +the responsibility of informing Captain Huntly of our critical +situation. + +In order to insure complete secrecy, it was necessary to secure +the person of the unhappy Ruby, who, quite beside himself, +continued to rave up and down the deck with the incessant cry of +"Fire! fire!" Accordingly Curtis gave orders to some of his men +to seize him and gag him; and before he could make any resistance +the miserable man was captured and safely lodged in confinement +in his own cabin. + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +OCTOBER 22nd.--Curtis has told the captain everything; for he +persists in ostensibly recognizing him as his superior officer, +and refuses to conceal from him our true situation. Captain +Huntly received the communication in perfect silence, and merely +passing his hand across his forehead as though to, banish some +distressing thought, re-entered his cabin without a word. + +Curtis, Lieutenant Walter, Falsten, and myself have been +discussing the chances of our safety, and I am surprised to find +with how much composure we can all survey our anxious +predicament. + +"There is no doubt" said Curtis, "that we must abandon all hope +of arresting the fire; the heat towards the bow has already +become well-nigh unbearable, and the time must come when the +flames will find a vent through the deck. If the sea is calm +enough for us to make use of the boats, well and good; we shall +of course get quit of the ship as quietly as we can; if on the +other hand, the weather should be adverse, or the wind be +boisterous, we must stick to our place, and contend with the +flames to the very last; perhaps, after all, we shall fare better +with the fire as a declared enemy than as a hidden one." + +Falsten and I agreed with what he said, but I pointed out to him +that he had quite overlooked the fact of there being thirty +pounds of combustible matter in the hold. + +"No" he gravely replied, "I have not forgotten it, but it is a +circumstance of which I do not trust myself to think I dare not +run the risk of admitting air into the hold by going down to +search for the powder, and yet I know not at what moment it may +explode. No; it is a matter that I cannot take at all into my +reckoning, it must remain in higher hands than mine." + +We bowed our heads in a silence which was solemn. In the present +state of the weather, immediate flight was, we knew, impossible. + +After a considerable pause, Falsten, as calmly as though he were +delivering some philosophic dogma, observed,-- + +"The explosion, if I may use the formula of science, is not +necessary, but contingent." + +"But tell me, Mr. Falsten," I asked, "is it possible for picrate +of potash to ignite without concussion?" + +"Certainly it is," replied the engineer. "Under-ordinary +circumstances, picrate of potash although not MORE inflammable +than common powder, yet possesses the same degree of +inflammability." + +We now prepared to go on deck. As we left the saloon, in which +we had been sitting, Curtis seized my hand. + +"Oh, Mr. Kazallon," he exclaimed, "if you only knew the +bitterness of the agony I feel at seeing this fine vessel doomed +to be devoured by flames, and at being so powerless to save her." +Then quickly recovering himself, he continued, "But I am +forgetting myself; you, if no other, must know what I am +suffering. It is all over now," he said more cheerfully. + +"Is our condition quite desperate?" I asked. + +"It is just this," he answered deliberately "we are over a mine, +and already the match has been applied to the train. How long +that train may be, 'tis not for me to say." And with these words +he left me. + +The other passengers, in common with the crew, are still in +entire ignorance of the extremity of peril to which we are +exposed, although they are all aware that there is fire in the +hold. As soon as the fact was announced, Mr. Kear, after +communicating to Curtis his instructions that he thought he +should have the fire immediately extinguished and intimating that +he held him responsible for all contingencies that might happen, +retired to his cabin, where he has remained ever since, fully +occupied in collecting and packing together the more cherished +articles of his property and without the semblance of a care or a +thought for his unfortunate wife, whose condition, in spite of +her ludicrous complaints, was truly pitiable. Miss Herbey, +however, is unrelaxing in her attentions, and the unremitted +diligence with which she fulfils her offices of duty, commands my +highest admiration. + +OCTOBER 23rd.--This morning, Captain Huntly sent for Curtis into +his cabin, and the mate has since made me acquainted with what +passed between them. + +"Curtis," began the captain, his haggard eye betraying only too +plainly some mental derangement, "I am a sailor, am I not?" + +"Certainly, captain," was the prompt acquiescence of the mate. + +"I do not know how it is," continued the captain, "but I seem +bewildered; I cannot recollect anything. Are we not bound for +Liverpool? Ah! yes! of course. And have we kept a north- +easterly direction since we left?" + +"No, sir, according to your orders we have been sailing south- +east, and here we are in the tropics." + +"And what is the name of the ship?" + +"The 'Chancellor,' sir." + +"Yes, yes, the 'Chancellor,' so it is. Well, Curtis, I really +can't take her back to the north. I hate the sea, the very sight +of it makes me ill, I would much rather not leave my cabin." + +Curtis went on to tell me how he had tried to persuade him that +with a little time and care he would soon recover his +indisposition, and feel himself again; but the captain had +interrupted him by saying,-- + +"Well, well; we shall see by-and-by; but for the present you must +take this for my positive order; you must, from this time, at +once take the command of the ship, and act just as if I were not +on board. Under present circumstances, I can do nothing. My +brain is all on a whirl, you cannot tell what I am suffering;" +and the unfortunate man pressed both his hands convulsively +against his forehead. + +"I weighed the matter carefully for a moment," added Curtis, "and +seeing what his condition too truly was, I acquiesced in all that +he required and withdrew, promising him that all his orders +should be obeyed." + +After hearing these particulars, I could not help remarking how +fortunate it was that the captain had resigned of his own accord, +for although he might not be actually insane, it was very evident +that his brain was in a very morbid condition. + +"I succeed him at a very critical moment;" said Curtis +thoughtfully; "but I shall endeavour to do my duty." + +A short time afterwards he sent for the boatswain, and ordered +him to assemble the crew at the foot of the main-mast. As soon +as the men were together, he addressed them very calmly, but very +firmly. + +"My men," he said, "I have to tell you that Captain Huntly, on +account of the dangerous situation in which circumstances have +placed us, and for other reasons known to myself, has thought +right to resign his command to me. From this time forward, I am +captain of this vessel." + +Thus quietly and simply the change was effected, and we have the +satisfaction of knowing that the "Chancellor" is now under the +command of a conscientious, energetic man, who will shirk nothing +that he believes to be for our common good. M. Letourneur, +Andre, Mr. Falsten, and myself immediately offered him our best +wishes, in which Lieutenant Walter and the boatswain most +cordially joined. + +The ship still holds her course south-west and Curtis crowds on +all sail and makes as speedily as possible for the nearest of the +Lesser Antilles. + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +OCTOBER 24th to 29th.--For the last five days the sea has been +very heavy, and although the "Chancellor" sails with wind and +wave in her favour, yet her progress is considerably impeded. +Here on board this veritable fireship I cannot help contemplating +with a longing eye this vast ocean that surrounds us. The water +supply should be all we need. + +"Why not bore the deck?" I said to Curtis. "Why not admit the +water by tons into the hold? What could be the harm? The fire +would be quenched; and what would be easier than to pump the +water out again?" + +"I have already told you, Mr. Kazallon," said Curtis, "that the +very moment we admit the air, the flames will rush forth to the +very top of the masts. No; we must have courage and patience; we +must wait. There is nothing whatever to be done, except to close +every aperture." + +The fire continued to progress even more rapidly than we had +hitherto suspected. The heat gradually drove the passengers +nearly all, on deck, and the two stern cabins, lighted, as I +said, by their windows in the aft-board were the only quarters +below that were inhabitable. Of these Mrs. Kear occupied one, +and Curtis reserved the other for Ruby, who, a raving maniac, had +to be kept rigidly under restraint. I went down occasionally to +see him, but invariably found him in a state of abject terror, +uttering horrible shrieks, as though possessed with the idea that +he was being scorched by the most excruciating heat. + +Once or twice, too, I looked in upon the ex-captain. He was +always calm and spoke quite rationally upon any subject except +his own profession; but in connexion with that he prated away the +merest nonsense. He suffered greatly, but steadily declined all +my offers of attention, and pertinaciously refused to leave his +cabin. + +To-day, an acrid, nauseating smoke made its way through the +panellings that partition off the quarters of the crew. At once +Curtis ordered the partition to be enveloped in wet tarpaulin, +but the fumes penetrated even this, and filled the whole +neighbourhood of the ship's bows with a reeking vapour that was +positively stifling. As we listened, too, we could hear a dull +rumbling sound, but we were as mystified as ever to comprehend +where the air could have entered that was evidently fanning the +flames. Only too certainly, it was now becoming a question not +of days nor even of hours before we must be prepared for the +final catastrophe. The sea was still running high, and escape by +the boats was plainly impossible. Fortunately, as I have said, +the main-mast and the mizen are of iron; otherwise the heat at +their base would long ago have brought them down and our chances +of safety would have been much imperilled; but by crowding on +sail the "Chancellor" in the full north-east wind continued to +make her way with undiminished speed. + +It is now a fortnight since the fire was first discovered, and +the proper working of the ship has gradually become a more and +more difficult matter. Even with thick shoes any attempt to walk +upon deck up to the forecastle was soon impracticable, and the +poop, simply because its door is elevated somewhat above the +level of the hold, is now the only available standing-place. +Water began to lose its effect upon the scorched and shrivelling +planks; the resin oozed out from the knots in the wood, the seams +burst open, and the tar, melted by the heat, followed the +rollings of the vessel, and formed fantastic patterns about the +deck. + +Then to complete our perplexity, the wind shifted suddenly round +to the north-west, whence it blew a perfect hurricane. To no +purpose did Curtis do everything in his power to bring the ship +ahull; every effort was vain; the "Chancellor" could not bear her +trysail, so there was nothing to be done but to let her go with +the wind, and drift further and further from the land for which +we are longing so eagerly. + +To-day, the 29th, the tempest seemed to reach its height; the +waves appeared to us mountains high, and dashed the spray most +violently across the deck. A boat could not live for a moment in +such a sea. + +Our situation is terrible. We all wait in silence, some few on +the forecastle, the great proportion of us on the poop. As for +the picrate, for the time we have quite forgotten its existence; +indeed it might almost seem as though its explosion would come as +a relief, for no catastrophe, however terrible, could far exceed +the torture of our suspense. + +While he had still the remaining chance, Curtis rescued from the +store-room such few provisions as the heat of the compartment +allowed him to obtain; and a lot of cases of salt meat and +biscuits, a cask of brandy, some barrels of fresh water, together +with some sails and wraps, a compass and other instruments are +now lying packed in a mass all ready for prompt removal to the +boats whenever we shall be obliged to leave the ship. + +About eight o'clock in the evening, a noise is heard, distinct +even above the raging of the hurricane. The panels of the deck +are upheaved, and volumes of black smoke issue upwards as if from +a safety-valve. An universal consternation seizes one and all: +we must leave the volcano which is about to burst beneath our +feet. The crew run to Curtis for orders. He hesitates; looks +first at the huge and threatening waves; looks then at the boats. +The long-boat is there, suspended right along the centre of the +deck; but it is impossible to approach it now; the yawl, however, +hoisted on the starboard side, and the whale-boat suspended aft, +are still available. The sailors make frantically for the yawl. + +"Stop, stop," shouts Curtis; "do you mean to cut off our last and +only chance of safety? Would you launch a boat in such a sea as +this?" + +A few of them, with Owen at their head, give no heed to what he +says. Rushing to the poop, and seizing a cutlass, Curtis shouts +again,-- + +"Touch the tackling of the davit, one of you; only touch it, and +I'll cleave your skull." + +Awed by his determined manner, the men retire, some clambering +into the shrouds, whilst others mount to the very top of the +masts. + +At eleven o'clock, several loud reports are heard, caused by the +bursting asunder of the partitions of the hold. Clouds of smoke +issue from the front, followed by a long tongue of lambent flame +that seems to encircle the mizen-mast. The fire now reaches to +the cabin occupied by Mrs. Kear, who, shrieking wildly, is +brought on deck by Miss Herbey. A moment more, and Silas Huntly +makes his appearance, his face all blackened with the grimy +smoke; he bows to Curtis, as he passes, and then proceeds in the +calmest manner to mount the aft-shrouds, and installs himself at +the very top of the mizen. + +The sight of Huntly recalls to my recollection the prisoner still +below, and my first impulse is to rush to the staircase and do +what I can to set him free. But the maniac has already eluded +his confinement, and with singed hair and his clothes already +alight, rushes upon deck. Like a salamander he passes across the +burning deck with unscathed feet, and glides through the stifling +smoke with unchoked breath. Not a sound escapes his lips. + +Another loud report; the long-boat is shivered into fragments; +the middle panel bursts the tarpaulin that covered it, and a +stream of fire, free at length from the restraint that had held +it, rises half-mast high. + +"The picrate! the picrate!" shrieks the madman; "we shall all +be blown up! the picrate will blow us all up." + +And in an instant, before we can get near him, he has hurled +himself, through the open hatchway, down into the fiery furnace +below. + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +OCTOBER 29th:--NIGHT.--The scene, as night came on, was terrible +indeed. Notwithstanding the desperateness of our situation, +however, there was not one of us so paralyzed by fear, but that +we fully realized the horror of it all. + +Poor Ruby, indeed, is lost and gone, but his last words were +productive of serious consequences. The sailors caught his cry +of "Picrate, picrate!" and being thus for the first time made +aware of the true nature of their peril, they resolved at every +hazard to accomplish their escape. Beside themselves with +terror, they either did not or would not, see that no boat could +brave the tremendous waves that were raging around, and +accordingly they made a frantic rush towards the yawl. Curtis +again made a vigorous endeavour to prevent them, but this time +all in vain; Owen urged them on, and already the tackling was +loosened, so that the boat was swung over to the ship's side, For +a moment it hung suspended in mid-air, and then, with a final +effort from the sailors, it was quickly lowered into the sea. +But scarcely had it touched the water, when it was caught by an +enormous wave which, recoiling with resistless violence, dashed +it to atoms against the "Chancellor's" side. + +The men stood aghast; they were dumbfoundered. Long-boat and +yawl both gone, there was nothing now remaining to us but a small +whale-boat. Not a word was spoken; not a sound was heard but the +hoarse whistling of the wind, and the mournful roaring of the +flames. From the centre of the ship, which was hollowed out like +a furnace, there issued a column of sooty vapour that ascended to +the sky. All the passengers, and several of the crew, took +refuge in the aft-quarters of the poop. Mrs. Kear was lying +senseless on one of the hen-coops, with Miss Herbey sitting +passively at her side; M. Letourneur held his son tightly clasped +to his bosom. I saw Falsten calmly consult his watch, and note +down the time in his memorandum-book, but I was far from sharing +his, composure, for I was overcome by a nervous agitation that I +could not suppress. + +As far as we knew, Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, and such of +the crew as were not with us, were safe in the bow; but it was +impossible to tell how they were faring because the sheet of fire +intervened like a curtain, and cut off all communication between +stem and stern. + +I broke the dismal silence, saying "All over now, Curtis." + +"No, sir, not yet," he replied, "now that the panel is open we +will set to work, and pour water with all our might down into the +furnace, and may be, we shall put it out, even yet." + +"But how can you work your pumps while the deck is burning? and +how can you get at your men beyond that sheet of flame?" + +He made no answer to my impetuous questions, and finding that he +had nothing more to say, I repeated that it was all over now. + +After a pause, he said, "As long as a plank of the ship remains +to stand on, Mr, Kazallon, I shall not give up my hope." + +But the conflagration raged with redoubled fury, the sea around +us was lighted with a crimson glow, and the clouds above shone +with a lurid glare. Long jets of fire darted across the +hatchways, and we were forced to take refuge on the taffrail at +the extreme end of the poop. Mrs. Kear was laid in the whale- +boat that hung from the stern, Miss Herbey persisting to the last +in retaining her post by her side. + +No pen could adequately portray the horrors of this fearful +night. The "Chancellor" under bare poles, was driven, like a +gigantic fire-ship with frightful velocity across the raging +ocean; her very speed as it were, making common cause with the +hurricane to fan the fire that was consuming her. Soon there +could be no alternative between throwing ourselves into the sea, +or perishing in the flames. + +But where, all this time, was the picrate? perhaps, after all, +Ruby had deceived us and there was no volcano, such as we +dreaded, below our feet. + +At half-past eleven, when the tempest seems at its very height +there is heard a peculiar roar distinguishable even above the +crash of the elements. The sailors in an instant recognize its +import. + +"Breakers to starboard!" is the cry. + +Curtis leaps on to the netting, casts a rapid glance at the snow- +white billows, and turning to the helmsman shouts with all his +might "Starboard the helm!" + +But it is too late. There is a sudden shock; the ship is caught +up by an enormous wave; she rises upon her beam ends; several +times she strikes the ground; the mizen-mast snaps short off +level with the deck, falls into the sea, and the "Chancellor" is +motionless. + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +THE NIGHT OF THE 29th CONTINUED.--It was not yet midnight; the +darkness was most profound, and we could see nothing. But was it +probable that we had stranded on the coast of America? + +Very shortly after the ship had thus come to a standstill a +clanking of chains was heard proceeding from her bows. + +"That is well," said Curtis; "Walter and the boatswain have cast +both the anchors. Let us hope they will hold." + +Then, clinging to the netting, he clambered along the starboard +side, on which the ship had heeled, as far as the flames would +allow him. He clung to the holdfasts of the shrouds, and in +spite of the heavy seas that dashed against the vessel he +maintained his position for a considerable time, evidently +listening to some sound that had caught his ear in the midst of +the tempest. In about a quarter of an hour he returned to the +poop. + +"Heaven be praised!" he said, "the water is coming in, and +perhaps may get the better of the fire." + +"True," said I, "but what then?" + +"That," he replied, "is a question for by-and-by. We can now +only think of the present." + +Already I fancied that the violence of the flames was somewhat +abated, and that the two opposing elements were in fierce +contention. Some plank in the ship's side was evidently stove +in, admitting free passage for the waves. But how, when the +water had mastered the fire, should we be able to master the +water? Our natural course would be to use the pumps, but these, +in the very midst of the conflagration, were quite unavailable. + +For three long hours, in anxious suspense, we watched and +watched, and waited. Where we were we could not tell. One thing +alone was certain: the tide was ebbing beneath us, and the waves +were relaxing in their violence. Once let the fire be +extinguished, and then, perhaps, there would be room to hope that +the next high tide would set us afloat. + +Towards half-past four in the morning the curtain of fire and +smoke, which had shut off communication between the two +extremities of the ship, became less dense, and we could faintly +distinguish that party of the crew who had taken refuge in the +forecastle; and before long, although it was impracticable to +step upon the deck, the lieutenant and the boatswain contrived to +clamber over the gunwale, along the rails, and joined Curtis on +the poop. + +Here they held a consultation, to which I was admitted. They +were all of opinion that nothing could be done until daylight +should give us something of an idea of our actual position. If +we then found that we were near the shore, we would, weather +permitting, endeavour to land, either in the boat or upon a raft. +If, on the other hand, no land were in sight, and the +"Chancellor" were ascertained to be stranded on some isolated +reef, all we could do would be to get her afloat, and put her +into condition for reaching the nearest coast. Curtis told us +that it was long since he had been able to take any observation +of altitude, but there was no doubt the north-west wind had +driven us far to the south; and he thought, as he was ignorant of +the existence of any reef in this part of the Atlantic, that it +was just possible that we had been driven on to the coast of some +portion of South America. + +I reminded him that we were in momentary expectation of an +explosion, and suggested that it would be advisable to abandon +the ship and take refuge on the reef. But he would not hear of +such a proceeding, said that the reef would probably be covered +at high tide, and persisted in the original resolution, that no +decided action could be taken before the daylight appeared. + +I immediately reported this decision of the captain to my fellow +passengers. None of them seem to realize the new danger to which +the "Chancellor" may be exposed by being cast upon an unknown +reef, hundreds of miles it may be from land. All are for the +time possessed with one idea, one hope; and that is, that the +fire may now be quenched and the explosion averted. + +And certainly their hopes seem in a fair way of being fulfilled. +Already the raging flames that poured forth from the hatches have +given place to dense black smoke, and although occasionally some +fiery streaks dart across the dusky fumes, yet they are instantly +extinguished. The waves are doing what pumps and buckets could +never have effected; by their inundation they are steadily +stifling the fire which was as steadily spreading to the whole +bulk of the 1700 bales of cotton. + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +OCTOBER 30th.--At the first gleam of daylight we eagerly scanned +the southern and western horizons, but the morning mists limited +our view. Land was nowhere to be seen. The tide was now almost +at its lowest ebb, and the colour of the few peaks of rock that +jutted up around us showed that the reef on which we had stranded +was of basaltic formation. There were now only about six feet of +water around the "Chancellor," though with a full freight she +draws about fifteen. It was remarkable how far she had been +carried on to the shelf of rock, but the number of times that she +had touched the bottom before she finally ran aground left us no +doubt that she had been lifted up and borne along on the top of +an enormous wave. She now lies with her stern considerably +higher than her bows, a position which renders walking upon the +deck anything but an easy matter; moreover as the tide-receded +she heeled over so much to larboard that at one time Curtis +feared she would altogether capsize; that fear, however, since +the tide has reached its lowest mark, has happily proved +groundless. + +At six o'clock some violent blows were felt against the ship's +side, and at the same time a voice was distinguished, shouting +loudly, "Curtis! Curtis!" Following the direction of the cries +we saw that the broken mizen-mast was being washed against the +vessel, and in the dusky morning twilight we could make out the +figure of a man clinging to the rigging. Curtis, at the peril of +his life, hastened to bring the man on board, It proved to be +none other than Silas Huntly, who, after being carried overboard +with the mast, had thus, almost by a miracle, escaped a watery +grave. Without a word of thanks to his deliverer, the ex- +captain, passive, like an automaton, passed on and took his seat +in the most secluded corner of the poop. The broken mizen may, +perhaps, be of service to us at some future time, and with that +idea it has been rescued from the waves and lashed securely to +the stern. + +By this time it was light enough to see for a distance of three +miles round; but as yet nothing could be discerned to make us +think that we were near a coast. The line of breakers ran for +about a mile from south-west to north-east, and two hundred +fathoms to the north of the ship an irregular mass of rocks +formed a small islet. This islet rose about fifty feet above the +sea, and was consequently above the level of the highest tides; +whilst a sort of causeway, available at low water, would enable +us to reach the island, if necessity required. But there the +reef ended; beyond it the sea again resumed its sombre hue, +betokening deep water. In all probability, then, this was a +solitary shoal, unattached to a shore, and the gloom of a bitter +disappointment began to weigh upon our spirits. + +In another hour the mists had totally disappeared, and it was +broad daylight. I and M. Letourneur stood watching Curtis as he +continued eagerly to scan the western horizon. Astonishment was +written on his countenance; to him it appeared perfectly +incredible that, after our course for so long had been due south +from the Bermudas, no land should be in sight. But not a speck, +however minute, broke the clearly-defined line that joined sea +and sky. After a time Curtis made his way along the netting to +the shrouds, and swung himself quickly up to the top of the +mainmast. For several minutes he remained there examining the +open space around, then seizing one of the backstays he glided +down and rejoined us on the poop. + +"No land in sight," he said, in answer to our eager looks of +inquiry. + +At this point Mr. Kear interposed, and in a gruff, ill-tempered +tone, asked Curtis where we were. Curtis replied that he did not +know. + +"You don't know, sir? Then all I can say is that you ought to +know!" exclaimed the petroleum merchant. + +"That may be, sir; but at present I am as ignorant of our +whereabouts as you are yourself," said Curtis. + +"Well," said Mr. Kear, "just please to know that I don't want to +stay for ever on your everlasting ship, so I beg you will make +haste and start off again." + +Curtis condescended to make no other reply than a shrug of the +shoulders, and turning away he informed M. Letourneur and myself +that if the sun came out he intended to take its altitude and +find out to what part of the ocean we had been driven. His next +care was to distribute preserved meat and biscuit amongst the +passengers and crew already half fainting with hunger and +fatigue, and then he set to work to devise measures for setting +the ship afloat. + +The conflagration was greatly abated; no flames now appeared, and +although some black smoke still issued from the interior, yet its +volume was far less than before. The first step was to discover +how much water had entered the hold. The deck was still too hot +to walk upon; but after two hours' irrigation the boards became +sufficiently cool for the boatswain to proceed to take some +soundings, and he shortly afterwards announced that there were +five feet of water below. This the captain determined should not +be pumped out at present, as he wanted it thoroughly to do its +duty before he got rid of it. + +The next subject for consideration was whether it would be +advisable to abandon the vessel, and to take refuge on the reef. +Curtis thought not; and the lieutenant and the boatswain agreed +with him. The chances of an explosion were greatly diminished, +as it had been ascertained that the water had reached that part +of the hold in which Ruby's luggage had been deposited; while, on +the other hand, in the event of rough weather, our position even +upon the most elevated points of rock might be very critical. It +was accordingly resolved that both passengers and crew were +safest on board. + +Acting upon this decision we proceeded to make a kind of +encampment on the poop, and the few mattresses that were rescued +uninjured have been given up for the use of the two ladies. Such +of the crew as had saved their hammocks have been told to place +them under the forecastle where they would have to stow +themselves as best they could, their ordinary quarters being +absolutely uninhabitable. + +Fortunately, although the store-room has been considerably +exposed to the heat, its contents are not very seriously damaged, +and all the barrels of water and the greater part of the +provisions are quite intact. The stack of spare sails, which had +been packed away in front, is also free from injury. The wind +has dropped considerably since the early morning, and the swell +in the sea is far less heavy. On the whole our spirits are +reviving, and we begin to think we may yet find a way out of our +troubles. + +M. Letourneur, his son, and I, have just had a long conversation +about the ship's officers. We consider their conduct, under the +late trying circumstances, to have been most exemplary, and their +courage, energy, and endurance to have been beyond all praise. +Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, and Dowlas the carpenter have +all alike distinguished themselves, and made us feel that they +are men to be relied on. As for Curtis, words can scarcely be +found to express our admiration of his character; he is the same +as he has ever been, the very life of his crew, cheering them on +by word or gesture; finding an expedient for every difficulty, +and always foremost in every action. + +The tide turned at seven this morning, and by eleven all the +rocks were submerged, none of them being visible except the +cluster of those which formed the rim of a small and almost +circular basin from 250 to 300 feet in diameter, in the north +angle of which the ship is lying. As the tide rose the white +breakers disappeared, and the sea, fortunately for the +"Chancellor," was pretty calm; otherwise the dashing of the waves +against her sides, as she lies motionless, might have been +attended by serious consequences. + +As might be supposed, the height of the water in the hold +increased with the tide from five feet to nine; but this was +rather a matter for congratulation, inasmuch as it sufficed to +inundate another layer of cotton. + +At half-past eleven the sun, which had been behind the clouds +since ten o'clock, broke forth brightly. The captain, who had +already in the morning been able to calculate an horary angle, +now prepared to take the meridian altitude, and succeeded at +midday in making his observation most satisfactorily. After +retiring for a short time to calculate the result; he returned to +the poop and announced that we are in lat; 18deg. 5min. N. and +long. 45deg. 53min. W., but that the reef on which we are aground +is not marked upon the charts. The only explanation that can be +given for the omission is that the islet must be of recent +formation, and has been caused by some subterranean volcanic +disturbance. But whatever may be the solution of the mystery, +here we are 800 miles from land; for such, on consulting the map, +we find to be the actual distance to the coast of Guiana, which +is the nearest shore. Such is the position to which we have been +brought, in the first place, by Huntly's senseless obstinacy, +and, secondly, by the furious north-west gale. + +Yet, after all, the captain's communication does not dishearten +us. As I said before, our spirits are reviving. We have escaped +the peril of fire; the fear of explosion is past and gone; and +oblivious of the fact that the ship with a hold full of water is +only too likely to founder when she puts out to sea, we feel a +confidence in the future that forbids us to despond. + +Meanwhile Curtis prepares to do all that common sense demands. +He proposes, when the fire is quite extinguished, to throw +overboard the whole, or the greater portion of the cargo, +including of course, the picrate; he will next plug up the leak, +and then, with a lightened ship, he will take advantage of the +first high tide to quit the reef as speedily as possible. + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +OCTOBER 30th.--Once again I talked to M. Letourneur about our +situation, and endeavoured to animate him with the hope that we +should not be detained for long in our present predicament; but +he could not be brought to take a very sanguine view of our +prospects. + +"But surely," I protested, "it will not be difficult to throw +overboard a few hundred bales of cotton; two or three days at +most will suffice for that." + +"Likely enough," he replied, "when the business is once begun; +but you must remember, Mr. Kazallon, that the very heart of the +cargo is still smouldering, and that it will still be several +days before any one will be able to venture into the hold. Then +the leak, too, that has to be caulked; and, unless it is stopped +up very effectually, we shall be only doomed most certainly to +perish at sea. Don't, then, be deceiving yourself; it must be +three weeks at least before you can expect to put out to sea. I +can only hope meanwhile that the weather will continue +propitious; it wouldn't take many storms to knock the +'Chancellor,' shattered as she is, completely into pieces." + +Here, then, was the suggestion of a new danger to which we were +to be exposed; the fire might be extinguished, the water might be +got rid of by the pumps, but, after all, we must be at the mercy +of the wind and waves; and, although the rocky island might +afford a temporary refuge from the tempest, what was to become of +passengers and crew if the vessel should be reduced to a total +wreck? I made no remonstrance, however, to this view of our +case, but merely asked M. Letourneur if he had confidence in +Robert Curtis? + +"Perfect confidence," he answered; "and I acknowledge it most +gratefully, as a providential circumstance, that Captain Huntly +had given him the command in time. Whatever man can do I know +that Curtis will not leave undone to extricate us from our +dilemma." + +Prompted by this conversation with M. Letourneur I took the first +opportunity of trying to ascertain from Curtis himself, how long +he reckoned we should be obliged to remain upon the reef; but he +merely replied, that it must depend upon circumstances, and that +he hoped the weather would continue favourable. Fortunately the +barometer is rising steadily, and there is every sign of a +prolonged calm. + +Meantime Curtis is taking active measures for totally +extinguishing the fire. He is at no great pains to spare the +cargo, and as the bales that lie just above the level of the +water are still a-light he has resorted to the expedient of +thoroughly saturating the upper layers of the cotton, in order +that the combustion may be stifled between the moisture +descending from above and that ascending from below. This scheme +has brought the pumps once more into requisition. At present the +crew are adequate to the task of working them, but I and some of +our fellow passengers are ready to offer our assistance whenever +it shall be necessary. + +With no immediate demand upon our labour, we are thrown upon our +own resources for passing our time. Letourneur, Andre and +myself, have frequent conversations; I also devote an hour or two +to my diary. Falsten holds little communication with any of us, +but remains absorbed in his calculations, and amuses himself by +tracing mechanical diagrams with ground-plan, section, elevation, +all complete. It would be a happy inspiration if he could invent +some mighty engine that could set us all afloat again. Mr. and +Mrs. Kear, too, hold themselves aloof from their fellow +passengers, and we are not sorry to be relieved from the +necessity of listening to their incessant grumbling; +unfortunately, however, they carry off Miss Herbey with them, so +that we enjoy little or nothing of the young lady's society. As +for Silas Huntly, he has become a complete nonentity; he exists, +it is true, but merely, it would seem, to vegetate. + +Hobart, the steward, an obsequious, sly sort of fellow, goes +through his routine of duties just as though the vessel were +pursuing her ordinary course; and, as usual, is continually +falling out with Jynxtrop, the cook, an impudent, ill-favoured +negro, who interferes with the other sailors in a manner which, I +think, ought not to be allowed. + +Since it appears likely that we shall have abundance of time on +our hands, I have proposed to M. Letourneur and his son that we +shall together explore the reef on which we are stranded. It is +not very probable that we shall be able to discover much about +the origin of this strange accumulation of rock, yet the attempt +will at least occupy us for some hours, and will relieve us from +the monotony of our confinement on board. Besides, as the reef +is not marked in any of the maps, I could not but believe that it +would be rendering a service to hydrography if we were to take an +accurate plan of the rocks, of which Curtis could afterwards +verify the true position by a second observation made with a +closer precision than the one he has already taken. + +M. Letourneur agrees to my proposal, Curtis has promised to let +us have the boat and some sounding-lines, and to allow one of the +sailors to accompany us; so to-morrow morning, we hope to make +our little voyage of investigation. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +OCTOBER 31st to NOVEMBER 5th.--Our first proceeding on the +morning of the 31st was to make the proposed tour of the reef, +which is about a quarter of a mile long. With the aid of our +sounding-lines we found that the water was deep, right up to the +very rocks, and that no shelving shores prevented us coasting +along them. There was not a shadow of doubt as to the rock being +of purely volcanic origin, upheaved by some mighty subterranean +convulsion. It is formed of blocks of basalt, arranged in +perfect order, of which the regular prisms give the whole mass +the effect of being one gigantic crystal; and the remarkable +transparency of the sea enabled us plainly to observe the curious +shafts of the prismatic columns that support the marvellous +substructure. + +"This is indeed a singular island," said M. Letourneur; +"evidently it is of quite a recent origin." + +"Yes, father," said Andre, "and I should think it has been caused +by a phenomenon similar to those which produced the Julia Island, +off the coast of Sicily, or the group of the Santorini, in the +Grecian Archipelago. One could almost fancy that it had been +created expressly for the 'Chancellor' to stand upon." + +"It is very certain," I observed, "that some upheaving has +lately taken place. This is by no means an unfrequented part of +the Atlantic, so that it is not at all likely that it could have +escaped the notice of sailors if it had been always in existence; +yet it is not marked even in the most modern charts. We must try +and explore it thoroughly and give future navigators the benefit +of our observations." + +But, perhaps, it will disappear as it came," said Andre. "You +are no doubt aware, Mr. Kazallon, that these volcanic islands +sometimes have a very transitory existence. Not impossibly, by +the time it gets marked upon the maps it may no longer be here." + +"Never mind, my boy," answered his father, "it is better to give +warning of a danger that does not exist than overlook one that +does. I daresay the sailors will not grumble much, if they don't +find a reef where we have marked one." + +"No, I daresay not, father," said Andre "and after all this +island is very likely as firm as a continent. However, if it is +to disappear, I expect Captain Curtis would be glad to see it +take its departure as soon as possible after he has finished his +repairs; it would save him a world of trouble in getting his ship +afloat." + +"Why, what a fellow you are Andre!" I said, laughing, "I believe +you would like to rule Nature with a magic wand; first of all, +you would call up a reef from the depth of the ocean to give the +'Chancellor' time to extinguish her flames, and then you would +make it disappear just that the ship might be free again." + +Andre smiled; then, in a more serious tone, he expressed his +gratitude for the timely help that had been vouchsafed us in our +hour of need. + +The more we examined the rocks that formed the base of the little +island, the more we became convinced that its formation was quite +recent, Not a mollusc, not a tuft of seaweed was found clinging +to the sides of the rocks; not a germ had the wind carried to its +surface, not a bird had taken refuge amidst the crags upon its +summits. To a lover of natural history, the spot did not yield a +single point of interest; the geologist alone would find subject +of study in the basaltic mass. + +When we reached the southern point of the island I proposed that +we should disembark. My companions readily assented, young +Letourneur jocosely observing that if the little island was +destined to vanish, it was quite right that it should first be +visited by human beings. The boat was accordingly brought +alongside, and we set, foot upon the reef, and began to ascend +the gradual slope that leads to its highest elevation. + +The walking was not very rough, and as Andre could get along +tolerably well without the assistance of an arm, he led the way, +his father and I following close behind. A quarter of an hour +sufficed to bring us to the loftiest point in the islet, when we +seated ourselves on the basaltic prism that crowned its summit. + +Andre took a sketch-book from his pocket, and proceeded to make a +drawing of the reef. Scarcely had he completed the outline when +his father exclaimed,-- + +"Why, Andre, you have drawn a ham!" + +"Something uncommonly like it, I confess," replied Andre. "I +think we had better ask Captain Curtis to let us call our island +Ham Rock." + +"Good," said I; "though sailors will need to keep it at a +respectful distance, for they will scarcely find that their teeth +are strong enough to tackle with it." + +M. Letourneur was quite correct; the outline of the reef as it +stood clearly defined against the deep green water resembled +nothing so much, as a fine York ham, of which the little creek, +where the "Chancellor" had been stranded, corresponded to the +hollow place above the knuckle. The tide at this time was low, +and the ship now lay heeled over very much to the starboard side, +the few points of rock that emerged in the extreme south of the +reef plainly marking the narrow passage through which she had +been forced before she finally ran aground. + +As soon as Andre had finished his sketch we descended by a slope +as gradual as that by which we had come up, and made our way +towards the west. We had not gone very far when a beautiful +grotto, perfect as an architectural structure, arrested our +attention, M. Letourneur and Andre who have visited the Hebrides, +pronounced it to be a Fingal's cave in miniature; a Gothic chapel +that might form a fit vestibule for the cathedral cave of Staffa. +The basaltic rocks had cooled down into the same regular +concentric prisms; there was the same dark canopied roof with its +interstices filled up with its yellow lutings; the same precision +of outline in the prismatic angles, sharp as though chiselled by +a sculptor's hand; the same sonorous vibration of the air across +the basaltic rocks, of which the Gaelic poets have feigned that +the harps of the Fingal minstrelsy were made. But whereas at +Staffa the floor of the cave is always covered with a sheet of +water, here the grotto was beyond the reach of all but the +highest waves, whilst the prismatic shafts themselves formed +quite a solid pavement. + +After remaining nearly an hour in our newly-discovered grotto we +returned to the "Chancellor," and communicated the result of our +explorations to Curtis, who entered the island upon his chart by +the name that Andre Letourneur had proposed. + +Since its discovery we have not permitted a day to pass without +spending some time in our Ham Rock grotto. Curtis has taken an +opportunity of visiting it, but he is too preoccupied with other +matters to have much interest to spare for the wonders of nature. +Falsten, too, came once and examined the character of the rocks, +knocking and chipping them about with all the mercilessness of a +geologist. Mr. Kear would not trouble himself to leave the ship; +and although I asked his wife to join us in one of our excursions +she declined, upon the plea that the fatigue, as well as the +inconvenience of embarking in the boat, would be more than she +could bear. + +Miss Herbey, only too thankful to escape even for an hour from +her capricious mistress, eagerly accepted M. Letourneur's +invitation to pay a visit to the reef but to her great +disappointment Mrs. Kear at first refused point-blank to allow +her to leave the ship. I felt intensely annoyed, and resolved to +intercede in Miss Herbey's favour; and as I had already rendered +that self-indulgent lady sundry services which she thought she +might probably be glad again to accept, I gained my point, and +Miss Herbey has several times been permitted to accompany us +across the rocks, where the young girl's delight at her freedom +has been a pleasure to behold. + +Sometimes we fish along the shore, and, then enjoy a luncheon in +the grotto, whilst the basalt columns vibrate like harps to the +breeze. This arid reef, little as it is, compared with the +cramped limits of the "Chancellor's" deck is like some vast +domain; soon there will be scarcely a stone with which we are not +familiar, scarcely a portion of its surface which we have not +merrily trodden, and I am sure that when the hour of departure +arrives we shall leave it with regret. + +In the course of conversation, Andre Letourneur one day happened +to say that he believed the island of Staffa belonged to the +Macdonald family, who let it for the small sum of 12 pounds a +year. + +"I suppose then," said Miss Herbey, "that we should hardly get +more than half-a-crown a year for our pet little island." + +"I don't think you would get a penny for it, Miss Herbey; but are +you thinking of taking a lease?" I said, laughing. + +"Not at present," she said; then added, with a half-suppressed +sigh, "and yet it is a place where I have seemed to know what it +is to be really happy." + +Andre murmured some expression of assent, and we all felt that +there was something touching in the words of the orphaned, +friendless girl who had found her long-lost sense of happiness on +a lonely rock in the Atlantic. + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +NOVEMBER 6th to NOVEMBER 15th.--For the first five days after the +"Chancellor" had run aground, there was a dense black smoke +continually rising from the hold; but it gradually diminished +until the 6th of November, when we might consider that the fire +was extinguished. Curtis, nevertheless, deemed it prudent to +persevere in working the pumps, which he did until the entire +hull of the ship, right up to the deck, had been completely +inundated. + +The rapidity, however, with which the water, at every retreat of +the tide, drained off to the level of the sea, was an indication +that the leak must be of considerable magnitude; and such, on +investigation, proved to be the case. One of the sailors, named +Flaypole, dived one day at low water to examine the extent of the +damage, and found that the hole was not much less than four feet +square, and was situated thirty feet fore of the helm, and two +feet above the rider of the keel; three planks had been stoved in +by a sharp point of rock, and it was only a wonder that the +violence with which the heavily-laden vessel had been thrown +ashore did not result in the smashing in of many parts besides. + +As it would be a couple of days or more before the hold would be +in a condition for the bales of cotton to be removed for the +carpenter to examine the damage from the interior of the ship, +Curtis employed the interval in having the broken mizen-mast +repaired. Dowlas the carpenter, with considerable skill, +contrived to mortice it into its former stump, and made the +junction thoroughly secure by strong iron-belts and bolts. The +shrouds, the stays and backstays, were then carefully refitted, +some of the sails were changed, and the whole of the running +rigging was renewed. Injury, to some extent, had been done to +the poop and to the crew's lockers, in the front; but time and +labour were all that were wanted to make them good; and with such +a will, did every one set to work that it was not long before all +the cabins were again available for use. + +On the 8th the unlading of the ship commenced. Pulleys and +tackling were put over the hatches, and passengers and crew +together proceeded to haul up the heavy bales which had been +deluged so frequently by water that the cotton was all but +spoiled. One by one the sodden bales were placed in the boat to +be transported to the reef. After the first layer of cotton had +been removed it became necessary to drain off part of the water +that filled the hold. For this purpose the leak in the side had +somehow or other to be stopped, and this was an operation which +was cleverly accomplished by Dowlas and Flaypole, who contrived +to dive at low tide and nail a sheet of copper over the entire +hole. This, however, of itself would have been utterly +inadequate to sustain the pressure that would arise from the +action of the pumps; so Curtis ordered that a number of the bales +should be piled up inside against the broken planks. The scheme +succeeded very well, and as the water got lower and lower in the +hold the men were enabled to resume their task of unlading. + +Curtis thinks it quite probable that the leaks may be mended from +the interior. By far the best way of repairing the damage would +be to careen the ship, and to shift the planking, but the +appliances are wanting for such an undertaking; moreover, any bad +weather which might occur while the ship was on her flank would +only too certainly be fatal to her altogether. But the captain +has very little doubt that by some device or other he shall +manage to patch up the hole in such a way as will insure our +reaching land in safety. + +After two days' toil the water was entirely reduced and without +further difficulty the unlading was completed. All of us, +including even Andre Letourneur, have been taking our turn at the +pumps, for the work is so extremely fatiguing that the crew +require some occasional respite; arms and back soon become +strained and weary with the incessant swing of the handles, and I +can well understand the dislike which sailors always express to +the labour. + +One thing there is which is much in our favour; the ship lies on +a firm and solid bottom, and we have the satisfaction of knowing +that we are not contending with a flood that encroaches faster +than it can be resisted. Heaven grant that we may not be called +to make like efforts, and to make them hopelessly, for a +foundering ship! + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +NOVEMBER 15th to 20th.--The examination of the hold has at last +been made. Amongst the first things that were found was the case +of picrate, perfectly intact; having neither been injured by the +water, nor of course reached by the flames. Why it was not at +once pitched into the sea I cannot say; but it was merely +conveyed to the extremity of the island, and there it remains. + +While they were below, Curtis and Dowlas made themselves +acquainted with the full extent of the mischief that had been +done by the conflagration. They found that the deck and the +cross-beams that supported it had been much less injured than +they expected, and the thick, heavy planks had only been scorched +very superficially. But the action of the fire on the flanks of +the ship had been of a much more serious character; a long +portion of the inside boarding had been burnt away, and the very +ribs of the vessel were considerably damaged; the oakum caulkings +had all started away from the butt-ends and seams; so much so +that it was little short of a miracle that the whole ship had not +long since gaped completely open. + +The captain and the carpenter returned to the deck with anxious +faces. Curtis lost no time in assembling passengers and crew, +and announcing to them the facts of the case. + +"My friends," he said, "I am here to tell you that the +'Chancellor' has sustained far greater injuries than we +suspected, and that her hull is very seriously damaged. If we +had been stranded anywhere else than on a barren reef, that may +at any time be overwhelmed by a tempestuous sea I should not have +hesitated to take the ship to pieces, and construct a smaller +vessel that might have carried us safely to land; but I dare not +run the risk of remaining here. We are now 800 miles from the +coast of Paramaribo, the nearest portion of Dutch Guiana, and in +ten or twelve days, if the weather should be favourable, I +believe we could reach the shore. What I now propose to do is to +stop the leak by the best means we can command, and make at once +for the nearest port." + +As no better plan seemed to suggest itself, Curtis's proposal was +unanimously accepted Dowlas and his assistants immediately set to +work to repair the charred frame-work of the ribs, and to stop +the leak; they took care thoroughly to caulk from the outside all +the seams that were above low water mark; lower than that they +were unable to work, and had to content themselves with such +repairs as they could effect in the interior. But after all the +pains there is no doubt the "Chancellor" is not fit for a long +voyage, and would be condemned as unseaworthy at any port at +which we might put in. + +To-day, the 20th, Curtis having done all that human power could +do to repair his ship, determined to put her to sea. + +Ever since the "Chancellor" had been relieved of her cargo, and +of the water in her hold, she had been able to float in the +little natural basin into which she had been driven. The basin +was enclosed on either hand by rocks that remained uncovered even +at high water, but was sufficiently wide to allow the vessel to +turn quite round at its broadest part, and by means of hawsers +fastened on the reef to be brought with her bows towards the +south; while, to prevent her being carried back on to the reef, +she has been anchored fore and aft. + +To all appearance, then, it seemed as though it would be an easy +matter to put the "Chancellor" to sea; if the wind were +favourable the sails would be hoisted, if otherwise, she would +have to be towed through the narrow passage. All seemed simple. +But unlooked-for difficulties had yet to be surmounted. + +The mouth of the passage is guarded by a kind of ridge of basalt, +which at high tide we knew was barely covered with sufficient +water to float the "Chancellor," even when entirely unfreighted. +To be sure she had been carried over the obstacle once before, +but then, as I have already said, she had been caught up by an +enormous wave, and might have been said to be LIFTED over the +barrier into her present position. Besides, on that ever- +memorable night, there had not only been the ordinary spring- +tide, but an equinoctial tide, such a one as could not be +expected to occur again for many months. Waiting was out of the +question; so Curtis determined to run the risk, and to take +advantage of the spring-tide, which would occur to-day, to make +an attempt to get the ship, lightened as she was, over the bar; +after which, he might ballast her sufficiently to sail. + +The wind was blowing from the north-west, and consequently right +in the direction of the passage. The captain, however, after a +consultation, preferred to tow the ship over the ridge, as he +considered it was scarcely safe to allow a vessel of doubtful +stability at full sail to charge an obstacle that would probably +bring her to a dead lock. Before the operation was commenced, +Curtis took the precaution of having an anchor ready in the +stern, for, in the event of the attempt being unsuccessful, it +would be necessary to bring the ship back to her present +moorings. Two more anchors were next carried outside the +passage, which was not more than two hundred feet in length. The +chains were attached to the windlass, the sailors worked away at +the handspikes, and at four o'clock in the afternoon the +"Chancellor" was in motion. + +High tide would be at twenty minutes past four, and at ten +minutes before that time the ship had been hauled as far as her +sea-range would allow; her keel grazed the ridge, and her +progress was arrested. When the lowest part of her stern, +however, just cleared the obstruction, Curtis deemed that there +was no longer any reason why the mechanical action of the wind +should not be brought to bear and contribute its assistance. +Without delay, all sails were unfurled and trimmed to the wind. +The tide was exactly at its height, passengers and crew together +were at the windlass, M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself +being at the starboard bar. Curtis stood upon the poop, giving +his chief attention to the sails; the lieutenant was on the +forecastle; the boatswain by the helm. The sea seemed +propitiously calm and, as it swelled gently to and fro, lifted +the ship several times. + +"Now, my boys," said Curtis in his calm clear voice, "all +together! Off!" + +Round went the windlass; click, click, clanked the chains as link +by link they were forced through the hawse-holes. + +The breeze freshened, and the masts gave to the pressure of the +sails, but round and round we went, keeping time in regular +monotony to the sing-song tune hummed by one of the sailors. + +We had gained about twenty feet, and were redoubling our efforts +when the ship grounded again. + +And now no effort would avail; all was in vain; the tide began to +turn; and the "Chancellor" would not advance an inch. Was there +time to go back? She would inevitably go to pieces if left +balanced upon the ridge. In an instant the captain has ordered +the sails to be furled, and the anchor dropped from the stern. + +One moment of terrible anxiety, and all is well. + +The "Chancellor" tacks to stern, and glides back into the basin, +which is once more her prison. + +"Well, captain," says the boatswain, "what's to be done now?" + +"I don't know" said Curtis, "but we shall get across somehow." + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +NOVEMBER 21st to 24th.--There was assuredly no time to be lost +before we ought to leave Ham Rock reef. The barometer had been +falling ever since the morning, the sea was getting rougher, and +there was every symptom that the weather, hitherto so favourable, +was on the point of breaking; and in the event of a gale the +"Chancellor" must inevitably be dashed to pieces on the rocks. + +In the evening, when the tide was quite low, and the rocks +uncovered, Curtis, the boatswain, and Dowlas went to examine the +ridge which had proved so serious an obstruction, Falsten and I +accompanied them. We came to the conclusion that the only way of +effecting a passage was by cutting away the rocks with pikes over +a surface measuring ten feet by six. An extra depth of nine or +ten inches would give a sufficient gauge, and the channel might +be accurately marked out by buoys; in this way it was conjectured +the ship might be got over the ridge and so reach the deep water +beyond. + +"But this basalt is as hard as granite," said the boatswain; +"besides, we can only get at it at low water, and consequently +could only work at it for two hours out of the twenty-four." + +"All the more reason why we should begin at once, boatswain," +said Curtis. + +"But if it is to take us a month, captain, perhaps by that time +the ship may be knocked to atoms. Couldn't we manage to blow up +the rock? we have got some powder on board." + +"Not enough for that;" said the boatswain. + +"You have something better than powder," said Falsten. + +"What's that?" asked the captain. + +"Picrate of potash," was the reply. + +And so the explosive substance with which poor Ruby had so +grievously imperilled the vessel was now to serve her in good +stead, and I now saw what a lucky thing it was that the case had +been deposited safely on the reef, instead of being thrown into +the sea. + +Picric acid is a crystalline bitter product extracted from coal- +tar, and forming, in combination with potash, a yellow salt known +as picrate of potash. The explosive power of this substance is +inferior to that of gun-cotton or of dynamite, but far greater +than that of ordinary gunpowder; one grain of picric powder +producing an effect equal to that of thirteen grains of common +powder. Picrate is easily ignited by any sharp or violent shock, +and some gun-priming which we had in our possession would answer +the purpose of setting it alight. + +The sailors went off at once for their pikes, and Dowlas and his +assistants, under the direction of Falsten, who, as an engineer, +understood such matters, proceeded to hollow out a mine wherein +to deposit the powder. At first we hoped that everything would +be ready for the blasting to take place on the following morning, +but when daylight appeared we found that the men, although they +had laboured with a will, had only been able to work for an hour +at low water and that four tides must ebb before the mine had +been sunk to the required depth. + +Not until eight o'clock on the morning of the 23rd was the work +complete. The hole was bored obliquely in the rock, and was +large enough to contain about ten pounds of explosive matter. +Just as the picrate was being introduced into the aperture, +Falsten interposed:-- + +"Stop," he said, "I think it will be best to mix the picrate with +common powder, as that will allow us to fire the mine with a +match instead of the gun-priming which would be necessary to +produce a shock. Besides, it is an understood thing that the +addition of gunpowder renders picrate far more effective in +blasting such rocks as this, as then the violence of the picrate +prepares the way for the powder which, slower in its action, will +complete the disseverment of the basalt." + +Falsten is not a great talker, but what he does say is always +very much to the point. His good advice was immediately followed; +the two substances were mixed together, and after a match had +been introduced the compound was rammed closely into the hole. + +Notwithstanding that the "Chancellor" was at a distance from the +rocks that insured her from any danger of being injured by the +explosion, it was thought advisable that the passengers and crew +should take refuge in the grotto at the extremity of the reef, +and even Mr. Kear, in spite of his many objections, was forced to +leave the ship. Falsten, as soon as he had set fire to the +match, joined us in our retreat. + +The train was to burn for ten minutes, and at the end of that +time the explosion took place; the report, on account of the +depth of the mine, being muffled, and much less noisy than we had +expected. But the operation had been perfectly successful. +Before we reached the ridge we could see that the basalt had been +literally reduced to powder, and that a little channel, already +being filled by the rising tide, had been cut right through the +obstacle. A loud hurrah rang through the air; our prison-doors +were opened, and we were prisoners no more! + +At high tide the "Chancellor" weighed anchor and floated out into +the open sea, but she was not in a condition to sail until she +had been ballasted; and for the next twenty-four hours the crew +were busily employed in taking up blocks of stone, and such of +the bales of cotton as had sustained the least amount of injury. + +In the course of the day, M. Letourneur, Andre, Miss Herbey, and +I took a farewell walk round the reef, and Andre with artistic +skill, carved on the wall of the grotto the word "Chancellor," +--the designation Ham Rock, which we had given to the reef,--and +the date of our running aground. Then we bade adieu to the scene +of our three week's sojourn, where we had passed days that to +some at least of our party will be reckoned as far from being the +least happy of their lives. + +At high tide this morning, the 24th, with low, top, and gallant +sails all set, the "Chancellor" started on her onward way, and +two hours later the last peak of Ham Rock had vanished below the +horizon. + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +NOVEMBER 24th to DECEMBER 1st.--Here we were then once more at +sea, and although on board a ship of which the stability was very +questionable, we had hopes, if the wind continued favourable, of +reaching the coast of Guiana in the course of a few days. + +Our way was south-west and consequently with the wind, and +although Curtis would not crowd on all sail lest the extra speed +should have a tendency to spring the leak afresh, the +"Chancellor" made a progress that was quite satisfactory. Life +on board began to fall back into its former routine; the feeling +of insecurity and the consciousness that we were merely retracing +our path doing much, however, to destroy the animated intercourse +that would otherwise go on between passenger and passenger. + +The first few days passed without any incident worth recording, +then on the 29th, the wind shifted to the north, and it became +necessary to brace the yards, trim the sails, and take a +starboard tack. This made the ship lurch very much on one side, +and as Curtis felt that she was labouring far too heavily, he +clued up the top-gallants, prudently reckoning that, under the +circumstances, caution was far more important than speed. + +The night came on dark and foggy. The breeze freshened +considerably, and, unfortunately for us, hailed from the north- +west. Although we carried no top-sails at all, the ship seemed +to heel over more than ever. Most of the passengers had retired +to their cabins, but all the crew remained on deck, whilst Curtis +never quitted his post upon the poop. + +Towards two o'clock in the morning I was myself preparing to go +to my cabin, when Burke, one of the sailors who had been down +into the hold, came on deck with the ominous cry,-- + +"Two feet of water below." + +In an instant Curtis and the boatswain had descended the ladder. +The startling news was only too true; the sea-water was entering +the hold, but whether the leak had sprung afresh, or whether the +caulking in some of the seams was insufficient, it was then +impossible to determine; all that could be done was to let the +ship go with the wind and wait for day. + +At daybreak they sounded again:--"Three feet of water!" was the +report, I glanced at Curtis, his lips were white, but he had not +lost his self-possession. He quietly informed such of the +passengers as were already on deck of the new danger that +threatened us; it was better that they should know the worst, and +the fact could not be long concealed. I told M. Letourneur that +I could not help hoping that there might yet be time to reach the +land before the last crisis came. Falsten was about to give vent +to an expression of despair, but he was soon silenced by Miss +Herbey asserting her confidence that all would yet be well. + +Curtis at once divided the crew into two sets, and made them work +incessantly, turn and turn about at the pumps. The men applied +themselves to their task with resignation rather than with +ardour; the labour was hard and scarcely repaid them; the pumps +were constantly getting out of order, the valves being choked up +by the ashes and bits of cotton that were floating about in the +hold, while every moment that was spent in cleaning or repairing +them was so much time lost. + +Slowly, but surely, the water continued to rise, and on the +following morning the soundings gave five feet for its depth, I +noticed that Curtis's brow contracted each time that the +boatswain or the lieutenant brought him their report. There was +no doubt it was only a question of time, and not for an instant +must the efforts for keeping down the level be relaxed. Already +the ship had sunk a foot lower in the water, and as her weight +increased she no longer rose buoyantly with the waves, but +pitched and rolled considerably. + +All yesterday, and last night, the pumping continued; but still +the sea gained upon us. The crew are weary and discouraged, but +the second officer and the boatswain set them a fine example of +endurance, and the passengers have now begun to take their turn +at the pumps. + +But all are conscious of toiling almost against hope; we are no +longer secured firmly to the solid soil of the Ham Rock reef, but +we are floating over an abyss which daily, nay hourly, threatens +to swallow us into its depths. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +DECEMBER 2nd and 3rd.--For four hours we have succeeded in +keeping the water in the hold to one level; now, however, it is +very evident that the time cannot be far distant when the pumps +will be quite unequal to their task. + +Yesterday Curtis, who does not allow himself a minute's rest, +made a personal inspection of the hold. I, with the boatswain +and carpenter, accompanied him. After dislodging some of the +bales of cotton we could hear a splashing, or rather gurgling +sound; but whether the water was entering at the original +aperture, or whether it found its way in through a general +dislocation of the seams, we were unable to discover. But +whichever might be the case, Curtis determined to try a plan +which, by cutting off communication between the interior and +exterior of the vessel, might, if only for a few hours, render +her hull more watertight. For this purpose he had some strong, +well-tarred sails drawn upwards by ropes from below the keel, as +high as the previous leaking-place, and then fastened closely and +securely to the side of the hull. The scheme was dubious, and +the operation difficult, but for a time it was effectual, and at +the close of the day the level of the water had actually been +reduced by several inches. The diminution was small enough, but +the consciousness that more water was escaping through the +scupper-holes than was finding its way into the hold gave us +fresh courage to persevere with our work. + +The night was dark, but the captain carried all the sail he +could, eager to take every possible advantage of the wind, which +was freshening considerably. If he could have sighted a ship he +would have made signals of distress, and would not have hesitated +to transfer the passengers, and even have allowed the crew to +follow, if they were ready to forsake him; for himself his mind +was made up, he should remain on board the "Chancellor" until she +foundered beneath his feet. No sail, however, hove in sight; +consequently escape by such means was out of our power. + +During the night the canvas covering yielded to the pressure of +the waves, and this morning, after taking the sounding, the +boatswain could not suppress an oath when be announced "Six feet +of water in the hold!" + +The ship, then, was filling once again, and already had sunk +considerably below her previous water-line. With aching arms and +bleeding hands we worked harder than ever at the pumps, and +Curtis makes those who are not pumping form a line and pass +buckets, with all the speed they can, from hand to hand. + +But all in vain! At half-past eight more water is reported in +the hold, and some of the sailors, overcome by despair, refuse to +work one minute longer. + +The first to abandon his post was Owen, a man whom I have +mentioned before, as exhibiting something of a mutinous spirit, +He is about forty years of age, and altogether unprepossessing in +appearance; his face is bare, with the exception of a reddish +beard, which terminates in a point; his forehead is furrowed with +sinister-looking wrinkles, his lips curl inwards, and his ears +protrude, whilst his bleared and bloodshot eyes are encircled +with thick red rings. + +Amongst the five or six other men who had struck work, I noticed +Jynxtrop the cook, who evidently shared all Owen's ill feelings. + +Twice did Curtis order the men back to the pumps, and twice did +Owen, acting as spokesman for the rest, refuse; and when Curtis +made a step forward as though to approach him, he said savagely,-- + +"I advise you not to touch me," and walked away to the +forecastle. + +Curtis descended to his cabin, and almost immediately returned +with a loaded revolver in his hand. + +For a moment Owen surveyed the captain with a frown of defiance; +but at a sign from Jynxtrop he seemed to recollect himself; and, +with the remainder of the men, he returned to his work. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +DECEMBER 4th.--The first attempt at mutiny being thus happily +suppressed, it is to be hoped that Curtis will succeed as well in +future. An insubordinate crew would render us powerless indeed. + +Throughout the night the pumps were kept, without respite, +steadily at work, but without producing the least sensible +benefit. The ship became so water-logged and heavy that she +hardly rose at all to the waves, which consequently often washed +over the deck and contributed their part towards aggravating our +case. Our situation was rapidly becoming as terrible as it had +been when the fire was raging in the midst of us; and the +prospect of being swallowed by the devouring billows was no less +formidable than that of perishing in the flames. + +Curtis kept the men up to the mark, and, willing or unwilling, +they had no alternative but to work on as best they might; but, +in spite of all their efforts, the water perpetually rose, till, +at length, the men in the hold who were passing the buckets found +themselves immersed up to their waists and were obliged to come +on deck. + +This morning, after a somewhat protracted consultation with +Walter and the boatswain, Curtis resolved to abandon the ship. +The only remaining boat was far too small to hold us all, and it +would therefore be necessary to construct a raft that should +carry those who could not find room in her. Dowlas the +carpenter, Mr. Falsten, and ten sailors were told off to put the +raft in hand, the rest of the crew being ordered to continue +their work assiduously at the pumps, until the time came and +everything was ready for embarkation. + +Hatchet or saw in hand, the carpenter and his assistants made a +beginning without delay by cutting and trimming the spare yards +and extra spars to a proper length. These were then lowered into +the sea, which was propitiously calm, so as to favour the +operation (which otherwise would have been very difficult) of +lashing them together into a firm framework, about forty feet +long and twenty-five feet wide, upon which the platform was to be +supported. + +I kept my own place steadily at the pumps, and Andre Letourneur +worked at my side; I often noticed his father glance at him +sorrowfully, as though he wondered what would become of him if he +had to struggle with waves to which even the strongest man could +hardly fail to succumb. But come what may, his father will never +forsake him, and I myself shall not be wanting in rendering him +whatever assistance I can. + +Mrs. Keat, who had been for some time in a state of drowsy +unconsciousness, was not informed of the immediate danger, but +when Miss Herbey, looking somewhat pale with fatigue, paid one of +her flying visits to the deck, I warned her to take every +precaution for herself and to be ready for any emergency. + +"Thank you, doctor, I am always ready," she cheerfully replied, +and returned to her duties below. I saw Andre follow the young +girl with his eyes, and a look of melancholy interest passed over +his countenance. + +Towards eight o'clock in the evening the framework for the raft. +was almost complete, and the men were lowering empty barrels, +which had first been securely bunged, and were lashing them to +the wood-work to insure its floating. + +Two hours later and suddenly there arose the startling cry, "We +are sinking! we are sinking!" + +Up to the poop rushed Mr. Kear, followed immediately by Falsten +and Miss Herbey, who were bearing the inanimate form of Mrs. +Keat. Curtis ran to his cabin, instantly returning with a chart; +a sextant, and a compass in his hand. + +The scene that followed will ever be engraven in my memory; the +cries of distress, the general confusion, the frantic rush of the +sailors towards the raft that was not yet ready to support them, +can never be forgotten. The whole period of my life seemed to be +concentrated into that terrible moment when the planks bent below +my feet and the ocean yawned beneath me. + +Some of the sailors had taken their delusive refuge in the +shrouds, and I was preparing to follow them when a hand was laid +upon my shoulder. Turning round I beheld M. Letourneur, with +tears in his eyes, pointing towards his son. "Yes, my friend," I +said, pressing his hand, "we will save him, if possible." + +But Curtis had already caught hold of the young man, and was +hurrying him to the main-mast shrouds, when the "Chancellor," +which had been scudding along rapidly with the wind, stopped +suddenly, with a violent shock, and began to settle, The sea rose +over my ancles and almost instinctively I clutched at the nearest +rope. All at once, when it seemed all over, the ship ceased to +sink, and hung motionless in mid-ocean. + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +NIGHT OF DECEMBER 4th.--Curtis caught young Letourneur again in +his arms, and running with him across the flooded deck deposited +him safely in the starboard shrouds, whither his father and I +climbed up beside him. + +I now had time to look about me. The night was not very dark, +and I could see that Curtis had returned to his post upon the +poop; whilst in the extreme aft near the taffrail, which was +still above water, I could distinguish the forms of Mr. and Mrs. +Kear, Miss Herbey, and Mr. Falsten The lieutenant and the +boatswain were on the far end of the forecastle; the remainder of +the crew in the shrouds and top-masts. + +By the assistance of his father, who carefully guided his feet up +the rigging, Andre was hoisted into the main-top. Mrs. Kear +could not be induced to join him in his elevated position, in +spite of being told that if the wind were to freshen she would +inevitably be washed overboard by the waves; nothing could induce +her to listen to remonstrance, and she insisted upon remaining on +the poop, Miss Herbey, of course, staying by her side. + +As soon as the captain saw the "Chancellor" was no longer +sinking, he set to work to take down all the sails, yards and +all, and the top-gallants, in the hope that by removing +everything that could compromise the equilibrium of the ship he +might diminish the chance of her capsizing altogether. + +"But may she not founder at any moment?" I said to Curtis, when +I had joined him for a while upon the poop. + +"Everything depends upon the weather," he replied, in his calmest +manner; "that, of course, may change at any hour. One thing, +however, is certain, the 'Chancellor' preserves her equilibrium +for the present." + +"But do you mean to say," I further asked, "that she can sail +with two feet of water over her deck?" + +"No, Mr. Kazallon, she can't sail, but she can drift with the +wind, and if the wind remains in its present quarter, in the +course of a few days we might possibly sight the coast. Besides, +we shall have our raft as a last resource; in a few hours it will +be ready, and at daybreak we can embark." + +"You have not then," I added, "abandoned all hope even yet?" I +marvelled at his composure. + +"While there's life there's hope, you know Mr. Kazallon; out of a +hundred chances, ninety-nine may be against us, but perhaps the +odd one may be in our favour. Besides, I believe that our case +is not without precedent. In the year 1795 a three-master, the +'Juno,' was precisely in the same half-sunk, water-logged +condition as ourselves; and yet with her passengers and crew +clinging to her top-masts she drifted for twenty days, until she +came in sight of land, when those who had survived the +deprivation and fatigue were saved. So let us not despair; let +us hold on to the hope that the survivors of the 'Chancellor' may +be equally fortunate." + +I was only too conscious that there was not much to be said in +support of Curtis's sanguine view of things, and that the force +of reason pointed all the other way; but I said nothing, deriving +what comfort I could from the fact that the captain did not yet +despond of an ultimate rescue. + +As it was necessary to be prepared to abandon the ship almost at +a moment's notice, Dowlas was making every exertion to hurry on +the construction of the raft. A little before midnight he was on +the point of conveying some planks for this purpose, when, to his +astonishment and horror, he found that the framework had totally +disappeared. The ropes that had attached it to the vessel had +snapped as she became vertically displaced, and probably it had +been adrift for more than an hour. + +The crew were frantic at this new misfortune, and shouting +"Overboard with the masts!" they began to cut down the rigging +preparatory to taking possession of the masts for a new raft. + +But here Curtis interposed:-- + +"Back to your places, my men; back to your places. The ship will +not sink yet, so don't touch a rope until I give you leave." + +The firmness of the captain's voice brought the men to their +senses, and although some of them could ill disguise their +reluctance, all returned to their posts. + +When daylight had sufficiently advanced Curtis mounted the mast, +and looked around for the missing raft; but it was nowhere to be +seen. The sea was far too rough for the men to venture to take +out the whaleboat in search of it, and there was no choice but to +set to work and to construct a new raft immediately. + +Since the sea has become so much rougher, Mrs. Kear has been +induced to leave the poop, and has managed to join M. Letourneur +and his son on the main-top, where she lies in a state of +complete prostration. I need hardly add that Miss Herbey +continues in her unwearied attendance. The space to which these +four people are limited is necessarily very small, nowhere +measuring twelve feet across; to prevent them losing their +balance some spars have been lashed from shroud to shroud, and +for the convenience of the two ladies Curtis has contrived to +make a temporary awning of a sail. Mr. Kear has installed +himself with Silas Huntly on the foretop. + +A few cases of preserved meat and biscuit and some barrels of +water, that floated between the masts after the submersion of the +deck, have been hoisted to the top-masts and fastened firmly to +the stays. These are now our only provisions. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +DECEMBER 5th.--The day was very hot. December in latitude 16deg. +N. is a summer month, and unless a breeze should rise to temper +the burning sun, we might expect to suffer from an oppressive +heat. + +The sea still remained very rough, and as the heavy waves broke +over the ship as though she were a reef, the foam flew up to the +very top-masts, and our clothes were perpetually drenched by the +spray. + +The "Chancellor's" hull is three-fourths immerged; besides the +three masts and the bowsprit, to which the whale-boat was +suspended, the poop and the forecastle are the only portions that +now are visible; and as the intervening section of the deck is +quite below the water, these appear to be connected only by the +framework of the netting that runs along the vessel's sides. +Communication between the top-masts is extremely difficult, and +would be absolutely precluded, were it not that the sailors, with +practised dexterity, manage to hoist themselves about by means of +the stays. For the passengers, cowering on their narrow and +unstable platform, the spectacle of the raging sea below was +truly terrific; every wave that dashed over the ship shook the +masts till they trembled again, and one could venture scarcely to +look or to think lest he should be tempted to cast himself into +the vast abyss. + +Meanwhile, the crew worked away with all their remaining vigour +at the second raft, for which the top-gallants and yards were all +obliged to be employed; the planks, too, which were continually +being loosened and broken away by the violence of the waves from +the partitions of the ship, were rescued before they had drifted +out of reach, and were brought into use. The symptoms of the +ship foundering did not appear to be immediate; so that Curtis +insisted upon the raft being made with proper care to insure its +strength; we were still several hundred miles from the coast of +Guiana, and for so long a voyage it was indispensable to have a +structure of considerable solidity. The reasonableness of this +was self-apparent, and as the crew had recovered their assurance +they spared no pains to accomplish their work effectually. + +Of all the number, there was but one, an Irishman, named O'Ready, +who seemed to question the utility of all their toil. He shook +his head with an oracular gravity. He is an oldish man, not less +than sixty, with his hair and beard bleached with the storms of +many travels. As I was making my way towards the poop, he came +up to me and began talking. + +"And why, bedad, I'd like to know, why is it that they'll all be +afther lavin' of the ship?" + +He turned his quid with the most serene composure, and +continued,-- + +"And isn't it me myself that's been wrecked nine times already? +and sure, poor fools are they that ever have put their trust in +rafts or boats sure and they found a wathery grave. Nay, nay; +while the ould ship lasts, let's stick to her, says I." + +Having thus unburdened his mind he relapsed, into silence, and +soon went away. + +About three o'clock I noticed that Mr. Kear and Silas Huntly were +holding an animated conversation in the fore top. The petroleum +merchant had evidently some difficulty in bringing the ex-captain +round to his opinion, for I, saw him several times shake his head +as he gave long and scrutinizing looks at the sea and sky. In +less than an hour afterwards I saw Huntly let himself down by the +forestays and clamber along to the forecastle where he joined the +group of sailors, and I lost sight of him. + +I attached little importance to the incident, and shortly +afterwards joined the party in the main-top, where we continued +talking for some hours. The heat was intense, and if it had not +been for the shelter' afforded by the sail-tent, would have been +unbearable. At five o'clock we took as refreshment some dried +meat and biscuit, each individual being also allowed half a glass +of water. Mrs. Kear, prostrate with fever, could not touch a +mouthful; and nothing could be done by Miss Herbey to relieve +her, beyond occasionally moistening her parched lips. The +unfortunate lady suffers greatly, and sometimes I am inclined to +think that she will succumb to the exposure and privation. Not +once had her husband troubled himself about her; but when shortly +afterwards I heard him hail some of the sailors on the forecastle +and ask them to help him down from the foretop, I began to think +that the selfish fellow was coming to join his wife. + +At first the sailors took no notice of his request, but on his +repeating it with the promise of paying them handsomely for their +services, two of them, Burke and Sandon, swung themselves along +the netting into the shrouds, and were soon at his side. + +A long discussion ensued. The men evidently were asking more +than Mr. Kear was inclined to give, and at one time if seemed as +though the negotiation would fall through altogether. But at +length the bargain was struck, and I saw Mr. Kear take a bundle +of paper dollars from his waistcoat pocket, and hand a number of +them over to one of the men, The man counted them carefully, and +from the time it took him, I should think that he could not have +pocketed anything less than a hundred dollars. + +The next business was to get Mr. Kear down from the foretop, and +Burke and Sandon proceeded to tie a rope round his waist, which +they afterwards fastened to the forestay; then, in a way which +provoked shouts of laughter from their mates, they gave the +unfortunate man a shove, and sent him rolling down like a bundle +of dirty clothes on to the forecastle. + +I was quite mistaken as to his object. Mr. Kear had no intention +of looking after his wife, but remained by the side of Silas +Huntly until the gathering darkness hid them both from view. + +As night drew on, the wind grew calmer, but the sea remained very +rough. The moon had been up ever since four in the afternoon, +though she only appeared at rare intervals between the clouds. +Some long lines of vapour on the horizon were tinged with a rosy +glare that foreboded a strong breeze for the morrow, and all felt +anxious to know from which quarter the breeze would come, for any +but a north-easter would bear the frail raft on which we were to +embark far away from land. + +About eight o'clock in the evening Curtis mounted to the main-top +but he seemed preoccupied and anxious, and did not speak to any +one. He remained for a quarter of an hour, then after silently +pressing my hand, he returned to his old post. + +I laid myself down in the narrow space at my disposal, and tried +to sleep; but my mind was filled with strange forebodings, and +sleep was impossible. The very calmness of the atmosphere was +oppressive; scarcely a breath of air vibrated through the metal +rigging, and yet the sea rose with a heavy swell as though it +felt the warnings of a coming tempest. + +All at once, at about eleven o'clock, the moon burst brightly +forth through a rift in the clouds, and the waves sparkled again +as if illumined by a submarine glimmer. I start up and look +around me. Is it merely imagination? or do I really see a black +speck floating on the dazzling whiteness of the waters, a speck +that cannot be a rock; because it rises and falls with the +heaving motion of the billows? But the moon once again becomes +overclouded; the sea, is darkened, and I return to my uneasy +couch close to the larboard shrouds. + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +DECEMBER 6th.--I must have fallen asleep for a few hours, when at +four o'clock in the morning, I was rudely aroused by the roaring +of the wind, and could distinguish Curtis's voice as he shouted +in the brief intervals between the heavy gusts. + +I got up, and holding tightly to the purlin--for the waves made +the masts tremble with their violence--I tried to look around and +below me. The sea was literally raging beneath, and great masses +of livid-looking foam were dashing between the masts, which were +oscillating terrifically. It was still dark, and I could only +faintly distinguish two figures on the stern, whom, by the sound +of their voices, that I caught occasionally above the tumult, I +made out to be Curtis and the boatswain. + +Just at that moment a sailor, who had mounted to the main-top to +do something to the rigging, passed close behind me. + +"What's the matter?" I asked, + +"The wind has changed," he answered, adding something which I +could not hear distinctly, but which sounded like "dead against +us." + +Dead against us! then, thought I, the wind had shifted to the +south-west, and my last night's forebodings had been correct. + +When daylight at length appeared, I found the wind although not +blowing actually from the south-west, had veered round to the +north-west, a change which was equally disastrous to us, inasmuch +as it was carrying us away from land. Moreover, the ship had +sunk considerably during the night, and there were now five feet +of water above deck; the side netting had completely disappeared, +and the forecastle and the poop were now all but on a level with +the sea, which washed over them incessantly. With all possible +expedition Curtis and his crew were labouring away at their raft, +but the violence of the swell materially impeded their +operations, and it became a matter of doubt as to whether the +woodwork would not fall asunder before it could be properly +fastened together. + +As I watched the men at their work M. Letourneur, with one arm +supporting his son, came and stood by my side. + +"Don't you think this main-top will soon give way?" he said, as +the narrow platform on which we stood creaked and groaned with +the swaying of the masts. + +Miss Herbey heard his words, and pointing towards Mrs. Kear, who +was lying prostrate at her feet, asked what we thought ought to +be done. + +"We can do nothing but stay where we are," I replied. + +"No;" said Andre "this is our best refuge; I hope you are not +afraid." + +"Not for myself," said the young girl quietly "only for those to +whom life is precious." + +At a quarter to eight we heard the boatswain calling to the +sailors in the bows. + +"Ay, ay, sir," said one of the men--O'Ready, I think. + +"Where's the whale boat?" shouted the boatswain. + +"I don't know, sir. Not with us," was the reply. + +"She's gone adrift, then!" + +And sure enough the whale-boat was no longer hanging from the +bowsprit; and in a moment the discovery was made that Mr. Kear, +Silas Huntly, and three sailors,--a Scotchman and two Englishmen, +--were missing. Afraid that the "Chancellor" would founder +before the completion of the raft, Kear and Huntly had plotted +together to effect their escape, and had bribed the three sailors +to seize the only remaining boat. + +This, then, was the black speck that I had seen during the night. +The miserable husband had deserted his wife, the faithless +captain had abandoned the ship that had once been under his +command. + +"There are five saved, then," said the boatswain. + +"Faith, an it's five lost ye'll be maning," said O'Ready; and the +state of the sea fully justified his opinion. + +The crew were furious when they heard of the surreptitious +flight, and loaded the fugitives with all the invectives they +could lay their tongues to. So enraged were they at the +dastardly trick of which they had been made the dupes, that if +chance should bring the deserters again on board I should be +sorry to answer for the consequences. + +In accordance with my advice, Mrs. Kear has not been informed of +her husband's disappearance. The unhappy lady is wasting away +with a fever for which we are powerless to supply a remedy, for +the medicine chest was lost when the ship began to sink. +Nevertheless, I do not think we have anything to regret on that +score, feeling as I do, that in a case like Mrs. Kear's, drugs +would be of no avail. + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +DECEMBER 6th CONTINUED.--The "Chancellor" no longer maintained +her equilibrium; we felt that she was gradually going down, and +her hull was probably breaking up. The main-top was already only +ten feet above the water, whilst the bowsprit, with the exception +of the extreme end, that rose obliquely from the waves, was +entirely covered. + +The "Chancellor's" last day, we felt, had come. + +Fortunately the raft was all but finished, and unless Curtis +preferred to wait till morning we should be able to embark in the +evening. + +The raft is a very solid structure. The spars that form the +framework are crossed one above another and lashed together with +stout ropes, so that the whole pile rises a couple of feet above +the water. The upper platform is constructed from the planks +that were broken from the ship's sides by the violence of the +waves, and which had not drifted away. The afternoon has been +employed in charging the raft with such provisions, sails, tools, +and instruments as we have been able to save. + +And how can I attempt to give any idea of the feelings with +which, one and all, we now contemplated the fate before us? For +my own part I was possessed rather by a benumbed indifference +than by any sense of genuine resignation. M. Letourneur was +entirely absorbed in his son, who, in his turn, thought only of +his father; at the same time exhibiting a calm Christian +fortitude, which was shown by no one else of the party except +Miss Herbey, who faced her danger with the same brave composure. +Incredible as it may seem, Falsten remained the same as ever, +occupying himself with writing down figures and memoranda in his +pocket-book. Mrs. Kear, in spite of all that Miss Herbey could +do for her, was evidently dying. + +With regard to the sailors, two or three of them were calm +enough, but the rest had well-nigh lost their wits. Some of the +more ill-disposed amongst them seemed inclined to run into +excesses; and their conduct, under the bad influence of Owen and +Jynxtrop, made it doubtful whether they would submit to control +when once we were limited to the narrow dimensions of the raft. +Lieutenant Walter, although his courage never failed him, was +worn out with bodily fatigue, and obliged to give up all active +labour; but Curtis and the boatswain were resolute, energetic and +firm as ever. To borrow an expression from the language of +metallurgic art, they were men "at the highest degree of +hardness." + +At five o'clock one of our companions in misfortune was released +from her sufferings. Mrs. Kear, after a most distressing +illness, through which her young companion tended her with the +most devoted care, has breathed her last. A few deep sighs and +all was over, and I doubt whether the sufferer was ever conscious +of the peril of, her situation. + +The night passed on without further incident. Towards morning I +touched the dead woman's hand, and it was cold and stiff. The +corpse could not remain any longer on the main-top, and after +Miss Herbey and I had carefully wrapped the garments about it, +with a few short prayers the body of the first victim of our +miseries was committed to the deep. + +As the sea closed over the body I heard one of the men in the +shrouds say,-- + +"There goes a carcase that we shall be sorry we have thrown +away!" + +I looked round sharply. It was Owen who had spoken, But horrible +as were his words, the conviction was forced upon my mind that +the day could not be far distant when we must want for food. + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +DECEMBER 7th.--The ship was sinking rapidly; the water had risen +to the fore-top; the poop and forecastle were completely +submerged; the top of the bowsprit had disappeared, and only the +three mast-tops projected from the waves. + +But all was ready on the raft; an erection had been made on the +fore to hold a mast, which was supported by shrouds fastened to +the sides of the platform; this mast carried a large royal. + +Perhaps, after all, these few frail planks will carry us to the +shore which the "Chancellor" has failed to reach; at any rate, we +cannot yet resign all hope. + +We were just on the point of embarking at 7 a.m. when the +"Chancellor" all at once began to sink so rapidly that the +carpenter and men who were on the raft were obliged with all +speed to cut the ropes that secured it to the vessel to prevent +it from being swallowed up in the eddying waters. Anxiety, the +most intense, took possession of us all. At the very moment when +the ship was descending into the fathomless abyss, the raft, our +only hope of safety, was drifting off before our eyes. Two of +the sailors and an apprentice, beside themselves with terror, +threw themselves headlong into the sea; but it was evident from +the very first that they were quite powerless to combat the winds +and waves. Escape was impossible; they could neither reach the +raft, nor return to the ship. Curtis tied a rope round his waist +and tried to swim to their assistance; but long before he could +reach them the unfortunate men, after a vain struggle for life, +sank below the waves and were seen no more. Curtis, bruised and +beaten with the surf that raged about the mast-heads, was hauled +back to the ship. + +Meantime, Dowlas and his men, by means of some spars which they +used as oars, were exerting themselves to bring back the raft, +which had drifted about two cables-lengths away; but, in spite of +all their efforts, it was fully an hour,--an hour which seemed to +us, waiting as we were with the water up to the level of the top- +masts, like an eternity--before they succeeded in bringing the +raft alongside, and lashing it once again to the "Chancellor's" +main-mast. + +Not a moment was then to be lost. The waves were eddying like a +whirlpool around the submerged vessel, and numbers of enormous +air-bubbles were rising to the surface of the water. + +The time was come. At Curtis's word "Embark!" we all hurried to +the raft. Andre who insisted upon seeing Miss Herbey go first, +was helped safely on to the platform, where his father +immediately joined him. In a very few minutes all except Curtis +and old O'Ready had left the "Chancellor." + +Curtis remained standing on the main-top, deeming it not only his +duty, but his right, to be the last to leave the vessel he had +loved so well, and the loss of which he so much deplored. + +"Now then, old fellow off of this!" cried the captain to the old +Irishman, who did not move. + +"And is it quite sure ye are that she's sinkin?" he said. + +"Ay, ay! sure enough, my man; and you'd better look sharp." + +"Faith, then, and I think I will;" and not a moment too soon (for +the water was up to his waist) he jumped on to the raft. + +Having cast one last, lingering look around him, Curtis then left +the ship; the rope was cut and we went slowly adrift. + +All eyes were fixed upon the spot where the "Chancellor" lay +foundering. The top of the mizen was the first to disappear, +then followed the main-top; and soon, of what had been a noble +vessel, not a vestige was to be seen. + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +Will this frail float, forty feet by twenty, bear us in safety? +Sink it cannot; the material of which it is composed is of a kind +that must surmount the waves. But it is questionable whether it +will hold together. The cords that bind it will have a +tremendous strain to bear in resisting the violence of the sea. +The most sanguine amongst us trembles to face the future; the +most confident dares to think only of the present. After the +manifold perils of the last seventy-two days' voyage all are too +agitated to look forward without dismay to what in all human +probability must be a time of the direst distress. + +Vain as the task may seem, I will not pause in my work of +registering the events of our drama, as scene after scene they +are unfolded before our eyes. + +Of the twenty-eight persons who left Charleston in the +"Chancellor," only eighteen are left to huddle together upon this +narrow raft; this number includes the five passengers, namely M. +Letourneur, Andre, Miss Herbey, Falsten, and myself; the ship's +officers, Captain Curtis, Lieutenant Walter, the boatswain, +Hobart the steward, Jynxtrop the cook, and Dowlas the carpenter; +and seven sailors, Austin, Owen, Wilson, O'Ready, Burke, Sandon, +and Flaypole. + +Such are the passengers on the raft; it is but a brief task to +enumerate their resources. + +The greater part of the provisions in the store-room were +destroyed at the time when the ship's deck was submerged, and the +small quantity that Curtis has been able to save will be very +inadequate to supply the wants of eighteen people, who too +probably have many days to wait ere they sight either land or a +passing vessel. One cask of biscuit, another of preserved meat, +a small keg of brandy, and two barrels of water complete our +store, so that the utmost frugality in the distribution of our +daily rations becomes absolutely necessary. + +Of spare clothes we have positively none; a few sails will serve +for shelter by day, and covering by night. Dowlas has his +carpenter's tools, we have each a pocket-knife, and O'Ready an +old tin pot; of which he takes the most tender care; in addition +to these, we are in possession of a sextant, a compass, a chart, +and a metal tea-kettle, everything else that was placed on deck +in readiness for the first raft having been lost in the partial +submersion of the vessel. + +Such then is our situation; critical indeed, but after all +perhaps not desperate. We have one great fear; some there are +amongst us whose courage, moral as well as physical, may give +way, and over failing spirits such as these we may have no +control. + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +DECEMBER 7th CONTINUED.--Our first day on the raft has passed +without any special incident. At eight o'clock this morning +Curtis asked our attention for a moment. + +"My friends," he said, "listen to me. Here on this raft, just as +when we were on board the 'Chancellor,' I consider myself your +captain; and as your captain, I expect that all of you will +strictly obey my orders. Let me beg of you, one and all, to +think solely of our common welfare; let us work with one heart +and with one soul, and may Heaven protect us!" + +After delivering these few words with an emotion that evidenced +their earnestness, the captain consulted his compass, and found +that the freshening breeze was blowing from the north. This was +fortunate for us, and no time was to be lost in taking advantage +of it to speed us on our dubious way. Dowlas was occupied in +fixing the mast into the socket that had already been prepared +for its reception, and in order to support it more firmly he +placed spurs of wood, forming arched buttresses, on either side. +While he was thus employed the boatswain and the other seamen +were stretching the large royal sail on the yard that had been +reserved for that purpose. + +By half-past nine the mast was hoisted, and held firmly in its +place by some shrouds attached securely to the sides of the raft; +then the sail was run up and trimmed to the wind, and the raft +began to make a perceptible progress under the brisk breeze. + +As soon as we had once started, the carpenter set to work to +contrive some sort of a rudder, that would enable us to maintain +our desired direction. Curtis and Falsten assisted him with some +serviceable suggestions, and in a couple of hours' time he had +made and fixed to the back of the raft a kind of paddle, very +similar to those used by the Malays. + +At noon, after the necessary preliminary observations, Curtis +took the altitude of the sun. The result gave lat. 15deg. 7min. +N. by long. 49deg. 35min. W. as our position, which, on +consulting the chart, proved to be about 650 miles north-east of +the coast of Paramaribo in Dutch Guiana. + +Now even under the most favourable circumstances, with trade- +winds and weather always in our favour, we cannot by any chance +hope to make more than ten or twelve miles a day, so that the +voyage cannot possibly be performed under a period of two months. +To be sure there is the hope to be indulged that we may fall in +with a passing vessel, but as the part of the Atlantic into which +we have been driven is intermediate between the tracks of the +French and English Transatlantic steamers either from the +Antilles or the Brazils, we cannot reckon at all upon such a +contingency happening in our favour; whilst if a calm should set +in, or worse still, if the wind were to blow from the east, not +only two months, but twice, nay, three times that length of time +will be required to accomplish the passage. + +At best, however, our provisions, even though used with the +greatest care, will barely last three months. Curtis has called +us into consultation, and as the working of the raft does not +require such labour as to exhaust our physical strength, all have +agreed to submit to a regimen which, although it will suffice to +keep us alive, will certainly not fully satisfy the cravings of +hunger and thirst. + +As far as we can estimate, we have somewhere about 500 lbs. of +meat and about the same quantity of biscuit. To make this last +for three months we ought not to consume very much more than 5 +lbs. a day of each, which, when divided among eighteen people, +will make the daily ration 5 oz. of meat and 5 oz. of biscuit for +each person. Of water we have certainly not more than 200 +gallons, but by reducing each person's allowance to a pint a day, +we hope to eke out that, too, over the space of three months. + +It is arranged that the food shall be distributed under the +boatswain's superintendence every morning at ten o'clock. Each +person will then receive his allowance of meat and biscuit, which +may be eaten when and how he pleases. The water will be given +out twice a day--at ten in the morning and six in the evening; +but as the only drinking-vessels in our possession are the tea- +kettle and the old Irishman's tin pot, the water has to be +consumed immediately on distribution. As for the brandy, of +which there are only five gallons, it will be doled out with the +strictest limitation, and no one will be allowed to touch it +except with the captain's express permission. + +I should not forget that there are two sources from which we may +hope to increase our store. First, any rain that may fall will +add to our supply of water, and two empty barrels have been +placed ready to receive it; secondly, we hope to do something in +the way of fishing, and the sailors have already begun to prepare +some lines. + +All have mutually agreed to abide by the rules that have been +laid down, for all are fully aware that by nothing but the most +precise regimen can we hope to avert the horrors of famine, and +forewarned by the fate, of many who in similar circumstances have +miserably perished, we are determined to do all that prudence can +suggest for husbanding our stores. + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +DECEMBER 8th to 17th.--When night came we wrapped ourselves in +our sails. For my own part, worn out with the fatigue of the +long watch in the top-mast, I slept for several hours; M. +Letourneur and Andre did the same, and Miss Herbey obtained +sufficient rest to relieve the tired expression that her +countenance had lately been wearing. The night passed quietly. +As the raft was not very heavily laden the waves did not break +over it at all, and we were consequently able to keep ourselves +perfectly dry. To say the truth, it was far better for us that +the sea should remain somewhat boisterous, for any diminution in +the swell of the waves would indicate that; the wind had dropped, +and it was with a feeling of regret that when the morning came I +had to note down "weather calm" in my journal. + +In these low latitudes the heat in the day-time is so intense, +and the sun burns with such an incessant glare, that the entire +atmosphere becomes pervaded with a glowing vapour. The wind, +too, blows only in fitful gusts and through long intervals of +perfect calm the sails flap idly and uselessly against the mast. +Curtis and the boatswain, however, are of opinion that we are not +entirely dependent on the wind. Certain indications, which a +sailor's eye alone could detect, make them almost sure that we +are being carried along by a westerly current, that flows at the +rate of three or four miles an hour. If they are not mistaken, +this is a circumstance that may materially assist our progress, +and at which we can hardly fail to rejoice, for the high +temperature often makes our scanty allowance of water quite +inadequate to allay our thirst. + +But with all our hardships I must confess that our condition is +far preferable to what it was when we were still clinging to the +"Chancellor." Here at least we have a comparatively solid +platform beneath our feet, and we are relieved from the incessant +dread of being carried down with a foundering vessel. In the +day-time we can move about with a certain amount of freedom, +discuss the weather, watch the sea, and examine our fishing- +lines; whilst at night we can rest securely under the shelter of +our sails. + +"I really think, Mr. Kazallon," said Andre Letourneur to me a few +days after we had embarked, "that our time on board the raft +passes as pleasantly as it did upon Ham Rock; and the raft has +one advantage even over the reef, for it is capable of motion." + +"Yes, Andre," replied, "as long as the wind continues favourable +the raft has decidedly the advantage; but supposing the wind +shifts, what then?" + +"Oh, we mustn't think about that," he said; "let us keep up our +courage while we can." + +I felt that he was right, and that the dangers we had escaped +should make us more hopeful for the future; and I think that +nearly all of us are inclined to share his opinion. + +Whether the captain is equally sanguine I am unable to say. He +holds himself very much aloof, and as he evidently feels that he +has the great responsibility of saving other lives than his own, +we are reluctant to disturb his silent meditations. + +Such of the crew as are not on watch spend the greater portion of +their time in dozing on the fore part of the raft. The aft, by +the captain's orders, has been reserved for the use of us +passengers, and by erecting some uprights we have contrived to +make a sort of tent, which affords some shelter from the burning +sun. On the whole our bill of health is tolerably satisfactory. +Lieutenant Walter is the only invalid, and he, in spite of all +our careful nursing, seems to get weaker every day. + +Andre Letourneur is the life of our party, and I have never +appreciated the young man so well. His originality of perception +makes his conversation both lively and entertaining and as he +talks, his wan and suffering countenance lights up with an +intelligent animation. His father seems to become more devoted +to him than ever, and I have seen him sit for an hour at a time, +with his hand resting on his son's, listening eagerly to his +every word. + +Miss Herbey occasionally joins in our conversation, but although +we all do our best to make her forget that she has lost those who +should have been her natural protectors, M. Letourneur is the +only one amongst us to whom she speaks without a certain reserve. +To him, whose age gives him something of the authority of a +father, she has told the history of her life--a life of patience +and self-denial such as not unfrequently falls to the lot of +orphans. She had been, she said, two years with Mrs. Kear, and +although now left alone in the world, homeless and without +resources, hope for the future does not fail her. The young +lady's modest deportment and energy of character command the +respect of all on board, and I do not think that even the +coarsest of the sailors has either by word or gesture acted +towards her in a way that she could deem offensive. + +The 12th, 13th, and 14th of December passed away without any +change in our condition. The wind continued to blow in irregular +gusts, but always in the same direction, and the helm, or rather +the paddle at the back of the raft has never once required +shifting; and the watch, who are posted on the fore, under orders +to examine the sea with the most scrupulous attention, have had +no change of any kind to report. + +At the end of a week we found ourselves growing accustomed to our +limited diet, and as we had no manual exertion, and no wear and +tear of our physical constitution, we managed very well. Our +greatest deprivation was the short supply of water, for, as I +said before, the unmitigated heat made our thirst at times very +painful. + +On the 15th we held high festival. A shoal of fish, of the +sparus tribe, swarmed round the raft, and although our tackle +consisted merely of long cords baited with morsels of dried meat +stuck upon bent nails, the fish were so voracious that in the +course of a couple of days we had caught as many as weighed +almost 200lbs., some of which were grilled, and others boiled in +sea-water over a fire made on the fore part of the raft. This +marvellous haul was doubly welcome, inasmuch as it not only +afforded us a change of diet, but enabled us to economize our +stores; if only some rain had fallen at the same time we should +have been more than satisfied. + +Unfortunately the shoal of fish did not remain long in our +vicinity. On the 17th they all disappeared, and some sharks, not +less than twelve or fifteen feet long, belonging to the species +of spotted dog-fish, took their place. These horrible creatures +have black backs and fins, covered with white spots and stripes. +Here, on our low raft, we seem almost on a level with them, and +more than once their tails have struck the spars with terrible +violence. The sailors manage to keep them at a distance by means +of handspikes, but I shall not be surprised if they persist in +following us, instinctively intelligent that we are destined to +become their prey. For myself, I confess that they give me a +feeling of uneasiness; they seem to me like monsters of ill-omen. + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. + +DECEMBER 18th to 20th.--On the 18th the wind freshened a little, +but as it blew from the same favourable quarter we did not +complain, and only took the precaution of putting an extra +support to the mast, so that it should not snap with the tension +of the sail. This done, the raft was carried along with +something more than its ordinary speed, and left a long line of +foam in its wake. + +In the afternoon the sky became slightly overclouded, and the +heat consequently somewhat less oppressive. The swell made it +more difficult for the raft to keep its balance, and we shipped +two or three heavy seas; but the carpenter managed to make with +some planks a kind of wall about a couple of feet high, which +protected us from the direct action of the waves. Our casks of +food and water were secured to the raft with double ropes, for we +dared not run the risk of their being carried overboard, an +accident that would at once have reduced us to the direst +distress. + +In the course of the day the sailors gathered some of the marine +plants known by the name of sargassos, very similar to those we +saw in such profusion between the Bermudas and Ham Rock. I +advised my companions to chew the laminary tangles, which they +would find contained a saccharine juice, affording considerable +relief to their parched lips and throats. + +The remainder of the day passed without incident. I should not, +however, omit to mention that the frequent conferences held +amongst the sailors, especially between Owen, Burke, Flaypole, +Wilson, and Jynxtrop, the negro, aroused some uneasy suspicions +in my mind. What was the subject of their conversation I could +not discover, for they became silent immediately that a passenger +or one of the officers approached them. When I mentioned the +matter to Curtis I found he had already noticed these secret +interviews, and that they had given him enough concern to make +him determined to keep a strict eye upon Jynxtrop and Owen, who, +rascals as they were themselves, were evidently trying to +disaffect their mates. + +On the 19th the heat was again excessive. The sky was cloudless, +and as there was not enough wind to fill the sail the raft lay +motionless upon the surface of the water. Some of the sailors +found a transient alleviation for their thirst by plunging into +the sea, but as we were fully aware that the water all round was +infested with sharks, none of us was rash enough to follow their +example, though if, as seems likely, we remain long becalmed, we +shall probably in time overcome our fears, and feel constrained +to indulge ourselves with a bath. + +The health of Lieutenant Walter continues to cause us grave +anxiety, the young man being weakened by attacks of intermittent +fever. Except for the loss of the medicine-chest we might have +temporarily reduced this by quinine; but it is only too evident +that the poor fellow is consumptive, and that that hopeless +malady is making ravages upon him that no medicine could +permanently arrest. His sharp dry cough, his short breathing, +his profuse perspirations, more especially in the morning; the +pinched-in nose, the hollow cheeks, of which the general pallour +is only relieved by a hectic flush, the contracted lips, the too +brilliant eye and wasted form--all bear witness to a slow but +sure decay. + +To-day, the 20th, the temperature is as high as ever, and the +raft still motionless. The rays of the sun penetrate even +through the shelter of our tent, where we sit literally gasping +with the heat. The impatience with which we awaited the moment +when the boatswain should dole out our meagre allowance of water, +and the eagerness with which those lukewarm drops were swallowed, +can only be realized by those who for themselves have endured the +agonies of thirst. + +Lieutenant Walter suffers more than any of us from the scarcity +of water, and I noticed that Miss Herbey reserved almost the +whole of her own share for his use. Kind and compassionate as +ever, the young girl does all that lies in her power to relieve +the poor fellow's sufferings. + +"Mr. Kazallon," she said to me this morning, "that young man gets +manifestly weaker every day." + +"Yes, Miss Herbey," I replied, "and how sorrowful it is that we +can do nothing for him, absolutely nothing." + +"Hush!" she said, with her wonted consideration, "perhaps he +will hear what we are saying." + +And then she sat down near the edge of the raft, where, with her +head resting on her hands, she remained lost in thought. + +An incident sufficiently unpleasant occurred to-day. For nearly +an hour Owen, Flaypole, Burke, and Jynxtrop had been engaged in +close conversation and, although their voices were low, their +gestures had betrayed that they were animated by some strong +excitement. At the conclusion of the colloquy Owen got up and +walked deliberately to the quarter of the raft that has been +reserved for the use of the passengers. + +"Where are you off to now, Owen?" said the boatswain. + +"That's my business," said the man insolently, and pursued his +course. + +The boatswain was about to stop him, but before he could +interfere Curtis was standing and looking Owen steadily in the +face. + +"Ah, captain, I've got a word from my mates to say to you," he +said, with all the effrontery imaginable. + +"Say on, then," said the captain coolly. + +"We should like to know about that little keg of brandy. Is it +being kept for the porpoises or the officers?" + +Finding that he obtained no reply, he went on,-- + +"Look here, captain, what we want is to have our grog served out +every morning as usual." + +"Then you certainly will not," said the captain. + +"What! what!" exclaimed Owen, "don't you mean to let us have +our grog?" + +"Once and for all, no." + +For a moment, with a malicious grin upon his lips, Owen stood +confronting the captain; then, as though thinking better of +himself, he turned round and rejoined his companions, who were +still talking together in an undertone. + +When I was afterwards discussing the matter with Curtis I asked +him whether he was sure he had done right in refusing the brandy. + +"Right!" he cried, "to be sure I have. Allow those men to have +brandy! I would throw it all overboard first." + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. + +DECEMBER 21st.--No further disturbance has taken place amongst +the men. For a few hours the fish appeared again, and we caught +a great many of them, and stored them away in an empty barrel. +This addition to our stock of provisions makes us hope that food, +at least, will not fail us. + +Usually the nights in the tropics are cool, but to-day, as +evening drew on, the wonted freshness did not return, but the, +air remained stifling and oppressive, whilst heavy masses of +vapour hung over the water. + +There was no moonlight; there would be a new moon at half-past +one in the morning, but the night was singularly dark, except for +dazzling flashes of summer lightning that from time to time +illumined the horizon far and wide. There was, however, no +answering roll of thunder, and the silence of the atmosphere +seemed almost awful, For a couple of hours, in the vain hope of +catching a breath of air, Miss Herbey, Andre Letourneur, and I, +sat watching the imposing struggle of the electric vapours. The +clouds appeared like embattled turrets crested with flame, and +the very sailors, coarse-minded men as they were, seemed struck +with the grandeur of the spectacle, and regarded attentively, +though with an anxious eye, the preliminary tokens of a coming +storm. Until midnight we kept our seats upon the stern of the +raft, whilst the lightning ever and again shed around us a livid +glare similar to that produced by adding salt to lighted alcohol. + +"Are you afraid of a storm, Miss Herbey?" said Andre to the +girl. + +"No, Mr. Andre, my feelings are always rather those of awe than +of fear," she replied. "I consider a storm one of the sublimest +phenomena that we can behold--don't you think so too?" + +"Yes, and especially when the thunder is pealing," he said; "that +majestic rolling, far different to the sharp crash of artillery, +rises and falls like the long-drawn notes of the grandest music, +and I can safely say that the tones of the most accomplished +ARTISTE have never moved me like that incomparable voice of +nature." + +"Rather a deep bass, though," I said, laughing. + +"That may be," he answered; "but I wish we might hear it now, for +this silent lightning is somewhat unexpressive" + +"Never mind that, Andre" I said; "enjoy a storm when it comes, if +you like, but pray don't wish for it." + +"And why not?" said he; "a storm will bring us wind, you know." + +"And water, too," added Miss Herbey, "the water of which we are +so seriously in need." + +The young people evidently wished to regard the storm from their +own point of view, and although I could have opposed plenty of +common sense to their poetical sentiments, I said no more, but +let them talk on as they pleased for fully an hour. + +Meantime the sky was becoming quite overclouded, and after the +zodiacal constellations had disappeared in the mists that hung +round the horizon, one by one the stars above our heads were +veiled in dark rolling masses of vapour, from which every instant +there issued forth sheets of electricity that formed a vivid +background to the dark grey fragments of cloud that floated +beneath. + +As the reservoir of electricity was confined to the higher strata +of the atmosphere, the lightning was still unaccompanied by +thunder; but the dryness of the air made it a weak conductor. +Evidently the fluid could only escape by terrible shocks, and the +storm must ere long burst forth with fearful violence. + +This was the opinion of Curtis and the boatswain. The boatswain +is only weather-wise from his experience as a sailor; but Curtis, +in addition to his experience, has some scientific knowledge, and +he pointed out to me an appearance in the sky known to +meteorologists as a "cloud-ring," and scarcely ever seen beyond +the regions of the torrid zone, which are impregnated by damp +vapours brought from all quarters of the ocean by the action of +the trade-winds. + +"Yes, Mr. Kazallon," said Curtis, "our raft has been driven into +the region of storms, of which it has been justly remarked that +any one endowed with very sensitive organs can at any moment +distinguish the growlings of thunder." + +"Hark!" I said, as I strained my ears to listen, "I think I can +hear it now." + +"You can," he answered; "yet what you hear is but the first +warning of the storm which, in a couple of hours, will burst upon +us with all its fury. But never mind, we must be ready for it." + +Sleep, even if we wished it, would have been impossible in that +stifling temperature. The lightning increased in brilliancy, and +appeared from all quarters of the horizon, each flash covering +large arcs, varying from 100deg. to 150deg., leaving the +atmosphere pervaded by one incessant phosphorescent glow. + +The thunder became at length more and more distinct, the reports, +if I may use the expression, being "round," rather than rolling. +It seemed almost as though the sky were padded with heavy clouds +of which the elasticity muffled the sound of the electric bursts. + +Hitherto, the sea had been calm, almost stagnant as a pond. Now, +however, long undulations took place, which the sailors +recognized, all too well, as being the rebound produced by a +distant tempest. A ship, in such a case, would have been +instantly brought ahull, but no manoeuvring could be applied to +our raft, which could only drift before the blast. + +At one o'clock in the morning one vivid flash, followed, after +the interval of a few seconds, by a loud report of thunder, +announced that the storm was rapidly approaching. Suddenly the +horizon was enveloped in a vapourous fog, and seemed to contract +until it was close around us. At the same instant the voice of +one of the sailors was heard shouting,-- + +"A squall! a squall!" + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. + +DECEMBER 21st, NIGHT.--The boatswain rushed to the halliards that +supported the sail, and instantly lowered the yard; and not a +moment too soon, for with the speed of an arrow the squall was +upon us, and if it had not been for the sailor's timely warning +we must all have been knocked down and probably precipitated into +the sea; as it was, our tent on the back of the raft was carried +away. + +The raft itself, however, being so nearly level with the water, +had little peril to encounter from the actual wind; but from the +mighty waves now raised by the hurricane we had everything to +dread. At first the waves had been crushed and flattened as it +were by the pressure of the air, but now, as though strengthened +by the reaction, they rose with the utmost fury. The raft +followed the motions of the increasing swell, and was tossed up +and down, to and fro, and from side to side with the most violent +oscillations "Lash yourselves tight," cried the boatswain, as he +threw us some ropes; and in a few moments, with Curtis's +assistance, M. Letourneur, Andre, Falsten, and myself were +fastened so firmly to the raft, that nothing but its total +disruption could carry us away. Miss Herbey was bound by a rope +passed round her waist to one of the uprights that had supported +our tent, and by the glare of the lightning I could see that her +countenance was as serene and composed as ever. + +Then the storm began to rage indeed. Flash followed flash, peal +followed peal in quick succession. Our eyes were blinded, our +ears deafened, with the roar and glare. The clouds above, the +ocean beneath, seemed verily to have taken fire, and several +times I saw forked lightnings dart upwards from the crest of the +waves, and mingle with those that radiated from the fiery vault +above. A strong odour of sulphur pervaded the air, but though +thunderbolts fell thick around us, not one had touched our raft. + +By two o'clock the storm had reached its height. The hurricane +had increased, and the heavy waves, heated to a strange heat by +the general temperature, dashed over us until we were drenched to +the skin. Curtis, Dowlas, the boatswain, and the sailors did +what they could to strengthen the raft with additional ropes. M. +Letourneur placed himself in front of Andre to shelter him from +the waves. Miss Herbey stood upright and motionless as a statue. + +Soon dense masses of lurid clouds came rolling up, and a +crackling, like the rattle of musketry, resounded through the +air. This was produced by a series of electrical concussions, in +which volleys of hailstones were discharged from the cloud- +batteries above. In fact, as the storm-sheet came in contact +with a current of cold air, hail was formed with great rapidity, +and hailstones, large as nuts, came pelting down, making the +platform of the raft re-echo with a metallic ring. + +For about half an hour the meteoric shower continued to descend, +and during that time the wind slightly abated in violence; but +after having shifted from quarter to quarter, it once more blew +with all its former fury. The shrouds were broken, but happily +the mast, already bending almost double, was removed by the men +from its socket before it should be snapped short off. One gust +caught away the tiller, which went adrift beyond all power of +recovery, and the same blast blew down several of the planks that +formed the low parapet on the larboard side, so that the waves +dashed in without hindrance through the breach. + +The carpenter and his mates tried to repair the damage, but, +tossed from wave to wave, the raft was inclined to an angle of +more than forty-five degrees, making it impossible for them to +keep their footing, and rolling one over another, they were +thrown down by the violent shocks. Why they were not altogether +carried away, why we were not all hurled into the sea, was to me +a mystery. Even if the cords that bound us should retain their +hold, it seemed perfectly incredible that the raft itself should +not be overturned, so that we should be carried down and stifled +in the seething waters. + +At last, towards three in the morning, when the hurricane seemed +to be raging more fiercely than ever, the raft, caught up on the +crest of an enormous wave, stood literally perpendicularly on its +edge. For an instant, by the illumination of the lightning, we +beheld ourselves raised to an incomprehensible height above the +foaming breakers. Cries of terror escaped our lips. All must be +over now! But no; another moment, and the raft had resumed its +horizontal position. Safe, indeed, we were, but the tremendous +upheaval was not without its melancholy consequences. The cords +that secured the cases of provisions had burst asunder. One case +rolled overboard, and the side of one of the water-barrels was +staved in, so that the water which it contained was rapidly +escaping. Two of the sailors rushed forward to rescue the case +of preserved meat; but one of them caught his foot between the +planks of the platform, and, unable to disengage it, the poor +fellow stood uttering-cries of distress. + +I tried to go to his assistance, and had already untied the cord +that was round me; but I was too late. Another heavy sea dashed +over us, and by the light of a dazzling flash I saw the unhappy +man, although he had managed without assistance to disengage his +foot, washed overboard before it was in my power to get near him. +His companion had also disappeared. + +The same ponderous wave laid me prostrate on the platform, and as +my head came in collision with the corner of a spar, for a time I +lost all consciousness. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. + +DECEMBER 22nd.--Daylight came at length, and the sun broke +through and dispersed the clouds that the storm had left behind. +The struggle of the elements, while it lasted, had been terrific, +but the swoon into which I was thrown by my fall, prevented me +from observing the final incidents of the visitation. All that I +know is, that shortly after we had shipped the heavy sea that I +have mentioned, a shower of rain had the effect of calming the +severity of the hurricane, and tended to diminish the electric +tension of the atmosphere. + +Thanks to the kind care of M. Letourneur and Miss Herbey, I +recovered consciousness, but I believe that it is to Robert +Curtis that I owe my real deliverance, for he it was that +prevented me from being carried away by a second heavy wave. + +The tempest, fierce as it was, did not last more than a few +hours; but even in that short space of time what an irreparable +loss we have sustained, and what a load of misery seems stored up +for us in the future! + +Of the two sailors who perished in the storm, one was Austin, a +fine active young man of about eight-and-twenty; the other was +old O'Ready, the survivor of so many ship wrecks. Our party is +thus reduced to sixteen souls, leaving a total barely exceeding +half the number of those who embarked on board the "Chancellor" +at Charleston. + +Curtis's first care had been to take a strict account of the +remnant of our provisions. Of all the torrents of rain that fell +in the night we were unhappily unable to catch a single drop; but +water will not fail us yet, for about fourteen gallons still +remain in the bottom of the broken barrel, whilst the second +barrel has not yet been touched. But of food we have next to +nothing. The cases containing the dried meat, and the fish that +we had preserved, have both been washed away, and all that now +remains to us is about sixty pounds of biscuit. Sixty pounds of +biscuit between sixteen persons! Eight days, with half a pound a +day apiece, will consume it all. + +The day has passed away in silence. A general depression has +fallen upon all: the spectre of famine has appeared amongst us, +and each has remained wrapped in his own gloomy meditations, +though each has doubtless but one idea dominant in his mind. + +Once, as I passed near the group of sailors lying on the fore +part of the raft, I heard Flaypole say with a sneer,-- + +"Those who are going to die had better make haste about it." + +"Yes," said Owen, "leave their share of food to others." + +At the regular hour each person received his half-pound of +biscuit. Some, I noticed, swallowed it ravenously, others +reserved it for another time. Falsten divided his ration into +several portions, corresponding, I believe, to the number of +meals to which he was ordinarily accustomed. What prudence he +shows! If any one survives this misery, I think it will be he. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. + +DECEMBER 23rd to 30th--After the storm the wind settled back into +its old quarter, blowing pretty briskly from the north-east. As +the breeze was all in our favour it was important to make the +most of it, and after Dowlas had carefully readjusted the mast, +the sail was once more hoisted, and we were carried along at the +rate of two or two and a half knots an hour. A new rudder, +formed of a spar and a good-sized plank, has been fitted in the +place of the one we lost, but with the wind in its present +quarter it is in little requisition. The platform of the raft +has been repaired, the disjointed planks have been closed by +means of ropes and wedges, and that portion of the parapet that +was washed away has been replaced, so that we are no longer +wetted by the waves. In fact, nothing has been left undone to +insure the solidity of our raft, and to render it capable of +resisting the wear and tear of the wind and waves. But the +dangers of wind and waves are not those which we have most to +dread. + +Together with the unclouded sky came a return of the tropical +heat, which during the preceding days had caused us such serious +inconvenience; fortunately on the 23rd the excessive warmth was +somewhat tempered by the breeze, and as the tent was once again +put up, we were able to find shelter under it by turns. + +But the want of food was beginning to tell upon us sadly, and our +sunken cheeks and wasted forms were visible tokens of what we +were enduring. With most of us hunger seemed to attack the +entire nervous system, and the constriction of the stomach +produced an acute sensation of pain. A narcotic, such as opium +or tobacco, might have availed to soothe, if not to cure, the +gnawing agony; but of sedatives we had none, so the pain must be +endured. + +One alone there was amongst us who did not feel the pangs of +hunger. Lieutenant Walter seemed as it were to feed upon the +fever that raged within him; but then he was the victim of the +most torturing thirst, Miss Herbey, besides reserving for him a +portion of her own insufficient allowance, obtained from the +captain a small extra supply of water, with which every quarter +of an hour she moistened the parched lips of the young man, who +almost too weak to speak, could only express his thanks by a +grateful smile. Poor fellow! all our care cannot avail to save +him now; he is doomed, most surely doomed to die. + +On the 23rd he seemed to be conscious of his condition, for he +made a sign to me to sit down by his side, and then summoning up +all his strength to speak, he asked me in a few broken words how +long I thought he had to live? Slight as my hesitation was, +Walter noticed it immediately. + +"The truth," he said; "tell me the plain truth." + +"My dear fellow, I am not a doctor, you know," I began, "and I +can scarcely judge--" + +"Never mind," he interrupted, "tell me just what you think." + +I looked at him attentively for some moments, then laid my ear +against his chest. In the last few days his malady had made +fearfully rapid strides, and it was only too evident that one +lung had already ceased to act, whilst the other was scarcely +capable of performing the work of respiration. The young man was +now suffering from the fever which is the sure symptom of the +approaching end in all tuberculous complaints. + +The lieutenant kept his eye fixed upon me with a look of eager +inquiry. I knew not what to say, and sought to evade his +question. + +"My dear,boy," I said, "in our present circumstances not one of +us can tell how long he has to live. Not one of us knows what +may happen in the course of the next eight days." + +"The next eight days," he murmured, as he looked eagerly into my +face. + +And then, turning away his head, he seemed to fall into a sort of +doze. + +The 24th, 25th, and 26th passed without any alteration in our +circumstances, and strange, nay, incredible as it may sound, we +began to get accustomed to our condition of starvation. Often, +when reading the histories of shipwrecks, I have suspected the +accounts to be greatly exaggerated; but now I fully realize their +truth, and marvel when I find on how little nutriment it is +possible to exist for so long a time. To our daily half-pound of +biscuit the captain has thought to add a few drops of brandy, and +the stimulant helps considerably to sustain our strength. If we +had the same provisions for two months, or even for one, there +might be room for hope; but our supplies diminish rapidly, and +the time is fast approaching when of food and drink there will be +none. + +The sea had furnished us with food once, and, difficult as the +task of fishing had now become, at all hazards the attempt must +be made again. Accordingly the carpenter and the boatswain set +to work and made lines out of some untwisted hemp, to which they +fixed some nails that they pulled out of the flooring of the +raft, and bent into proper shape. The boatswain regarded his +device with evident satisfaction. + +"I don't mean to say," said he to me, "that these nails are +first-rate fish-hooks; but one thing I do know, and that is, with +proper bait they will act as well as the best. But this biscuit +is no good at all. Let me but just get hold of one fish, and I +shall know fast enough how to use it to catch some more." + +And the true difficulty was how to catch the first fish. It was +evident that fish were not abundant in these waters, nevertheless +the lines were cast. But the biscuit with which they were baited +dissolved at once in the water, and we did not get a single bite. +For two days the attempt was made in vain, and as it only +involved what seemed a lavish waste of our only means of +subsistence, it was given up in despair. + +To-day, the 30th, as a last resource, the boatswain tried what a +piece of coloured rag might do by way of attracting some +voracious fish, and having obtained from Miss Herbey a little +piece of the red shawl she wears, he fastened it to his hook. +But still no success; for when, after several hours, he examined +his lines, the crimson shred was still hanging intact as he had +fixed it. The man was quite discouraged at his failure. + +"But there will be plenty of bait before long," he said to me in +a solemn undertone. + +"What do you mean?" said I, struck by his significant manner. + +"You'll know soon enough," he answered. + +What did he insinuate? The words, coming from a man usually so +reserved, have haunted me all night. + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. + +JANUARY 1st to 5th.--More than three months had elapsed since we +left Charleston in the "Chancellor," and for no less than twenty +days had we now been borne along on our raft at the mercy of the +wind and waves. Whether we were approaching the American coast, +or whether we were drifting farther and farther to sea, it was +now impossible to determine, for, in addition to the other +disasters caused by the hurricane, the captain's instruments had +been hopelessly smashed, and Curtis had no longer any compass by +which to direct his course, nor a sextant by which he might make +an observation. + +Desperate, however, as our condition might be judged, hope did +not entirely abandon our hearts, and day after day, hour after +hour were our eyes strained towards the horizon, and many and +many a time did our imagination shape out the distant land. But +ever and again the illusion vanished; a cloud, a mist, perhaps +even a wave, was all that had deceived us; no land, no sail ever +broke the grey line that united sea and sky, and our raft +remained the centre of the wide and dreary waste. + +On the 1st of January we swallowed our last morsel of biscuit. +The 1st of January! New Year's Day! What a rush of sorrowful +recollections overwhelmed our minds! Had we not always +associated the opening of another year with new hopes, new plans, +and coming joys? And now, where were we? Could we dare to look +at one another, and breathe a new year's greeting? + +The boatswain approached me with a peculiar look on his +countenance. + +"You are surely not going to wish me a happy new year?" I said. + +"No indeed, sir," he replied, "I was only going to wish you well +through the first day of it; and that is pretty good assurance on +my part, for we have not another crumb to eat." + +True as it was, we scarcely realized the fact of there being +actually nothing until on the following morning the hour came +round for the distribution of the scanty ration, and then, +indeed, the truth was forced upon us in a new and startling +light. Towards evening I was seized with violent pains in the +stomach, accompanied by a constant desire to yawn and gape that +was most distressing; but in a couple of hours the extreme agony +passed away, and on the 3rd I was surprised to find that I did +not suffer more. I felt, it is true, that there was some great +void within myself, but the sensation was quite as much moral as +physical. My head was so heavy that I could not hold it up; it +was swimming with giddiness, as though I were looking over a +precipice. + +My symptoms were not shared by all my companions, some of whom +endured the most frightful tortures. Dowlas and the boatswain +especially, who were naturally large eaters, uttered involuntary +cries of agony, and were obliged to gird themselves tightly with +ropes to subdue the excruciating pain that was gnawing their +very vitals. + +And this was only the second day of our misery! what would we +not have given for half, nay, for a quarter of the meagre ration +which a few days back we had deemed so inadequate to supply our +wants, and which now, eked out crumb by crumb, might, perhaps, +serve for several days? In the streets of a besieged city, dire +as the distress may be, some gutter, some rubbish-heap, some +corner may yet be found that will furnish a dry bone or a scrap +of refuse that may for a moment allay the pangs of hunger; but +these bare planks, so many times washed clean by the relentless +waves, offer nothing to our eager search, and after every +fragment of food that the wind carried into their interstices has +been scraped out devoured, our resources are literary at an end. + +The nights seem even longer than the days. Sleep, when it comes, +brings no relief; it is rather a feverish stupour, broken and +disturbed by frightful nightmares. Last night, however, overcome +by fatigue, I managed to rest for several hours. + +At six o'clock this morning I was roused by the sound of angry +voices, and, starting up, I saw Owen and Jynxtrop, with Flaypole, +Wilson, Burke, and Sandon, standing in a threatening attitude. +They had taken possession of the carpenter's tools, and now, +armed with hatchets, chisels, and hammers, they were preparing to +attack the captain, the boatswain, and Dowlas. I attached myself +in a moment to Curtis's party. Falsten followed my example, and +although our knives were the only weapons at our disposal, we +were ready to defend ourselves to the very last extremity. + +Owen and his men advanced towards us. The miserable wretches +were all drunk, for during the night they had knocked a hole in +the brandy-barrel, and had recklessly swallowed its contents. +What they wanted they scarcely seemed to know, but Owen and +Jynxtrop, not quite so much intoxicated as the rest; seemed to be +urging them on to massacre the captain and the officers. + +"Down with the captain! Overboard with Curtis! Owen shall take +the command!" they shouted from time to time in their drunken +fury; and, armed as they were, they appeared completely masters +of the situation. + +"Now, then, down with your arms!" said Curtis sternly, as he +advanced to meet them. + +"Overboard with the captain!" howled Owen, as by word and +gesture he urged on his accomplices. + +Curtis' pushed aside the excited rascals, and, walking straight +up to Owen, asked him what he wanted. + +"What do we want? Why, we want no more captains; we are all +equals now." + +Poor stupid fool! as though misery and privation had not already +reduced us all to the same level. + +"Owen," said the captain once, again, "down with your arms!" + +"Come on, all,of you," shouted Owen to his companions, without +giving the slightest heed to Curtis's words. + +A regular struggle ensued. Owen and Wilson attacked Curtis, who +defended himself with a piece of a spar; Burke and Flaypole +rushed upon Falsten and the boatswain, whilst I was left to +confront the negro Jynxtrop, who attempted to strike me with the +hammer which he brandished in his hand. I endeavoured to +paralyze his movements by pinioning his arms, but the rascal was +my superior in muscular strength. After wrestling for a few +moments, I felt that he was getting the mastery over me when all +of a sudden he rolled over on to the platform, dragging me with +him. Andre Letourneur had caught hold of one of his legs, and +thus saved my life. Jynxtrop dropped his weapon in his fall; I +seized it instantly, and was about to cleave the fellow's skull, +when I was myself arrested by Andre's hand upon my arm. + +By this time the mutineers had been driven back to the forepart +of the raft, and Curtis, who had managed to parry the blows which +had been aimed at him, had caught hold of a hatchet, with which +he was preparing to strike at Owen. But Owen made a sidelong +movement to avoid the blow, and the weapon caught Wilson full in +the chest. The unfortunate man rolled over the side of the raft +and instantly disappeared. + +"Save him! save him!" shouted the boatswain. + +"It's too late; he's dead!" said Dowlas. + +"Ah, well! he'll do for--" began the boatswain; but he did not +finish his sentence. + +Wilson's death, however, put an end to the fray. Flaypole and +Burke were lying prostrate in a drunken stupour, and Jynxtrop was +soon overpowered, and lashed tightly to the foot of the mast. +The carpenter and the boatswain seized hold of Owen. + +"Now then," said Curtis, as he raised his blood-stained hatchet, +"make your peace with God, for you have not a moment to live." + +"Oh, you want to eat me, do you?" sneered Owen, with the most +hardened effrontery. + +But the audacious reply saved his life; Curtis turned as pale as +death, the hatchet dropped from his hand, and he went and seated +himself moodily on the farthest corner of the raft. + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX. + +JANUARY 5th and 6th.--The whole scene made a deep impression on +our minds, and Owen's speech coming as a sort of climax, brought +before us our misery with a force that was well-nigh +overwhelming. + +As soon as I recovered my composure, I did not forget to thank +Andre Letourneur for the act of intervention that had saved my +life. + +"Do you thank me for that; Mr. Kazallon?" he said; "it has only +served to prolong your misery." + +"Never mind, M. Letourneur," said Miss Herbey; "you did your +duty." + +Enfeebled and emaciated as the young girl is, her sense of duty +never deserts her, and although her torn and bedraggled garments +float dejectedly about her body, she never utters a word of +complaint, and never loses courage. + +"Mr. Kazallon," she said to me, "do you think we are fated to die +of hunger?" + +"Yes; Miss Herbey, I do," I replied in a hard, cold tone. + +"How long do you suppose we have to live?" she asked again. + +"I cannot say; perhaps we shall linger on longer than we +imagine." + +"The strongest constitutions suffer the most, do they not?" she +said. + +"Yes; but they have one consolation; they die the soonest;" I +replied coldly. + +Had every spark of humanity died out of my breast that I thus +brought the girl face to face with the terrible truth without a +word of hope or comfort? The eyes of Andre and his father, +dilated with hunger, were fixed upon me, and I saw reproach and +astonishment written in their faces. + +Afterwards, when we were quite alone, Miss Herbey asked me if I +would grant her a favour. + +"Certainly, Miss Herbey; anything you like to ask," I replied; +and this time my manner was kinder and more genial. + +"Mr. Kazallon," she said, "I am weaker than you, and shall +probably die first. Promise me that, if I do, you will throw my +body into the sea." + +"Oh, Miss Herbey," I began, "it was very wrong of me to speak to +you as I did!" + +"No, no," she replied, half smiling; "you were quite right. But +it is a weakness of mine; I don't mind what they do with me as +long as I am alive, but when I am dead--" she stopped and +shuddered. "Oh, promise me that you will throw me into, the +sea!" + +I gave her the melancholy promise, which she acknowledged by +pressing my hand feebly with her emaciated fingers. + +Another night passed away. At times my sufferings were so +intense that cries of agony involuntarily escaped my lips; then I +became calmer, and sank into a kind of lethargy. When I awoke, I +was surprised to find my; companions still alive. + +The one of our party who seems to bear his privations the best is +Hobart the steward, a man with whom hitherto I have had very +little to do. He is small, with a fawning expression remarkable +for its indecision, and has a smile which is incessantly playing +round his lips; he goes about with his eyes half-closed, as +though he wished to conceal his thoughts, and there is something +altogether false and hypocritical about his whole demeanour. I +cannot say that he bears his privations without a murmur, for he +sighs and moans incessantly; but, with it all, I cannot but think +that there is a want of genuineness in his manner, and that the +privation has not really told upon him as much as it has upon the +rest of us. I have my suspicions about the man, and intend to +watch him carefully. To-day, the 6th, M. Letourneur drew me +aside to the stern of the raft, saying that he had a secret to +communicate, but that he wished neither to be seen nor heard +speaking to me. I withdrew with him to the larboard corner of +the raft; and, as it was growing dusk, nobody observed what we +were doing. + +"Mr. Kazallon," M. Letourneur began in a low voice, "Andre is +dying of hunger: he is growing weaker and weaker, and oh! I +cannot, will not see him die!" + +He spoke passionately, almost fiercely, and I fully understood +his feelings. Taking his hand, I tried to reassure him. + +"We will not despair yet," I said, "perhaps some passing ship--" + +"Ship!" he cried impatiently, "don't try to console me with +empty commonplaces; you know as well as I do that there is no +chance of falling in with a passing ship." Then, breaking off +suddenly, he asked,--"How long is it since my son and all of you +have had anything to eat?" + +Astonished at his question, I replied that it was now four days +since the biscuit had failed. + +"Four days," he repeated; "well, then, it is eight since I have +tasted anything. I have been saving my share for my son." + +Tears rushed to my eyes; for a few moments I was unable to speak, +and could only once more grasp his hand in silence. + +"What do you want me to do?" I asked at length. + +"Hush! not so loud; some one will hear us," he said, Towering +his voice, "I want you to offer it to Andre as though it came +from yourself. He would not accept it from me; he would think I +had been depriving myself for him. Let me implore you to do me +this service and for your trouble," and here he gently stroked my +hand, "for your trouble you shall have a morsel for yourself." + +I trembled like a child as I listened to the poor father's words, +and my heart was ready to burst when I felt a tiny piece of +biscuit slipped into my hand. + +"Give it him," M. Letourneur went on under his breath, "give it +him; but do not let any one see you; the monsters would murder +you if they knew it. This is only for to-day; I will give you +some more to-morrow." + +The poor fellow did not trust me, and well he might not, for I +had the greatest difficulty to withstand the temptation to carry +the biscuit to my mouth, But I resisted the impulse, and those +alone who have suffered like me can know what the effort was. + +Night came on with the rapidity peculiar to these low latitudes, +and I glided gently up to Andre and slipped the piece of biscuit +into his hand as "a present from myself." The young man clutched +at it eagerly. + +"But my father?" he said inquiringly. + +I assured him that his father and I had each had our share, and +that he must eat this now, and, perhaps, I should be able to +bring him some more another time. Andre asked no more questions, +and eagerly devoured the morsel of food. + +So this evening at least, notwithstanding M. Letourneur's offer, +I have tasted nothing. + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +JANUARY 7th.--During the last few days since the wind has +freshened, the salt water constantly dashing over the raft has +terribly punished the feet and legs of some of the sailors. +Owen, whom the boatswain ever since the revolt kept bound to the +mast, is in a deplorable state, and at our request has been +released from his restraint. Sandon and Burke are also suffering +from the severe smarting caused in this way, and it is only owing +to our more sheltered position on the aft-part of the raft, that +we have not; all shared the same inconvenience. + +Today the boatswain, maddened by starvation, laid hands upon +everything that met his voracious eyes, and I could hear the +grating of his teeth as he gnawed at fragments of sails and bits +of wood, instinctively endeavouring to fill his stomach by +putting the mucus' into circulation at length, by dint of an +eager search, he came upon a piece of leather hanging to one of +the spars that supported the platform. He snatched it off and +devoured it greedily, and as it was animal matter, it really +seemed as though the absorption of the substance afforded him +some temporary relief. Instantly we all followed his example; a +leather hat, the rims of caps, in short, anything that contained +any animal matter at all, were gnawed and sucked with the utmost +avidity. Never shall I forget the scene. We were no longer +human, the impulses and instincts of brute beasts seemed to +actuate our every movement. + +For a moment the pangs of hunger were somewhat allayed; but some +of us revolted against the loathsome food, and were seized either +with violent nausea or absolute sickness. I must be pardoned for +giving these distressing details, but how otherwise can I depict +the misery, moral and physical, which we are enduring? And with +it all, I dare not venture to hope that we have reached the +climax of our sufferings. + +The conduct of Hobart during the scene that I have just described +has only served to confirm my previous suspicions of him. He +took no part in the almost fiendish energy with which we gnawed +at our scraps of leather, and although by his conduct and +perpetual groanings, he might be considered to be dying of +inanition, yet to me he has the appearance of being singularly +exempt from the tortures which we are all enduring. But whether +the hypocrite is being sustained, by some secret store of food, I +have been unable to discover. + +Whenever the breeze drops the heat is overpowering; but although +our allowance of water is very meagre, at present the pangs of +hunger far exceed the pain of thirst. It has often been remarked +that extreme thirst is far less endurable than extreme hunger. +Is it possible that still greater agonies are in store for us? I +cannot, dare not, believe it. Fortunately, the broken barrel +still contains a few pints of water, and the other one has not +yet been opened. But I am glad to say that notwithstanding our +diminished numbers, and in spite of some opposition, the captain +has thought right to reduce the daily allowance to half a pint +for each person. As for the brandy, of which there is only a +quart now left, it has been stowed away safely in the stern of +the raft. + +This evening has ended the sufferings of another of our +companions, making our number now only fourteen. My attentions +and Miss Herbey's nursing could do nothing for Lieutenant Walter, +and about half-past seven he expired in my arms. + +Before he died, in a few broken words he thanked Miss Herbey and +myself for the kindness we had shown him. A crumpled letter fell +from his hand, and in a voice that was scarcely audible from +weakness, he said,-- + +"It is my mother's letter: the last I had from her--she was +expecting me home; but she will never see me more. Oh, put it to +my lips--let me kiss it before I die. Mother! mother! Oh my +God!" + +I placed the letter in his cold hand, and raised it to his lips; +his eye lighted for a moment; we heard the faint sound of a kiss, +and all was over! + + + +CHAPTER XLI. + +JANUARY 8th.--All night I remained by the side of the poor +fellow's corpse, and several times Miss Herbey joined me in my +mournful watch. + +Before daylight dawned the body was quite cold, and as I knew +there must be no delay in throwing it overboard, I asked Curtis +to assist me in the sad office. The body was frightfully +emaciated, and I had every hope that it would not float. + +As soon as it was quite light, taking every precaution that no +one should see what we were about, Curtis and I proceeded to our +melancholy task. We took a few articles from the lieutenant's +pockets, which we purposed, if either of us should survive, to +remit to his mother. But as we wrapped him in his tattered +garments that would have to suffice for his winding-sheet, I +started back with a thrill of horror. The right foot had gone, +leaving the leg a bleeding stump! + +No doubt that, overcome by fatigue, I must have fallen asleep for +an interval during the night, and some one had taken advantage of +my slumber to mutilate the corpse. But who could have been +guilty of so fowl a deed! Curtis looked around with anger +flashing In his eye; but all seemed as usual, and the silence was +only broken by a few groans of agony. + +But there was no time to be lost; perhaps we were already +observed, and more horrible scenes might be likely to occur. +Curtis said a few short prayers, and we cast the body into the +sea. It sank immediately. + +"They are feeding the sharks well, and no mistake," said a voice +behind me. + +I turned round quickly, and found that it was Jynxtrop who had +spoken. + +As the boatswain now approached, I asked him whether he thought +it possible that any of the wretched men could have taken the +dead man's foot. + +"Oh yes, I dare say," he replied, in a significant tone "and +perhaps they thought they were right." + +"Right! what do you mean?" I exclaimed. + +"Well, sir," he said coldly, "isn't it better to eat a dead man +than a living one?" + +I was at a loss to comprehend him, and, turning away, laid myself +down at the end of the raft. + +Towards eleven o'clock, a most suspicious incident occurred. The +boatswain, who had cast his lines early in the morning, caught +three large cod, each more than thirty inches long, of the +species which, when dried, is known by the name of stock-fish. +Scarcely had he hauled them on board, when the sailors made a +dash at them, and it was with the utmost difficulty that Curtis, +Falsten, and myself could restore order, so that we might divide +the fish into equal portions. Three cod were not much amongst +fourteen starving persons, but, small as the quantity was, it was +allotted in strictly equal shares. Most of us devoured the food +raw, almost I might say, alive; only Curtis, Andre and Miss +Herbey having the patience to wait until their allowance had been +boiled at a fire which they made with a few scraps of wood. For +myself, I confess that I swallowed my portion of fish just as it +was,--raw and bleeding. M. Letourneur followed my example; the +poor man devoured his food like a famished wolf, and it is only a +wonder to me how, after his lengthened fast, he came to be alive +at all. + +The boatswain's delight at his success was, excessive, and +amounted almost to delirium. I went up to him, and encouraged +him to repeat his attempt. + +"Oh, yes," he said; "I'll try again. I'll try again." + +"And why not try at once," I asked. + +"Not now," he said evasively; "the night is the best time for +catching large fish. Besides, I must manage to get some bait, +for we have been improvident enough not to save a single scrap." + +"But you have succeeded once without bait; why may you not +succeed again?" + +"Oh! I had some very good bait last night," he said. I stared +at him in amazement. He steadily returned my gaze, but said +nothing. + +"Have you none left?" at last I asked. + +"Yes!" he almost whispered and left me without another word. + +Our meal, meagre as it had been, served to rally our shattered +energies; our hopes were slightly raised; there was no reason why +the boatswain should not have the same good luck again. + +One evidence of the degree to which our spirits were revived was +that our minds were no longer fixed upon the miserable present +and hopeless future, but we began to recall and discuss the past; +and M. Letourneur, Andre Mr. Falsten, and I held a long +conversation with the captain about the various incidents of our +eventful voyage, speaking of our lost companions, of the fire, of +the stranding of the ship, of our sojourn on Ham Rock, of the +springing of the leak, of our terrible voyage in the top-masts, +of the construction of the raft, and of the storm. All these +things seemed to have happened so long ago, and yet we were +living still. Living, did I say? Ay, if such an existence as +ours could be called a life, fourteen of us were living still. +Who would be the next to go? We should then be thirteen. + +"An unlucky number!" said Andre with a mournful smile. + +During the night the boatswain cast his lines from the stern of +the raft, and, unwilling to trust them to any one else, remained +watching them himself. In the morning I went to ascertain what +success had attended his patience. It was scarcely light, and +with eager eyes he was peering down into the water. He had +neither seen nor heard me coming. + +"Well, boatswain!" I said, touching him on the shoulder. + +He turned round quickly. + +"Those villainous sharks have eaten every morsel of my bait," he +said, in a desponding voice. + +"And you have no more left?" I asked. + +"No more," he said. Then grasping my arm he added, "and that +only shows me that it is no good doing things by halves." + +The truth flashed upon me at once, and I laid my hand upon his +mouth. Poor Walter! + + + +CHAPTER XLII. + +JANUARY 9th and 10th.--On the 9th the wind dropped, and there was +a dead calm; not a ripple disturbed the surface of the long +undulations as they rose and fell beneath us; and if it were not +for the slight current which is carrying us we know not whither, +the raft would be absolutely stationary. + +The heat was intolerable; our thirst more intolerable still; and +now it was that for the first time I fully realized how the +insufficiency of drink could cause torture more unendurable than +the pangs of hunger. Mouth, throat, pharynx, all alike were +parched and dry, every gland becoming hard as horn under the +action of the hot air we breathed. At my urgent solicitation the +captain was for once induced to double our allowance of water; +and this relaxation of the ordinary rule enabled us to attempt to +slake our thirst four times in the day, instead of only twice. I +use the word "attempt" advisedly; for the water at the bottom of +the barrel, though kept covered by a sail, became so warm that it +was perfectly flat and unrefreshing. + +It was a most trying day, and the sailors relapsed into a +condition of deep despondency. The moon was nearly full, but +when she rose the breeze did not return. Continuance of high +temperature in daytime is a sure proof that we have been carried +far to the south, and here, on this illimitable ocean, we have +long ceased even to look for land; it might almost seem as though +this globe of ours had veritably become a liquid sphere! + +To-day we are still becalmed, and the temperature is as high as +ever. The air is heated like a furnace, and the sun scorches +like fire. The torments of famine are all forgotten: our +thoughts are concentrated with fevered expectation upon the +longed-for moment when Curtis shall dole out the scanty measure +of lukewarm water that makes up our ration. O for one good +draught, even if it should exhaust the whole supply! At least, +it seems as if we then could die in peace! + +About noon we were startled by sharp cries of agony, and looking +round I saw Owen writhing in the most horrible convulsions. I +went towards him, for, detestable as his conduct had been, common +humanity prompted me to see whether I could afford him any +relief. But before I reached him, a shout from Flaypole arrested +my attention. + +The man was up in the mast, and with great excitement pointing to +the east. + +"A ship! A ship!" he cried. + +In an instant all were on their feet. Even Owen stopped his +cries and stood erect. It was quite true that in the direction +indicated by Flaypole there was a white speck visible upon the +horizon. But did it move? Would the sailors with their keen +vision pronounce it to be a sail? A silence the most profound +fell upon us all. I glanced at Curtis as he stood with folded +arms intently gazing at the distant point. His brow was +furrowed, and he contracted every feature, as with half-closed +eyes, he concentrated his power of vision upon that one faint +spot in the far-off horizon. + +But at length he dropped his arms and shook his head. I looked +again, but the spot was no longer there. If it were a ship, that +ship had disappeared; but probably it had been a mere reflection, +or, more likely still, only the crest of some curling wave. + +A deep dejection followed this phantom ray of hope. All returned +to their accustomed places. Curtis alone remained motionless, +but his eye no longer scanned the distant view. + +Owen now began to shriek more wildly than ever. He presented +truly a most melancholy sight; he writhed with the most hideous +contortions, and had all the appearance of suffering from +tetanus. His throat was contracted by repeated spasms, his +tongue was parched, his body swollen, and his pulse, though +feeble, was rapid and irregular. The poor wretch's symptoms were +precisely such as to lead us to suspect that he had taken some +corrosive poison. Of course it was quite out of our power to +administer any antidote; all that we could devise was to make him +swallow something that might act as an emetic. I asked Curtis +for a little of the lukewarm water. As the contents of the +broken barrel were now exhausted, the captain, in order to comply +with my request, was about to tap the other barrel, when Owen +started suddenly to his knees, and with a wild, unearthly shriek, +exclaimed,-- + +"No! no! no! of that water I will not touch a drop." + +I supposed he did not understand what we were going to do, and +endeavoured to explain; but all in vain; he persisted in refusing +to taste the water in the second barrel. I then tried to induce +vomiting by tickling his uvula, and he brought off some bluish +secretion from his stomach, the character of which confirmed our +previous suspicions--that he had been poisoned by oxide of +copper. We now felt convinced that any efforts on our part to +save him would be of no avail. The vomiting, however, had for +the time relieved him, and he was able to speak. + +Curtis and I both implored him to let us know what he had taken +to bring about consequences so serious. His reply fell upon us +as a startling blow. + +The ill fated wretch had stolen several pints of water from the +barrel that had been untouched, and that water had poisoned him! + + + +CHAPTER XLIII. + +JANUARY 11th to 14th.--Owen's convulsions returned with increased +violence, and in the course of the night he expired in terrible +agony. His body was thrown overboard almost directly; it had +decomposed so rapidly that the flesh had not even consistency +enough for any fragments of it to be reserved for the boatswain +to use to bait his lines. A plague the man had been to us in his +life; in his death he was now of no service! + +And now, perhaps, still more than ever, did the horror of our +situation stare us in the face. There was no doubt that the +poisoned barrel had at some time or other contained copperas; but +what strange fatality had converted it into a water-cask, or what +fatality, stranger still, had caused it to be brought on board +the raft, was a problem that none could solve. Little, however, +did it matter now: the fact was evident; the barrel was +poisoned, and of water we had not a drop. + +One and all, we fell into the gloomiest silence. We were too +irritable to bear the sound of each other's voices; and it did +not require a word, a mere look or gesture was enough, to provoke +us to anger that was little short of madness. How it was that we +did not all become raving maniacs, I cannot tell. + +Throughout the 12th no drain of moisture crossed our lips, and +not a cloud arose to warrant the expectation of a passing shower; +in the shade, if shade it might be called, the thermometer would +have registered at least 100deg., and, perhaps, considerably +more. + +No change next day. The salt water began to chafe my legs, but +although the smarting was at times severe, it was an +inconvenience to which I gave little heed; others who had +suffered from the same trouble had become no worse. Oh! if this +water that surrounds us could be reduced to vapour or to ice! +its particles of salt extracted, it would be available for drink. +But no! we have no appliances, and we must suffer on. + +At the risk of being devoured by the sharks, the boatswain and +two sailors took a morning bath, and as their plunge seemed to +refresh them, I and three of my companions resolved to follow +their example. We had never learnt to swim, and had to be +fastened to the end of a rope and lowered into the water; while +Curtis during the half-hour of our bath, kept a sharp look-out to +give warning of any danger from approaching sharks. No +recommendation, however, on our part, nor any representation of +the benefit we felt we had derived, could induce Miss Herbey to +allay her sufferings in the same way. + +At about eleven o'clock, the captain came up to me, and whispered +in my ear,-- + +"Don't say a word, Mr. Kazallon; I do not want to raise false +hopes, but I think I see a ship." + +It was as well that the captain had warned me; otherwise, I +should have raised an involuntary shout of joy; as it was, I had +the greatest difficulty in restraining my expressions of delight. + +"Look behind to larboard," he continued in an undertone. + +Affecting an indifference which I was far from feeling, I cast an +anxious glance to that quarter of the horizon of which he spoke, +and there, although mine is not a nautical eye, I could plainly +distinguish the outline of a ship under sail. + +Almost at the same moment the boatswain who happened to be +looking in the same direction, raised the cry, "Ship ahoy!" + +Whether it was that no one believed it, or whether all energies +were exhausted, certain it is that the announcement produced none +of the effects that might have been expected. Not a soul +exhibited the slightest emotion, and it was only when the +boatswain had several times sung out his tidings that all eyes +turned to the horizon. There, most undeniably, was the ship, and +the question rose at once to the minds of all, and to the lips of +many, "Would she see us?" + +The sailors immediately began discussing the build of the vessel, +and made all sorts of conjectures as to the direction she was +taking. Curtis was far more deliberate in his judgment. After +examining her attentively for some time, he said, "She is a brig +running close upon the wind, on the starboard tack, If she keeps +her course for a couple of hours, she will come right athwart our +track." + +A couple of hours! The words sounded to our ears like a couple +of centuries. The ship might change her course at any moment; +closely trimmed as she was, it was very probable that she was +only tacking about to catch the wind, in which case, as soon as +she felt a breeze, she would resume her larboard tack and make +away again. On the other hand, if she were really sailing with +the wind, she would come nearer to us, and there would be good +ground for hope. + +Meantime, no exertion must be spared, and no means left untried, +to make our position known. The brig was about twelve miles to +the east of us, so that it was out of the question to think of +any cries of ours being overheard; but Curtis gave directions +that every possible signal should be made. We had no fire-arms +by which we could attract attention, and nothing else occurred to +us beyond hoisting a flag of distress. Miss Herbey's red shawl, +as being of a colour most distinguishable against the background +of sea and sky, was run up to the mast-head, and was caught by +the light breeze that just then was ruffling the surface of the +water. As a drowning man clutches at a straw, so our hearts +bounded with hope every time that our poor flag fluttered in the +wind. + +For an hour our feelings alternated between hope and despair. +The ship was evidently making her way in the direction of the +raft, but every now and then she seemed to stop, and then our +hearts would almost stand still with agony lest she was going to +put about. She carried all her canvas, even to her royals and +stay-sails, but her hull was only partially visible above the +horizon. + +How slowly she advanced! The breeze was very, very feeble, and +perhaps soon it would drop altogether! We felt that we would +give years of our life to know the result of the coming hour! + +At half-past twelve the captain and the boatswain considered that +the brig was about nine miles away; she had, therefore, gained +only three miles in an hour and a half, and it was doubtful +whether the light breeze that had been passing over our heads had +reached her at all. I fancied, too, that her sails were no +longer filled, but were hanging loose against her masts. Turning +to the direction of the wind I tried to make out some chance of a +rising breeze; but no, the waves were calm and torpid, and the +little puff of air that had aroused our hopes had died away +across the sea. + +I stood aft with M. Letourneur, Andre and Miss Herbey, and our +glances perpetually wandered from the distant ship to our +captain's face. Curtis stood leaning against the mast, with the +boatswain by his side; their eyes seemed never for a moment to +cease to watch the brig, but their countenances clearly expressed +the varying emotions that passed through their minds. Not a word +was uttered, nor was the silence broken, until the carpenter +exclaimed, in accents of despair,-- + +"She's putting about!" + +All started up: some to their knees, others to their feet, The +boatswain dropped a frightful oath. The ship was still nine +miles away, and at such a distance it was impossible for our +signal to be seen; our tiny raft, a mere speck upon the waters, +would be lost in the intense irradiation of the sunbeams. If +only we could be seen, no doubt all would be well; no captain +would have the barbarous inhumanity to leave us to our fate; but +there had been no chance; only too well we knew that we had not +been within the range of sight. + +"My friends," said Curtis, "we must make a fire; it is our last +and only chance." + +Some planks were quickly loosened and thrown into a heap upon the +fore part of the raft. They were damp and troublesome to light; +but the very dampness made the smoke more dense, and ere long a +tall column of dusky fumes was rising straight upwards in the +air. If darkness should come on before the brig was completely +out of view, the flames we hoped might still be visible. But the +hours passed on; the fire died out; and yet no signs of help. + +The temper of resignation now deserted me entirely; faith, hope, +confidence--all vanished from my mind, and like the boatswain, I +swore long and loudly. A gentle hand was laid upon my arm, and +turning round I saw Miss Herbey with her finger pointing to the +sky. I could stand it no longer, but gliding underneath the tent +I hid my face in my hands and wept aloud. + +Meanwhile the brig had altered her tack, and was moving slowly to +the east. Three hours later and the keenest eye could not have +discerned her top-sails above the horizon. + + + +CHAPTER XLIV. + +JANUARY 15th.--After this further shattering of our excited hopes +death alone now stares us in the face; slow and lingering as that +death may be, sooner or later it must inevitably come. + +To-day some clouds that rose in the west have brought us a few +puffs of wind; and in spite of our prostration, we appreciate the +moderation, slight as it is, in the temperature. To my parched +throat the air seemed a little less trying but it is now seven +days since the boatswain took his haul of fish, and during that +period we have eaten nothing even Andre Letourneur finished +yesterday the last morsel of the biscuit which his sorrowful and +self-denying father had entrusted to my charge. + +Jynxtrop the negro has broken loose from his confinement, but +Curtis has taken no measures for putting him again under +restraint. It is not to be apprehended that the miserable fellow +and his accomplices, weakened as they are by their protracted +fast, will attempt to do us any mischief now. + +Some huge sharks made their appearance to-day, cleaving the water +rapidly with their great black fins. The monsters came close up +to the edge of the raft, and Flaypole, who was leaning over, +narrowly escaped having his arm snapped off by one of them. I +could not help regarding them as living sepulchres, which ere +long might swallow up our miserable carcases; yet, withal, I +profess that my feelings were rather those of fascination than of +horror. + +The boatswain, who stood with clenched teeth and dilated eye, +regarded these sharks from quite another point of view. He +thought about devouring the sharks, not about the sharks +devouring him; and if he could succeed in catching one, I doubt +if one of us would reject the tough and untempting flesh. He +determined to make the attempt, and as he had no whirl which he +could fasten to his rope he set to work to find something that +might serve as a substitute. Curtis and Dowlas were consulted, +and after a short conversation, during which they kept throwing +bits of rope and spars into the water in order to entice the +sharks to remain by the raft, Dowlas went and fetched his +carpenter's tool, which is at once a hatchet and a hammer. Of +this he proposed to make the whirl of which they were in need, +under the hope that either the sharp edge of the adze or the +pointed extremity opposite would stick firmly into the jaws of +any shark that might swallow it. The wooden handle of the hammer +was secured to the rope, which, in its turn, was tightly fastened +to the raft. + +With eager, almost breathless, excitement we stood watching the +preparations, at the same time using every means in our power to +attract the attention of the sharks. As soon as the whirl was +ready the boatswain began to think about bait; and, talking +rapidly to himself, ransacked every corner of the raft, as though +he expected to find some dead body coming opportunely to sight. +But his search ended in nothing; and the only plan that suggested +itself was again to have recourse to Miss Herbey's red shawl, of +which a fragment was wrapped round the head of the hammer. After +testing the strength of his line, and reassuring-himself that it +was fastened firmly both to the hammer and to the raft, the +boatswain lowered it into the water. + +The sea was quite transparent, and any object was clearly visible +to a depth of two hundred feet below the surface. Leaning over +the low parapet of the raft we looked on in breathless silence, +as the scarlet rag, distinct as it was against the blue mass of +water, made its slow descent. But one by one the sharks seemed +to disappear, They could not, however, have gone far away, and it +was not likely that anything in the shape of bait dropped near +them would long escape their keen voracity. + +Suddenly, without speaking, the boatswain raised his hand and +pointed to a dark mass skimming along the surface of the water, +and making straight in our direction. It was a shark, certainly +not less than twelve feet long. As soon as the creature was +about four fathoms from the raft, the boatswain gently drew in +his line until the whirl was in such a position that the shark +must cross right over it; at the same time he shook the line a +little, that he might give the whirl the appearance, if he could, +of being something alive and moving. As the creature came near, +my heart beat violently; I could see its eyes flashing above +the waves; and its gaping jaws, as it turned half over on its +back, exhibited long rows of pointed teeth. + +I know not who it was, but some one at that moment uttered an +involuntary cry of horror. The shark came to a standstill, +turned about, and escaped quite out of sight. The boatswain was +pale with anger. + +"The first man who speaks," he said, "I will kill him on the +spot." + +Again he applied himself to his task. The whirl again was +lowered, this time to the depth of twenty fathoms, but for half +an hour or more not a shark could be distinguished; but as the +waters far below seemed somehow to be troubled I could not help +believing that some of the brutes at least were still there. + +All at once, with a violent jerk, the cord was wrested from the +boatswain's hands; firmly attached, however, as it was to the +raft, it was not lost. The bait had been seized by a shark, and +the iron had made good its hold upon the creature's flesh. + +"Now, then, my lads," cried the boatswain, "haul away!" + +Passengers and sailors, one and all, put forth what strength they +had to drag the rope, but so violent were the creature's +struggles that it required all our efforts (and it is needless to +say that they were willing enough) to bring it to the surface, At +length, after exertions that almost exhausted us, the water +became agitated by the violent flappings of the tail and fins; +and looking down I saw the huge carcase of the shark writhing +convulsively amidst waves that were stained with blood. + +"Steady! steady!" said the boatswain, as the head appeared +above. + +The whirl had passed right through the jaw into the middle of the +throat; so that no struggle on the part of the animal could +possibly release it. Dowlas seized his hatchet, ready to +despatch the brute the moment if should be landed on the raft. A +short sharp snap was heard. The shark had closed its jaws, and +bitten through the wooden handle of the hammer. Another moment +and it had turned round and was completely gone. + +A howl of despair burst from all our lips. All the labour and +the patience, all had been in vain. Dowlas made a few more +unsuccessful attempts, but as the whirl was lost, and they had no +means of replacing it, there was no further room for hope. They +did, indeed, lower some cords twisted into running knots, but (as +might have been expected) these only slipped over, without +holding, the slimy bodies of the sharks. As a last resource the +boatswain allowed his naked leg to hang over the side of the +raft; the monsters, however, were proof even against this +attraction. + +Reduced once again to a gloomy despondency, all turned to their +places, to await the end that cannot now be long deferred. + +Just as I moved away I heard the boatswain say to Curtis,-- + +"Captain, when shall we draw lots?" + +The captain made no reply. + + + +CHAPTER XLV. + +JANUARY 16th.--If the crew of any passing vessel had caught sight +of us as we lay still and inanimate upon our sail-cloth, they +would scarcely, at first sight, have hesitated to pronounce us +dead. + +My sufferings were terrible; tongue, lips, and throat were so +parched and swollen that if food had been at hand I question +whether I could have swallowed it. So exasperated were the +feelings of us all, however, that we glanced at each other with +looks as savage as though we were about to slaughter and without +delay eat up one another. + +The heat was aggravated by the atmosphere being somewhat stormy. +Heavy vapours gathered on the horizon, and there was a look as if +it were raining all around. Longing eyes and gasping mouths +turned involuntarily towards the clouds, and M. Letourneur, on +bended knee, was raising his hands, as it might be in +supplication to the relentless skies. + +It was eleven o'clock in the morning. I listened for distant +rumblings which might announce an approaching storm, but although +the vapours had obstructed the sun's rays, they no longer +presented the appearance of being charged with electricity. Thus +our prognostications ended in disappointment; the clouds, which +in the early morning had been marked by the distinctness of their +outline, had melted one into another and assumed an uniform dull +grey tint; in fact, we were enveloped in an ordinary fog. But +was it not still possible that this fog might turn to rain? + +Happily this hope was destined to be realized; for in a very +short time, Dowlas, with a shout of delight, declared that rain +was actually coming; and sure enough, not half a mile from the +raft, the dark parallel streaks against the sky testified that +there at least the rain was falling. I fancied I could see the +drops rebounding from the surface of the water. The wind was +fresh and bringing the cloud right on towards us, yet we could +not suppress our trepidation lest it; should exhaust itself +before it reached us. + +But no: very soon large heavy drops began to fall, and the +storm-cloud, passing over our heads, was outpouring its contents +upon us. The shower, however, was very transient; already a +bright streak of light along the horizon marked the limit of the +cloud and warned us that we must be quick to make the most of +what it had to give us. Curtis had placed the broken barrel in +the position that was most exposed, and every sail was spread out +to the fullest extent our dimensions would allow. + +We all laid ourselves down flat upon our backs and kept our +mouths wide open. The rain splashed into my face, wetted my +lips, and trickled down my throat. Never can I describe the +ecstasy with which I imbibed that renovating moisture. The +parched and swollen glands relaxed, I breathed afresh, and my +whole being seemed revived with a strange and requickened life. + +The rain lasted about twenty minutes, when the cloud, still only +half exhausted, passed quite away from over us. + +We grasped each other's hands as we rose from the platform on +which we had been lying, and mutual congratulations, mingled with +gratitude, poured forth from our long silent lips. Hope, however +evanescent it might be, for the moment had returned, and we +yielded to the expectation that, ere long, other and more +abundant clouds might come and replenish our store. + +The next consideration was how to preserve and economize what +little had been collected by the barrel, or imbibed by the +outspread sails. It was found that only a few pints of rain- +water had fallen into the barrel to this small quantity the +sailors were about to add what they could by wringing out the +saturated sails, when Curtis made them desist from their +intention. + +"Stop, stop!" he said, "we must wait a moment; we must see +whether this water from the sails is drinkable." + +I looked at him in amazement. Why should not this be as +drinkable as the other? He squeezed a few drops out of one of +the folds of a sail into the tin pot, and put it to his lips. To +my surprise, he rejected it immediately, and upon tasting it for +myself I found it not merely brackish, but briny as the sea +itself. The fact was that the canvas had been so long exposed to +the action of the waves, that it had become thoroughly +impregnated by salt, which of course was taken up again by the +water that fell upon it. Disappointed we were; but with several +pints of water in our possession, we were not only contented for +the present, but sanguine in our prospect for the future. + + + +CHAPTER XLVI. + +JANUARY 17th.--As a natural consequence of the alleviation of our +thirst, the pangs of hunger returned more violently than ever. +Although we had no bait, and even if we had we could not use it +for want of a whirl, we could not help asking whether no possible +means could be devised for securing one out of the many sharks +that were still perpetually swarming about the raft. Armed with +knives, like the Indians in the pearl fisheries, was it not +practicable to attack the monsters in their own element? Curtis +expressed his willingness personally to make the attempt, but so +numerous were the sharks that we would not for one moment hear of +his risking his life in a venture of which the danger was as +great as the success was doubtful. + +By plunging into the sea, or by gnawing at a piece of metal, we +could always, or at least often, do something that cheated us +into believing that we were mitigating the pains of thirst; but +with hunger it was different. The prospect, too, of rain seemed +hopeful, whilst for getting food there appeared no chance; and, +as we knew that nothing could compensate for the lack of +nutritive matter, we were soon all cast down again. Shocking to +confess, it would be untrue to deny that we surveyed each other +with the eye of an eager longing; and I need hardly explain to +what a degree of savageness the one idea that haunted us had +reduced our feelings. + +Ever since the storm-cloud brought us the too transient shower +the sky has been tolerably clear, and although at that time the +wind had slightly freshened, it has since dropped, and the sail +hangs idly against our mast. Except for the trifling relief it +brings by modifying the temperature we care little now for any +breeze. Ignorant as we are as to what quarter of the Atlantic we +have been carried by the currents, it matters very little to us +from what direction the wind may blow if only it would bring, in +rain or dew, the moisture of which we are so dreadfully in need. + +The moon was entering her last quarter, so that it was dark till +nearly midnight, and the stars were misty, not glowing with that +lustre which is so often characteristic of cool nights. Half +frantic with that sense of hunger which invariably returns with +redoubled vigour at the close of every day, I threw myself, in a +kind of frenzy, upon a bundle of sails that was lying on the +starboard of the raft, and leaning over, I tried to get some +measure of relief by inhaling the moist coolness that rarely +fails to circulate just above the water. My brain was haunted by +the most horrible nightmares; not that I suppose I was in any way +more distressed than my companions, who were lying in their usual +places, vainly endeavouring to forget their sufferings in sleep. + +After a time I fell into a restless, dreamy doze. I was neither +asleep nor awake. How long I remained in that state of stupor I +could hardly say, but at length a strange sensation half brought +me to myself. Was I dreaming, or was there not really some +unaccustomed odour floating in the air? My nostrils became +distended, and I could scarcely suppress a cry of astonishment; +but some instinct kept me quiet, and I laid myself down again +with the puzzled sensation sometimes experienced when we have +forgotten a word or name. Only a few minutes, however, had +elapsed before another still more savoury puff induced me to take +several long inhalations. Suddenly, the truth seemed to dash +across my mind. "Surely," I muttered to myself "this must be +cooked meat that I can smell." + +Again and again I sniffed and became more convinced than ever +that my senses were not deceiving me. But from what part of the +raft could the smell proceed? I rose to my knees, and having +satisfied myself that the odour came from the front, I crept +stealthily as a cat under the sails and between the spars in that +direction. Following the promptings of my scent, rather than my +vision, like a bloodhound in the track of his prey, I searched +everywhere I could, now finding, now losing, the smell according +to my change of position, or the dropping of the wind. At length +I got the true scent; once for all, so that I could go straight +to the object for which I was in search. + +Approaching the starboard angle of the raft, I came to the +conclusion that the smell that had thus keenly excited my +cravings was the smell of smoked bacon; the membranes of my +tongue almost bristled with the intenseness of my longing. + +Crawling along a little farther, under a thick roll of sail- +cloth, I was not long in securing my prize. Forcing my arm below +the roll, I felt my hand in contact with something wrapped up in +paper. I clutched it up, and carried it off to a place where I +could examine it by the help of the light of the moon that had +now made its appearance above the horizon. I almost shrieked for +joy. It was a piece of bacon. True, it did not weigh many +ounces, but small as it was it would suffice to alleviate the +pangs of hunger for one day at least. I was just on the point of +raising it to my mouth, when a hand was laid upon my arm. It was +only by a most determined effort that I kept myself from +screaming out one instant more, and I found myself face to face +with Hobart. + +In a moment I understood all. Plainly this rascal Hobart had +saved some provision from the wreck, upon which he had been +subsisting ever since. The steward had provided for himself, +whilst all around him were dying of starvation. Detestable +wretch! This accounts for the inconsistency of his well-to-do +looks and his pitiable groans. Vile hypocrite! + +Yet why, it struck me, should I complain? Was not I reaping the +benefit of that secret store that he, for himself, had saved? + +But Hobart had no idea of allowing me the peaceable possession of +what he held to be his own. He made a dash at the fragment of +bacon, and seemed determined to wrest it from my grasp. We +struggled with each other, but although our wrestling was very +violent, it was very noiseless. We were both of us aware that it +was absolutely necessary that not one of those on board should +know anything at all about the prize for which we were +contending. Nor was my own determination lessened by hearing him +groan out that it was his last, his only morsel. "His!" I +thought; "it shall be mine now!" + +And still careful that no noise of commotion should arise, I +threw him on his back, and grasping his throat so that it gurgled +again, I held him down until, in rapid mouthfuls, I had swallowed +up the last scrap of the food for which we had fought so hard. + +I released my prisoner, and quietly crept back to my own +quarters. + +And not a soul is aware that I have broken my fast! + + + +CHAPTER XLVII. + +JANUARY 18th.--After this excitement I awaited the approach of +day with a strange anxiety. My conscience told me that Hobart +had the right to denounce me in the presence of all my fellow- +passengers; yet my alarm was vain. The idea of my proceedings +being exposed by him was quite absurd; in a moment he would +himself be murdered without pity by the crew, if it should be +revealed that, unknown to them, he had been living on some +private store which, by clandestine cunning, he had reserved. +But, in spite of my anxiety, I had a longing for day to come. + +The bit of food that I had thus stolen was very small; but small +as it was it had alleviated my hunger, and I was now tortured +with remorse, because I had not shared the meagre morsel with my +fellow-sufferers. Miss Herbey, Andre, his father, all had been +forgotten, and from the bottom of my heart I repented of my cruel +selfishness. + +Meantime the moon rose high in the heavens, and the first streaks +of dawn appeared. There is no twilight in these low latitudes, +and the full daylight came well nigh at once. I had not closed +my eyes since my encounter with the steward, and ever since the +first blush of day I had laboured under the impression that I +could see some unusual dark mass half way up the mast. But +although it again and again caught my eye, it hardly roused my +curiosity, and I did not rise from the bundle of sails on which I +was lying to ascertain what it really was. But no sooner did the +rays of the sun fall full upon it than I saw at once that it was +the body of a man, attached to a rope, and swinging to and fro +with the motion of the raft. + +A horrible presentiment carried me to the foot of the mast, and, +just as I had guessed, Hobart had hanged himself. I could not for +a moment; doubt that it was I myself that had impelled him to the +suicide. A cry of horror had scarcely escaped my lips, when my +fellow-passengers were at my side, and the rope was cut. Then +came the sailors. And what was it that made the group gather so +eagerly around the body? Was it a humane desire to see whether +any spark of life remained? No, indeed; the corpse was cold, and +the limbs were rigid; there was no chance that animation should +be restored. What then was it that kept them lingering so close +around? It was only too apparent what they were about to do. + +But I did not, could not, look. I refused to take part in the +horrible repast that was proposed. Neither would Miss Herbey, +Andre nor his father, consent to alleviate their pangs of hunger +by such revolting means. I know nothing for certain as to what +Curtis did, and I did not venture to inquire; but of the others, +--Falsten, Dowlas, the boatswain, and all the rest,--I know that, +to assuage their cravings, they consented to reduce themselves to +the level of beasts of prey; they were transformed from human +beings into ravenous brutes. + +The four of us who sickened at the idea of partaking of the +horrid meal withdrew to the seclusion of our tent; it was bad +enough to hear; without witnessing the appalling operation. But, +in truth, I had the greatest difficulty in the world in +preventing Andre from rushing out upon the cannibals, and +snatching the odious food from their clutches. I represented to +him the hopelessness of his attempt, and tried to reconcile him +by telling him that if they liked the food they had a right to +it. Hobart had not been murdered; he had died by his own hand; +and, after all, as the boatswain had once remarked to me, "it was +better to eat a dead man than a live one." + +Do what I would, however, I could not quiet Andre's feeling of +abhorrence; in his disgust and loathing he seemed for the time to +have quite forgotten his own sufferings. + +Meanwhile, there was no concealing the truth that we were +ourselves dying of starvation, whilst our eight companions would +probably, by their loathsome diet, escape that frightful destiny. +Owing to his secret hoard of provisions Hobart had been by far +the strongest amongst us; he had been supported, so that no +organic disease had affected his tissues, and really might be +said to be in good health when his chagrin drove him to his +desperate suicide. But what was I thinking of! whither were my +meditations carrying me away? was it not coming to pass that the +cannibals were rousing my envy instead of exciting my horror? + +Very shortly after this I heard Dowlas talking about the +possibility of obtaining salt by evaporating sea-water in the +sun; "and then," he added, "we can salt down the rest." + +The boatswain assented to what the carpenter had said, and +probably the suggestion was adopted. + +Silence, the most profound, now reigns upon the raft. I presume +that nearly all have gone to sleep. One thing I do know, that +they are no longer hungry! + + + +CHAPTER XLVIII. + +JANUARY 19th.--All through the day the sky remained unclouded and +the heat intense; and night came on without bringing much +sensible moderation in the temperature. I was unable to get any +sleep, and, towards morning, was disturbed by hearing an angry +clamour going on outside the tent; it aroused M. Letourneur, +Andre and Miss Herbey, as much as myself, and we were anxious to +ascertain the cause of the tumult. + +The boatswain, Dowlas, and all the sailors were storming at each +other in frightful rage; and Curtis, who had come forward from +the stern, was vainly endeavouring to pacify them. + +"But who has done it? we must know who has done it," said +Dowlas, scowling with vindictive passion on the group around him. + +"There's a thief," howled out the boatswain, "and he shall be +found! Let's know who has taken it." + +"I haven't taken it!" "Nor I!" "Nor I!" cried the sailors one +after another. + +And then they set to work again to ransack every quarter of the +raft; they rolled every spar aside, they overturned everything on +board, and only grew more and more incensed with anger as their +search proved fruitless. + +"Can YOU tell us," said the boatswain, coming up to me, "who is +the thief?" + +"Thief!" I replied. "I don't know what you mean." + +And while we were speaking the others all came up together, and +told me that they had looked everywhere else, and that they were +going now to search the tent. + +"Shame!" I said. "You ought to allow those whom you know to he +dying of hunger at least to die in peace. There is not one of us +who has left the tent all night. Why suspect us?" + +"Now just look here, Mr. Kazallon," said the boatswain, in a +voice which he was endeavouring to calm down into moderation, "we +are not accusing you of anything; we know well enough you, and +all the rest of you, had a right to your shares as much as +anybody; but that isn't it. It's all gone somewhere, every bit." + +"Yes," said Sandon gruffly; "it's all gone somewheres, and we are +a going to search the tent." + +Resistance was useless, and Miss Herbey, M. Letourneur, and Andre +were all turned out. + +I confess I was very fearful. I had a strong suspicion that for +the sake of his son, for whom he was ready to venture anything, +M. Letourneur had committed the theft; in that case I knew that +nothing would have prevented the infuriated men from tearing the +devoted father to pieces. I beckoned to Curtis for protection, +and he came and stood beside me. He said nothing, but waited +with his hands in his pockets, and I think I am not mistaken in +my belief that there was some sort of a weapon in each. + +To my great relief the search was ineffectual. There was no +doubt that the carcase of the suicide had been thrown overboard, +and the rage of the disappointed cannibals knew no bounds. + +Yet who had ventured to do the deed! I looked at M. Letourneur +and Miss Herbey; but their countenances at once betrayed their +ignorance. Andre turned his face away, and his eyes did not meet +my own. Probably it is he; but, if it be, I wonder whether he +has reckoned up the consequences of so rash an act. + + + +CHAPTER XLIX. + +JANUARY 20th to 22nd.--For the day or two after the horrible +repast of the 18th those who had partaken of it appeared to +suffer comparatively little either from hunger or thirst; but for +the four of us who had tasted nothing, the agony of suffering +grew more and more intense. It was enough to make us repine over +the loss of the provision that had so mysteriously gone; and if +any one of us should die, I doubt whether the survivors would a +second time resist the temptation to assuage their pangs by +tasting human flesh. + +Before long, all the cravings of hunger began to return to the +sailors, and I could see their eyes greedily glancing upon us, +starved as they knew us to be, as though they were reckoning our +hours, and already were preparing to consume us as their prey. + +As is always the case with shipwrecked men, we were tormented by +thirst far more than by hunger; and if, in the height of our +sufferings, we had been offered our choice between a few drops of +water and a few crumbs of biscuit, I do not doubt that we should, +without exception, have preferred to take the water. + +And what a mockery to our condition did it seem that all this +while there was water, water, nothing but water, everywhere +around us! Again and again, incapable of comprehending how +powerless it was to relieve me, I put a few drops within my lips, +but only with the invariable result of bringing on a most trying +nausea, and rendering my thirst more unendurable than before. + +Forty-two days had passed since we quitted the sinking +"Chancellor." There could be no hope now; all of us must die, and +by the most deplorable of deaths. I was quite conscious that a +mist was gathering over my brain; I felt my senses sinking into a +condition of torpor; I made an effort, but all in vain, to master +the delirium that I was aware was taking possession of my reason. +It is out of my power to decide for how long I lost my +consciousness; but when I came to myself I found that Miss Herbey +had folded some wet bandages around my forehead. I am somewhat +better; but I am weakened, mind and body, and I am conscious that +I have not long to live. + +A frightful fatality occurred to-day. The scene was terrible. +Jynxtrop the negro went raving mad. Curtis and several of the +men tried their utmost to control him, but in spite of everything +he broke loose, and tore up and down the raft, uttering fearful +yells. He had gained possession of a handspike, and rushed upon +us all with the ferocity of an infuriated tiger; how we contrived +to escape mischief from his attacks, I know not. All at once, by +one of those unaccountable impulses of madness, his rage turned +against himself. With his teeth and nails he gnawed and tore +away at his own flesh; dashing the blood into our faces, he +shrieked out with a demoniacal grin, "Drink, drink!" and +flinging us gory morsels, kept saying "Eat, eat!" In the midst +of his insane shrieks he made a sudden pause, then dashing back +again from the stern to the front, he made a bound and +disappeared beneath the waves. + +Falsten, Dowlas, and the boatswain, made a rush that at least +they might secure the body; but it was too late; all that they +could see was a crimson circle in the water, and some huge sharks +disporting themselves around the spot. + + + +CHAPTER L. + +JANUARY 23rd.--Only eleven of us now remain; and the probability +is very great that every day must now carry off at least its one +victim, and perhaps more. The end of the tragedy is rapidly +approaching, and save for the chance, which is next to an +impossibility, of our sighting land, or being picked up by a +passing vessel, ere another week has elapsed not a single +survivor of the "Chancellor" will remain. + +The wind freshened considerably in the night, and it is now +blowing pretty briskly from the north-east. It has filled our +sail, and the white foam in our wake is an indication that we are +making some progress. The captain reckons that we must be +advancing at the rate of about three miles an hour. + +Curtis and Falsten are certainly in the best condition amongst +us, and in spite of their extreme emaciation they bear up +wonderfully under the protracted hardships we have all endured. +Words cannot describe the melancholy state to which poor Miss +Herbey bodily is reduced; her whole being seems absorbed into her +soul, but that soul is brave and resolute as ever, living in +heaven rather than on earth. The boatswain, strong, energetic +man that he was, has shrunk into a mere shadow of his former +self, and I doubt whether any one would recognize him to be the +same man. He keeps perpetually to one corner of the raft, his +head dropped upon his chest, and his long, bony hands lying upon +knees that project sharply from his worn-out trowsers. Unlike +Miss Herbey, his spirit seems to have sunk into apathy, and it is +at times difficult to believe that he is living at all, so +motionless and statue-like does he sit. + +Silence continues to reign upon the raft. Not a sound, not even +a groan, escapes our lips. We do not exchange ten words in the +course of the day, and the few syllables that our parched tongue +and swollen lips can pronounce are almost unintelligible. Wasted +and bloodless, we are no longer human beings; we are spectres. + + + +CHAPTER LI. + +JANUARY 24th.--I have inquired more than once of Curtis if he has +the faintest idea to what quarter of the Atlantic we have +drifted, and each time he has been unable to give me a decided +answer, though from his general observation of the direction of +the wind and currents he imagines that we have been carried +westwards, that is to say, towards the land. + +To-day the breeze has dropped entirely, but the heavy swell is +still upon the sea, and is an unquestionable sign that a tempest +has been raging at no great distance. The raft labours hard +against the waves, and Curtis, Falsten, and the boatswain, employ +the little energy that remains to them in strengthening the +joints. Why do they give themselves such trouble? Why not let +the few frail planks part asunder, and allow the ocean to +terminate our miserable existence? Certain it seems that our +sufferings must have reached their utmost limit, and nothing +could exceed the torture that we are enduring. The sky pours +down upon us a heat like that of molten lead, and the sweat that +saturates the tattered clothes that hang about our bodies goes +far to aggravate the agonies of our thirst. No words of mine can +describe this dire distress; these sufferings are beyond human +estimate. + +Even bathing, the only means of refreshment that we possessed, +has now become impossible, for ever since Jynxtrop's death the +sharks have hung about the raft in shoals. + +To-day I tried to gain a few drops of fresh water by evaporation, +but even with the exercise of the greatest patience, it was with +the utmost difficulty that I obtained enough to moisten a little +scrap of linen; and the only kettle that we had was so old and +battered, that it would not bear the fire, so that I was obliged +to give up the attempt in despair. + +Falsten is now almost exhausted, and if he survives us at all, it +can only be for a few days. Whenever I raised my head I always +failed to see him, but he was probably lying sheltered somewhere +beneath the sails. Curtis was the only man who remained on his +feet, but with indomitable pluck he continued to stand on the +front of the raft, waiting, watching, hoping. To look at him, +with his unflagging energy, almost tempted me to imagine that he +did well to hope, but I dared nor entertain one sanguine thought; +and there I lay, waiting, nay, longing for death. + +How many hours passed away thus I cannot tell, but after a time a +loud peal of laughter burst upon my ear Some one else, then, was +going mad, I thought; but the idea did not rouse me in the least. +The laughter was repeated with greater vehemence, but I never +raised my head. Presently I caught a few incoherent words. + +"Fields, fields, gardens and trees! Look, there's an inn under +the trees! Quick, quick! brandy, gin, water! a guinea a drop! +I'll pay for it! I've lots of money! lots! lots!" + +Poor deluded wretch! I thought again; the wealth of a nation +could not buy a drop of water here. There was silence for a +minute, when all of a sudden I heard the shout of "Land! land!" + +The words acted upon me like an electric shock, and, with a +frantic effort, I started to my feet. No land, indeed, was +visible, but Flaypole, laughing, singing, and gesticulating, was +raging up and down the raft. Sight, taste and hearing--all were +gone; but the cerebral derangement supplied their place, and in +imagination the maniac was conversing with absent friends, +inviting them into the George Inn at Cardiff, offering them gin, +whisky, and, above all water! Stumbling at every step, and +singing in a cracked, discordant voice, he staggered about +amongst us like an intoxicated man. With the loss of his senses +all his sufferings had vanished, and his thirst was appeased. It +was hard not to wish to be a partaker of his hallucination. + +Dowlas, Falsten, and the boatswain, seemed to think that the +unfortunate wretch would, like Jynxtrop, put an end to himself by +leaping into the sea; but, determined this time to preserve the +body, that it might serve a better purpose than merely feeding +the sharks, they rose and followed the madman everywhere he went, +keeping a strict eye upon his every movement. + +But the matter did not end as they expected. As though he were +really intoxicated by the stimulants of which he had been raving, +Flaypole at last sank down in a heap in a corner of the raft, +where he lay lost in a heavy slumber. + + + +CHAPTER LII. + +JANUARY 25th.--Last night was very misty, and for some +unaccountable reason, one of the hottest that can be imagined. +The atmosphere was really so stifling, that it seemed as if it +only required a spark to set it alight. The raft was not only +quite stationary, but did not even rise and fall with any motion +of the waves. + +During the night I tried to count how many there were now on +board, but I was utterly unable to collect my ideas sufficiently +to make the enumeration. Sometimes I counted ten, sometimes +twelve, and although I knew that eleven, since Jynxtrop was dead, +was the correct number, I could never bring my reckoning right. +Of one thing I felt quite sure, and that was that the number +would very soon be ten. I was convinced that I could myself last +but very little longer. All the events and associations of my +life passed rapidly through my brain, My country, my friends, and +my family all appeared as it were in a vision, and seemed as +though they had come to bid me a last farewell. + +Towards morning I woke from my sleep, if the languid stupour into +which I had fallen was worthy of that name. One fixed idea had +taken possession of my brain; I would put an end to myself, and I +felt a sort of pleasure as I gloated over the power that I had to +terminate my sufferings. I told Curtis, with the utmost +composure, of my intention, and he received the intelligence as +calmly as it was delivered. + +"Of course you will do as you please," he said; "for, my own +part, I shall not abandon my post. It is my duty to remain here, +and unless death comes to carry me away, I shall stay where I am +to the very last." + +The dull grey fog still hung heavily over the ocean, but the sun +was evidently shining above the mist, and would, in course of +time, dispel the vapour. Towards seven o'clock I fancied I heard +the cries of birds above my head. The sound was repeated three +times, and as I went up to the captain to ask him about it, I +heard him mutter to himself,-- + +"Birds! why, that looks as if land were not far off." + +But although Curtis might still cling to the hope of reaching +land, I knew not what it was to have one sanguine thought. For +me there was neither continent nor island; the world was one +fluid sphere, uniform, monotonous, as in the most primitive +period of its formation. Nevertheless it must be owned that it +was with a certain amount of impatience that I awaited the rising +of the mist, for I was anxious to shake off the phantom fallacies +that Curtis's words had suggested to my mind. + +Not till eleven o'clock did the fog begin to break, and as it +rolled in heavy folds along the surface of the water, I could +every now and then catch glimpses of a clear blue sky beyond. +Fierce sunbeams pierced the cloud-rifts, scorching and burning +our bodies like red-hot iron; but it was only above our heads +that there was any sunlight to condense the vapour; the horizon +was still quite invisible. There was no wind, and for half an +hour longer the fog hung heavily round the raft; whilst Curtis, +leaning against the side, strove to penetrate the obscurity. At +length the sun burst forth in full power, and, sweeping the +surface of the ocean, dispelled the fog, and left the horizon +opened to our eyes. + +There, exactly as we had seen it for the last six weeks, was the +circle that bounded sea and sky, unbroken, definite, distinct as +ever! Curtis gazed with intensest scrutiny, but did not speak a +word. I pitied him sincerely, for he alone of us all felt that +he had not the right to put an end to his misery. For myself I +had fully determined that if I lived till the following day, I +would die by my own hand. Whether my companions were still +alive, I hardly cared to know; it seemed as though days had +passed since I had seen them. + +Night drew on, but I could not sleep for a moment. Towards two +o'clock in the morning my thirst was so intense that I was unable +to suppress loud cries of agony. Was there nothing that would +serve to quench the fire that was burning within me? What if +instead of drinking the blood of others I were to drink my own? +It would be all unavailing, I was well aware, but scarcely had +the thought crossed my mind, than I proceeded to put it into +execution. I unclasped my knife, and, stripping my arm, with a +steady thrust I opened a small vein. The blood oozed out slowly, +drop by drop, and as I eagerly swallowed the source of my very +life, I felt that for a moment my torments were relieved, But +only for a moment; all energy had failed my pulses, and almost +immediately the blood had ceased to flow. + +How long it seemed before the morning dawned! and when that +morning came it brought another fog, heavy as before that again +shut out the horizon. The fog was hot as the burning steam that +issues from a boiler. It was to be my last day upon earth, and I +felt that I would like to press the hand of a friend before I +died. Curtis was standing near, and crawling up to him, I took +his hand in my own. He seemed to know that I was taking my +farewell, and with one last lingering hope he endeavoured to +restrain me. But all in vain, my mind was finally made up. + +I should have like to speak once again to M. Letourneur, Andre +and Miss Herbey, but my courage failed me. I knew that the young +girl would read my resolution in my eyes, and that she would +speak to me of duty and of God, and of eternity, and I dared not +meet her gaze; and I would not run the risk of being persuaded to +wait until a lingering death should overtake me. I returned to +the back of the raft, and after making several efforts, I managed +to get on to my feet. I cast one long look at the pitiless ocean +and the unbroken horizon; if a sail or the outline of a coast bad +broken on my view, I believe that I should only have deemed +myself the victim of an illusion; but nothing of the kind +appeared, and the sea was dreary as a desert. + +It was ten o'clock in the morning. The pangs of hunger and the +torments of thirst were racking me with redoubled vigour. All +instinct of self-preservation had left me, and I felt that the +hour had come when I must cease to suffer. Just as I was on the +point of casting myself headlong into the sea, a voice, which I +recognized as Dowlas's; broke upon my ear. + +"Captain," he said, "we are going to draw lots." + +Involuntarily I paused; I did not take my plunge, but returned to +my place upon the raft. + + + +CHAPTER LIII. + +JANUARY 26th.--All heard and understood the proposition; in fact, +it had been in contemplation for several days, but no one had +ventured to put the idea into words. However, it was done now; +lots were to be drawn, and to each would be assigned his share of +the body of the one ordained by fate to be the victim. For my +own part, I profess that I was quite resigned for the lot to fall +upon myself. I thought I heard Andre Letourneur beg for an +exception to be made in favour of Miss Herbey, but the sailors +raised a murmur of dissent. As there were eleven of us on board, +there were ten chances to one in each one's favour, a proportion +which would be diminished if Miss Herbey were excluded, so that +the young lady was forced to take her chance among the rest. + +It was then half-past ten, and the boatswain, who had been roused +from his lethargy by what the carpenter had said, insisted that +the drawing should take place immediately. There was no reason +for postponing the fatal lottery. There was not one of us that +clung in the least to life, and we knew that at the worst, +whoever should be doomed to die, would only precede the rest by a +few days, or even hours. All that we desired was just once to +slake our raging thirst and moderate our gnawing hunger. + +How all the names found their way to the bottom of a hat I cannot +tell. Very likely Falsten wrote them upon a leaf torn from his +memorandum-book. But be that as it may, the eleven names were +there, and it was unanimously agreed that the last name drawn +should be the victim. + +But who would draw the names? There was hesitation for a moment; +then, "I will," said a voice behind me. Turning round, I beheld +M. Letourneur standing with outstretched hand, and with his long +white hair falling over his thin livid face that was almost +sublime in its calmness. I divined at once the reason of this +voluntary offer; I knew that it was the father's devotion in +self-sacrifice that led him to undertake the office. + +"As soon as you please," said the boatswain, and handed him the +hat. + +M. Letourneur proceeded to draw out the folded strips of paper +one by one, and after reading out aloud the name upon it, handed +it to its owner. + +The first name called was that of Burke, who uttered a cry of +delight; then followed Flaypole and the boatswain. What his name +really was I never could exactly learn. Then came Falsten, +Curtis, Sandon. More than half had now been called, and my name +had not yet been drawn. I calculated my remaining chance; it was +still four to one in my favour. + +M. Letourneur continued his painful task. Since Burke's first +exclamation of joy not a sound had escaped our lips, but all were +listening in breathless silence. The seventh name was Miss +Herbey's, but the young girl heard it without a start. Then came +mine, yes, mine! and the ninth was that of Letourneur. + +"Which one?" asked the boatswain. + +"Andre," said M. Letourneur. + +With one cry Andre fell back senseless. Only two names now +remained in the hat; those of Dowlas and of M. Letourneur +himself. + +"Go on," almost roared the carpenter, surveying his partner in +peril as though he could devour him. M. Letourneur almost had a +smile upon his lips, as he drew forth the last paper but one, and +with a firm, unfaltering voice, marvellous for his age, unfolded +it slowly, and read the name of Dowlas. The carpenter gave a +yell of relief as he heard the word. + +M. Letourneur took the last bit of paper from the hat, and +without looking at it, tore it to pieces. But, unperceived by +all but myself, one little fragment flew into a corner of the +raft. I crawled towards it and picked it up. On one side of it +was written Andr--; the rest of the word was torn away. M. +Letourneur saw what I had done, and rushing towards me, snatched +the paper from my hands, and flung it into the sea. + + + +CHAPTER LIV. + +JANUARY 26th.--I understood it all; the devoted father having +nothing more to give, had given his life for his son. + +M. Letourneur was no longer a human being in the eyes of the +famished creatures who were now yearning to see him sacrificed to +their cravings. At the very sight of the victim thus provided, +all the tortures of hunger returned with redoubled violence. +With lips distended, and teeth displayed, they waited like a herd +of carnivora until they could attack their prey with brutal +voracity; it seemed almost doubtful whether they would not fall +upon him while he was still alive. It seemed impossible that any +appeal to their humanity could, at such a moment, have any +weight; nevertheless, the appeal was made, and, incredible as it +may seem, prevailed. + +Just as the boatswain was about to act the part of butcher, and +Dowlas stood, hatchet in hand, ready to complete the barbarous +work, Miss Herbey advanced, or rather crawled, towards them. + +"My friends," she pleaded, "will you not wait just one more day? +If no land or ship is in sight to-morrow, then I suppose our poor +companion must become your victim. But allow him one more day; +in the name of mercy I entreat, I implore you." + +My heart bounded as she made her pitiful appeal. It seemed to me +as though the noble girl had spoken with an inspiration on her +lips, and I fancied that, perhaps, in super-natural vision she +had viewed the coast or the ship of which she spoke; and one more +day was not much to us who had already suffered so long, and +endured so much. + +Curtis and Falsten agreed with me, and we all united to support +Miss Herbey's merciful petition. The sailors did not utter a +murmur, and the boatswain in a smothered voice said,-- + +"Very well, we will wait till daybreak tomorrow," and threw down +his hatchet. + +To-morrow, then, unless land or a sail appear, the horrible +sacrifice will be accomplished. Stifling their sufferings by a +strenuous effort, all returned to their places. The sailors +crouched beneath the sails, caring nothing about scanning the +ocean. Food was in store for them to-morrow, and that was enough +for them. + +As soon as Andre Letourneur came to his senses, his first thought +was for his father, and I saw him count the passengers on the +raft. He looked puzzled; when he lost consciousness there had +been only two names left in the hat, those of his father and the +carpenter; and yet M. Letourneur and Dowlas were both there +still. Miss Herbey went up to him and told him quietly that the +drawing of the lots had not yet been finished. Andre asked no +further question, but took his father's hand. M. Letourneur's +countenance was calm and serene; he seemed to be conscious of +nothing except that the life of his son was spared, and as the +two sat conversing in an undertone at the back of the raft, their +whole existence seemed bound up in each other. + +Meantime, I could not disabuse my mind of the impression caused +by Miss Herbey's intervention. Something told me that help was +near at hand, and that we were approaching the termination of our +suspense and misery; the chimeras that were floating through my +brain resolved themselves into realities, so that nothing +appeared to me more certain than that either land or sail, be +they miles away, would be discovered somewhere to leeward. + +I imparted my convictions to M. Letourneur and his son. Andre +was as sanguine as myself; poor boy! he little thinks what a +loss there is in store for him tomorrow. His father listened +gravely to all we said, and whatever he might think in his own +mind, he did not give us any discouragement; Heaven, he said, he +was sure would still spare the survivors of the "Chancellor," and +then he lavished on his son caresses which he deemed to be his +last. + +Some time afterwards, when I was alone with him, M. Letourneur +whispered in my ear,-- + +"Mr. Kazallon, I commend my boy to your care, and mark you, he +must never know--" + +His voice was choked with tears, and he could not finish his +sentence. + +But I was full of hope, and, without a moment's intermission, I +kept my eyes fixed upon the unbroken horizon, Curtis, Miss +Herbey, Falsten, and even the boatswain, were also eagerly +scanning the broad expanse of sea. + +Night has come on; but I have still a profound conviction that +through the darkness some ship will approach, and that at +daybreak our raft will be observed. + + + +CHAPTER LV. + +JANUARY 27th.--I did not close my eyes all night, and was keenly +alive to the faintest sounds, and every ripple of the water, and +every murmur of the waves, broke distinctly on my ear. One thing +I noticed and accepted as a happy omen; not a single shark now +lingered-round the raft. The waning moon rose at a quarter to +one, and through the feeble glimmer which she cast across the +ocean, many and many a time I fancied I caught sight of the +longed-for sail, lying only a few cables' lengths away. + +But when morning came, the sun rose once again upon a desert +ocean, and my hopes began to fade. Neither ship nor shore had +appeared, and as the shocking hour of execution drew near, my +dreams of deliverance melted away; I shuddered in my very soul as +I was brought face to face with the stern reality. I dared not +look upon the victim, and whenever his eyes, so full of calmness +and resignation, met my own, I turned away my head. I felt +choked with horror, and my brain reeled as though I were +intoxicated. + +It was now six o'clock, and all hope had vanished from my breast; +my heart beat rapidly, and a cold sweat of agony broke out all +over me. Curtis and the boatswain stood by the mast attentively +scanning the horizon. The boatswain's countenance was terrible +to look upon; one could see that although he would not forestall +the hour, he was determined not to wait a moment after it +arrived. As for the captain, it was impossible to tell what +really passed within his mind; his face was livid, and his whole +existence seemed concentrated in the exercise of his power of +vision. The sailors were crawling about the platform, with their +eyes gleaming, like wild beasts ready to pounce upon their +devoted prey. + +I could no longer keep my place, and glided along to the front of +the raft. The boatswain was still standing intent on his watch, +but all of a sudden, in a voice that made me start he shouted,-- + +"Now then, time's up!" and followed by Dowlas, Burke, Flaypole, +and Sandon, ran to the back of the raft. As Dowlas'seized the +hatchet convulsively, Miss Herbey could not suppress a cry of +terror. Andre started to his feet. + +"What are you going to do to my father?" he asked in accents +choked with emotion. + +"My boy," said M. Letourneur, "the lot has fallen upon me, and I +must die!" + +"Never!" shrieked Andre, throwing his arms about his father, +"They shall kill me first. It was I who threw Hobart's body into +the sea, and it is I who ought to die!" + +But the words of the unhappy youth had no other effect than to +increase the fury of the men who were so staunchly bent upon +their bloody purpose. + +"Come, come, no more fuss," said Dowlas, as he tore the young man +away from his father's embrace. + +Andre fell upon his back, in which position two of the sailors +held him down so tightly that he could not move, whilst Burke and +Sandon carried off their victim to the front. + +All this had taken place much more rapidly than I have been able +to describe it. I was transfixed with horror, and much as I +wished to throw myself between M. Letourneur and his +executioners, I seemed to be rooted to the spot where I was +standing. + +Meantime the sailors had been taking off some of M. Letourneur's +clothes, and his neck and shoulders were already bare. + +"Stop a moment!" he said in a tone in which was the ring of +indomitable courage. "Stop! I don't want to deprive you of your +ration; but I suppose you will not require to eat the whole of me +today." + +The sailors, taken aback by his suggestion, stared at him with +amazement. + +"There are ten of you," he went on. "My two arms will give you +each a meal; cut them off for to-day, and to-morrow you shall +have the rest of me." + +"Agreed!" cried Dowlas; and as M. Letourneur held out his bare +arms, quick as lightning the carpenter raised his hatchet. + +Curtis and I could bear this scene no longer; whilst we were +alive to prevent it, this butchery should not be permitted, and +we rushed forwards simultaneously to snatch the victim from his +murderers. A furious struggle ensued, and in the midst of the +MELEE I was seized by one of the sailors, and hurled violently +into the sea. + +Closing my lips, I tried to die of suffocation in the water; but +in spite of myself, my mouth opened, and a few drops trickled +down my throat. + +Merciful Heaven! the water was fresh! + + + +CHAPTER LVI. + +JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.--A change came over me as if by miracle. +No longer had I any wish to die, and already Curtis, who had +heard my cries, was throwing me a rope. I seized it eagerly, and +was hauled up on to the raft, "Fresh water!" were the first +words I uttered. + +"Fresh water?" cried Curtis, "why then, my friends, we are not +far from land!" + +It was not too late; the blow had not been struck, and so the +victim had not yet fallen. Curtis and Andre (who had regained +his liberty) had fought with the cannibals, and it was just as +they were yielding to overpowering numbers that my voice had made +itself heard. + +The struggle came to an end. As soon as the words "Fresh water" +had escaped my lips, I leaned over the side of the raft and +swallowed the life-giving liquid in greedy draughts. Miss Herbey +was the first to follow my example, but soon Curtis, Falsten, and +all the rest were on their knees and drinking eagerly, The rough +sailors seemed as if by a magic touch transformed back from +ravenous beasts to human beings, and I saw several of them raise +their hands to heaven in silent gratitude, Andre and his father +were the last to drink. + +"But where are we?" I asked at length. + +"The land is there," said Curtis pointing towards the west. + +We all stared at the captain as though he were mocking us; no +land was in sight, and the raft, just as ever, was the centre of +a watery waste. Yet our senses had not deceived us the water we +had been drinking was perfectly fresh. + +"Yes," repeated the captain, "land is certainly there, not more +than twenty miles to leeward." + +"What land?" inquired the boatswain. + +"South America," answered Curtis, "and near the Amazon; no other +river has a current strong enough to freshen the ocean twenty +miles from shore!" + + + +CHAPTER LVII. + +JANUARY 27th CONTINUED.--Curtis, no doubt was right The discharge +from the mouth of the Amazon is enormously large, but we had +probably drifted into the only spot in the Atlantic where we +could find fresh water so far from land. Yet land, undoubtedly +was there, and the breeze was carrying us onwards slowly but +surely to our deliverance. + +Miss Herbey's voice was heard pouring out fervent praise to +Heaven, and we were all glad to unite our thanksgivings with +hers. Then the whole of us (with the exception of Andre and his +father, who remained by themselves together at the stern) +clustered in a group, and kept our expectant gaze upon the +horizon. + +We had not long to wait. Before an hour had passed Curtis, +leaped in ecstasy and raised the joyous shout of "Land ahoy!" + +* * * * + +My journal has come to a close. + +I have only to relate, as briefly as possible, the circumstances +that finally brought us to our destination. + +A few hours after we first sighted land the raft was off Cape +Magoari, on the Island of Marajo, and was observed by some +fishermen who, with kind-hearted alacrity picked us up, and +tended us most carefully. They conveyed us to Para, where we +became the objects of unbounded sympathy. + +The raft was brought to land in lat. 0deg. 12min. N., so that +since we abandoned the "Chancellor" we had drifted at least +fifteen degrees to the south-west. Except for the influence of +the Gulf Stream we must have been carried far, far to the south, +and in that case we should never have reached the mouth of the +Amazon, and must inevitably have been lost. + +Of the thirty-two souls--nine passengers, and twenty-three +seamen--who left Charleston on board the ship, only five +passengers and six seamen remain. Eleven of us alone survive. + +An official account of our rescue was drawn up by the Brazilian +authorities. Those who signed were Miss Herbey, J. R. Kazallon, +M. Letourneur, Andre Letourneur, Mr. Falsten, the boatswain, +Dowlas, Burke, Flaypole, Sandon, and last, though not least, + +"Robert Curtis, captain." + +At Para we soon found facilities for continuing our homeward +route. A vessel took us to Cayenne, where we secured a passage +on board one of the steamers of the French Transatlantic +Aspinwall line, the "Ville de St. Nazaire," which conveyed us to +Europe. + +After all the dangers and privations which we have undergone +together, it is scarcely necessary to say that there has arisen +between the surviving passengers of the "Chancellor" a bond of +friendship too indissoluble, I believe, for either time or +circumstance to destroy; Curtis must ever remain the honoured and +valued friend of those whose welfare he consulted so faithfully +in their misfortunes; his conduct was beyond all praise + +When we were fairly on our homeward way, Miss Herbey by chance +intimated to us her intention of retiring from the world and +devoting the remainder of her life to the care of the sick and +suffering. + +"Then why not come and look after my son?" said M. Letourneur, +adding, "he is an invalid, and be requires, as he deserves, the +best of nursing." + +Miss Herbey, after some deliberation, consented to become a +member of their family, and finds in M. Letourneur a father, and +in Andre a brother. A brother, I say; but may we not hope that +she may be united by a dearer and a closer tie, and that the +noble-hearted girl may experience the happiness that so richly +she deserves? + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Survivors of the Chancellor, by Verne + diff --git a/old/tsotc10.zip b/old/tsotc10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..022dd52 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/tsotc10.zip |
